*

BULLETIN

OF THE

Brooklyn Entomological
Society

Vol XXX

1935

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE

J. R. de la TORRE-BUENO, Editor
G. P. ENGELHARDT CARL GEO. SIEPMANN

THE SCIENCE PRESS PRINTING COMPANY
LANCASTER, PA.

^ Jyl^c-rs

Vol. XXX FEBRUARY, 1935 No. 1

BULLETIN

OF THE

Brooklyn Entomological

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE

J. R. de la T ORRE-BUEN O, Editor

CARL GEO. SIEPMAN GEO. P. ENGELHARDT

Published for the Society by the

Science Press Printing Co.,

Lime and Green Sts., Lancaster, Pa.,

Price, 60 cents Subscription, $2.50 per year

Mailed February 28, 1935

Entered as second-class matter January 21, 1919, at the post office at Lancaster, Pa.,
under the Act of March 3, 1879

The Brooklyn Entomological Society

Meetings are held on the second Thursday after the first Tuesday of each
month from October to June, inclusive, at the Central Museum, Eastern
Parkway and Washington Ave., Brooklyn. The annual dues are $2.00.

OFFICERS, 1934
Honorary President
CHARLES W. LENG

President

W. T. DAVIS

Treasurer

G. P. ENGELHARDT

Vice-President

J. R. de la TORRE-BUENO
Recording Secretary
CARL GEO. SIEPMANN

28 Club way
Hartsdale, N. Y.

Librarian
H. E. WILFORD

Corresponding Secretary Curator

FREDERICK LEMMER J. M. SHERIDAN

Delegate to Council of New Yorlc
Academy of Sciences

G. P. ENGELHARDT

CONTENTS

DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA OP CANADIAN ARCTIC, Bryant and

Leussler 1

NEW LEPIDOPTERA RECORD FROM N. J., Lemmer 10

GENITALIA OF MALE MEGARHYSSA, Abbott 11

OVIPOSITION OF CORYTHUCHA MARMORATA, Abbott 13

HIBERNATION OF URANOTAENIA SAPPHIRINA, Lawlor 14

NEW SPECIES OF MIRIDAE, Johnson : 15

MYLLOCERUS CASTANEUS, Davis ........ 19

DECIDUOUS CUSPS OF ALOPHINI, Wilcox and Baker 20

NEW ANASA FROM PARAGUAY, Hussey 23

EGG LAYING OF TABANUS, Rau Mm 26

NOTES ON PYCNODERES QUADRIMACULATUS, Wehrle 27

BOOK NOTES: A MONOGRAPH OF THE COLLEMBOLA OF

IOWA, J. R. T.-B | 28

DISTRIBUTION OF TRICHOBARIS INSOLITA, Hayes 28

EDITORIAL: RECIPROCITY, Publication Committee 29

TO OUR FRIENDS, Engelhardt 30

A CORRECTION TO HALLUCINATIONS OF INSECT INFESTA-
TION, Editor 30

PROCEEDINGS OF THE SOCIETY, Lemmer and Siepmann 31

NOTICE TO SUBSCRIBERS | 1 35

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Published in

February, April, June, October and December of each year

Subscription price, domestic, $2.50 per year ; foreign, $2.75 in advance ; single
copies, 60 cents. Advertising rates on application. Short articles, notes and
observations of interest to entomologists are solicited. Authors will receive 25
reprints free if ordered in advance of publication. Address subscriptions and
all communications to

J. R. de la TORRE-BUENO, Editor,

1622 East Hawthorne St., Tucson, Ariz.

BULLETIN

OF THE

BROOKLYN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Vol. XXX February, 1935 No. 1

NOTES ON THE DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA OF THE
CANADIAN ARCTIC COLLECTED BY OWEN
BRYANT IN THE SUMMERS OF
1929 TO 1932.

By R. A. Leussler, Omaha, Nebraska.

With Introduction and Field Notes
By Owen Bryant, Tucson, Arizona.

I.

Introduction.

During the summers of 1929-1932 I collected insects at Fort
Churchill, Manitoba, on the west coast of Hudson Bay, now offi-
cially known as Churchill, and in the Delta of the Mackenzie River
and the adjacent territory, including the coast of the Yukon Terri-
tory at Shingle Point, and at Herschel Island, Y. T., and collected
also as opportunity offered en route on all four trips.

The 1929 trip was not begun till August 15th, too late to produce
any butterflies. In 1930 I spent the month of June at Churchill
(the only visit made there) and then went down the Mackenzie,
only reaching the Delta by mid July in spite of flying from Edmon-
ton. The intention was to get as quickly as possible from one place
to the other in order to be able to compare the faunas in the two
places. The latter object was not obtained and is scarcely possible
of attainment unless by flying direct from one point to the other
without interruption.

If I had not been lucky enough to be invited to make the trip to
Herschel Island the day after my arrival I would have seen prac-
tically nothing of the butterfly fauna of the Far North that season
because in most years it is a thing of the past in the Delta by mid
July. At Herschel Island the season lasts a little longer.

In 1932 the intention was to start July first by plane. The first
scheduled trip after July 1st was intended to leave July 6th, but did
not actually leave till July 9th, and due to unfortunate delays about

1

2 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXX

four days were lost en route bringing the arrival as late as July
14th. No butterflies of consequence were taken except one species
of worn “copper/’ Lycaena floras, a group new to the collection.

In 1931 the only full season was put in from March to October,
a plane being used in both directions. The trip down was made on
skis, the temperature being 52 degrees below zero when we went
through Good Hope, and the return trip started only a day or two
before ice put an end to flying with pontoons for the season.

I devoted most of my time and attention to collecting Coleoptera
and Diptera but nevertheless brought back a considerable number
of butterflies and moths.

This being the first paper on the collections, the introduction is
intended to serve in part as an introduction to those which may fol-
low as well as to this report on the butterflies.

Wide extensions of the published ranges of some insects are
shown by the collection as in the case of Erebia youngi, Phyciodes
campestris, Pyrgus centaureae, etc. The range of Brephos infans
has been given as “from Labrador to New York.” This moth has
long been known to be common in Alberta and occurs near the
Husky River in the Mackenzie Delta. This extension of the re-
corded range is no surprise to the collector. There is no reason
why this and a thousand other species of insects not previously
known to be there should not be found in the Delta region when it
is moderately well collected.

What Taverner terms the “Northern Coniferous Forest,” a very
expressive term for limiting distribution, extends into the Mackenzie
Delta and carries with it a considerable portion of the fauna asso-
ciated with it in what is known as the Canadian Zone of Alberta
and other more southern regions. A few species unknown in more
southern regions feed on spruce in the Arctic but the most notice-
able change noted in going north is the gradual dropping out of
species. A surprising number, however, extend right to the Delta.
In fact, the number of forms characteristic of the Canadian Zone
which extend with the Northern Coniferous Forest to the Arctic
Circle and even to the Mackenzie Delta is the most striking thing
about the fauna of Arctic Canada. Carphoborus andersoni is the
only endemic species I think of which lives on spruce.

The fauna of the arctic tundra is a much more purely arctic one
and contains endemic species and some previously known only from
the other side of the world.

The Mackenzie Delta. “The Delta” consists of a network of
ponds or “lakes” as they are locally called whether they are 100
yards or 20 miles across, and numerous streams, many of them

Feb., 1985 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 3

flowing one to two miles an hour or more where a cut-off has re-
cently shortened the distance between two points and thereby in-
creased the grade.

Most of the ponds are filling up and about many are meadows
grown up with grass and horse tail, and swampy land grown over
with willows. There are considerable raised areas where spruce
woods occur with sphagnum under them, and where there is suffi-
cient light, a mat of vines such as Arctostaphylos and many roses,
Astragalus , lupines, fire weed ( Epilobium , 2 sp.), asters, several
species of Senecio , etc.

The highest land about Aklavik is about 35 feet above sea level
and twenty some above the ordinary level of the river.

On the muddy banks of the river “horse tail” ( Equisetum ) often
makes a green covering which at a distance appears to be grass but
it yields many less insects than the latter.

The ponds and streams are often surrounded by high banks well
grown up with spruce and on the sandier places with Balsam Poplar
or Balm of Gilead. The latter grows only thirty or forty feet high
so far as observed and about a foot thick.

White spruce is the hardiest tree in the Delta and made the first
growth, all the oldest trees being white spruce. Later the black
spruce comes in. Spruce grows to within about 15 miles of the
end of the Delta along the West Channel and somewhat further
near the East Channel. One gathers the impression that if there
were any soil dry enough for it to grow on it would grow still
further out in the Delta. It does not grow to the ocean on the
mainland east of the Delta but stops about fifteen miles short of it
except where it is especially well sheltered along the valleys cut by
little streams. Along those it grows still further. One white
spruce on Catfish Creek near Aklavik had a circumference of six
feet eight inches breast high and an age of at least 500 years, since
trees 18 to 19 inches in diameter had an age estimated from a count
of their rings as over 400 years.

Both spruce and Balm of Gilead reach the same altitude, about
700 ft., near Black Mt., where conditions of soil and shelter are
especially favorable. Their extension upward being checked ap-
parently by exposure to northerly storms.

Quite a variety of willows occurs, ranging from some which grow
nearly 20 feet high and a foot thick on favorable river banks to the
small prostrate Salix reticulata on the mountains, and a still smaller
willow, Salix uva-ursi , which makes a woolly mat of tiny rounded
leaves over a tangle of prostrate stems, the whole seeming to be
not more than an inch in height. The principal species of the river

4 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxx

and lake banks have narrow leaves or large leaves dark green above
and whitish and woolly beneath.

Alder forms thickets and leafy bowers in the lowland and almost
impenetrable patches of brush three to four feet high on the slopes
of the mountains. One alder was noticed forming a fine straight
symmetrical tree over twenty feet high and about ten inches thick.

A paper birch, a variety of Betula papyrifera, grows opposite to
Aklavik and at many, places west of it especially about certain
“lakes.” The largest observed were about 8 to io inches in diam-
eter. Betula glandulosa , a black birch, forms a scrubby growth in
the lowlands and ascends the mountains, gradually taking on the
form of a “ground birch” which lies prostrate along with the
willows.

The Delta is about fifty miles wide and is bordered by high land
on each side which represents the petering out of the Mackenzie
Mountains on the east and of the Richardson Mountains on the
west, both being part of the northern extension of the Rockies.
The land therefore rises quite abruptly on either side.

Black Mountain, 3,300 feet, and Red Mountain west of the Delta
are formed by the disturbances which raised the Richardson Moun-
tains, as are the hills northwest of Aklavik which gradually dwindle
to 500 feet and then merge into land sloping to the ocean. They
may therefore be said to represent the gradual dwindling of the
Richardson Mountains. On the east of the Delta the hills rise to
only about 500 feet.

Black Mountain and Red Mountain are connected by what
appears to be a ridge from a thousand to tweny-six hundred feet in
height and about twelve miles long. The apparent ridge is extended
westward to form a plateau which is dissected by streams almost
down to sea level and has occasional elevations of sixteen hundred
feet or so, though most of it is undulating tundra about a thousand
feet high, with a few ponds. The east slope of the connecting
ridge is an escarpment formed by an overturned fold and thrust
fault exposing about two thousand feet of dark shale, probably
about the age of the Benton. The higher elevations in the Black
Mountain region are mostly capped by massive sandstone which
weathers into thick slabs, some of huge size. Many boulders and
smaller rounded stones of quartzite occur on the higher ridges ap-
parently left on top of the sandstone by glaciers.

The temperature of the river water in the Delta reaches 60 de-
grees in summer though it is only a few inches down to frost in
muskegs not far from the river in midsummer. This high water
temperature has considerable effect on the distribution of animal

F eb. ,1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 5

and vegetable life near the river as it must withdraw the frost more
early and more completely besides tending to keep the air a more
even temperature.

The sun remains up for nearly two months in summer, which
causes a very rapid development of plants and possibly of animals
permitting butterflies to be on the wing till n P. M. and bees to
work till late hours of the night, and below the horizon for about
the same length of time in winter.

Occasional snow storms may occur during summer, sometimes
making huge drifts and cornices at elevations of a thousand to fif-
teen hundred feet. Severe blows come from the West or more
often the North. The latter often last for days bringing very cold
weather.

Collections were made at the following localities :

Churchill , Manitoba. On the west shore of Hudson Bay, 58 de-
grees north Latitude. The region immediately along the shore is
very cold, much colder than the Mackenzie Delta. In fact, the
whole slope toward Hudson Bay is much colder than the Mackenzie
Basin. The ice is said to get 28 feet thick in Churchill Harbour,
and Tyrell was nearly stopped by ice on Dubawnt Lake in August.
In the pools among the rocks on the point ice lasted late into June
and some willows were only blossoming then. At times through-
out June I would get so cold working in a tent without a stove but
well smothered in clothes that my hands and legs to the knees got
numb and I retired to bed* for two and three days on end.

The shore at Churchill is treeless though some stumps were ob-
served. For a few miles back there is a wet tundra with occasional
stunted trees with wedge shaped trunks a foot or more thick at the
base and only ten feet or so tall. A few miles back a more normal
growth of trees occurs. There are extensive developments of salt
marshes and swamps. Chrysanthemums grow in the marshes, at
high tide forming lumps in the marsh which are actually in the
water during high tides.

Most of the Oeneis, Erebias, etc., occurred on the wet tundra
back from the shore. I never collected far enough back from the
shore to more than reach the edge of the wooded region because I
considered the latter less interesting. Few butterflies, except
Pieris napi reached our camp on the Point, and those were only
seen occasionally throughout June.

Herschel Island , Yukon Territory. In Beaufort Sea, Latitude
70 degrees north, Longitude 139 degrees west, and only a few miles
from the international boundary. Few people would realize that it
is actually so far west that its correct time is one hour later than

6 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxx

that at Vancouver. There is a sand spit on the south east forming
a rather open roadstead and it is separated from the mainland by
only a mile of very shallow water. The main part of the island
rises to a height of 500 feet and is covered with tundra and a rank
growth of herbaceous plants forming banks of flowers, heather,
lupine, Artemisia , Pedicularia, etc. A stream runs down from a
pond and ends in a sloping bog at the head of the harbor. In late
July part of the stream still flowed under a cover of ice and there
were huge masses of packed snow in some of the protected hollows
which had apparently lain on the vegetation so long as to kill it.
Where the snow had retreated it left large patches quite brown and
dead looking. Erebia fasciata and herscheli and the dwarfed form
of Colias nastes race rossii occurred in the higher grassy portion of
the island. Brent his was commonest at the base of the upland.

During all of the two weeks I was on the island nothing was to
be seen from the higher parts except floe ice as far as the eye could
see in three directions — not a drop of open water. Only in a direc-
tion towards the mainland could open water be seen and that was
more or less dotted with loose ice and quite sizable blocks perhaps
twenty feet high washed up on the beach on the outside of the spit.
The quantity of ice and adjacent open water about the Island has a
marked effect on its climate, making it cold and very foggy; only
an hour or two of good weather occurred at intervals during two
weeks. In fact the police resident there state that their “summer”
comes in June before open water causes fog to form.

Herschel lies right off the end of the Rocky Mountains and some
characteristic Alpine plants of the Rockies reach it as well as a
West Alaskan (and Siberian?) flora, as was first pointed out to me
by Robert Porsild, a Danish botanist who grew up in Greenland.

Shingle Point , Yukon Territory. Shingle Point is a long low
sand spit partly composed of shingle and covered with driftwood,
projecting eastward from the tundra which along that shore is
undulating and reaches elevations of about one hundred feet.

Fort McPherson , North West Territory, is on the Peel River
12 miles above the head of the Husky River. Some hills there-
abouts reach a few hundred feet in height.

25 miles east of Aklavik is one of the highest pieces of ground
in the Delta, with ponds, etc.

Aklavik, North West Territory. On the West or Peel Channel
of the Mackenzie Delta, twelve miles below its junction with the
Husky River. Its latitude is 68 degrees north and its longitude
135 degrees west. It is actually on an island formed by some of
the many interconnecting streams, though it is on the bank of the
main West Channel.

Feb., 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 7

Collections were made in the immediate vicinity of the town of
Aklavik.

Base Camp. Located on the Husky River, the most westerly
stream of the Mackenzie Delta, which takes part of the water of
the Peel to empty it into the West Channel of the Mackenzie Delta,
twelve miles above Aklavik. It is 25 miles southwest of Aklavik,
east of the ridge between Black Mountain and Red Mountain. Col-
lections were made mostly west or south of the camp and between
the camp and Black Mountain. Some collecting was also done a
little bit north of the camp, but never very near Red Mountain or
on Red Mountain itself.

Black Mountain. Thirty miles southwest of Aklavik and imme-
diately west of the Mackenzie Delta. Its summit is 3,300 feet by
pocket aneroid. Black Mountain labels were used on all specimens
collected on the ridge connecting it with Red Mountain or any
elevated ground west of the Husky as well as on those collected on
Black Mountain proper. Butterflies were collected principally at
about 500 feet and 2,000 feet on Black Mountain proper. Some
collecting was done at all altitudes except the highest part of Black
Mountain, the weather being very bad when it was visited.

Base of Black Mountain was used on labels to designate the area
immediately adjacent to the escarpment because it is permanent
“dry” land, not a part of the Delta or subject to flooding; it is an
area of tundra and spruce woods with considerable willow and
alder growth in the lower portions, and areas grown up mostly to
caribou moss and herbaceous plants where fire has destroyed a pre-
vious growth of small spruces. Due to its freedom from floods it
seems to have acquired a somewhat different fauna from even the
most elevated portions of the edge of the Delta. A dark form of
Oeneis jutta, Coenonympha yukonensis and a copper were taken
there. Larvae, presumably of Papilio aliaska, though they were
not reared to adults, were also found there. The latter probably
feed in the Delta as well, for their food plant occurs there, and a
blacker specimen of a larva was found though no adults were taken
in the Delta proper.

50 miles northeast of Aklavik. Plebejus scudderi and a number
of other insects taken only, or first, at that locality were taken 50
miles northeast of Aklavik just east of the Delta at the foot of a
range of hills which border the Delta in that region. It is a very
warm region in summer for the rather sandy hills slope west catch-
ing the rays of the sun all night long and the winds are mainly tem-
pered by the warm water of the Delta over which they flow. For
this and other localities east of the Delta Tununuk labels were used.
The various localities being distinguished by lot numbers.

8 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXX

The practice in labelling the specimens of all orders of insects
has been to use Aklavik labels for Aklavik, Base Camp, Black
Mountain and Base of Black Mountain as well as at least one
locality in the Delta east of Aklavik, the separate localities and alti-
tudes being distinguished only by lot numbers. For all localities
outside the Delta the nearest Hudson Bay Company's Post was
used. That practice was adopted because the average entomologist
might be able to locate the various Hudson Bay Company’s Posts
on a map but would be unable to find the localities which it seemed
worth while to distinguish as above. In the text the more exact
localities are given through the use of the lot numbers. The four
regions grouped under Aklavik labels have more or less distinct
ecological factors and have each developed a more or less charac-
teristic fauna though not enough collecting has been done yet to
make it possible to say that species do not occur in any one. How-
ever, up to date certain species have been found in only one of the
above four subregions. For instance, Brenthis distincta and Plebe-
jus aquilo bryanti, have been taken only in the subregion referred
to as Black Mountain and are not expected to occur in the Delta
proper. Brenthis pales alaskensis is another species which has
been taken only in the Black Mountain subregion. Erebia fasciata
and Erebia youngi have been taken only in this subregion and at
Herschel Island, those localities having certain ecological similari-
ties. One butterfly, Brenthis gibsoni, has been taken only in the
Aklavik subregion.

Phyciodes campestris and Pyrgus centaureae have been taken
only in the Base Camp subregion. These two regions are not very
sharply differentiated from each other and therefore it is not sur-
prising that Lycaenopsis marginata and some others have been
found only in these two subregions.

Oeneis jutta, Coenonympha yukonensis and the copper helloides
have been taken only in the base of Black Mountain subregion.

Plebejus scudderii has been taken only in the warm region E. of
the Delta. Certain plants occur only on that side of the Delta also,
according to Robert Porsild, who states that it is a distinct floral
region. It is probably a distinct faunal one also. Artemisia frigida
or some species like the common white Artemisia of the Alberta
prairie which makes old plowed areas on the prairie conspicuously
white was the only distinctive plant noticed by the writer.

The most surprising and interesting thing about the Mackenzie
Delta to a collector is the very large number of southern species
which occur there. The extension of many common Canadian
Zone insects to the Arctic Coast is far more interesting than the

Feb., 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 9

few undescribed species which occur there or than even the much
more interesting circumpolar fauna.

The collection as a whole contains in the neighborhood of one
thousand species of insects and many spiders and Chilopoda, count-
ing only those species found north of the Arctic Circle. Beetles
make up about one-third, flies about another third, and other orders
account for the rest, with something like one hundred Lepidoptera,
probably fifty or more Hemiptera, two Orthoptera, several each of
Odonata, Neuroptera, Ephemeroptera, Trichoptera, Plecoptera,
Collembola, Psocids, and a large number of Hymenoptera, including
Chrysididae, Stelis, Megachile, Halictus, etc.

Only 161 named species of insects and 9 Arachnida were taken
in Arctic Canada by the Canadian Arctic Expedition — about one-
half the number of species which could have been taken in either
of two orders (Coleoptera or Diptera). The number of beetles
taken by the Canadian Arctic Expedition is less than are known to
occur in each of two of the forty families which occur there and
probably in at least four of them. There are about twice as many
Carabidae alone as the total named beetles taken by the Canadian
Arctic Expedition in Arctic Canada, certainly a good many more
Dytiscidae and probably Staphylinidae and Curculionidae. Instead
of ten families of beetles taken by the Canadian Arctic Expedition
more than 40 occur.

Nineteen species of butterflies were taken in Arctic Canada by
the Canadian Arctic Expedition, several of which were not recog-
nized among the present collection of Arctic species. It is possible
that they occur only east of the Mackenzie Delta.

Thirty-five forms of butterflies were taken in the Mackenzie
Delta by the author of this introduction, and three additional forms
on Herschel Id., making a total of 38 forms taken north of the
Arctic Circle. Nine more forms are recorded from Arctic Canada
in the report of the Canadian Arctic Exp., making a total of 47
forms recorded from north of the Circle in the North West Ter<-
ritories. Some species have been recorded recently from Baffin
Land and vicinity but the records have not been checked with these.

Of 8 forms taken at Herschel Id., during a two weeks’ stay,
three were not taken along the Mackenzie or in the Delta, whereas
of ten forms taken at Churchill only 4 were also taken on Herschel
Id., along the Mackenzie or in the Delta. The butterfly fauna of
Churchill therefore is more distinct from that of the Mackenzie
region as a whole than those of Herschel Id. and the Mackenzie are
from each other.

I have no doubt that about 1500 species of insects occur in Canada
north of the Arctic Circle. My collection adds Chilopoda, four

10 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxx

orders, about 90 families and 800 species of insects to the previously
recorded fauna of Western Canada north of the Circle, but is an
unfinished collection containing not even the species I could have
collected there if I had not been forced to quit. Other collectors
could add largely to it.

The report of the Canadian Arctic Expedition contains most of
the previous records from north of the Circle in Canada. The re-
port on butterflies is the most complete and satisfactory of the re-
ports on the higher insects as far as my experience enables me to
judge. The fly report contains 14 families and 48 species whereas
my collection contains in the neighborhood of 40 families and 300
species. Johansen can be forgiven for overlooking a few species
of insects since he was expected to collect all the mammals, birds,
fishes, reptiles, amphibians, all classes of terrestrial and marine in-
vertebrates and plants, besides being handicapped as a member of
an expedition and therefore unable to dispose of his time as he
chose or go where he could get the most material.

The Harriman Alaska Expedition got about the same number of
species as I found in the Delta, in a very circumscribed area, but
distributed in different proportions in the families and orders.

( Continued in April Bulletin.)

New Record for New Jersey. Lepidoptera Noctuidae. —

Anomis flava fimbriago Steph. 3J1, 2$, Lakehurst, N. J., Oct.-Nov.

Mr. Benjamin writes about them, “The insect is not as abun-
dant as erosa and your specimens are our northernmost record.

This species is sexually dimorphic, in erosa the sexes are alike;
the J1 antennae are strongly serrate, as against very weakly serrate
in erosa ; the t. p. line is bent inward below the reniform, strongly
excurved in the submedian area, which results in the formation of a
defined area which is practically an open subreniform, the t. p. line
in erosa is nearly erect from the base of the reniform to vein 1,
hence no area like an open subreniform is defined.” — Frederick
Lemmer, Irvington, N. J.

Feb., 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 11

MODIFICATIONS IN THE GENITALIA OF THE
MALE MEGARHYSSA LUNATOR.

By Cyril E. Abbott, Morgan Park, 111.

The abdomen of the male Megarhyssa lunator appears to con-
sist of nine segments, although only seven of these are prominent,
the two terminal sections telescoping into the seventh segment.
The anus opens dorsally through the eighth segment ; it is a slightly
extroverted tube on either side of which is a very much reduced
cercus.

The internal genitalia exhibit few peculiar modifications. Into
the proximal part of the penis opens a short, comparatively broad
ejaculatory duct (Fig. i, P & ED). Near the penis this duct is

expanded to form a bulbous portion to which are attached the
muscles subsequently described. A short distance anteriorly the
duct bifurcates, forming the paired vasa defferentia (VD). These
tubes, in passing forward, encircle the digestive tract, and termi-
nate in the closely adherent, yellow, elongated testes (T) which
lie upon the gut. About midway between the ejaculatory duct and
the testes each vas dejf evens is expanded to form a lateral pouch
or seminal vesicle ( S ) .

The external genitalia consist of the penis (P in all figures), the

12 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxx

genital flaps (Fig. 2, F), and the claspers (Fig. 3, A & C). Be-
cause of its peculiar form, as well as its relationship to these
parts, I have included the segment to which they are attached. It
is easily recognized in Figs. 2 & 3. It is nearly triangular, with
the apex anterior and ventral, while the basal angles meet dorsally.
The posterior ventral margin is bisulcate. Into each of the sulca-
tions fits the extended and apically recurved ventromedian angle
of a genital flap. Otherwise this flap is quite regular, spoon-
shaped, with the concavity directed inward. The dorsomedian angle
of the flap is in contact with that of the other flap and with the
corresponding dorsomedian angle of the last abdominal segment.
To the ventromedian margin of each flap is attached a genital
clasper. This clasper is posteriorly bifurcate : the outer extension
straight, blunt, heavily sclerotized, and firmly attached to the body
of the clasper. The inner extension is hinged at its point of at-
tachment; heavy, taper-pointed, and so curved that its free end is
hidden beneath the outer extension. The inner margin of each
clasper “turns up,” that is, it is directed dorsally. The claspers
are shown, though not in detail, in the illustrations for Riley’s
article in Insect Life (1888).

The penis is elongated, flattened, heavier at the margins ; the ex-
posed portion is slit to the anterior margin (Fig. 2). Anteriorly
it is prolonged into the body cavity as two lateral extensions.

The free end of each of these extensions of the penis is attached,
by a short muscle, to the walls of the ejaculatory duct ; this muscle,
by contraction, doubtless serves to expand the duct (Fig. 2, 3).
The opposite condition (relaxation of the duct) is brought about
by a pair of muscles, each of which joins the free end of each ex-
tension with the anterior margin of the mid-part of the penis (Fig.
2, 5). Another muscle (6) connects the dorsomedian angle of
each flap with the mid-part of the penis, which it doubtless tends
to retract. To this same part of the flap is attached the narrow
end of a sheet of muscle (2) spreading fan wise to connect with
the anterior margin of the abdominal segment. It tends to draw
the flap inward. Another fan-shaped muscle connects the end of
each extension of the penis with the wall of the corresponding flap
(7). It serves the double function of flexing the flap and extrud-
ing the penis. A band of muscle (4) connects the inner wall of
the segment with that of the corresponding flap. Curiously
enough, no muscles were found which might account for the
spreading of the flaps, though such muscles must be present. The
muscle marked 1 in Fig. 2 connects the segment with a ventral
plate of which only the anterior is figured. ..

Feb., 1985* Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 13

A muscle, the broad end of which is fastened to the anterior and
ventral margin of the flap (Fig. 3, 9) connects with the interior
wall of the clasper at the base of its outer bifurcation. The re-
curved ventroanterior extension of the flap gives rise to a band of
muscle various portions of which are inserted on the ventral side
of the penis (8-^ and the interior of the clasper near the bases of
the bifurcations (82, 83).

These modifications have to do with the mating activities of
Megarhyssa , particularly the peculiar position assumed by the male
during copulation, making it necessary for the penis to be inserted
in a reversed and inverted position.

NOTES ON THE OVIPOSITION AND HATCHING OF
CORYTHUCHA MARMORATA UHLER.

By Cyril E. Abbott, Morgan Park, 111.

During the past summer Corythucha marmorata Uhler appeared
in this region in unusually large numbers. The first eggs found
were on the under side of an oak leaf, where they were placed at
regular intervals in a fully exposed and erect position with each
pedicel inserted in the leaf. Later eggs were found on giant rag-
weed ( Ambrosia trifida L.) and other similar plants, but there, due
doubtless to the softness of the tissues, the eggs were embedded in
the leaves. Such eggs were deposited irregularly and at various
angles ; in some cases the long axis of the egg was even bent, but
the capped end of every egg was exposed.

The eggs are very small (0.3 by 0.7 mm.), jet black, and covered
at one end with a “cap” like that of a poppy seed-capsule.

When the young bug emerges the cap is first displaced. Some-
times it clings to the insect ; more often to the otherwise intact egg-
shell. Newly emerged Hemiptera are all much alike, and to this
the young Corythucha is no exception. The head is very large, the
body bowed, colorless and nearly transparent. In about an hour
after hatching the body becomes dirty brown in color. The young
bug is covered with an array of hairs which at this stage are single,
but which become more complex with every ecdysis, until the
nearly adult bug resembles the moving forest described in “Mac-
beth.”

Where the tender mouth-parts of the young bugs find sufficiently
tender plant tissues for feeding I have not discovered ; all attempts
to bring the insects to maturity in captivity failed. Mr. Wm. Ger-
hard, of the Field Museum, kindly identified the specimens.

14 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxx

HIBERNATION OF URANOTAENIA SAPPHIRINA
(OSTEN SACKEN) (DIPTERA: CULICIDAE).

By W. Keys Lawlor, New York State Museum.

Uranotaenia sapphirina (O. S.), the sapphire-lined mosquito, is
rarely taken, despite its wide distribution throughout the Antilles,
Central America and North America. The females are not trouble-
some, but according to Dyar (1928) will bite under favorable con-
ditions. The habits of the males are unknown. Larvae prefer
pools of a permanent or semi-permanent nature, containing Spiro-
gyra or Lemna, such as are inhabited by Anopheles larvae, which
the larvae of U. sapphirina closely resemble at first glance. Breed-
ing seems to be continuous throughout the summer.

In 1904 Professor John B. Smith suggested that U. sapphirina
hibernates in the adult stage, since the partially submerged egg
rafts are not well adapted to overwintering, since the larvae had
never been collected during the winter months and since the larval
habit of resting and feeding just under the surface would not be
suited to hibernation in that stage. There appears, however, to be
no published confirmation of this suggestion.

On February 3, 1934, while making observations on the hiberna-
tion of mosquito species in connection with the Federal Civil
Works Pest Mosquito Control Work Relief Program, carried on
by the U. S. Bureau of Entomology in collaboration with the New
York State Museum, the writer, accompanied by R. S. Coburn and
Paul E. Hering, collected an adult female, U. sapphirina, hiber-
nating on the ceiling of a small cave near South Bethlehem, Albany
County, New York. Subsequently on February 24, 1934, another
adult female was captured in the same cave. Two more females
were taken on March 3, 1934.

On the same dates, Culex pipiens Linn, and Anopheles puncti-
pennis (Say), the only other mosquitoes hibernating in the cave,
were collected in abundance.

Dyar, H. G. 1901. The Life History of Uranotaenia sapphirina.

O. S. Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 9: 179-182.

Dyar, H. G. 1928. The Mosquitoes of the Americas. Car-
negie Institution of Washington, Pub. No. 387: 421.

Smith, John B. 1904. New Jersey Agr. Exp. Sta. Rept. on
Mosquitoes, p. 338.

Feb., 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 15

FIVE NEW SPECIES OF MIRIDAE (HEMIPTERA).1

By H. G. Johnston, College Station, Texas.

Orthotylus robiniae n. sp.

Allied to ramus Knight but differs in the shorter rostrum, and
in the structure of the male genital claspers.

Male. Length 3.6 mm., width 1.3 mm. Head: width .71
mm., vertex .37 mm. Antennae : segment I, length .26 mm. ;
II, 1.0 mm.; Ill, .63 mm.; IV, .37 mm.; yellowish green,
segments III and IV dusky. Rostrum, length .86 mm., slightly
surpassing hind margin of mesosternum; yellowish green,
apex black. Pronotum: length .54 mm., width at base 1.09
mm.

Uniformly green or yellowish green, membrane uniformly
pale fuscous. Clothed with simple, pale yellowish pubescence.
Genital characters distinctive, left clasper with dorsal and
ventral arms nearly extending in same plane, dorsal arm curv-
ing inward along margin of genital segment to near the dorsal
surface, gradually flattened forming a thin spatulate apex
furnished with several short, blunt teeth, ventral arm acumi-
nate, following margin of genital segment to beyond middle
then curving inward and upward forming an elongate “S” ;
right clasper inwardly curved, with blade-shaped arm at base
curving upward and inward, forked near apex forming two
short, flattened, acuminate arms curving inward and upward
to near middle of genital segment their apices flattened and
with short, blunt teeth ; dorsal margin of genital segment with
slender chitinous spine projecting posteriorly.

Female. Length 3.5 mm., width 1.4 mm. Head: width .71
mm., vertex .37 mm. Antennae : segment I, length .25 mm. ;
II, .92 mm.; Ill, .63 mm.; IV, .42 mm. Pronotum: length
.54 mm., width at base 1.09 mm. Very similar to male in
size, form, pubescence and coloration.

Holotype: male May 15, 1931, Natchez, Mississippi (H. G.
Johnston) ; author’s collection.

Allotype: taken with the type.

Paratypes: 16 males and females taken with the types on locust
( Robinia pseudo-acacia) , which is no doubt the host plant.

1 Contribution from Entomology Department, Texas A. & M.
College, College Station, Texas.

16 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Yol.xxx

Plagiognathus reinhardi n. sp.

Related to delicatus Uhler but distinguished by longer second
antennal segment and bright red color.

Male. Length 3.1 mm., width 1.1 mm. Head: width .65
mm., vertex .29 mm. ; pale reddish brown, tylus fuscous. Ros-
trum, length .92 mm., reaching apex of intermediate coxae.
Antennae: segment I, length .21 mm., dark brown to black,
pale at apex; II, .96 mm., yellowish brown, blackish at base;
III, .63 mm. ; IV, .29 mm. Pronotum : length .50 mm., width
at base .96 mm.

Coloration bright red to dark red; head, except tylus, and
anterior portion of pronotum paler, cuneus at base and nar-
rowly on outer margin pale translucent, membrane black, tinged
with red, veins red. Venter, sterna, and pleura reddish brown
to fuscous. Legs pale; femora with three rows of brown
spots on lateral aspect; tibial spines black with black spot at
base of each, but becoming obsolete apically; apex of tarsi
black. Clothed with simple, golden yellow pubescence.

Female. Length 3.4 mm., width 1.2 mm. Head: width .67
mm., vertex .33 mm. Antennae: segment I, length .21 mm.,
black, pale at apex; II, .92 mm., yellowish, black at base; III,
.58 mm. ; IV, .25 mm. Pronotum : length .58 mm., width at
base 1. 1 mm. Coloration and pubescence very similar to the
male.

Holotype: male, April 3, 1933, College Station, Texas (H. G.
Johnston) ; author’s collection.

Allotype: taken with the type.

Paratypes: 63 males and females taken with the types on Cra-
taegus sp., where the species was breeding. 13 males and females
April 1, 1 female March 29, 1 male April 3, 1 female April 21,
1933, College Station, Texas (H. J. Reinhard).

The writer is pleased to name this beautiful little species for Mr.
H. J. Reinhard, who is well known for his work on Tachinidae, and
who was the first to locate this species.

Sthenarus viticola n. sp.

Distinguished by small size, pale yellowish to brownish color, and
an abundance of coarse yellowish to golden, simple pubescence.

Male. Length 2.5 mm., width 1.1 mm. Head: width .56
mm., vertex .29 mm. Antennae: segment I, length .14 mm.;
II, .73 mm. ; about equal in thickness to segment I although

Feb., 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 17

more slender near base; III, .33 mm. ; IV, .25 mm.; uniformly
pale yellowish brown; clothed with fine yellowish pubescence.
Rostrum : length .71 mm., reaching posterior margin of inter-
diate coxae, yellow, apex brown. Pronotum : length .42 mm.,
width at base .96 mm.

Clothed with simple, coarse, yellowish to golden pubescence ;
uniformly pale yellowish to brownish above and below ; mem-
brane dusky, veins sometimes paler.

Female. Length 2.6 mm., width 1.1 mm. Head: width .56
mm., vertex .32 mm. Antennae: segment I, length .13 mm.;
II, .58 mm., scarcely equal in thickness to segment I, much
thinner on basal half; III, .31 mm.; IV, .25 mm. Pronotum:
length .42 mm., width at base .92 mm. Coloration usually a
paler yellowish brown than the male, pubescence very similar.

Holotype: male, May 25, 1931, Corinth, Miss. (H. G. Johnston) ;
author’s collection.

Allotype: taken with the type.

Paratypes : 10 males and females taken with the types on wild
grape ( Vitis sp.). 6 males and females May 15, 1931, Natchez,
Miss. (H. G. Johnston), also on wild grape.

Neoborus osmanthicola n. sp.

The coloration suggestive of canadensis V. D., but differs in the
broadly pale margins of scutellum, nearly glabrous surface of the
dorsum, the less prominent eyes and shorter rostrum.

Male. Length 4.6 mm., width 1.9 mm. Head: width 1.01
mm., vertex .42 mm. ; vertex and frons sharply declivent ; yel-
lowish, tylus brownish black with few scattered, yellowish
hairs. Rostrum, length 1.09 mm., scarcely attaining the poste-
rior margin of mesosternum, yellowish, apex black. Antennae :
segment I, length .54 mm., brownish black, nearly glabrous;
II, 1.36 mm., yellowish brown becoming brownish black ba-
sally; III, .52 mm., fuscous; IV, .33 mm., fuscous. Pro-
notum: length .88 mm., width at base 1.56 mm., lateral mar-
gins straight, but scarcely carinate.

Dorsum nearly glabrous, shining, a few rather conspicuous
hairs on embolium, outer margin of corium and cuneus ; short,
inconspicuous hairs in punctures on clavus, inner apical mar-
gin of corium, and hind margin of pronotum. Coloration
yellowish brown and marked with reddish brown ; clavus red-
dish brown, paler along apex of claval vein ; corium on apical
one-third reddish brown, anal ridge and extending along inner
apical angle fuscous to black ; apex of embolium pale yellow-
ish; cuneus yellowish, apical one-half dark red. Scutellum
yellowish brown, side margins yellow, impunctate. Membrane

18 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXX

uniformly dark brown, veins paler at apex of areoles. Venter
and sternum dark brown to black. Legs yellow, apex of hind
femora, tibiae, and apex of tarsi brown.

Female. Length 4.8 mm., width 2.2 mm. Head: width
1.06 mm., vertex .50 mm. Antennae: segment I, length .51
mm.; II, 1.17 mm.; Ill, .53 mm.; IV, .37 mm.; brown to fus-
cous. Pronotum: length .96 mm., width at base 1.78 mm.
Slightly more robust than the male but very similar in colora-
tion, pubescence, and puncturation.

Holotype: male April 18, 1931, Lyman, Miss. (H. G. Johnston) ;
author’s collection.

Allotype : taken with the type.

Paratypes: 11 males and females taken with the types on wild
olive ( Osmanthus americanus) , where the species was evidently
breeding.

Phytocoris tillandsiae n. sp.

This species belongs in group III of Dr. Knight’s key (Hem.
Conn., 1923, p. 641) but differs from other species in that group
by the pale bluish-green color on pronotum and hemelytra.

Male. Length 5.0 mm., width 1 .6 mm. Head : width .96 mm.,
vertex .21 mm.; uniformly pale yellowish green. Rostrum
length 2.0 mm. reaching upon middle of venter, fuscous, first
segment pale green. Antennae: segment I, length .88 mm.,
pale greenish yellow, indistinctly marked with irregular fus-
cous spots; II, 2.3 mm., yellowish to fuscous; III, 1.1 mm.;
IV, .75 mm. ; III and IV fuscous. Pronotum: length .75 mm.,
width at base 1.3 mm., pale bluish-green, darker on posterior
half, paler on disk behind calli, calli and collar yellowish to
fuscous, several elongate fuscous spots near posterior margin.
Scutellum pale green, a vague fuscous spot each side of median
line on apical half. Hemelytra bluish-green clouded with fus-
cous; embolium pale green with numerous irregular fuscous
spots; inner margin of clavus and along commissure pale;
cuneus pale green, large black spot on apical third and extend-
ing along inner margin to basal third, apex white, small black
spot on inner basal angle with tuft of fuscous simple hairs ;
membrane and veins fuscous, veins white around apex of
areoles. Simple pubescence pale on head and anterior portion
of pronotum, brown on posterior half of pronotum with brown
spot at base of each hair, pale yellowish to brown on scutellum
and hemelytra; intermixed on dorsum with tufts of white se-
riceous pubescence. Sternum and venter pale green to fus-
cous. Coxae pale green ; femora fuscous, pale at base, closely
spotted with small and coalescing pale green spots, posterior
aspect of hind femora largely pale green; tibiae pale green,

Feb., 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 19

spines brown, apex of front and middle tibiae and tarsi fus-
cous; hind tibiae pale only on basal third, apical two-thirds
fuscous with large pale green marks. Genital claspers similar
to pinicola Knight but distinctive. Left clasper broader at
base, longer and more slender on apical two-thirds and more
abruptly curved; right clasper more slender, acuminate and
broadly curved to form a distinct hook on apical third.

Female. Length 4.6 mm., width 1.7 mm. Head: width .88
mm., vertex .33 mm. Antennae : segment I, length .96 mm. ;
II, 2.14 mm.; Ill, 1.05 mm.; IV, .79 mm. Pronotum: length
.79 mm., width at base 1.3 mm. Very similar to male in pubes-
cence and coloration.

Holotype: male, April 18, 1934, Huntsville, Texas (H. G. John-
ston) ; author’s collection.

Allotype: taken with the type.

Paratypes: 7 males and females taken with the types on Spanish
moss, Tillandsia usnecoides, where the species breeds. Female, May
10, 1928, male, March 27, 1930, male, April 21, 1934, College Sta-
tion, Texas, on Spanish moss (H. G. Johnston) ; 7 males and
females, April 16, 1931, Biloxi, Mississippi; male, May 12, 1931,
Columbia, Mississippi, reared from nymphs collected on Spanish
moss (H. G. Johnston).

The adults of this species evidently leave Spanish moss soon
after reaching maturity, since practically all the specimens taken
have been teneral, and adults are scarce even when nymphs are
abundant. The bluish green color is indistinct until the specimen
has reached maturity.

(Myllocerus) Corigetus? castaneus Roelofs. — Specimens of
this weevil, hitherto unreported from the United States, were taken
at Montclair, N. J., in July, 1933, probably from oaks, by Mr. Alan
S. Nicolay. Mr. L. L. Buchanan, of the Bureau of Entomology
and Plant Quarantine, U. S. Department of Agriculture, to whom
a specimen was submitted for identification, states that it evidently
does not belong in thelgenus Myllocerus, and refers it tentatively
to Corigetus.

The beetle was first described by Roelofs in 1873 in Annales de
la Societe Entomologique de Belgique, volume 16, pages 168-169,
as from Japan. No mention was there made of habits. E. Reitter,
in Deutsche Entomologische Zeitschrift, 1900, p. 62, records it as
from “Amur-Lander.” Presumably this means the Amur River
basin, near Vladivostok, in Primorsk. The specimen in the U. S.
National Museum is from Japan. — A. C. Davis, Takoma Park,
Md.

20 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXX

THE DECIDUOUS CUSPS OF THE ALOPHINI
(COLEOPTERA — CURCULIONXDAE).

By J. Wilcox and Wm. W. Baker,

Bureau of Entomology, U. S. Department of Agriculture.

The presence or absence of deciduous cusps (accessory man-
dibles) on the mandibles, leaving a scar, is one of the main char-
acters used in the North American system of classification for
separating the Otiorhynchinae from the Curculioninae. The tribe
Alophini is placed second in the Curculioninae by Blatchley and
Leng1 and is placed in the Curculioninae (or equivalent group) by
all other authors, so far as known by the writers.

While a specimen of Trichalophus simplex LeConte was being
examined it was noted that a definite deciduous cusp was present
on the left mandible. A further check of the material in the
writers’ collections showed the scar to be present in all genera
( Triglyphulus , Plinthodes, Acmae genius, and Trichalophus ) ex-
cepting Lepidophorus and Lophalophus , and the deciduous cusp
was found to be present on the following specimens :

Trichalophus simplex Lee.: Out of four specimens from Medi-
cine Hat, Alberta (F. S. Carr), two collected on April 21, 1928,
had the cusp present on the left mandible.

Trichalophus didymus (Lee.) : Out of thirteen specimens col-
lected by the writers in the ground about the roots of strawberry
plants at Austin, Whidby Island, Wash., August 15, 1931, four
have both cusps present, two have the left cusp present, and two
have the right cusp present. One specimen from Tacoma, Wash.,
March 15, 1932 (Baker), has the right cusp present. One speci-
men from Everett, Wash., January 15, 1929 (Ed. Hunter), col-
lected on strawberry, has the right cusp present. Three out of
twenty- three specimens collected at Cle Elum, Wash., May 21,
1933 (S. E. Crumb and Wilcox), have the cusp present on the left
mandible.

Trichalophus hrunneus Van Dyke: Six of seventy-five specimens
collected at White Swan, Wash., May 21, 1933 (Crumb and Wil-
cox) have the cusp present on the left mandible.

Plinthodes taeniatus (Lee.) : One specimen collected at Cle

1 Blatchley, W. S., and C. W. Leng. 1916. “Rhynchophora or
Weevils of North Eastern America.” The Nature Publishing Co.,
Ind., p. 144.

Feb., 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 21

Elum, Wash., May 14, 1933 (Crumb), has the left cusp present.

The cusps of most of the Otiorhynchinae seen by the writers
are rather long and sharp pointed. The cusps of Trichalophus are
flattened, rectangular, about one and one-half times as long as wide,
usually rounded at the apex, and the right one is considerably
larger than the left one (1 1/2 times as long and 1 1/3 times as
wide). The right one is attached to the ventral, inner, apical sur-
face and usually extends obliquely mesad below the left one ; the
scar is long, narrow, and oval but is not so readily seen as the left
scar. The left cusp extends almost straight out from the mandible
and is attached to the outer half of the narrow apical surface, the
scar being rather long and narrow, somewhat triangular.

Apparently, from the above records, the right cusp is usually
the one lost first. It would appear from these data that the four
genera Trichalophus, Plinthodes , Triglyphulus, and Acmae genius
of the tribe Alophini should be transferred to the subfamily Otio-
rhynchinae. Keifer2 has recently shown primary structural differ-
ences between the larvae of Trichalophus and Lepidophorus. Four
species of Alophus from Europe were examined and found to pos-
sess the scar.

The writers are indebted to L. L. Buchanan, of the Division of
Identification and Classification of Insects, Bureau of Entomology,
for suggestions and for the loan of specimens of Lophalophus in-
quinatus Mann, from the U. S. National Museum ; and to C. W.
Getzendaner for the photographs in the accompanying plate.

Explanation of Plate IX.

1. Dyslohus decoratus (Lee.) with both cusps present, an example

of a typical Otiorhynchid.

2. Plinthodes taeniatus (Lee.) with the left cusp present.

3. Trichalophus didymus (Lee.) with the left cusp present.

4. Trichalophus didymus (Lee.) with both cusps present.

5. Trichalophus didymus (Lee.) with the right cusp present.

6. Trichalophus brunneus Van Dyke viewed from below, showing

the left cusp present and the scar on the underside of the
right mandible.

7. Trichalophus brunneus Van Dyke with left cusp present.

8. Acmae genius hylobinus Lee. showing the scar on the left man-

dible.

9. Triglyphulus ater (Lee.) showing the scar on the left man-

dible.

2 Keifer, H. H. 1932. “Some Pacific Coast Otiorhynchid
Weevil Larvae.” Entomologica Americana, v. 13 (n. s.), p. 48-49.

BULL. B. E. S., Vol. XXX, No. 1

Plate I

Fed., 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 23

A NEW ANASA FROM PARAGUAY (HEMIPTERA:
COREIDAE).

By Roland F. Hussey, New York City.

In a recent paper1 I have referred to this species by the manu-
script name Anasa sapiicola, stating that it is one of three hemip-
terous forms commonly associated in mid-summer with the Eu-
phorbiaceous tree Sapium haematospermum. This plant is of
frequent occurrence on the sandy rolling plains of east-central
Paraguay, both on the higher land and near the streams, and its
range extends well to the south into Argentina: commonly it is
known as the curupi-cahu.

During my stay in Paraguay in 1931-32, I found this Coreid on
no other plant, but in late December and early January it occurs in
all stages on the curupi-cahu. The adults are found principally on
the fruiting branches, and many of them are found in copula. The
eggs are deposited singly on the unripe fruit, which at this season
resemble miniature green figs with disproportionately long stems,
growing in small clusters ; and the young nymphs obtain their food
from the latex which abounds in the parenchyma of the fruit.

The ova are very similar to those of the North American Anasa
tristis. They are brown externally, and the inner surface, after the
larva emerges, is silvery and shining. In size the ova measure
about 1 mm. by 0.75 mm. ; they are strongly flattened laterally, and
their appearance suggests very strongly a miniature shell of a bi-
valve mollusc, inserted into the plant tissue at the “hinge” margin.
A single fruit of the curupi-cahu will often bear sixty or seventy
of these ova, which are so firmly attached that they cannot be re-
moved without tearing the plant tissue and starting a flow of the
latex.

A description of the insect follows :

Anasa sapiicola n. sp.

Length 14 mm., humeral breadth 5.1 mm. Head: length
1.9 mm., width with eyes 1.9 mm., interocular breadth 1.1
mm. ; one-fourth the length of the head lies in front of the
apex of antenniferous tubercles. Lengths of antennal seg-
ments: I, 1.44mm.; II, 2.1 mm.; Ill, 2.1 mm.; IV, 1.5 mm.;
first segment stoutest, lightly curved, second and third seg-
ments cylindrical, fourth fusiform; first three segments ex-
tremely rough, covered with minute closely approximated

1 Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. XXIX, October, 1934, p. 133.

24 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXX

elongate elevations, the interstices between these filled with
grayish matter giving the impression under low magnification
that the antennae are coarsely punctate. Rostrum attaining
the posterior coxae; lengths of segments, I, 1.56 mm. ; II, 1.44
mm.; Ill, 1.12 mm.; IV, 1.64 mm.; first segment almost or
quite reaching base of head.

J. Length 15^-16 mm. ; humeral breadth 6.1 mm. Lengths
of antennal segments, I, 1.56 mm.; II, 2.36 mm.; Ill, 2.2
mm.; IV, 1.6 mm. Proportions of head as in male.

Coloration. Sordid testaceous, the hemelytra tending more
toward whitish, the head, anterior lobe of pronotum, and
pleura with a more yellowish tinge; head with two longitu-
dinal black vittae arising at about the level of the ocelli, much
narrowed anteriorly, obliquely forked externally, once at about
the level of the eye and again on the antero-median margin of
the antenniferous tubercles; extreme base of head sometimes
black; antennae black, ventral side of first segment and some
irregular mottlings on the upper side, extreme base of second
segment, and apical portion of fourth segment testaceous, an
annulus occupying the basal 1/5 of third segment sordid lute-
ous. Anterior lobe of pronotum with a short, very narrow
median black vitta and a small black spot laterad of each cal-
losity; posterior lobe with an obsolete vitta immediately each
side of the smooth median line, formed of coarse black punc-
tures on concolorous ground, and a second similar vitta about
midway between this and the lateral margin ; rarely there is a
third, very narrow vitta of the same sort within the lateral
margin; lateral margins faintly suffused with reddish. In
paler specimens only the median pair of black-punctate vittae
may be present, and in no case do they extend forward as far
as the callosities. Hemelytra closely but very coarsely — almost
foveolately — punctate, the punctures commonly very slightly
darker than the ground color; in darker specimens the punc-
tures of the exocorium (especially toward the apex) and the
outer apical cell of the mesocorium more heavily fuscous.
Veins of corium commonly lightly infuscated, as also a small
area beyond apex of basal cell of the mesocorium. Membrane
fuscous, shining, the oblique basal cell pale. Connexivum
yellow or reddish, the posterior third of each segment black,
the black markings interrupted at the extreme edge on the
posterior segments by a small yellow dot. Dorsum of ab-
domen testaceous ; apical segment with a square fuscous mark
at the center, occupying the entire length of the segment, the
two preceding segments more broadly fuscous, their fuscous
areas invaded at each side in each segment by a triangular
testaceous mark. Legs testaceous, the femora with four to six
obsolete fuscous maculae above, the tibiae with fuscous mark-
ings which tend to form irregular bands; tarsi fuscous only

Feb., 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 25

toward apex of last segment. Propleura with a small black
spot and two narrow black lines; meso- and metapleura with
a short black line a short distance above the acetabula ; anterior
and posterior tubercles of ostiolar peritreme black; venter
concolorous, margins of abdomen with a minute pre-apical
black spot in each segment.

Structural characters: Head and anterior lobe of pronotum
finely punctate; antenniferous tubercles unarmed; tylus nar-
row, distinctly elevated above the jugae and surpassing their
apices. Pronotum trapezoidal; anterior width: posterior
width : median length (J*) = 16 : 51 : 32 ; lateral margins nearly
straight, subcarinately calloused in front of the rounded
humeri and provided with four or five remote small rounded
callous nodes on the anterior half or two-thirds, the one next
the collum obsoletely bifid; postero-lateral margins sinuate
(somewhat more strongly so than in A. tristis) and produced
to form an obtuse tooth lying distinctly lateral to the scutel-
lum. Calli of anterior lobe confluent in front. Scutellum 1/3
wider than its median length, shallowly transversely rugulose.
Hemelytra punctate as described above; venter finely punc-
tate, pleura more coarsely so. Male genital segment oblique
as seen from the side, its profile very lightly sinuate near the
apex, the dorso-lateral angle rounded, very slightly produced
beyond the subtruncate posterior margin.

Holotype: Paraguay, Estancia Primera (CaaGuazu Dis-

trict), 2, I, 1932 (R. F. Hussey). Allotype: <j>. Topotypic; 31,
XII, 1931 (R. F. Hussey). Paratypes: 14 and $?• Topo-
typic; 31, XII, 1931; 2, I, 1932, and 8, I, 1932 (R. F. Hussey).
Holotype and allotype in Museum of Zoology, University of Mich-
igan. Paratypes in Museum of Zoology, University of Michigan,
Museum of Comparative Zoology, Museo Nacional de La Plata
(Argentina), and in my collection.

By reason of the unarmed antenniferous tubercles and the bi-
vittate head this species falls in the division ee established by Stal
in the “Enumeratio.” Many characters separate it from A. acu-
tangula Stal, as, for instance, the antennae only half as long as the
body, with the fourth segment shortest and the second and third
subequal, the very obtusely rounded humeral angles, etc. From
Anasa limhata Berg, the only other species thus far referred to this
division (and which I also obtained in Paraguay) it can be readily
separated by the coloration and by the dentiform posterior angles
of the pronotum. Otherwise it appears very closely related to
Berg’s species, which was described from Corpus in Misiones, on
the Parana River, about 200 km. south of the type locality of
Anasa sapiicola.

26 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXX

THE EGG-LAYING OF THE MOURNING HORSE-
FLY, TABANUS ATRATUS FAB.*

By Phil Rau, Kirkwood, Mo.

The larvae of the horse-fly, Tabanus atratus , is aquatic, so I was
not surprised to see several females ovipositing in a pool of back
water on Chestley Island, in the Mississippi River near St. Louis,
Mo. The egg-masses were placed on short twigs protruding above
the water. In the bright afternoon sunshine of a hot July day, the
mothers took positions on the twigs, head downward, pumped the
eggs out of the body and simultaneously packed them close to-

gether, making a neat egg packet of the mass, as may be seen in the
half completed packet shown in the photograph. The eggs were
packed very close and adhered to one another. The outside of the
packet, even though built up of a layer of these eggs, formed a very
smooth wall ; it was only with the aid of a magnifying glass that I
could see that the egg-mass had no other covering than the outside
layer of eggs.

The color of the eggs when deposited was milky white, but after
an hour the mass turned a very dark gray, resembling identically
the twig upon which they had been placed. In the laboratory one
such laying hatched five days later. The tiny larvae dropped from
the egg mass into the water of the aquarium, leaving the egg-shells
in their exact positions in compact mass ; from its appearance one
could hardly detect that so an important event had occurred.

These notes were made on July 27, 1930, but the period of egg-
laying for this Tabanus is comparatively long for when I visited
the area five weeks later, I again found many mothers ovipositing.

* Identified by Mr. Alan Stone.

Feb., 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 27

NOTES ON PYCNODERES QUADRIMACULATUS
GUERIN (HEMIPTERA, MIRIDAE) IN THE
VICINITY OF TUCSON, ARIZONA.

By Lawrence Paul Wehrle, University of Arizona, Tucson.

On November 4, 1931, the writer collected the squash capsid
( Pycnoderes quadrimaculatus Guerin), attacking beans on the Old
Farm of the University of Arizona.

In August, 1933, C. B. Brown, County Agricultural Agent,
found Pycnoderes quadrimaculatus Guerin injurious to squash and
pumpkins near Tucson, Arizona. He observed that the insects
attacked the lower sides of the leaves most and that the leaves
turned gray as a result. This was the first time he had observed
an infestation of this insect.

On September 28, 1934, the writer observed Pycnoderes quad-
rimaculatus Guerin in large numbers on Mexican red beans or pink
beans ( Phaseolus vulgaris Linn. var.). This insect punctures the
leaves and in sucking out the juices removes a portion of the green
chlorophyll. The upper side of the leaf becomes greenish gray in
color. On the lower side of the leaf numerous irregularly placed
black specks of excrement are found. Leaves of cultivated water-
melon ( Citrullus vulgaris Schrad.) and muskmelon ( Cucumis
melo Linn.) which had evidently been injured by this insect were
found.

On October 6, 1934, Pycnoderes quadrimaculatus Guerin was
present in large numbers on wild African watermelon ( Citrullus
vulgaris Schrad.) near Tucson, Arizona. This watermelon is
native to tropical Africa and South Africa.

The identity of Pycnoderes quadrimaculatus Guerin was verified
by Mr. J. R. de la Torre-Bueno. The identifications of Mexican
red bean, cultivated watermelon and muskmelon were made by
Professor J. J. Thornber. The name and information concerning
the wild African watermelon was received from Mr. F. J. Crider.
While the cultivated watermelon and the wild African watermelon
bear the same scientific name the two kinds of melons appear quite
distinct.

We thank the friends who sent us short notes for these little
spaces.

28 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society V oh XXX

BOOK NOTES.

A Monograph of the Collembola of Iowa. By Harlow B.

Mills. (Pp. i-xi + 1-143, pis. I-XII, containing figs. 1-189.

The Collegiate Press, Inc., Ames, Iowa. $2.25.)

Here we have the first monograph in over 30 years of these curi-
ous primitive insects. The treatment is entirely taxonomic, except
for an occasional brief biological statement. Doubtless this lack is
caused by the absence of adequate treatment of these minute insects
from the life-history standpoint. This idea at once points the way
to further most valuable studies, with the work before us as a
solid foundation. Indeed, without such a work as this to tie to,
biological studies of given species would contain a certain element
of indeterminacy.

The plates and figures are clean-cut and extremely informing.
They demonstrate the great advantage of line plates over photo-
graphs, however well the latter may be reproduced.

The monograph covers 132 species known to occur within the
State of Iowa, 45% of which, incidentally, are either holarctic or
cosmopolitan. The keys cover all the Palaearctic and Nearctic
genera.

The extensive bibliography (93 titles) as might be expected from
the character of the monograph, is practically wholly taxonomic.

All these remarks are not to be taken as in any way minimizing
the importance of this fundamental work; they are made to point
out the paucity of our biological information about a most wide-
spread and common group. The next line of attack on the prob-
lems of this much neglected albeit highly interesting group — a
group which from its primitive nature should be a source of knowl-
edge on the origin, metamorphosis and instincts of the Class In-
secta — should be directed toward their biology.

The press work is excellent; and the binding is substantial and
very adequate for a book of such constant reference as this should
be. __ J. R. T.-B.

The Distribution of Trichobaris insolita Casey. — Through
the kindness of Mr. Sam Kelly, the writer has received three speci-
mens of Trichobaris insolita Casey, reared from Physalis (ground
cherry) in Kansas. Leng, in his check list, and Blatchley and Leng,
in their work on Rhynchophora of North Eastern America, record
this species only from Florida. In addition to the Kansas speci-
mens, the writer has two, specimens from Illinois, one collected at
Havana, and the other without definite locality. — Wm. P. Hayes,
Urbana, Ills.

Feb., 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 29

EDITORIAL

RECIPROCITY.

{All authors MUST read this!)

Current conditions seem still to be with us. Science, to which so
much lip-service is rendered, is perhaps one of the chief sufferers.
The scientific worker, whose labors are not directly transmutable
into $$$, has been one of the leading victims of the world-wide dis-
location. He, the chief support of scientific groups, has seen his
income pared to the core. In consequence, he has had to resort to
drastic economies; and the first to bear the brunt have been his
associations and scientific publications. The latter, naturally, have
had to retrench ; and the liberal spirit of old is much on the wane.

The Brooklyn Entomological Society is forced at last to join the
ranks : at least, it must mark time.

So, very reluctantly and sadly, of course, its publications must
adhere to our announced old rule, to accept MSS. for publication —
at least in the Bulletin — from two classes of authors only:
namely, from the members of the Society and from its subscribers.
This is and has been a standing rule of our Society, even though
not always insisted upon. But now the surfeit of excellent papers
on all hands makes possible a selective policy.

Further, we purpose to demand certain standards and to follow
certain well-defined trends. No articles on exotic faunas will be
accepted, except they be of outstanding importance, biologically or
taxonomically. Descriptions of single species, or of varieties,
forms, or other minuter subdivisions will not be published, except
in general discussion of a group and carrying clear, definite, posi-
tive indication of their affinities and of their differences from their
similars ; and with their exact position in the taxonomic scheme.

In the matter of cuts and plates, no more than one of either will
be accepted with any article, except by special arrangement. It is
also very desirable that where possible authors should purchase
such cuts from us at our very reasonable cost — much less by far
than the usual engraver’s price for single cuts. If not, we will sell
them to anyone who wishes to purchase them; or we will destroy
them forthwith.

In the matter of reprints, we will adhere to our announced policy
so long as we can. But we do urge authors who can use reprints
to order more than the 25 gratis copies. The cost of reprints to us

30 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxx

is about 35% of the cost of any one number of the Bulletin; in
the course of a year we have a reprint item of some $200, or the
total amount of 80 subscriptions !

And finally, no author’s corrections, that is, changes in the text
after it is in type, will be permitted. All papers must come to us in
complete and final form, ready to be set in type as they stand.

These may seem harsh conditions, but it is not we who make
them ; they are the unescapable result of a world-condition.

As ever, we will be merciful — but not too much so.

The Publication Committee of the . .

Brooklyn Entomological Society.

TO OUR FRIENDS.

The Brooklyn Entomological Society, as you all know, has
always pursued a liberal policy in matters of publication. This
has had a sure consequence : we have a great accumulation of com-
plete sets and odd numbers of the new series of our publications, as
well as a goodly number of reprints of Entomologica Americana.
Our storage space is necessarily limited; and we are now on the
verge of overflowing. Consequently, we must greatly decrease this
stock. Before eliminating this too large surplus, we are offering
reprints at greatly reduced prices during 1935 only. This is a
great opportunity for authors to control their own reprints; and
for libraries, institutions and individuals to secure full sets of our
publications or to fill in gaps in their series.

After this sale closes, only full sets of our publications will be
sold ; and we will offer no reprints of any separate articles.

Take immediate advantage of this offer; and send in your orders
promptly to

George P. Engelhardt,

28 Clubway, Hartsdale, N. Y.

A correction: — An unfortunate error crept into Dr. Roger C.
Smith’s paper on “Hallucinations of Insect Infestation,” pub-
lished in the December, 1934, Bulletin. On page 212, line 11,
the word “Illustrations” should read “Illusions. ” — The Editor.

Feb., 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 31

PROCEEDINGS OF THE SOCIETY.

m

Meeting of May io, 1934.

Present : President William T. Davis in the chair and the follow-
ing members: Messrs. Engelhardt, Dr. Hussey, Moennich, Nicolay,
Ragot, Rau, Sheridan, Shoemaker, Torre-Bueno and Lemmer.

Minutes of the previous meeting read and approved. Treasurer’s
report received.

Mr. Bueno reported on the Bulletin and Entomologica
Americana.

Mr. Bueno expressed his concern over publications in tongues
strange to the nations of the west, showing a Russian one.

Mr. Bueno spoke on Hemiptera captured by Mr. Engelhardt in
the state of Washington, etc., in 1933. This article was printed in
full in the October Bulletin. Messrs. Engelhardt and Davis dis-
cussed it.

Mr. Nicolay was in the Southern Pines about a month ago.

Mr. Shoemaker showed three boxes of moths.

Mr. Ragot showed Stenodontes dasystomus Say from Long
Island City, Hydrobius tesselatus Zimm. caught af Montvale, N. J.,
V-6-1934, also some Chrysomelidae from Panama and weevils
from New Guinea.

Mr. Rau showed sumac with galleries of some beetles, also Cole-
optera from Saratoga Springs.

Mr. Engelhardt showed some Aegeridae with cuttings of the
food plants, obtained in Oregon and Washington State in 1933:
Synanthedon praestans Hy. Edwards, so far only known by the
unique male type in Brooklyn Museum. It bores in the crown roots
of Erigonum compositum and elatum, discovered by Jos. Wilcox
and S. E. Crumb, of Puyallup, Washington, in 1932. A fine series
was bred and adults captured at Ellensburg and White Swan,
Wash., in 1933. The moths emerge from late July to late August.
Synanthedon veracunda Hy. Edwards, recorded from the Rocky
Mountains, Colorado to Canada and N. W. Pacific Coast and often
confused with S', nigra , which possibly is only a geographical race
of this species. The food plant is Lithospermum ruder ale, the
larvae boring in the crown root. Ten specimens were bred from
one plant, emerging in late July and during August. Zenodoxus
palmi Neumoegen. Represented until recently by the unique type
from Arizona, Brooklyn Museum Collection. Their breeding in
the root of Mallow — Sidalcea nervata — collected on the Snake
River near Pullman, Wash., was a great surprise. A series of some

32 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxx

40 specimens shows no differences sufficient for separation from
the Arizona type. The moths emerged during August.

Adjourned.

Frederick Lemmer,
Secretary pro tem.

Meeting of October ii, 1934.

A regular meeting of the Brooklyn Entomological Society was
held at the Brooklyn Museum on Thursday, October 11, at 8.10
p. m. President Davis in the chair and eight other members pres-
ent, namely, Messrs. Engelhardt, Lacey, Lemmer, Moennich, Shoe-
maker, Siepmann, Wilford and Dr. Hussey, and Messrs. Dietrich,
Gerberg, Kerrish, Siegel and Stecher.

The minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved,
and Mr. Engelhardt presented the Treasurer’s Report.

Mr. Davis spoke of the death of Mr. Charles Schaeffer, curator
of Coleoptera at the Brooklyn Museum, and exhibited a volume of
his collected works. A general discussion of Mr. Schaeffer’s life
and contributions to entomology followed. Various members spoke
of how highly he was regarded by other coleopterists, and com-
mented upon his marvelous memory and the thoroughness of his
work. The death of Mr. Wurster, also a member, was reported.

Mr. Dietrich reported collecting the beetle, Oxygonus montanus
Schaeffer (Elateridae), at Slide Mountain, New York, during the
past summer.

Cicindelidae and other beetles were collected at Cape Cod, Mas-
sachusetts, by Mr. Lacey.

Mr. Lemmer reported that he had made his usual week-end col-
lecting trips, the last few trips bringing him two things new to his
collection.

Mr. Shoemaker devoted most of his time to Lepidoptera during
the past year. He commented on the large numbers of Catocala
found on the trees in Bronx Park during July and August, of
which he collected 350 specimens representing about 29 species and
varieties. Sometimes three hundred or more specimens were seen
on a single day. Mr. Shoemaker did not know whether Catocala
was always so abundant in Bronx Park, or whether this was un-
usual, since he was not very familiar with the locality.

Mr. Wilford reported Pieris protodice occurring at Marine
Park, Brooklyn, N. Y., during the past season.

Mr. Stecher said that a small Carabid, probably a Harpalus, laid
some eggs in his terrarium. The eggs were of large size for so

Feb., 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 33

small a beetle, about as large as a grain of rice. Mr. Shoemaker
said that the eggs of Catocala ilia varied much in size according to
the individual laying them, but that the eggs of the other species of
Catocala did not show any great variation.

Dr. Hussey said he collected the mirid, Neurocolpus rubidus
Knight in Connecticut, this being the second record for this species.
The species was described in the October number of the Bulletin.
He also obtained a specimen of Trepobates subnitidus at Lakeville.

Mr. Engelhardt said that the Pacific Coast was hot and dry dur-
ing the past summer, and that he would make a more detailed re-
port on his trip there at a later meeting. He exhibited a specimen
of the Bombylid fly, Anthrax simpson Fabr., which he obtained at
Hartsdale, N. Y., on August 8, 1934. This species is one of the
largest Bombylid flies of the East, and is parasitic upon the larva
of the carpenter bee, Xylocopa virginica. Mr. Engelhardt also ex-
hibited a living specimen of the Cerambycid beetle, Tragidion
coquus var. fulvipenne, boring in a one year old stalk of the Agave,
taken at El Paso, Texas, on August 2, 1934. Two or three speci-
mens of this beetle bore in one stalk. Mr. Engelhardt said that this
beetle could be collected in quantities if its habits were known to
the collector. Otherwise only one or two specimens might be
obtained in a season.

Mr. Engelhardt also made his usual report on the fall canker
worm. It was still abundant in Westchester County, but not as
much so as the year before. Three species of Calosoma were noted
feeding upon the larvae, namely, scrutator , wilcoxi and calidum.
Wilcoxi was more common than scrutator , which is the reverse of
the usual case. The praying mantis was largely winter killed at
Hartsdale.

Mr. Lemmer spoke of his visit to Mr. Rummel at Green Vil-
lage, N. J., and spoke of the traps Mr. Rummel used for capturing
moths. These traps consist of a cylinder of wire screen, with a tin
cover at the top. Within the cylinder is a cone, also of wire screen,
with a small opening at the top. The trap is placed on a raised
platform containing some crushed fruit or other substance to at-
tract the moths, which can enter the trap at the bottom, where the
bait is. In leaving, the moths fly upward, and through the opening
in the cone, into the upper part of the trap, from which they are
usually unable to find their way out.

Mr. William T. Davis showed a number of egg-masses of the
Mantis, Tenodera angustipennis, and also a living female that had
been reared during the summer in his garden at St. George, Staten

34 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxx

Island. The egg-masses were found attached to the high-tide
bushes along Bass Creek at Oakwood, Staten Island in the spring
and early summer of 1934, the first one being detected by Mr. Hans
L. Stecher. No young mantids hatched from any of these egg-
masses, and later the dried up eggs were found within. It was
suggested that they might have been killed by the severe winter of
I933~34- A great many egg-masses of the closely-allied Tenodera
sinensis resident in the Island since about 1902 also failed to hatch.
This species, however, survived the hard winter of 1917-18 as
well as the last one, and is no doubt destined to reach still further
north especially along the coast. Mr. Roy Latham in a letter dated
January 20, 1934, stated that sinensis had at last reached the eastern
end of Long Island.

The meeting adjourned at 10.05 P* m-

Carl Geo. Siepmann,

Secretary.

Meeting of November 15, 1934.

A regular meeting of the Brooklyn Entomological Society was
held at the Brooklyn Museum on Thursday, November 15, 1934,
at 8.15 p. m.

President Davis in the chair and eleven other members present,
viz., Messrs. Ballou, Cleff, Engelhardt, Lacey, Lemmer, Nicolay,
Rau, Ragot, Sheridan, Siepmann and Wilford, and Messrs. Die-
trich, Gerberg, Kaiser, Kerrich, Stecher and Tulloch, and Miss
Potter.

The minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved.
Mr. Engelhardt presented the Treasurer’s Report, and read a letter
from Mr. Torre-Bueno regarding the progress of the society’s
publications, which were placed on file.

Mr. Kaiser reported that in general Cecropia and Cynthia cocoons
are scarce this year in Brooklyn and adjacent Long Island, but that
they could be found in certain localities. Prometheas are scarce,
and, when found, usually parasitized.

The greater part of the meeting was devoted to an exhibition
and general discussion of Catocalas. Mr. Wilford showed his col-
lection of this genus, and spoke of his collecting trips in company
with Mr. Shoemaker.

Mr. Lemmer exhibited his collection of Catocalas from Lake-
hurst, N. J. He obtained 28 species at this locality, not counting
forms, and his exhibit included all but three of these species.

Mr. William T. Davis exhibited some Staten Island Catocalas.

Feb., 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 35

He also showed three volumes of J. O. Westwood’s “new edition”
of Dru Drury’s “Exotic Entomology,” published in 1837; the orig-
inal edition dating back to 1770-1782. He commented upon this
work, volume I being of particular interest on account of the many
colored plates of American insects. Mr. Davis’s set of this work
was formerly in the library of Dr. J. H. Pazos, in South America,
and had been damaged by the boring of an insect, probably the
larva of the widely-distributed Drug Store Beetle, Sitodrepa pani-
cea. The insect made a hole entirely through volumes II and III
and went through its last transformations near the end of volume
III, where the boring was enlarged. The insect’s boring produced
some curious results on some of the plates, and Mr. Davis read an
account of Sitodrepa panic ea from Mr. Harry B. Weiss’s article on
“Insects Injurious to Books,” published in the March, 1933, num-
ber of The American Book Collector.

Mr. Kaiser told of how he reared Catocalas and how he obtained
the eggs. He would place a female in a large blown-up paper
bag, in which was suspended a ball of cotton soaked in honey, to
serve as food. The bag was hung up in a room until the moth
oviposited.

Mr. Engelhardt commented upon the life-histories of the Satyr-
idae and Hesperiidae, saying that much still remained to be done in
this respect.

Mr. Ragot exhibited the April, 1929, number of the Book
League Monthly , the entire number of which was devoted to “In-
stinct and Intelligence of Insects.”

The meeting adjourned at 10.00.

Carl Geo. Siepmann,

Secretary.

NOTICE TO SUBSCRIBERS

The Title Page and Index to Vol. XXIX
of the BULLETIN is bound in with the number for
December, 1934.

ENTOMOLOGICA AMERICANA
Special Offer for Reprints

Vol. 7 (N.S.) No. 1 — Studies on the Pleuropodia of Belostoma. Priscilla Butler

Hussey. 80 pages, 11 full page illustrations $ .50

Vol. 7 (N.S.) No. 2 — The Family Hydrometridae in the Western Hemisphere.

J. R. de la Torre Bueno. 45 pages .50

Vol. 7 (N.S.) No. 3 — Classification of the Nut Curculios of Boreal America.

F. H. Chittenden. 78 pages, 8 full page illustrations 1.25

Vol. 7 (N.S.) No. 4 — A Contribution Toward the Knowledge of New York Thysa-

noptera. J. Douglas Hood. 36 pages, 2 full page illustrations .50

Vol. 8 (N.S.) No. 1 — The Species of Phyllotreta North of Mexico. F. H. Chit-
tenden. 63 pages, 2 full page illustrations 1.00

Vol. 8 (N.S.) No. 2 — A Review of the N. A. Species of Podabrus. H. C. Fall.

3a pages .50

Vol. 8 (N.S.) No. 3 — Biological Studies of Two Hymenopterous Parasites of

Aquatic Insect Eggs. Charles H. Martin. 52 pages, 3 full page illustrations .75

Vol. 8 (N.S.) No. 4 — A Contribution to the Knowledge of the Life History of

Bremus bimaculatus. Theodore H. Frison. 64 pages, 4 full page illustrations .75

Vol. 9 (N.S.) Nos. 1 & 2 — A Monographic Study of the Hemipterous Family
Nabidae in North America. Halbert M. Harris. 97 pages, 4 full page
illustrations 1.25

Vol. 9 (N.S.) No. 3 — A Revision of the Genus Eurema Hiibner. Part II, New
World Species, Taxonomy & Synonymy. Alexander Barrett Klots. 68 pages,

4 full page illustrations 1.00

Vol. 9 (N.S.) No. 4— Vol. 10 (N.S.) No. 1— The Biology of the White Pine
W eevil, Pissodes strobi & A Study of its Insect Parasites from an Economic
Viewpoint. Raymond Taylor. 165 pages, 10 full page illustrations ' 1.25

Vol. 10 (N.S.) No. 2 — A Monographic Study of the N. A. Species of Euscelis and

Allied Genera. J. P. Sleesman. 62 pages, 10 full page illustrations .50

Vol. 10 (N.S.) Nos. 3 & 4 — Essay on the Subfamily Stenopodinae of the New

World. H. G. Barber. 90 pages, 1 full page illustration .75

Vol. 11 (N.S.) Nos. 1, 2, 3 & 4 — An Illustrated Synopsis of the Principal Larval
Forms of the Order Coleoptera. Adam G. Boving & F. C. Craighead. 351

pages, 125 full page illustrations Cloth Bound 7.50

Paper Cover 6.50

Vol. 12 (N.S.) No. 1 — A Monographic Revision of the Treehoppers of the Tribe

Telamonini of North America. E. D. Ball. 70 pages, 4 full page illustrations .50

Vol. 12 (N.S.) No. 2 — A Tentative Synopsis of the Hornets and Yellow -Jackets

of America. J. Bequaert. 67 pages 1.25

Vol. 12 (N.S.) Nos. 3 & 4 — A Generic Revision of the Pieridae. Alexander

Barrett Klots. 126 pages, 12 full page illustrations 1.25

Vol. 13 (N.S.) No. 1 — Comparative Skeletal Morphology of the Noctuid Tym-
panum. A. Glenn Richards, Jr. 44 pages, 20 full page illustrations .50

Vol. 13 (N.S.) No. 2 — Some Pacific Coast Otiorhynchid Weevil Larvae. H. H.

Keifer. 42 pages, 6 full page illustrations .'. 1.00

Vol. 13 (N.S.) No. 3 — The Nearctic Social Wasps of the Subfamily Polybiinae.

J. Bequaert. 64 pages, 3 full page illustrations : 1.25

Vol. 13 (N.S.) No. 4 — Microlepidoptera of Cuba. August Busck. 53 pages,

7 full page illustrations .50

Vol. 14 (N.S.) No. 1 — A Grouping of the Agrotine Genera. Wm. T. M.

Forbes. 38 pages, 6 full page illustrations .75

Vol. 14 (N.S.) No. 2 — Head Characters of the Odonata. Gideon Ting-Wei Lew.

58 pages, 12 full page illustrations 75

Vol. 14 (N.S.) No. 3 — A Review of the N. A. Species of Agathidium ( Coleoptera ;

Silphidae ). H. C. Fall. 34 pages 75

Vol. 14 (N.S.) No. 4 — A Classification of Some Noctuid Larvae of the Subfamily

Hypeninae. S. E. Crumb. 55 pages, 7 full page illustrations 1.25

Vol. XXX

APRIL, 1935

BULLETIN

No. 2

OF THE

Brooklyn Entomological

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE

J. R. de la TORRE-BUENO, Editor

CARL GEO. SIEPMAN GEO. P. ENGELHARDT

Published for the Society by the
Science Press Printing Co.,

Lime and Green Sts., Lancaster, Pa.,

Price, 60 cents Subscription, $2.50 per year

Mailed April 26, 1935

Entered as second-class matter January 21, 1919, at the post office at Lancaster, Pa.,
under the Act of March 3, 1879

The Brooklyn Entomological Society

Meetings are held on the second Thursday after the first Tuesday of each
month from October to June, inclusive, at the Central Museum, Eastern
Parkway and Washington Ave., Brooklyn. The annual dues are $2.00.

OFFICERS, 1934
Honorary President
CHARLES W. LENG

President

W. T. DAVIS

Treasurer

G. P. ENGELHARDT

Vice-President

J. R. de la TORRE-BUENO
Recording Secretary
CARL GEO. SIEPMANN
Corresponding Secretary

FREDERICK LEMMER

28 Club way
Hartsdale, N. Y.

Librarian
H. E. WILFORD
Curator

J. M. SHERIDAN

Delegate to Council of New York
Academy of Sciences
G. P. ENGELHARDT

CONTENTS

NEW ISSIDAE, WITH NOTES ON OTHERS, Ball 37

DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA FROM THE CANADIAN ARCTIC

COLLECTED BY BRYANT, Leussler 42

INFESTATION OF BLISSUS, Torre-Bueno 62

NEW VARIETY OF ANOPLODERA VITTATA, Rau 63

HABITS OF NEIDES MUTICUS, Torre-Bueno 64

GRASS-CARRYING WASP, Phil Rau . 65

TIGER BEETLES OF SOUTH CAROLINA, Cartright 69

NOTES ON GARGAPHIA TILIAE, Torre-Bueno 78

NEW MELON GALL MIDGE, Felt 79

MATING HABIT OF SILPHIDAE, Abbott 80

FOOD PLANT AND HABITS OF SEHIRUS, Torre-Bueno 81

ANARTIA JATROPHAE IN TEXAS, Parks 83

METHODS AND TECHNIQUE:

A PLEA FOR COURTESY, Hopping 84

ON MOUNTING LEAFHOPPERS, Ball 84

EDITORIAL: ON NEW TERMINOLOGIES, J. R. T.-B 86

A DESERVED RECOGNITION, Science 87

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Published in

February, April, June, October and December of each year

Subscription price, domestic, $2.50 per year ; foreign, $2.75 in advance ; single
copies, 60 cents. Advertising rates on application. Short articles, notes and
observations of interest to entomologists are solicited. Authors will receive 25
reprints free if ordered in advance of publication. Address subscriptions and
all communications to

J. R. de la TORRE-BUENO, Editor,

1622 East Hawthorne St., Tucson, Ariz.

BULLETIN

OF THE

BROOKLYN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Vol. XXX April, 1935 No. 2

SOME NEW ISSIDAE, WITH NOTES ON OTHERS—
(HOMOPTERA-FULGORIDAE).

By E. D. Ball, Tucson, Arizona.

Euthiscia tuberculata Van Duzee described from the Gulf of
California region has been taken by the writer from the gray
shrubby Verbena ( Lippia wrightii) in Sabino Canyon near Tucson,
Arizona.

Hysteropterum bufo Van Duzee described from the same region
has been taken by the writer in a number of places in Sonora, Mex-
ico, and a single female at the High Tanks (Tinajas Altas) in
Arizona near the Mexican border.

Hysteropterum sepulcralis Ball n. sp.

Resembles bufo but smaller, darker with less elevated lateral
carinae of vertex and the median tablet of front broader. Dark
brown or gray. Length 3-4 mm.

Front slightly shorter and much broader than in bufo , the
central tablets half wider. Clypeus uniformly rounding, not
elevated and abruptly angled below as in that species. Ver-
tex parallel margined, concave, the posterior margin much
higher than the anterior. Pronotum much shorter than in
bufo, scarcely as long as the mesonotum, the margins adjacent
to eye not elevated as in that species. Elytra with the dorsal
line strongly arcuated, a pair of elongated pyramidiform ele-
vations on the claval areas against the scutellum, and usually
four small ones in a row across just back of the middle of
claval areas. The costal margin of elytra is much narrower
just before the angle than in bufo.

Holotype J, allotype J', and 2 paratypes, Bisbee, Arizona, Octo-
ber 14, 1931 ; 12 paratypes, Naco, October 14, 1931 ; Tombstone,
May 14, 1930, and August 1, 1931. All collected on the tar-bush
{Flour ensia cernua D. C.) by the writer. This species is allied to

37

38 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXX

bufo in its single spine on tibia and its sinuate dorsum, but is spe-
cifically quite distinct. It resembles var. utahnum of cornutum,
but the long low elevations of the claval areas of that species are
also quite distinct.

Osbornia arborea Ball n. sp.

Size and general form of cornuta Ball but the vertex angularly
produced and the elytra long. Color yellow and green. Length
3 mm.

Vertex nearly flat, the disc depressed, anterior margin ob-
tusely angulate and definitely carinate, posterior margin
deeply angularly excavated so that the two margins are nearly
parallel. The lateral angles not elevated as in cornuta. Front
narrower than in cornuta and longer, not extending more than
half as far down the sides of the small clypeus, a definite
median carina above. Elytra scarcely as wide, and nearly
twice as long as in cornuta almost covering the abdomen. The
abdomen elevated posteriorly but not compressed and inflated
on each segment as in the latter species.

Color slightly tawny yellow, the abdomen greenish. Elytra
creamy, the scutellar margin often brown, the posterior half
of costal and all of the apical margin irregularly marked with
smoky or black.

Holotype J, and seven paratypes, July 20, 1930; allotype J1, and
6 paratypes, June 14, 1930; all taken by the author from Juniper,
at Patagonia, Arizona.

Hysteropterum cornutum var. utahnum Ball n. var.

Size and form of the species nearly, much darker and with the
elevation on clavus longer and more acute. Length 3-3.5 mm.

Vertex and front as in the species, the carinae bounding the
eye not as highly elevated. The inner vein of clavus strongly
elevated throughout but especially elevated into a pyramid
before the apex of mesonotum, the dorsal line correspondingly
sinuated. Color gray with dark dots and spots throughout,
especially marked on the nervures and sometimes forming a
double row of dots across the anteapical cells as in sepulcralis.

Holotype J, allotype J1, and 10 paratypes, taken by the writer
near the Grand Canyon, August 1, 1930. Typical cornutum is or-
dinarily pale creamy or lighter while this variety, probably from
the black sage ( Artemisia cana Pursh.) would be placed with bufo
or sepulcralis on color but lacks the acute carinae and pyramids of
those species.

April, 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 39

Aphelonema bivittata Ball.

This species is found more abundantly in Arizona than in the
plains region from which it was described. Like simplex it be-
comes highly variable in color in the subtropical environment.
Bunn, Jl. Kans. Ent. Soc., 3, p. 74, 1930, described one of these
varieties as a new species under the name convergens and another
as var. canyonensia of convergens. He gave no structural char-
acter that will separate either from bivittata. The differences in
genitalia are apparently due to position rather than structure. As
the writer has pointed out previously (1926) the species in this
group have good structural differences while the color variations in
the more tropical representatives are extremely numerous.

Aphelonema solitaria Ball n. sp.

Greenish or straw color resembling viridis Dozier but larger.
Not as large as nigriviridia Ball and lacking the black stripes, face
much narrower than in either species. Length: J, 2 mm.; J1, 1.5
mm.

Vertex about equalling the pronotum in length much nar-
rower than in viridis with the truncate portion in front very
narrow, less than a third of the length of the oblique margin,
instead of equalling it as in viridis or nigriviridia, the disc defi-
nitely below the carinate margins. Pronotum and mesonotum
relatively flat, the carinae little elevated. Median compart-
ment of front elongate, one-half longer than wide, instead of
wider than long as in the allied species, narrowing above where
it is only one-fourth of its apical width. Lateral compart-
ments widening above with four pustules against the eye and
six inside. Four large pustules below the median compart-
ment. Clypeus not inflated and scarcely angled with front.

Color pale straw, the elytra and frontal smoky, the pustulate
areas lighter. The abdomen with traces of four brownish
stripes. Male colored like the female, which is unusual in
this group.

Holotype, 5, from Madero Canyon, Santa Rita Mts., September
29, 1929 (labeled Tucson). Allotype, J', from the east side of
Santa Rita Mts., July 11, 1932. Both collected by the writer. The
male of this species and a male of viridis were taken from the same
damp grassy slope under pines and oaks.

Aphelonema orbiculata Ball n. sp.

Resembling histrionic a Stal. but more definitely marked and with
a round median facial tablet instead of an elongated one. Pale
straw with a broad dark band on either side arising on the elytra.
Length: J*, 2.7 mm.

40 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxx

Vertex triangular, about equalling the pronotum, slightly
more than half as long as the basal width, the angular margin
three times as long as the truncate apex instead of about equal
as in histrionica. Frontal tablet round instead of long egg-
shaped with the base truncate as in histrionica. Four pustules
between the tablet and clypeus instead of two. The lateral
compartments very broad above and heavily pustulate, clypeus
not inflated, rounding over into a 30° angle with the front.

Color pale straw, the frontal tablet and a broad median
stripe occupying one-third of the vertex, pronotum, mesono-
tum and abdomen and about one-half the elytra, ivory white.
The margins of stripe and the median carina of abdomen rusty.
The pustular areas on head and mesonotum dark, the pustules
light. The outer half of the elytra becoming smoky beyond
the hinge and shading to black at the apex where this color is
continued as a broad lateral stripe on abdomen with the pus-
tules white. The clypeus except base dark and the femora
annulate.

Holotype, §, from Mexico City, July 2, 1932, in the collection of
the author. Paratype male, Chapultepec, Mex. (Kirkaldy) in the
Van Duzee collection of the California Academy of Sciences.

Papagona Ball n. gen.

Allied to Aphelonema but much more elongate in form with the
vertex as long as wide the eyes enclosing only about half the pro-
notum and the front triangular, broadest below.

Vertex flat, long and narrow, longer than pronotum, equal-
ling the mesonotum, as long as its basal width. Head with
the eyes definitely narrower than the pronotum which is con-
stricted on the anterior half and enclosed by the eyes and then
widened and laterally carinate posteriorly, but again exceeded
in width by the elytra and abdomen. (In Aphelonema the
insect is barrel shaped, the head almost as wide as the body.)
Pronotum extremely long and narrow, almost as long as wide,
the lateral margins carinate and broadly pustulate, mesonotum
elongate the lateral carinae extremely high and enclosing a
tablet that is much longer than wide. Elytra brachypterous
covering over one-half the abdomen, the sutural line depressed
in middle, the posterior margin rounding with an inflated area
in front on either side. Venation as in Aphelonema. Hind
tibia with a single stout spine. Face elongate, retreating,
forming a 30° angle with vertex. Front the shape of a rather
long flat-iron. Truncate with two pustules below. The lateral
pustulate areas extremely wide above.

Type of the genus : Papagona papoosa n. sp.

April, 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 41

Papagona papoosa Ball n. sp.

A gray and brown species with a long vertex, a broad median
white stripe and 3 pairs of white spots. Length : 2.6 mm.

Vertex long, tapering, deeply concave, the postocular ca-
rinae of the pronotal flaps rounding, only a little higher than
the carinate lower margin. Mesonotum with the median por-
tion flat. Front much longer than its apical width. The lat-
eral margins of the pustulate areas very weakly carinate.

Color pale straw, a broad median white stripe to the apex
of the mesonotum narrowing posteriorly. The outer inflated
portion of elytra and the median inflated portion of abdomen
piceous, a pair of round waxy spots back of the hinge on the
elytra, a smaller pair in the saddle, a large pair on outer por-
tion of the first exposed segment and often three approximate
dots along the median line. Below and legs dark brown shad-
ing out to straw on the front. The coxae and venter pale blue.

Holotype, taken from the bluffs of the Santa Cruz River near
Tubac, Arizona, August 6, 1932. Paratype male in the same spot,
May 13, 1932. Both swept by the author from a clump of joint
grass ( Muhlenbergia porteri) .

Papagona succinea Ball n. sp.

Resembling papoosa but with a shorter head, a depressed meso-
notum. Of a rich amber color without the median stripe. Length :
c?> 2.5 mm.

Vertex definitely shorter than in papoosa, with the apex
more bluntly rounding, the disc almost flat with the marginal
carinae raised, instead of deeply concave as in that species.
Mesonotum with the lateral carinae of the central tablet close
together, strongly arched and with a deep V-shaped depression
between. Frontal tablet definitely broader and more rapidly
narrowing than in papoosa, the bounding carinae of the pus-
tulate areas elevated in front of the eyes. The postocular ca-
rinae of the pronotal flap definitely angled posteriorly. Color
rich reddish amber, the smooth surfaces translucent, the pus-
tulate areas waxy and paler. Three pairs of large white spots
and 3 pairs of small approximate ones on abdomen as in
papoosa. The legs brown, the coxae creamy.

Holotype, J*, and two paratype males, April 4, 1933; three para-
type males (and a female nymph), April 14, 1934; all taken by the
writer on a small clump-grass ( Triodia mutica Benth.) in the Tuc-
son Mountains, Arizona, and one paratype male taken April 10,
1931, in Sabino Canyon of the Santa Catalina Mountains, Arizona.

42 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxx

NOTES ON THE DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA OF THE
CANADIAN ARCTIC COLLECTED BY OWEN
BRYANT IN THE SUMMERS OF
1929 TO 1932.

By R. A. Leussler, Omaha, Nebraska.

With Introduction and Field Notes
By Owen Bryant, Tucson, Arizona.

II.

As comparatively little collecting has been done in the regions
visited by Owen Bryant, and described in the foregoing introduc-
tion, it was thought that a list of butterflies found on his trips
would be of interest to Lepidopterists.

It is with that thought in mind that the following list is offered,
together with such notes and comments as will be helpful to an
understanding of the species found, and how they compare with
published figures of some of the species, and with the original de-
scription in the case of others.

In studying this material, which Mr. Bryant sent me for mount-
ing and determination, and in comparing it with material from
other regions, and searching the literature dealing with Arctic but-
terflies, I have become impressed with the great diversity of forms
produced in the various regions of the North American Arctic.
Clearly much collecting and study is needed before a correct under-
standing of the relationship of the various forms and their specific
value can be arrived at.

I wish to acknowledge the assistance of Dr. J. H. McDunnough
in clearing up some of the more difficult determinations for me, and
here express my sincere thanks for his valuable help.

The localities in which collections were made have been fully
described in the introduction but for the sake of convenience they
are briefly listed below :

Churchill, Man., on west shore of Hudson Bay, 58° N. lat.

Herschel Island, Yukon Terr., in Beaufort Sea, 70 0 N. lat., 1390
W. long.

Shingle Point, Yukon Terr.

Ft. McPherson, N. W. Terr., on the Peel River, 12 miles above
the Husky River.

Aklavik, N. W. Terr., 68° N. lat., 1350 W. long.

Base Camp, 25 miles southwest of Aklavik.

Black Mountain, 30 miles southwest of Aklavik.

April, 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 43

And a locality 50 miles northeast of Aklavik.

The classification used is in general that of Barnes & Benjamin’s
list of March 20, 1926.

1. Papilio machaon race aliaska Scudder.

A fair series of this handsome Papilio was taken at the base of
Black Mountain between June 26 and July 15, 1931, and up to
2200 ft. on the mountain.

The specimens agree quite well with Barnes •& McDunnough’s
fig. 2, PI. IV, Contributions, Vol. Ill, No. 2. Some variation in
the width of black borders of secondaries is observed in the series.
Also variation in the size and shape of the submarginal yellow
spots; in some specimens these spots are crescent shaped while in
others they are larger and more quadrate. The orange spot at anal
angle of hind wings is large and uniformly round, and on the under
side of fore wings the submarginal yellow spots are fused together
so as to form a continuous band. These two latter characters are
constant in all of the specimens of the series.

It is an extremely active butterfly and while the earliest speci-
mens‘collected were fresh most of them had already suffered some
wing damage. Those collected July 15, were all badly battered. In
the series there was but one female, taken July 15, in battered and
mutilated condition.

According to Bryant this species has the habit of sitting among
the rocks on the very highest rocky knobs or on gravelly knolls
with its wings expanded but pressed down and generally with the
right wing toward the wind. At the time of observation the wind
was from the south and possibly the butterflies adopted the attitude
described because it brought their heads towards the morning sun.
They seemed always to sit with one wing toward the wind and both
wings pressed downward so that the wind passed over their backs
without having much effect. When active they dropped down to
the lower levels to feed upon the flowers growing there and then
returned to the very highest knobs.

Caterpillars, apparently of this species, were found at the base
of the mountain on a composite with leaves like rhubarb ( Petasites
frigidus). They were pale green with black markings and yellow
scent organs like those of asterias , which they extrude when an-
noyed. They pupated in August.

2. Ascia napi race arctica Verity.

A long series was taken at Aklavik and Base Camp, July 1 to 18,
1931. There is considerable variation in the series, especially

44 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society V oh XXX

among the females ; some specimens are quite typical while others
approach pseudobryoniae (Verity). Most of them, however, are
very close to arctica as illustrated by B. & McD., Contributions,
Vol. Ill, No. 2, figs. 6 & 7, PI. VI.

Arctica is said to occur in the inland Arctic region (Barren
Lands) while pseudobryoniae is said to occur along the Alaskan
coast. As the locality from which the present specimens came lies
between the Barren Plains and the Alaskan coast it is but natural
that they should intergrade somewhat. They doubtless should all
be referred to arctica .

3. Colias hecla race glacialis McLach.

A good series of both sexes from Churchill, June 25, Herschel
Island, July 20, 1930, and from Base Camp and Black Mountain,
500 ft. and 2,000 ft., June 26 to July 24, 1931.

Strecker described C. hecla from Ft. Churchill where many of
the present specimens came from and with which description they
agree. Dr. Gibson in Rep. Can. Arct. Exp. lists Herschel Island
as one of the localities where hecla glacialis has been taken and
gives a very complete description of the specimens.

This description also fits the specimens from the above localities
and suggests that hecla and glacialis are probably one and the same
thing or at least without much difference. If so, the name glacialis,
having priority, stands. Dr. McDunnough who has kindly com-
pared one of the Churchill specimens with a series of glacialis from
Baffin Land, states that he can detect no great difference. Neither
is any real difference apparent between the Churchill specimens and
those from the other localities named above.

There are two dimorphic females from Base Camp which are
probably form pallida Skin. & M. One of these is dull whitish in
ground color while the other is a very pale creamy-yellow.

They however have rosy fringes whereas the original description
of pallida from Greenland states “fringes of all wings milky white.”

There are also three males from Base Camp with extremely
narrow fuscous borders and with the ground color a very pale
orange. These are puzzling. They may be merely aberrant indi-
viduals or may be a distinct form. Seitz’s fig. of hecla, Macro.
Lep., Vol. 5, PI. 27, shows borders nearly as narrow as in these
three specimens.

4. Colias eurytheme form eriphyle (Edw.).

3 males from Black Mountain, 500 ft., July 24, 1931. The
upper side is clear yellow with narrow black borders and a well

April, 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 45

defined round black discal spot on primaries. On the secondaries
there is a prominent orange spot and there is fairly heavy dusting
of black along inner margin. On the under side the secondaries,
as well as the costa and apices of primaries, are a deep ochre-yellow,
and the secondaries are somewhat dusted with dark scales. The
discal spot of secondaries on this surface is silver circled with rusty
red.

5. Colias gig ant ea (Stkr.).

3 males from Churchill, June 25, 1930. Gigantea was described
from the west coast of Hudson Bay north of Ft. Churchill and I
think there can be no doubt that the Churchill specimens are that
form. The upper surface agrees pretty well with gigantea from
Bilby, Alberta, except that in two of the specimens the dark borders
are narrower. On the under side the secondaries are more green-
ish than the Bilby specimens.

Gigantea is generally listed as a race of Christina but Dr. Mc-
Dunnough (Can. Ent., Vol. LIV, No. 6, page 135) regards it as a
distinct species, basing his conclusion upon a difference in habits
of the mature insect and a difference in food plants of the larvae.

6. Colias pelidne (Bdv. & Lee.).

One male and 1 female from Base Camp, July 15, and 1 female
from Black Mtn., 500 ft., July 24, 1931, all worn; also 2 females
from Base Camp, July 21, 1932. These are larger than Labrador
specimens and also larger than the race minisni Bean, being as
large as the larger skinneri Barnes. They have a pale orange dis-
cal spot on secondaries and the under side of secondaries is but
lightly dusted with black. In other respects they show definite
pelidne characters.

7. Colias palaeno race chippewa Kirby.

A series from Churchill, Man., June 25, 1930, and several speci-
mens from Base Camp, July 11 to 24, 1931. Specimens agree with
Holland’s figures; also with Edwards’s figure of Helena from
Mackenzie River, which has been determined to be synonymous
with chippewa. In the series there are but 3 females, all from
Base Camp. Of these, 2 are the normal pale females and one is the
bright yellow form described and named kohlsaati by J. D. Gunder
in Bulletin of the Southern California Academy of Sciences, Vol.
XXX, Pt. 2, p. 45 (1931).

8. Colias nastes race rossii (Gn.).

Four specimens from Herschel Island, July 20, 1930. They

46 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxx

have a somewhat faded appearance. The upper surface is a dirty
yellow-green with a faint suggestion of a pale orange on the pri-
maries. The under side is rusty blackish at base with the outer
margin rusty yellowish. They agree quite well with Holland’s
figure in the Revised Butterfly Book.

9. Colias nastes race subarctica McDunnough.

A fair series of both sexes from Base Camp, July 11 and 15,
and from Black Mtn., 500 ft., and 2,000 ft., July 24, 1931. The
males without exception have the entire upper surface of primaries
blackish with only narrow but clearly defined yellow-green dashes
in margin. The secondaries also are very dusky but less so than
primaries. The females show some variation in size, in the amount
of dark suffusion and in the discal spot on upper side of secon-
daries. In two of the females this spot tends to orange but in
most of them it is white or very pale yellow. A careful compari-
son of the specimens with Dr. McDunnough’s original description
of race subarctica from Bernard Harbour (Can. Ent., Nov., 1918)
leaves no doubt that they are that race.

10. Coenonympha kodiak race yukonensis Holland.

Specimens of this prettily marked Coenonympha were taken at
Base Camp, July 11 and 15, and on Black Mtn., at 500 ft. and
2,000 ft., July 24, 1931. The species was fairly common in open
places and not very active. There is some variation in the series;
most of them, however, agree with Holland’s figures of the types
and all of them are sufficiently close to leave no doubt as to their
identity. Holland states that yukonensis may prove to be a distinct
species. Judging from the specimens and also from Holland’s
figures I am inclined to believe that yukonensis is more nearly
allied to inornata than to kodiak.

11. Oeneis jutta Hbn.

A single specimen (5) from Base Camp, July 11, 1931. An ex-
tremely dark form both in ground color and in the fulvous area
surrounding the ocelli. These fulvous areas are greatly restricted.
On the under side the same darkening prevails, with the apex of
primaries and the outer third of secondaries washed with a con-
siderable amount of greyish. It is totally different from the race
alaskensis Holland, and race reducta McDunnough, from Wyo-
ming. It also differs from Labrador and Alberta specimens, most
nearly approaching specimens from Mer Bleue, Ont., being how-
ever considerably darker than these.

April, 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 47

12. Oeneis cairnesi Gibson.

One male and 3 females from Base Camp, at 500 ft. elevation,
July 15 and 24, 1931. The male agrees with Gibson’s fig. 6, PI.
IV, of the upper surface but is slightly more tawny.

One female is of about the same shade as the figure cited, while
the remaining two females are lighter. The under side of the male
agrees very closely with fig. 7, PL II, but in addition to the one
ocellus of primaries between veins 5 and 6 shown there is a second
smaller one between veins 4 and 5 and a minute dot between veins

2 and 3. The under side of the three females varies somewhat in
the denseness of striations and the distinctness of the band, but one
of them is almost identical with Gibson’s fig. 8, excepting that in
addition to the one ocellus shown on primaries there are three
others, smaller and more or less indistinct, the one between veins

3 and 4 being a mere dot. This greater number of ocelli on pri-
maries holds good in the remaining two females, each having 3
ocelli and a dot. As variation in the number of ocelli is common in
the genus Oeneis I attach no great importance to this discrepancy.
The secondaries in all four specimens have the 4 ocelli mentioned
in the description and shown on the plates.

A careful reading of the original description leaves no doubt in
my mind that the four specimens from Base Camp are the same
species as the four specimens from the White River district, Yukon
Terr., to which Dr. Gibson gave the name cairnesi.

At the end of the description is this significant statement :
“Before describing the above I submitted a specimen to Dr. Dyar
with a request that he compare it with his species 0. nahanni. This
he very kindly did, reporting that it differed chiefly from his spe-
cies irt being too light in color, in having no ocelli on hind wings
above and the markings on these latter wings being more of an
open character.”

Before seeing the figures and descriptions of cairnesi, but having
compared the specimens before me with the description of nahanni,
I too conjectured that they were very close to that species if not
actually lighter colored individuals of the same species.

I suspect that both cairnesi and nahanni are closely related to
uhleri and varuna.

13. Oeneis taygete Gey.

A small series, both sexes, from Churchill, June 20 and 22, 1930,
and 3 males from Base Camp, June 22 and 24, 1931. The upper
side of these specimens agrees with Holland’s figure, and they also
have the white veins on the under side of secondaries and black
median line on under side of primaries mentioned by Dr. McDun-

48 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxx

nough (Can. Ent, VI, 1922, page 136) as distinguishing char-
acters. The specimens from Base Camp are a trifle larger than
those from Churchill, and the white veining on under side of
secondaries is more striking.

14. Oeneis polixenes Fabr.

A series of specimens from Churchill, June 20 to 25, 1930, has
given me considerable trouble to place. After much study and
checking of the characters of the specimens with the original de-
scription of various species and comparison with published figures
I was still uncertain as to their identity.

Dr. McDunnough to whom examples were submitted kindly
helped me out of my dilemma. He stated “by genitalia they be-
long in the polixenes complex and are half-way between brucei
and the var. yukonensis Gibson, the under side agreeing quite well
but the upper side lacking distinct yellow submarginal dots ; the
upper side being more like Labrador polixenes but the under side
of secondaries in this race generally shows much less white shading
beyond median band.”

The series shows considerable variation in the color of the upper
surface, some of the specimens being fairly brown with a reddish
tinge, while most of them resemble Holland’s figure of katahdin
(Newc.). On the under side there is considerable variation also.
In some of the specimens the median band is fairly dark and well
defined, while in others it is less so. Also the light areas on either
side of the median band are more pronounced in some specimens
than in others.

It would seem best to regard the series as intergrades rather than
create a new name.

15. Oeneis melissa race semidea Say.

Three males and 1 female from Churchill, June 20, 1930. These
specimens are slightly darker and somewhat smaller than New
Hampshire specimens but do not otherwise differ from them.

16. Erebia discoidalis Kirby.

Two males and 2 females from Base Camp, June 24, 1931, and
several males and females from Aklavik, July 1, 1931.

These specimens are apparently quite typical. They do not differ
materially from Alberta specimens. The only difference that can
be observed is that on the under side the apex of primaries and
outer half of secondaries is more hoary. In this respect they agree
with one specimen from Chatanika, Alaska, with which they have
been compared. The difference however is slight.

April, 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 49

1 7. Erebia fasciata Butler.

One male from Herschel Island, July 20, 1930, and 2 males
from Base Camp, June 24, 1931. E. fasciata is such a well marked
species that there is no mistaking it, but as the 3 specimens depart
somewhat from the typical some comment would seem to be in
order. In the Herschel Island specimen the ground color is far
from being black; it is not even dark brown; dull brown of a
medium shade better describes it. On the primaries it has an ob-
long dull red spot between veins 1 and 2, another between veins
2 and 3, and a faintly indicated partial spot between veins 3 and 4.
On the under side both the dark mesial band and the light submar-
ginal band are as shown in Holland’s fig. 6, PI. LXI, but the basal
area and the light submarginal band are greyish brown instead of
stone grey. On the primaries this band is tinged with rufous. The
entire under side is less contrasty than the figure cited.

The two specimens from Base Camp are much darker on the
upper surface, in fact they appear black until compared with E.
magdalena Stkr. when it is seen that the ground color is a very
deep blackish-brown. The oblong spots are as in the Herschel
Island specimen but these spots are a brighter, more decided red.
On the under side these two specimens differ from the Herschel
Island one and also from each other. The median and marginal
bands are extremely dark in both. On one of them the bands are
shaped much as in Holland’s fig. 6 and are of the same width as
shown in that figure, but on the primaries the submarginal band is
decidedly dark rufous and on the secondaries it is a silvery grey,
much sprinkled with brownish scales.

In the other Base Camp specimen the submarginal band is quite
narrow, scarcely wider than in Holland’s fig. 7 of avinoffi , and the
dark median band is correspondingly wider, but in shape these
bands are those of fasciata and not of avinoffi. The submarginal
band is dark rufous on the primaries, and silvery grey on the sec-
ondaries, less heavily sprinkled with brownish scales than the pre-
ceding specimen.

Dr. Holland in New Species of Erebia, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc.,
LVI, 149-153, calls attention to the considerable varietal difference
found in fasciata and suggests that some of the forms may ulti-
mately prove to be valid subspecies if not species.

More material is needed from the above localities before it can
be safely determined whether the differences described represent
mere individual variation or whether they constitute valid sub-
species.

50 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXX

1 8. Erebia rossii Curtis race ornata new race.

A good series of this Erebia was obtained at Churchill, June 15
to 20, 1930. The series shows a certain amount of variation in the
number, size and shape of ocelli but all of them show increased
spotting, and in other respects also differ sufficiently from typical
rossii as well as from the Alaskan race kuskoquima Holland to
warrant a name.

Male. Upper side of wings uniform seal brown of medium
shade, fringes paler, indistinctly checkered, antennae ochreous ;
on the primaries the two subapical spots, which in the typical
form are separate, are fused into one large rufous spot with a
more or less irregularly shaped black center ; between this and
the inner margin are two smaller rufous spots with black
pupils.

On the secondaries there are three rufous spots in a curved
row, the one nearest anal angle being largest and containing a
black pupil.

On the under side the ground color of primaries is rusty
red, from the base outward; the subapical spot of this wing is
reproduced but the black center is divided into two twinned
spots, each with a tiny white pupil. Of the other two spots
on primaries only the one situated between veins 1 and 2 is
reproduced on the under surface. None of the spots of sec-
ondaries is reproduced on this surface. The extra discal pale
band of secondaries is rather obscure, and on the outer edge
of this band there are three tiny yellow dots.

Female. This sex differs from the male only in having both
the ground color and the rufous spots paler. The spots are
somewhat larger and more conspicuously pupiled. The extra
discal band on under side of secondaries is only a trifle lighter
in this sex than in the males.

Expanse: Male 48 mm., Female 46 mm.

The above description is that of the male holotype and female
allotype.

In the series, consisting of 16 males and 9 females, there is vari-
ation in the number and size of spots. In some of the males the
subapical spot of primaries is divided into two twinned spots, and
some of them have but one additional spot on this wing. On the
secondaries the rufous spots vary from one to four, three being
the usual number. None of the females have less than two spots
on primaries in addition to the large fused spot in the subapical
area. Not one of the entire series, either male or female, has sec-
ondaries without spots.

April, 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 51

For this race from the Churchill region of the Hudson Bay
country, which differs from typical rossii and the Alaskan race
kuskoquima in the rather constant tendency of the subapical spots
of primaries to coalesce and the quite constant character of spotted
secondaries in the males as well as the females, I propose the name
ornata.

All the specimens of the series, other than the holotype and allo-
type are designated paratypes.

19. Erebia youngi Holland.

A few specimens of both sexes from Base Camp, July 11, and
Black Mountain, 500 ft., July 24, 1931, all somewhat the worse for
wear. These agree quite well with the figures of the types in Hol-
land’s Revised Butterfly Book, PL LXI, but are somewhat larger,
the ground color is darker, and the submarginal spots are of a
deeper orange color. They match fig. 10, PI. IV, Can. Arct. Exp.,
excellently.

Unlike the series of rossii, the specimens of youngi show prac-
tically no variation in spotting.

20. Erebia herscheli, n. sp.

Three males from Herschel Island, July 20, 1930. One speci-
men which will be designated the holotype, is in good condition,
with the exception of a slightly torn right fore wing. The other
two, designated as paratypes, are considerably frayed.

Holotype. Male. Upper surface of wings a peculiar drab
brown with a slight satiny gloss. On primaries there are four
pale indistinct rufous spots arranged as in E. youngi, but con-
siderably smaller, and pupiled with a pale fuscous dot.

On the secondaries there are two very small pale rufous
submarginal spots with pale fuscous dots in the centre. These
spots are quite indistinct.

The under surface is slightly darker on the inner two-thirds
of both wings; on the primaries there is a pale rufous sub-
marginal band which does not quite reach either the costa or
the inner margin. In this margin the four fuscous dots of
the upper side are reproduced. On the secondaries there is a
submarginal band paler than the inner two-thirds of the wing.

The antennae are pale ochreous. Alar expanse 40 mm.

Altogether this is a very obscure little insect. It may prove to
be a local race of youngi, although it is a decidedly smaller and
different looking insect.

52 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXX

One of the paratypes is practically a duplicate of the type, while
the other is still more weakly marked.

In this connection it may be of interest to recall that the single
specimen of E. fasciata taken on Herschel Island is also of a shade
of ground color quite similar to that of these specimens.

21. Brenthis aphirape race alticola B. & McD.

A male from Aklavik, July i, and a female from Base Camp,
July 15, 1931, fit the description of alticola in having the upper
side pale with the basal shading reduced and the black markings
narrow and cleanly cut. On the under side the spots are unsilvered,
pale cream colored except the marginal row which are whitish with
a faint suggestion of silver. This butterfly was not common and
seemed to prefer the vicinity of woods.

The first of these specimens was captured by Corporal Fielding’s
daughter Doris.

22. Brenthis aphirape race dawsoni B. & McD.

One male from Churchill, June 25, 1930, also 1 male from
Herschel Island, July 20, 1930. These two specimens although
coming from widely separated localities are nevertheless identical.
They approach most nearly race dawsoni described from Ontario
but they do not have as broad black borders as shown in Holland’s
figure of the male.

23. Brenthis chariclea race arctica (Zett.).

A long series of this little Brenthis from Herschel Island, July
20, 1930, and from Base Camp and Black Mtn., 500 ft. and 2,000
ft., throughout July, 1931. Many of the specimens show the effect
of having been buffeted by winds.

This is apparently a common butterfly north of the Arctic Circle
and I can do no better than to repeat what Dr. Gibson has said of
this species in Rept. Can. Arct. Exp., 1913-1918: “Looking over
the above series there is of course considerable variation among
the specimens, not only in the general color of the upper surface
of the wings, but also in the arrangement and color of the mark-
ings on the under side. The median band particularly on the un-
derside of secondaries shows marked variation.” All of this ap-
plies perfectly to the series before me. I would add that as a
general thing the spots on under side are well silvered, that a ten-
dency to melanism is present particularly among the females some
of which are very considerably suffused with blackish, and finally
that in a few of the males the entire surface of the hind wings

April, 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 53

beneath, except the silvered spots, is reddish-brown — butleri Hol-
land. I infer therefore that butleri is an aberrant form rather
than a geographical race.

24. Brenthis pales race alaskensis Holland.

A single specimen (male) from Black Mtn., at 2,000 ft. alt.,
July 24, 1931. The upper side agrees in all respects with fig. 5, PI.
V, Rept. Can. Arct. Exp., 1913-18, and the under surface is quite
unlike any other North American Brenthis, agreeing pretty well
with Seitz’ fig. 67 i., Palearctic Fauna, in having the peculiar ar-
rangement of the silver spots, the yellow median band of secon-
daries, and primaries with the black band and spots of upper side
showing only faintly through on the lower surface. The brownish
basal area and submarginal band of secondaries are less reddish
than in the figure cited, and the yellow median band is continued
almost to the inner margin. In these latter two characters the
under surface of secondaries resembles Seitz’ fig. 68 b of graeca.

An interesting character in pales alaskensis is the long thick hair
which clothes the upper surface of the wings at the base, and on
the hind wings along the inner margin.

25. Brenthis freija race tarquinius Curtis.

A few worn specimens from Aklavik, Base Camp and Black
Mtn., 1,000 ft. alt., July 1 and 11, 1931. Not noticeably differing
from those from the Banff region excepting that the brown color
on under side of secondaries is somewhat deeper in tone and the
black markings on upper side somewhat heavier. This, however,
does not hold good in all of the specimens, some of them being
intermediate.

26. Brenthis polaris (Bdv.).

Specimens from Aklavik, July 1, 1931, Base Camp, June 22, and
Black Mtn., 2,000 ft., July 24, 1931, and Herschel Island, July 20,
1930. Specimens were also observed up to 3,000 ft. on Black Mtn.

Apparently this species is not common, for only a few specimens
were obtained from the above localities. That it also is an early
butterfly is indicated by the fact that those taken June 22 and July
1 were quite fresh while those taken after that date were badly
worn.

Dr. Holland states that Alaskan specimens of this species are
generally lighter in color on the under side of secondaries than
specimens taken in Labrador and that these lighter individuals have
been named americana by Strand. Dr. Th. Lehman in Seitz’

54 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxx

Macro Lep. states that Strand described the Greenland form as
americana, and Dr. McDunnough in Can. Ent., Vol. LX, No. n
(Nov., 1928) also states the name americana was based on Green-
land material and states further that groenlandica Skin, has priority
over americana Strand. He adds “There is considerable variation
in the amount of black suffusion on the upper side (notably in the
and the maculation on the under side of secondaries and I am
doubtful whether the distinguishing characters given by Strand for
this race will always hold good.” In the light of this uncertainty
it seems best to refer the specimens under consideration simply to
polaris. In order, however, to give a clue to their correct identity
I should state that on the under side they are not as dark as Labra-
dor individuals, and not nearly as dark as Seitz' fig. 7ie, Palearctic
Fauna.

27. Brenthis frigga race saga (Staud.).

Half a dozen specimens were taken at Churchill, June 20, 1930.
These are considerably worn and not much can be said regarding
them except that they average slightly larger than Labrador speci-
mens but do not otherwise differ from them.

They definitely are! not race alaskensis Lehmann = gibsoni Barnes
& Benj.

28. Brenthis frigga race gibsoni Barnes & Benj.

A single specimen (male) taken at Aklavik, July 1, 1931, is ten-
tatively placed here, although it does not altogether fit the descrip-
tion of gibsoni. It is not larger than Labrador specimens of saga,
nor is the basal area on upper side darker.

The black median band, however, is heavy and the marginal
border lightly marked. The blackish suffusion of the basal area of
secondaries does not reach the median band but is restricted to
basal half of the cell and the markings of both wings are clean cut.
In these latter respects it fits the description of the Colorado race
sagata described by Barnes & Benjamin in Can. Ent., June, 1923.
The locality from which the specimen comes, however, would make
it seem more likely that it is gibsoni.

29. Brenthis frigga race improba (Butler).

A small series from Herschel Island, July 20, 1930, and from
Black Mtn., 500 ft. and 2,000 ft., July 24, 1931.

This small form is generally listed as a race of frigga but may
quite possibly prove to be a distinct species.

While the markings on both surfaces are quite similar to those

April, 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 55

of frigga , its uniformly very small size, dull, dark greasy looking
upper surface and pale washed out under side with scarcely a trace
of purplish tint would seem to support the theory of a distinct spe-
cies. Another fact which points that way is that the specimen of
frigga gibsoni was taken in the same general locality as improba
and Bryant found that frigga actually occurred within 25 miles of
improba without the slightest tendency for the two to intergrade
in size or coloring.

Among the Black Mtn. series there are several which approach
the description of B. youngi Holland, in that the outer portion of
the wings is fulvous, but it is a dirty fulvous rather than a bright
fulvous, and they also lack the bright fulvous under side shown in
Holland’s fig. 28, PI. LV, they being a rather dull fulvous.

A strange circumstance is that these somewhat fulvous speci-
mens came from the higher altitude.

30. Brenthis distincta Gibson.

Two specimens (1 J* and 1 J) from Black Mtn., 500 ft., July 11
and 15, 1931.

A comparison of the specimens with Gibson’s fig. 12, PI. IV
(Rept. Can. Arct. Exp., 1913-18), of the under side and his de-
scription of the insect leaves no doubt about the identity of the
above specimens. On the under side the pale areas are whiter than
in the figure of the type, but I note that Dr. Gibson states that in
one of the two paratypes this is also the case. The male from
Black Mtn. has an alar expanse of 48 mm. and the female 50 mm.

Dr. Gibson in his description states that distincta is close to B.
alberta, but compares it also with astarte. Judging from the two
specimens before me it is my opinion that it is rather closer to
astarte. Although duller on both upper and under surface than
that species, and entirely lacking the bright red surrounding the
median band of light spots on under side of secondaries, it is still
possible to trace out the astarte pattern of markings in distincta
notwithstanding that only two of the spots of the median band so
prominent in astarte are at all whitish in distincta, and these a dull
dirty white instead of the clear white of astarte.

It seems to be a true mountain form occurring only, so far as
Bryant’s observation went, on the ridge leading to Black Mtn. at
about 500 ft. And it must be remembered that 500 feet on Black
Mountain is an Arctic alpine region characterized by ground birch,
prostrate willows, one to two inches high, and a typical alpine flora
such as is found on the mountain tops of the Canadian Rockies.

56 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society V 61. XXX

31. Phyciodes campestris (Behr.).

Three specimens, Base Camp, July 20, 1931. Very similar to
campestris from California. Also one specimen, July 27, 1932,
apparently of this species but so badly worn and torn that its iden-
tity cannot be established with certainty.

32. Polygonia faunus (Edw.) race arcticus new race.

A series of 7 males and 7 females of this Polygonia was taken
May 18, 1931, in grass, and on the border of woods about a lake at
the base of Black Mountain, near Aklavik, N. W. Terr.

These are the first butterflies collected on the trip although some
Polygonia were observed May 13, on the slope of Black Mtn., at
500 to 1,000 ft. altitude.

Although probably hibernated the specimens are quite fresh and
clean looking. They are much smaller than typical faunus and
much greyer on the under surface. In fact, they resemble the
Rocky Mountain form hylas more closely than typical faunus. I
regard this Arctic Polygonia worthy of at least a racial name and
propose for it the name arcticus .

Holotype. Male. Upper side of wings reddish fulvous at
base, shading off to a pale yellow fulvous towards apex of
primaries. Borders of primaries dark fuscous, cleanly set off
from remainder of wings; on secondaries this border is not
as dark and shades off into reddish fulvous. The black spots
arranged as in faunus , rusticus and hylas. The submarginal
light spots, particularly those of secondaries, are exceedingly
pale and clear cut, making them stand out conspicuously.

Under side : basal area brown mottled with grey, the brown
being intensified on its outer edge ; borders of primaries
brownish, defined inwardly by a black wavy line, inside of
which there is a series of greenish crescents ; this dark border
does not quite reach the inner margin of wing and fades per-
ceptibly before reaching the apex. Borders of secondaries not
as dark as those of primaries and less clearly defined ; through
this dark border runs a series of greenish crescents in a row
parallel to the outer margin, of wings, and these crescents are
surmounted by light grey. The space between the dark basal
area and the dark submarginal border is light grey traversed
by very fine brown lines. The discal silver mark of secon-
daries is slender with the upper limb slightly bent, and the
lower one straight and short.

The contour of both fore and hind wings is less incised or
dentate than either typical faunus or hylas, and the tails are
short and blunt much as in gracilis.

April, 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 57

Allotype. Female. Upper side similar to male, with the
submarginal light spots a trifle larger. Under side almost
uniform grey brown, with the submarginal area only slightly
darker than remainder of wing. Discal mark of secondaries
exceedingly slender.

Expanse : Male 48 mm. Female 48 mm.

The remaining 6 males and 6 females, which I hereby designate
paratypes, are very similar to the above types, the only variation
worth mentioning being that in two of the females the under side
is slightly more contrasty.

A few additional specimens were taken July 1 and 20. All of
these, however, were badly worn and battered.

33. Polygonia gracilis (G. & R.).

One specimen, Black Mtn., 1,000 ft., June 12, 1931, one taken
at base of Black Mtn., June 20, and two at Aklavik, July 1, 1931.
All worn, having the appearance of hibernated specimens. Un-
doubtedly all of Polygonia north of the Arctic Circle are single
brooded. Apparently the fresh specimens make their appearance
during the latter part of the brief summer and hibernate shortly
afterward, as specimens of the small Arctic faunus taken May 18,
were fresh and clean looking while all Polygonia taken later in the
season up to July 20 were badly worn.

The above specimens are identical with specimens from Dawson,
Yukon Terr., Chatanika, Alaska, and Circle, Alaska.

34. Aglais j-album (Bdv. & Lee.).

A single specimen was taken at Norman, N. W. Terr., Sept. 1,
1932. Quite typical but small (expanse 66 mm.) and the tails
rather short and pointed.

35. Aglais antiop a race hyperbore a Seitz.

One worn specimen from Aklavik, July 1, 1931. Agrees per-
fectly with fig. 93f, Seitz Macro Lep., Vol. V, in its smaller size,
lighter ground color, white marginal band sprinkled with blackish
and in having the black submarginal band enclosing the blue spots,
more clearly set off from the rest of the wing than in the typical
form. The under side is paler and has an indistinct curved pale
band crossing both wings.

36. Lycaena dione (Scud.).

One male specimen bred from larva collected at Tilley, Alta.,
just before starting to go north. Quite typical.

58 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXX

37. Lycaena helloides race florus (Edw.).

Seven females from Base Camp, July 27, 1932. These were
taken on flowers of Potentilla and are much worn. They are small,
measuring 28 to 32 mm., and quite dark, with the fulvous submar-
ginal crescents of hind wings obsolescent.

38. Everes amyntula (Bdv.).

A small series was taken at Aklavik, Base Camp and Black
Mountain, July 1 to 24, 1931. The specimens are all worn.

The males are quite dark purple above and both sexes are more
greyish beneath than typical amyntula from California and Van-
couver Island, with the black spots small but distinct.

They are also smaller, and in fact seem intermediate between
amyntula and comyntas in some respects.

39. Plebejus scudderii (Edw.).

Two females from 50 miles northeast of Aklavik, August 9,
1930. Although captured in the same locality and on the same day,
they are quite unlike each other. One seems nearest race kodiak
(Edw.) while the other is very much nearer race aster (Edw.) in
appearance. It resembles that form in size and in the black spots
on the margin of the wings and in the entire absence of orange
lunules and black crescents on the upper side of hind wings. The
color of the upper surface is a dull purplish-blue with fuscous only
on margin of primaries and costa of secondaries. The under side,
however, is more like a weakly marked scudderii or kodiak.

A good series of scudderii from this region would most likely
prove exceedingly interesting.

40. Plebejus aquilo race suttoni Holland.

A small series from Churchill, June 25, 1930. Males silvery
grey above, females smoky grey. On under side all the markings
are more sharply defined and blacker than in specimens of aquilo
from Labrador, reaching the costa of hind wings as described by
Dr. Holland. The black spots on under side of primaries are
prominently' ringed by white, making them stand out conspicuously.
In size these specimens average a trifle larger than Labrador aquilo.

41. Plebejus aquilo race bryanti new race.

From Black Mountain, 500 ft. altitude, there are 2 males, cap-
tured July 24, 1931, which differ from all of the described forms
of aquilo. They are larger than race suttoni, measuring 26 mm.
and 28 mm., respectively. On the upper side they are a dark

April, 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 59

smoky blue-grey, with still darker margins somewhat on the order
of rustica (Edw.) . On the under side the primaries are like suttoni
but the secondaries are practically devoid of black spots, the white
spots standing out prominently against the dark brown ground.
There is also one female, extremely dark blackish-brown on upper
surface, but with under surface identical with that of the 2 males.

This specimen was reared from a red and green slug caterpillar
collected by Bryant, June 20, on Black Mtn. at 2,000 ft.

The mature insect emerged July 10, and is dwarfed.

For this new race I propose the name bryanti in honor of Mr.
Owen Bryant, who discovered it and whose tireless work in the
field of entomology has contributed much to our knowledge.

There is a fourth specimen, a male, captured also on Black
Mountain at 2,000 ft. on the same date as the foregoing males,
which strangely enough is a pale silver grey above, and resembles
rustica beneath. This may be an aberrant individual.

Aquilo , like many of the blues, seems to vary greatly according
to locality.

42. Plebejus saepiolus (Bdv.).

A few specimens were taken at Aklavik, July 1, and at Base
Camp, July 15, 1931. These are small and come nearest to race
insulanus Blackmore, but are paler and duller looking above. They
fit the description of arnica Dew. somewhat indifferently.

43. Plebejus optilete race yukona Holland.

A small series of this pretty and interesting little blue from
Black Mtn., 500 ft., July 11 to 24, 1931. The specimens are quite
typical, agreeing perfectly with Holland’s figures ; the color of the
upper side and markings of the under side are so characteristic
that there is no mistaking the species.

44. Glaucopsyche lygdamus race couperi Grt.

About a! dozen specimens taken at Aklavik and Base Camp be-
tween June 24 and July 20, 1931. The males are very pale silvery
bluq above, and fairly dark beneath, with black spots on both wings
distinct and ringed with white. They agree most nearly with Hol-
land’s figures of afra Edw. on Plate LXXIII of the revised But-
terfly Book. The females vary in the amount of fuscous of upper
surface, and also in the degree of dark color of under side. This
is another of those blues which change their appearance with nearly
every change in locality.

60 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxx

45. Lycaenopsis pseudargiolus form marginata (Edw.).

One male from Base Camp, June 17, and 3 males and 1 female
from Aklavik, July 1, 1931, the latter already badly worn. The
Base Camp specimen has the brown spots at base of secondaries
somewhat enlarged but not fused so as to form a blotch as in form
lucia. One worn female from McPherson, July 27, 1932, has these
brown spots somewhat fused.

46. Pyrgus centaur eae Ramb.

A single specimen taken at Base Camp, July 11, 1931. This is
somewhat smaller than Labrador specimens. Ground color of
upper surface a more decided black ; the white spots smaller, those
of primaries clear cut. Under surface very dark, the white spots
clear cut and prominent. It is the only Hesperiid taken in the four
seasons’ collecting in the Arctic.

Summary.

While each of the localities in which collections were made by
Owen Bryant has peculiar conditions of its own, as pointed out by
him, and which may affect their respective fauna, it is thought that
for the purposes of a summary of the butterflies collected, these
localities may be divided into three divisions, namely: Churchill,
Man. ; Herschel Island, Yukon Terr. ; and Mackenzie Region, N.
W. Terr.

At Churchill the following species were taken:

Colias gigantea
Colias palaeno chippewa
Colias hecla glacialis
Oeneis taygete
Oeneis polixenes
Oeneis melissa semidea
Erebia rossii ornata
Brent his aphirape dawsoni
Brenthis frigga saga
Plebejus aquilo suttoni

On Herschel Island the following were found:

Colias hecla glacialis
Colias nastes rossii
Erebia fasciata
Erebia herscheli
Brenthis aphirape dawsoni

April, 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 61

Brent his chariclea arctic a
Brent his polaris
Brenthis frigga improba

And in the Mackenzie Region, where most of the collecting was
done, were found :

Papilio machaon aliaska

Ascia napi arctica

Colias hecla glacialis

Colias eury theme eriphyle

Colias pelidne

Colias palaeno chippewa

Colias nastes subarctic a

Coenonympha kodiak yukonensis

Oeneis jutta

Oeneis cairnesi

Oeneis taygete

Erebia discoidalis

Erebia fasciata

Erebia youngi

Brenthis aphirape alticola

Brenthis chariclea arctica

Brenthis pales alaskensis

Brenthis freija tarquinius

Brenthis polaris

Brenthis frigga gibsoni

Brenthis frigga improba

Brenthis distincta

Phyciodes campestris

Polygonia faunus arcticus

Polygonia gracilis

Aglais j -album

Aglais antiop a hyperborea

Lycaena helloides florus

Everes amyntula

Plebejus scudderii

Plebejus aquilo bryanti

Plebejus saepiolus

Plebejus optilete yukona

Glaucopsyche lygdamus couperi

Lycaenopsis pseudargiolus marginata

Pyrgus centaureae

In the summer of 1933, Mr. A. T. Harper, of McCready, Man.,

62 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXX

collected at Churchill, and in the month of July took some species
of butterflies not met with by Mr. Bryant, whose collecting there
did not extend into July.

Merritt Cary in his paper “On the Diurnal Lepidoptera of the
Athabaska and Mackenzie Region, British America,” Vol. XXI,
Proc. U. S. Natl. Museum, pages 425-457, includes a fairly large
number of species not encountered by Bryant, many of them, how-
ever, from the Athabasca District, not as far north as the region
where Bryant’s collecting was done.

In the valuable paper referred to, Merritt Cary also includes a
Bibliography of works dealing with the butterfly fauna of Arctic
America, which the reader will find of great interest.

An Infestation of Blissus leucopterus in the Catskills. —

During the summer of 1932, this species was found in grassy places
in no great abundance — in ones and twos here and there. On Sep-
tember 3, however, my field notes say it was fairly abundant at
Onteora, 2 miles from Tannersville. On July 22, 1933, I was told,
with the usual vague description of an insect by a non-entomolo-
gist, of an insect that was destroying lawns, which, to judge from
these descriptions, might have been the Oriental beetle. It turned
out to be the chinch-bug. The bugs were to be found in enormous
numbers on the lawn of one of the places, from very young to last
instar nymphs, but no adults, nor any of their predators. Up to
this date the weather locally had been exceedingly dry for some
six weeks. Again, on July 27, I found at the same place great
numbers of nymphs, but no adults. The grass of this lawn was
badly destroyed. Among these myriad nymphs I found one Pagasa
fusca nymph and one Orius insidiosus. From this time on the
seriousness of the infestation was obvious to everyone. On the dry
and destroyed greens and fairways of the golf course they were in
all stages. With them were to be found great numbers of the
predatory lygaeid Geocoris bullatus Say. The bugs were still active
and numerous into early September. On the other hand, at Tan-
nersville, two miles away, they were to be found only occasionally.
In the summer of 1934, however, Blissus was again uncommon —
so much so that only one was found in early July. This possibly
was because of the extreme low temperatures of the preceding-
winter — during 61 days the temperature did not rise above o° at
Tannersville. — J. R. de la Torre-Bueno, Tucson, Arizona.

April, 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 63

A NEW VARIETY OF ANOPLODERA VITTATA
FROM NEW YORK (COLEOPTERA:
CERAMBYCIDAE).

By George J. Rau, Staten Island Institute, Staten Id., N. Y.

Anoplodera vittata var. saratogensis n. var.

Type male, Saratoga Springs, N. Y., June 25, 1934.

Allotype female, same locality, same date.

Collection, Staten Island Institute of Arts and Sciences.

This variety closely resembles vittata Oliv. except in color, the
legs and antennae are pale and the underside of the abdomen in
some specimens is also variously pale instead of black. It may be
more exactly described as follows :

Length. Type, 10 mm.; Allotype, 12 mm.; body long and
narrow, underside of abdomen pale except the terminal seg-
ments. In the six paratypes — five males and one female —
two have the underside of the abdomen nearly pale and four
the abdomen variously pale and black. The legs and antennae
are almost wholly pale in all eight specimens ; in some the
femora are spotted with black. Underneath slightly and mi-
nutely punctured with the abdomen covered with silky hairs.
Head thickly punctured. Antennae as in vittata except in color.
Scutellum triangular. Elytra thickly punctured, punctures ar-
ranged in rows, approaching the apex they decrease in size.
The reddish-yellow stripe from the middle of the base of the
elytra, extending more than half way toward the apex, is as
in vittata.

The writer has examined about 450 specimens of vittata from
numerous localities in a number of collections, but has not found
any like those here described from Saratoga Springs where evi-
dently this form has become established. Specimens of variety
saratogensis have been collected, one on June 2, 1933, and again in
1934, four specimens on June 23, two on June 25, and one on July
2. They all came from the same small area both in ’33 and ’34,
although specimens of vittata have been collected a few miles away.
There are several synonyms of vittata and the original descriptions
of these have been gone over but no mention of a form with pale
legs and antennae has been found.

In “Memoirs of the Coleoptera,” 4, 1913, p. 257, Casey described
the genus Strangalepta with vittata Oliv. as type. In this species
there is a remarkable male tibial character that had not previously

64 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXX

been mentioned, “the hind tibia of that sex is broadly angulated
within just behind the middle.” The character is present in the
variety saratogensis by which use the sexes can easily be separated.

I have before me a male specimen with the elytra, legs, antennae
and the underside of the abdomen entirely reddish-yellow. Swaine
and Hopping in their “Lepturini of America North of Mexico”
(Bull. 52) make mention of having seen “two specimens with the
elytra almost entirely testaceous.”

Notes on Habits of Neides muticus Say. — Nymphs were
first found from July 12 on; and adults from July 20. One group
of nymphs was observed from July 14 to 25, 1934 — a period of 12
days. On the first date six nymphs were found perched and feed-
ing on the stem of the small deep orange composite, Hawkweed.
They were apparently in the last nymphal instar. Wandering about
on the ground were younger nymphs, seemingly about the 2nd
instar. The next day, only three of the larger nymphs were seen,
so another nymph was moved from a grass blade to the flower with
the others. One of those already there fought the newcomer — a
sort of wrestling — and chased it to another part of the plant, where
it began to feed. The day following, four of them were found on
the same flower-head, and so up to the 20th, when two were found
transformed to the adult. There were at this time still four
nymphs about, three being of the original group and one a stranger
in the 3rd instar. On the 23rd another of the older nymphs
reached the adult. By the 24th there were two more adults and
their cast skins on the stem of the little plant. And likewise several
more nymphs had migrated to it. This continued to the 25th, when
the plant was stepped on and the bugs then disappeared. From
that date on, both adults and nymphs were found here and there in
small numbers. In the latitude of New York, this species lingers
into late fall. It is also noteworthy that Jalysus spinosus was not
to be found in Onteora. — J. R. de la Torre-Bueno, Tucson,
Arizona.

April, 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 65

THE GRASS-CARRYING WASP, CHLORION
(ISODONTIA) HARRISI FERNALD.

By Phil Rau, Kirkwood, Mo.

One species of grass-carrier wasps, Chlorion ( Isodontia ) au-
ripes / is found in St. Louis County, occupying the old burrows of
the carpenter bee, Xylocopa virginica, and using long antennaed
grasshoppers for prey. Recently a sister species of southern na-
tivity, Chlorion harrisi ,1 2 with similar habits was taken at Wickes,
Missouri. One nest of the latter, in an upright hollow stem, was
placed in my back yard where it gave forth five adults and where
its progeny thrived for three successive years. An examination
at the same time of about 200 other dried stalks nearby gave no
additional nests.

In) my garden the progeny of this one colony readily nested in
the horizontal and vertical hollow stems and in the glass tubes that
were set out for them. In addition they also used the horizontal
burrows in boards that had been abandoned by the carpenter bee,
Xylocopa virginica.

It is interesting to note that most of the members of the genus
Chlorion dig their burrows in the soil, and according to Dr. Be-
quaert (Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 25: 122, 1930) only four species
in America and one in Europe have so far strayed from the primi-
tive habits as to select pre-existing cavities for their nests. Grass
carrier wasps use blades of grass, which they press into a compact
plug and use for partitioning the long tunnel into cells ; when the
cells are completed they use the same material for plugging the
entrance opening. These blades of grass are carried in the jaws one
at a time, as may be seen in fig. 1 . This photograph shows a mother
C. harrisi at the opening of the nest with a long strand of grass.
Fig. 4 shows the nest of the same species in one of the glass tubes
that had been set out for their use; here the paper covering which
kept the tube dark is partly pushed back, and shows among the
grassy bed a cocoon of this wasp.

The prey of harrisi are the long-antennaed orthoptera similar to
those taken by C. auripes. These are paralyzed by stinging, and
held under the body while the wasp flies to the nest. In the nest an
egg is deposited on one of the grasshoppers and in this species it

1 An account of C. auripes may be found in Trans. Acad. Sci. St.
Louis 25 : 362-369. 1928.

2 Identified by Dr. Grace Sandhouse.

BULL. B. E. S., Yol. XXX, No. 2

Plate II

April, 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 67

is cemented on the femur of the left hind leg, where it cannot
readily be lost or injured.

Fig. 2 shows a mother struggling to get a large many-legged prey
into her nest. The prey taken is not always so large, however, for
often small insects are captured ; usually the smaller the size of the
prey, the larger the number in each cell. For instance, on June 6,
1930, in two cells, two and one-half inches and two inches in length,
thirty-two and thirty-eight individuals were counted. All but five
were nymphs in the first instar, and all were, according to Mr. A.
N. Caudell, of one species belonging to either the genus Orcheli-
mum or Conocephalus. The five larger ones referred to were iden-
tified by him as belonging to two species, Scudderia sp. and Cono-
cephalus sp. In addition to these, on one occasion a male snowy
tree-cricket Oecanthus 4-punctatus Bueten., was taken from an in-
coming harrisi mother. The latter seemed dead when taken but
next day it revived sufficiently to slowly move the legs and antennae
when touched, and it was also able to pass excrement. It continued
to do all this until its death nine days later. Mr. Geo. Engelhardt
records (Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 28: 269-271, 1928) harrisi in
Texas storing spiny katy-dids Rehnia spinosa sometimes measur-
ing three to four inches in length, and in nests brought to me by my
wife from Tifton, Georgia, September 1, 1932, I found four small
nymphs of both sexes of Conocephalus fasciatus Degeer (A. N.
Caudell).

The nesting habit of harrisi is sufficiently plastic so that they
easily make use of any ready-made domicile, and the mother wasp
always cleans out the old burrow before she begins her own nest ;
sometimes she kicks out the debris and lets it fall to the ground
and sometimes she pushes it back in the horizontal twig as far as
it can go, before she brings in her own nesting material. Grass
plugs at the opening and partition plugs in the tunnel vary in size,
but they are usually from one-fourth inch to two inches thick;
sometimes the partition plugs are definitely plugs and sometimes
they are mere bundles of grass upon which the prey with egg is
placed. Engelhardt found this species nesting in the tubes formed
by the folding of the yucca leaves in the drying process, and at
Tifton, Georgia, they make good use of the pitcher plant for nesting
purposes. My wife found hundreds of wasps nesting in this man-
ner at Tifton, Georgia; and fig. 1 illustrates one such pitcher opened
to show the nest. Specimens of the pitcher plant were identified
by Dr. Edgar T. Wherry as Sarracenia minor. Dr. Wherry in his
letter mentions the “white areoles” on the rear wall of this plant

68 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society V 61. XXX

and say£ “On the theory of natural selection it has been suggested
that these white areas let light into the pitcher and thereby encour-
age insects to enter.”

In the St. Louis region there are probably two generations each
year. The wasps that overwinter in the cocoon are actively en-
gaged in nest building early the following June, and on one occasion
a nest gave forth four adults during the Tast week of July ; this indi-
cates two generations per year. One larva was seen to spin its
cocoon on June 13, 1930. The cocoon is of silky texture and of a
light cream color when spun, but it soon becomes dark brown and
very leathery in texture. This change is probably due to the veneer-
ing of excrement that the inside of the cocoon receives, when the
alimentary tract is emptied by the larva preparatory to pupating.

Chlorion harrisi is not exempt from parasites ; from one cocoon
a hymenopterous parasite Eurytoma bicolor Walsh (A. B. Gahan)
emerged on June 6, 1930, and from another nest about a dozen
specimens of a dipterous insect Pachyophthalmus signatus Say
(J. M. Aldrich) emerged. The pupal cases of this fly were lodged
among the wing remains of the Orthopterous prey. There was no
evidence of a wasp cocoon present so the indication is that the fly
larvae fed either on the orthopterous prey or on the wasp larvae
and not on the wasp in the pupal stage. From another nest of
C. harrisi, I obtained a dipterous cocoon, which eventually gave me
an adult Pachyophthalmus floridensis (J. M. Aldrich). The
parasitic enemies enter the nest while it is in course of construction.
The tightly packed plug is placed at the entrance after the damage
is done. There is also another type of damage unwittingly done to
the population by other species of wasps that nest in the top por-
tion of the twig. By building mud partitions at the top of the nest
they make a living tomb of the harrisi population at the bottom,
because the newly adult Chlorion wasps are unable to bite their
way through the mud walls. A case of mortality of this kind was
actually caused by the mud carrying Eumenid wasp, Odynerus fora-
minatus.

Notice. — Title page and Index for vol. 14, Entomologica
Americana, are bound in with no. 4, vol. 14.

April, 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 69

THE TIGER BEETLES OF SOUTH CAROLINA WITH
THE DESCRIPTION OF A NEW VARIETY OF
TETRACHA VIRGINICA (L.) (COLEOP-
TERA: CICINDELIDAE).

By O. L. Cartwright,* Clemson College, S. C.

Data concerning South Carolina tiger beetles presented in the
following notes have been obtained with few exceptions from speci-
mens collected during the past eight years by the writer and other
members of the entomological staff of Clemson Agricultural Col-
lege and the South Carolina Experiment Station.* 1 Although not
over three or four localities have been thoroughly worked, it is
believed that the list includes all species occurring within the
borders of South Carolina.

The distribution of the various species by counties is presented
in Fig. i. The accompanying table present summarized data show-
ing the seasonal distribution known to date and indicates that
South Carolina tiger beetles fall into two seasonal groups, those
emerging in early summer and dying in the fall and those emerging
in late summer, hibernating as adults, resuming activity the follow-
ing spring and dying in early summer. The latter group frequently
becomes active on unusually warm days through the winter months.
The writer ventures the opinion that no South Carolina tiger
beetle has more than one brood each year.

The South Carolina list with distributional records, names of
collectors other than staff members, and brief notes is as follows :

i. Tetracha Carolina Linne.

A crepuscular species hiding during the day under boards, weeds,
trash, and other protection. Sometimes active in late afternoon,
especially on cloudy days. Found frequently under city street
lights. Taken infrequently in trap lights, and in Japanese beetle
traps.

June 17 to October 18. Common throughout the state.

30 localities : Clemson College, Columbia, Meredith, Pomaria,
Anderson (E. S. Prevost), Mt. Pleasant (G. E. Hudson), Ben-
nettsville, Blenheim, Hampton, Estill, Florence (J. E. Webb),
Summerton, Beaufort, Loris, Antreville, Monck’s Corner, Ridge-
land, Walterboro, Greenwood, Edgefield, Georgetown, McClellan-

* Technical Contribution No. 27 from the South Carolina Ex-
periment Station, Clemson College, South Carolina.

1 Franklin Sherman, J. A. Berly, D. Dunavan, J. G. Watts, O.
L. Cartwright.

70 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxx

ville, Mullins, Gable, Dillon, Fairfax (E. W. Howe), Greenville
(H. K. Townes, Jr.), Chesterfield, Spartanburg, and Aiken.

An unusual variation of Tetracha Carolina is at present repre-
sented by a single specimen. This specimen lacks entirely the usual
light-colored apical lunule, the lunule area being black in color.
No name will be assigned unless the variation should be found in
other individuals.

2. Tretracha virginica Linne.

Crepuscular. Habits as above.

June 19 to Oct. 3. Much less common than T. Carolina.

9 localities : Clemson College, Columbia, Meredith, Mt. Pleasant
(G. E. Hudson), Anderson (E. S. Prevost), Florence, Dacusville,
Greenville (H. K. Townes, Jr.), and York (Louetta Youngblood).

3. Tetracha virginica var. melaena n. var.

In this variety of T. virginica the gold green color of the head,
thorax and elytral margins is entirely wanting. No trace of green
is present, the variety being pure black. Legs, antennae, and last
ventral segment ferrugineous as in typical virginica. Punctation,
size, and shape all identical with virginica. Length of type 18.5
mm., width 6.5 mm.

Described from a series of nine specimens, bearing data as fol-
lows : The type male taken by the writer at Clemson College, S. C.,
6 Aug., 1932 ; the allotype female, taken at Salisbury, N. C., 18
July, 1930, by D. Dunavan; paratypes from Clemson College, 11
Aug., 1928, J. A. Berly ; 13 Sept., 1930, D. Dunavan; 6 Aug., 1932,
J. G. Watts; 7 Aug., 1934, W. P. Hunter, and 8 Aug. 1934, O. L.
Cartwright; one paratype from Fredricksburg, Va., 3 Sept., 1889,
coll. Wm. D. Richardson, and one from Nelson Co., Va., July 21,
1927, W. Robinson.

Type and two paratypes deposited in U. S. National Museum.
Allotype female and five paratypes in writer’s collection.

4. Cicindela purpurea Olivier.

Taken on roads and bare clay slopes in mountains.

March 16 to June 1 and Aug. 19 to Oct. 12. Not common.

3 localities: Clemson College (S. B. Rochester), a very unusual
record — possibly an error in locality label ; Sassafras Mtn., Pickens
County, 3,500 ft., and Greenville Co. (H. K. Townes, Jr.).

5. Cicindela splendida Hentz.

Occurs on bare clay slopes and roads in mountains.

April, 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 71

March 20 to May 15 and Sept. 25. Not common.

4 localities: Walhalla (The Tunnel), Russels, Rocky Bottom (E.
R. Kelly), and Jocassee.

6. Cicindela duodecimguttata Dejean.

Frequents usually dark colored steep banks overhanging streams
and level wet sand bordering streams having steep banks. One
specimen dug from shallow two inch upward sloping burrow in
steep clay bank one hundred yards from water at Clemson College,
March 1, 1933, by writer.

March 1 to May 18 and Aug. 14 to Sept. 21. Common in upper
part of state. No specimens taken east or south of Richland and
Kershaw Counties.

20 Piedmont localities : Clemson College, Columbia, Antreville,
Honea Path, Walhalla, Anderson, Gaffney, Greenville, Duncan,
Chester, Fort Lawn, Lancaster, Kershaw Co., Greenwood, Six
Mile, Saluda Co., Rocky Bottom, River Falls, Abbeville, and
Clover.

7. Cicindela repanda Dejean.

Often abundant on sandy margins of streams.

Jan. 22 to June 30 and Aug. 14 to Oct. 21. Very common and
abundant in and above Piedmont area of the state. Rare east and
south of line drawn through Marlboro and Aiken Counties.

38 localities: Clemson College, Columbia, Jocassee, Anderson,
Honea Path, Sumter, Meredith, Camden, Tomassee, Walhalla,
Salem, St. Paul, Old Pickens, Rocky Bottom, Gaffney, Spartan-
burg, Greenville, Clover, Chester, Fort Lawn, Lancaster, Duncan,
Greenwood, Pinnacle Mtn., Bethune, McBee (S. W. Bromley),
Richland, Six Mile, Leesville, Saluda, Kingstree, Gramlin, Long
Creek, Buffalo, Fairfield Co., Nichols, Abbeville, and Lowndes-
ville.

8. Cicindela hirticollis Say.

Found on a sand bar in Congaree River and on the Ocean Beach.
June 10 to June 29 and Aug. 7 to Sept. Locally common on in-
land part of beach on Seabrook’s Island, Charleston Co. Rare
elsewhere.

4 localities: Columbia, Folly Beach, Myrtle Beach (G. E. Hud-
son, Henry K. Townes, Jr.), and Seabrook’s Island.

9. Cicindela traqueharica Herbst.

Frequents sandy areas with sparse weedy vegetation; often
found in dry stream beds.

72 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXX

Feb. 19 to July 1 and Sept. 16 to Nov. 14. Occurs throughout
the state but is less common in coastal counties.

38 localities: Clemson College, Columbia, Easley (J. O. Pepper),
Darlington, Prosperity, Rocky Bottom, Salem, Westminster, Wal-
halla, Jocassee, Fort Watson, Lexington Co., Old Pickens, Flor-
ence, Aiken, Richland, Hodges, Six Mile, Leesville, Antreville,
McCormick, Lexington, Dents, Camden, Long Creek, River Falls
(H. K. Townes, Jr.), Toddville, Green Pond, York (Louetta
Youngblood), Greenville, Richland, St. Paul, Ware Shoals, Troy,
Pinnacle Mtn., Newberry, Clover, and Duncan.

Three varieties of Cicindela scutellaris Say are recognized from
South Carolina. In the present paper they are separated and de-
fined as follows: C. scutellaris var. rugifrons Dej. largely green,
sometimes with a bluish cast, well marked specimens with apical
lunule and one or two marginal dots though South Carolina speci-
mens usually with maculation reduced to traces of the apical lunule ;
C. scutellaris var. Carolina E. D. Harris, as described by Mr.
Harris, “with the usual green of the supra surface . . . more or
less suffused with purple” ; and C. scutellaris var. unicolor Dej.
without trace of maculation and tending to blue rather than green.
Some well colored specimens of C. scutellaris Carolina E. D. H.,
duplicate Ridgeway’s Dahlia Purple and are among the most beau-
tiful tiger beetles known to the writer. C. scutellaris var. unicolor
occurs in colonies, at times numerous, and is always without trace
of maculation.

10. C. scutellaris var. rugifrons Dejean.

Taken on sandy areas covered with sparse weedy vegetation in
Sand Hills and Upper Pine Belt of the State, roughly within the
triangular area between Aiken, Chesterfield and Horry Counties.

Late February to June 20 and September 11 to early December.
Active on warm days through the winter months. Locally common.

15 localities: Meredith, St. Paul, Columbia, Florence, Hartsville,
Darlington Co., Camden (E. D. Harris), Chesterfield (J. O. Pep-
per), Landers Lake, Neeses (W. H. Rumff), Florence Co., Mc-
Bee, Lexington, Pontiac (A. Lutken), and Dents.

11. C. scutellaris var. Carolina E. D. Harris.

Habitat as of rugifrons Dej.

2 localities: St. Paul (Fort Watson), and Toddville (Pee Dee
River, Horry Co.).

12. C. scutellaris var. unicolor Dejean.

Habitat as of rugifrons.

April, 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 73

9 localities: Columbia, Lightwood Knot Creek (Lexington Co.),
New Brookland, Windsor, Aiken (J. E. Webb), Cassett, Darling-
ton, Pelion, and Orangeburg.

13. Cicindela sexguttata Fabricius.

Frequents bare ground and paths in or bordering woodland. De-
lights in sunning on logs and bare rocks along woodland streams.

March 18 to October 14. Common throughout the state, the
specimens varying from deep blue to dull green and from the im-
maculate to eight spotted forms.

31 localities: Clemson College, Columbia, Easley (J. O. Pepper),
Princeton, Honea Path, Pinnacle Mtn., Tomassee, Meredith, Wal-
halla (Tunnel), Jocassee, Table Rock, Salem, Rocky Bottom,
Charleston, Pritchardville (E. S. Prevost), Pomaria, Fort Watson,
Old Pickens, Florence, Fort Lawn, Kershaw Co., Orangeburg Co.,
Saluda Co., Fairfax (E. W. Howe), Russels, River Falls, Myrtle
Beach (H. K. Townes, Jr.), Yauhannah, Green Pond, York
(Louetta Youngblood), and Kershaw.

14. Cicindela sexguttata var. harrisii Leng.

Occurs only in the mountains. One specimen from Rocky Bot-
tom, is of a peculiar olivaceous green, the characteristic color of
this variety.

15. Cicindela sexguttata var. violacea Fabricius.

This variety is listed on the published distribution as given by
Dr. Walther Horn in “Notes on the Races of Omus calif ornicus
and a List of the Cicindelidae of America North of Mexico.”
Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. LVI., 1930, p. 83.

16. Cicindela patruela Dejean.

On paths and open ground above 2,000 ft. in mountains.

Apr. 13 to Oct. 12. Not common.

One locality: Sassafras Mtn. (Rocky Bottom, Pickens Co.).

17. Cicindela punctulata Olivier.

Dry upland fields, sparsely weedy areas, corn and cotton fields.
Occasionally taken in trap lights and Japanese Beetle traps.

May 24 to Nov. 1. Very common throughout the state. 83
localities.

18. Cicindela striga LeConte.

The rarest known South Carolina tiger beetle, a single specimen
taken in Hampton Park, Charleston, July 1, 1924, by J. T. Rogers.
Specimen now in United States National Museum.

74 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxx

19. Cicindela abdominalis Fabricius.

Taken usually on white or gray sand in Pine Woods in the sand
hills region of the state and in isolated localities usually near the
coast. One notable exception recorded in a small colony found
along a sandy path on top of a high ridge above Jocassee in upper
Pickens County.

May 26 to Oct. 4. Not common.

15 localities: Meredith, Columbia, Bishopville, McBee, Camden,
Wagner, Chesterfield Co., Jocassee, Florence Co., Myrtle Beach,
Leesville, Bethune, Yemassee, McClellanville (J. T. Hills, H. K.
Townes, Jr.), and Trenton.

20. Cicindela rufiventris Dejean.

Found on sloping bare ground on wooded hills between the fall
line and mountains. June 17 to Sept. 25. Not common.

11 localities; Clemson College, Columbia, Pinnacle Mtn., Cam-
den, Jocassee, Chesterfield Co., Lexington Co., Walhalla (Tun-
nel), Buffalo, Chester Co., and Leesville.

21. Cicindela unipunctata Fabricius.

A large weak-flying species occurring on the higher hills and
mountains along paths and open spots in woods.

Apr. 13 to Sept. 25. Not uncommon.

9 localities: Clemson College, Pinnacle Mtn., Walhalla (Tun-
nel), Blythe Shoals, Rocky Bottom, Lake Lanier (G. E. Hudson),
Jocassee, White Water Falls, and Greenville (H. K. Townes, Jr.).

22. Cicindela trifasciata ascendens LeConte.

Occurs on mud flats and margins of streams in those counties
south and east of a line through Chesterfield and Aiken Counties.
Apparently takes the place of C. repanda in the lower counties of
the state.

April 2 to Sept. 22. Common.

27 localities: Meredith, Columbia, Yemassee, Hardeeville Sumter
Co., Camden, Myrtle Beach, Florence Co., Kingstree, Monck’s
Corner, Folly Island, Summerton, Clarendon Co., Orangeburg Co.,
Dorchester Co., Grover, Hampton, Windsor, Nichols, Cherry
Grove, Longs, Georgetown, Summerville, Lumber River, Gardens
Corner, Pritchardville, and Elko.

23. Cicindela dorsalis Say (var. media LeConte).

Found only on the ocean beach.

May 19 to Sept. 1. Occasionally quite abundant.

April, 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 75

io localities: Folly Beach, Charleston, Pawley's Island, Beaufort,
Myrtle Beach, Cherry Grove Beach, Isle of Palms, Cape Romain
(J. T. Hills), McClellanville (H. K. Townes, Jr.), and Hilton
Head Island.

24. Cicindela marginata Fabricius.

This species is the only Cicindela known to the writer to be active
at night as well as in full daylight. At Porcher’s Bluff, Charleston
County, specimens were collected by flashlight along with Tetracha
Carolina and T. virginica. Use of a net was necessary in their
capture since the beetles took wing readily, yet they seemed not to
fly so quickly, were not so wary, as in daylight.

Occurs on the ocean beach and saline flats near the beach.

May 7 to Sept. 1. Not uncommon.

16 localities: Folly Beach, Yemassee, Charleston, Mt. Pleasant
(G. E. Hudson), Beaufort, Myrtle Beach, Cherry Grove Beach,
Longs, Isle of Palms, Georgetown, Cape Romain (J. T. Hills),
McClellanville (H. K. Townes, Jr.), Bluffton, Hilton Head Island,
Gardens Corner, and Seabrook’s Island.

25. Cicindela blanda Dejean.

Taken only on sand bars or sandy margins of streams. At times
this wary species swarms by hundreds along the Lumber and Wac-
camaw Rivers.

May 26 to Sept. 22. Locally common.

6 localities: Columbia, Florence Co. (Lynches River), Nichols,
Lumber River (Near Nichols), Longs (Waccamaw River), and
Mullins (F. B. Whittington).

26. Cicindela togata Laferte.

First called to our attention by Mr. J. W. Angell, of New York
City who found it on the saline flats near the Toll Gate on the
Folly Beach Road at Charleston. Two other localities, Gardens
Corner, Beaufort County, and Porcher’s Bluff, Charleston Co.

Not uncommon in these localities. May 7 to Aug. 31.

27. Cicindela gratiosa Guerin.

Occurs on glistening white sand remote from water. This spe-
cies, though fairly common locally, is detected with difficulty since
its coloration blends perfectly with its habitat.

May 30 to Sept. 11. Locally common.

7 localities: Bishopville, Meredith, McBee, Florence Co. (Flor-
ence Olanta Road), Myrtle Beach, Mullins, and Bethune.

76 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXX

Key

A — T. Carolina

0—

sexguttata

13—

virginica

P—

patruela

C—

melaena

Q-

abdominalis

D — C.

purpurea

R—

rufiventris

E—

splendida

S—

punctulata

F—

duodecim guttata

T—

unipunctata

G—

s trig a

U-

dorsalis media

H—

repanda

V—

marginata

I—

hirticollis

w—

ascendens

J-

tranquebarica

X—

blanda

L—

rugifrons

Y—

togata

M—

Carolina

Z—

gratiosa

N—

unicolor

Table I. Seasonal Distribution of South Carolina Tiger Beetles.

April, 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 77

DEC

Q

! AON

xO

xO

NOV

N

OCT

OC

O

xC

OCT

OCT

OCx

OCT

xC

xC

xCT

O

SEP

Ph Ph X Ph P-i Ph ^ Ph Ph Ph Ph xPh PhPhWPh n,

w gw WW XWWW WWW WW xW xi w

in x x mm mm m m mmmmmm xi m

O

P

<

OOO xOO X x o ooooooooo

WWW pp x X p P pppppp xpp

<< *<< < < <<< X! X!

JUL

WW w W W WWWWWWW xW

pp p p p xppppp X X

» X 1— > 1— » 1 — .i — — »| — — »| — »| — » X X)|— >

JUN

PPP pp * PPP PPP xxgx^

pp x ppxp Pxip ppxpPPPP*

•— > 1 — ,1 — , X i — >i — > >— > X X i — > X X!

MAY

MAx

xA

MA

MAY

Y

MAY

xxY

MAY

MAx

Y

Y

MAY

xAY

Ax

MxY

Y
Mxx

Y

APR

xPx

Axx

APR

APR

APR

APR

P

xxR

APR

Px

PR

Axx

MCH

SffiKffi PP PP

uu xu x xu

P x P P

| FEB

XXX

EB

JAN

P

T. Carolina

virginica

C. purpurea

splendida

duo decim guttata .

repanda

hirticollis

tranquebarica . . .

rugifrons

unicolor

Carolina

sexguttata

patruela

punctulata

striga

abdominalis

rufiventris

unipun data

ascendens

dorsalis media . . .

marginata

blanda

togata

gratiosa

x Indicates ten-day period in which specimens were not collected yet during which the species was probably active.

78 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXX

Notes on Gargaphia tiliae. — At Onteora, in the Catskills,
there is abundant Tilia americana, an ideal hunting-ground for
Gargaphia. They appeared to be absent, however, until on July 27,
1932, I finally found one adult on a roadside tree and numerous
second and third instar nymphs. Near Bushnellville, on August
1, I found a heavy infestation on a small tree; and here there were
numerous last instar nymphs, just transformed adults and numer-
ous cast skins. The leaves on which they were feeding were
bleached in blotches from the gregarious habits of the nymphs,
which feed on the underside of the leaves. This bleaching is not
along the ribs, as is more usual with the other tingids. The species
was common all through August at Onteora, but by early Septem-
ber they had disappeared, only one adult being found on September
17, where earlier they had swarmed.

Next year, numerous 2nd instar nymphs were found on July 9,
with a couple of adults herding them. The following year (1934)
on July 6 a group of nymphs in the 2nd instar was found with an
adult on guard. This stood on the leaf near the group of nymphs,
headed toward them. A couple of days later, some three or four
herds of nymphs were noted, watched by an adult, in one instance
by a pair in cop. By July 26, they appeared to be coming to the
adult, and the recently transformed adults seem to be as gregarious
as the nymphs at this time. By August 1st they were to be found
in numbers — adults, last instar nymphs and younger. No further
notes were made that summer.

A particular point was made to note the so-called parental solici-
tude of this gregarious species. Since no eggs were found guarded
by adults after deposition, it is impossible to determine the parent-
hood of the watchers ; nor was the sex noted, except in the case of
the pair in cop. Likewise, no nymphs younger than 2nd instar
were noted. Obviously, oviposition takes place some time about the
middle of June and they hatch toward the end of the month, hav-
ing the first molt early in July, naturally, according to the seasonal
temperature.

To make sure that this is a case of parental solicitude, it will be
necessary to find an adult female ovipositing and to follow the
clutch of eggs to hatching and into the nymphal instars ; and to note
if it is the same individual female that stays with them. — J. R. de
la Torre-Bueno, Tucson, Arizona.

April, 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 79

A NEW MELON GALL MIDGE.

By E. P. Felt, Stamford, Conn.

The species characterized below was reared by Dr. L. P. Wehrle,
Assistant Entomologist, Agricultural Experiment Station, Tucson,
Arizona, in 1932, in 1933, and again in 1934. He reports that the
larvae cause the tips of watermelon vines growing in the vicinity
of Tucson to curl and die. It is considered a serious insect enemy
of watermelons in that section, the trouble having been noted by
one grower nine years earlier. In addition to the cultivated water-
melon, this species was also reared from the wild African water-
melon, Citrullus vulgaris Schrad.

Itonida citrulli n. sp.

Male. Length 1.5 mm. Antennae a little longer than the
body, sparsely haired, pale yellowish; 14 segments, the fifth
with stems one and one-half and one and one-fourth times
their diameters, respectively; basal enlargement subglobose,
the distal enlargement broader apically and with a length one-
fourth greater than its diameter; terminal segment produced,
the basal enlargement subglobose, the basal portion of the stem
with a length three times its diameter, the distal enlargement
subcylindrical, with a length two and one-half times its diam-
eter and apically a finger-like, sparsely haired appendage hav-
ing a length nearly four times its diameter. Palpi, the first
segment short, subquadrate, the second with a length three
times its width, the third as long as the second, and the fourth
one-half longer than the third. Mesonotum dark brown. Scu-
tellum, postscutellum and abdomen fuscous yellowish. Hal-
teres yellowish, light fuscous apically. Legs a fuscous yellow-
ish, claws slender, curved, the pulvilli nearly equal. Genitalia,
basal clasp segment moderately broad, stout; terminal clasp
segment stout, slightly curved ; dorsal plate broad, broadly and
roundly emarginate, the lobes tapering to a narrowly rounded,
sparsely setose apex; ventral plate short, deeply and roundly
emarginate, the lobes slender, nearly parallel, sparsely setose
apically ; style long, tapering to a narrowly rounded apex.

Female. Length 1.75 mm. Antennae about three-fourths
the length of the body, pale straw; 14 segments, sparsely
haired, the fifth with a stem one-third the length of the cylin-
dric basal enlargement, which latter has a length two and one-
half times its diameter, terminal segment produced, the enlarge-
ment cylindrical, with a length three and one-half times its diam-
eter, distally a finger-like process, somewhat dilated apically
and with a length fully three times its diameter. Palpi, the first

80 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXX

segment short, the second with a length three times its width,
the third as long as the second, and the fourth one-half longer
than the third. Mesonotum dark brown. Scutellum and post-
scutellum yellowish. Abdomen fuscous yellowish, the ovi-
positor with a length about three-fourths that of the body and
apically with unusually slender lobes, they having a length
about five times the width. Other characters practically as in
the male.

This species runs, in the key to the genus, published in the 34th
Report of the New York State Entomologist, State Museum Bul-
letin 231-232, on page 177 and following, to the series of species
grouped with I. agraria Felt, from all of which it is easily separated
by the shorter antennal stems in the male.

Types deposited in the collections of the U. S. National Museum.

Paratypes in the collections of the author and Dr. L. P. Wehrle.

A Peculiar Mating Habit of the Silphidae. — Several years
ago I kept specimens of Silpha inaequalis Fab. and S', americana
Linn, in captivity, and observed the peculiar method by which
mating occurs. The male insect climbs upon the back of the female
and then grasps one of her antennae with his jaws. He maintains
this hold throughout copulation. Sometimes a male beetle attempts
to mate with one of his own sex. When this happens, the insect
underneath buries his head in the earth so that the other cannot
secure a hold on his antenna, and then rocks from side to side until
the other is dislodged. Once I saw a male beetle mount another
male already in copulation with a female beetle. The intruder was
“dumped” upon his back unceremoniously. Beetles having the
eyes covered with opaque varnish are not prevented from mating,
although this temporary blindness renders them sluggish. Nor
does the presence of such a vile substance as pyridine on the wing-
covers of a female deter the male from his object. But remove the
antennae of the female Silpha , and the male will go away without
copulating after several vain efforts to grasp the antennae that are
wanting.

Heymons and von Lengerken have observed this same behavior
in the European Silpha ohscura (Ztschr. wiss. Biol., Morph, u.
Okol., Bd. 6., 1926). — Cyril E. Abbott, Morgan Park, 111.

April, 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 81

FOOD PLANT AND HABITS OF SEHIRUS
CINCTUS P. B.

By J. R. de la Torre-Bueno, Tucson, Arizona.

Sehirus cinctus P. B. is one of the prettiest of our American
Cydnidae, with its steel-blue back edged with clear white. It is far
from rare, once its food plant is known and found. The first time
I took this species in any numbers was at Lake Waccabuc, West-
chester Co., N. Y., where it was found on a plant of the mint
family. At Onteora, near Tannersville in the Catskill Mts., at an
elevation of 2400 feet above sea-level, I was able to get a goodly
number and to ascertain a food-plant of the species. The first in
the locality (and the only one taken that summer) was a single
specimen, an adult, on July 25, 1932. The following year, on July
4, I got one by sweeping, as usual; and on July 26 one was caught
in flight and two more on a mint growing below my house porch.
On the 28th, the mint (which Mr. Wm. T. Davis very kindly de-
termined to be Gale op sis tetrahit, the hemp nettle) sported many
of them running about on the upper surface of the leaves. The
night before they had been seen at about dusk quiescent and one or
two head down in the calyces from which the petals had dropped.
One of the bugs placed on the palm of my hand proceeded to ex-
plore the perspiration-moist surface with its proboscis, but did not
attempt to bite. These bugs were kept under observation from
then on, and were constantly to be seen on the mint, in varying
numbers and always adults, up to August 31. On that date, I saw
two adults on the flagged walk in front of the house; and along
the edges of the stones where the mints grew, there was an abun-
dance of nymphs crawling about. These seem to be more or less
gregarious, as two clumps of some 20 or more were seen, one on
the edge of the stone and the other under growth of Clematis.
These nymphs appeared to be in several stages, from II to IV or
V — at least, the smallest were too large to be just emerged from
the egg. On September 1 I again noted a couple of adults of
Sehirus walking on the flag-stones and two clusters of numerous
nymphs; one, under shrubbery, leaves and small stones, seemed to
be made up mostly of 2nd and 3rd instar nymphs; the other, on
the bare stone, had larger nymphs as well as the small indiscrimi-
nately. The day before, some of the nymphs were noticed head
down in the calyces ; as already noted, the adults also do this. Do
they feed on the seeds? I also saw two or three of the nymphs
dragging around seeds. By sunset, all had disappeared. On the

82 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxx

2nd the nymphs were again observed, but no adults were seen. At
about ii a. m. the nymphs were mostly under cover or on the
ground, except for two or three on the walk. On the 3rd and 4th
it was rainy, until 2 p. m. on the latter date, with a temperature of
70° F. at about 3 p. m. The Sehiri were naturally conspicuously
absent in the rain, both on this day and the day before. Under the
shrubbery in one small spot on the flagstones, a few young nymphs
were noted in a clump, but by 3 o’clock there were three big clumps
on the outer edges of the stones, made up of nymphs in several
stages, from mature I up. Some of them had molted to the last
nymphal instar. This, when mature, had the usual red abdomen
marked with blue and steel-blue head, thorax and wing-pads. The
just-transformed nymphs at this stage were light red in the abdo-
men, the blue parts a pale grey-blue. This applies to nymphs in
other instars, except that the latter have no wing-pads. It should
be noted that one of these clumps was gathered about what might
have been a group of dead stems of the food-plant, just above earth
level and single individuals were wandering about on the damp
earth. A few of the nymphs were again noted head-down in the
dry calyces of the plants. On September 9, the nymphs were in
large numbers, as before, a few walking on the flags, but most of
them congregated on dead leaves on the surface of the earth or
under them on various stems. No first instar nymphs were noted.
On the 10th, the nymphs were again observed. They were congre-
gated in clumps at about 9 a. m., and a rough count seemed to indi-
cate that there were some 1500 nymphs in the groups. They were
rapidly transforming to the 5th instar, but there were still quite a
few in other instars to be seen. At about 1 p. m., the bulk of them
were massed on one of the flags, two and three deep in a pile. A
black ant was seen running toward a small group of the nymphs,
which it avoided, going around it. In fact, although there were
plenty of these ants around, I never saw a Sehirus nymph attacked
by one of them. I made no further observation till the 17th of
September. The same Sehiri showed up after being hidden most
of the preceding day, except for a few that wandered out between
showers. There were the habitual big clumps of them, but more
of the nymphs were in the last instar and a few had transformed
to the adult. It was noticeable that the black ants running about on
the pavement gave them a wide berth.

Last summer (1934) the observations could not be continued, as
appears from my field notes, briefly sketched hereafter. A little
sweeping on July 4 gave one individual at the same spot below the

April, 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 83

porch. On July 14, I saw five or six adults wandering about near
and on the mint, and also on a stone slab under it, and sometimes
on the ground, or else hidden under the side of a pebble. I also
looked for eggs and nymphs, but saw none of either. The next
day, the Sehiri were seen at the same place as the day before, but
only one adult on a grass blade, where on the previous day there
had been several. From the last mentioned date on, Sehirus was
to be seen about, up to August 25, but adults only, no nymphs,
where the year before they had been literally swarming, even
though the hemp nettle was just as abundant as it had been the
year before.

Anartia jatrophae L. in Texas. — On the 9th day of Novem-
ber in 1931, A. J. Boyles, Taxidermist to the Witte Museum of
San Antonio, Texas, observed some fifteen or twenty white butter-
flies hovering over a water hole in the Edwards Escarpment, be-
tween sun-down and dark. The fact that they were butterflies and
flying at this time of day and in a decided flock attracted his atten-
tion to such an extent that he collected three specimens. These
proved to be one male and two females of Anartia jatrophae, the
white peacock. At that time no other record could be found for
the occurrence of this butterfly in the State. A very careful search
has been made since that time for this insect but without success.
On October 21, 1934, two individuals were taken near Sutherland
Springs, Wilson County, Texas. These were feeding on Verbesina
encelioides Benth. & Hook, and were discovered just about sun-
down. No other individuals were seen during the afternoon al-
though the entire time was spent in hunting butterflies. On
October 28, about ten miles from the former location, fifty of these
beautiful black and white butterflies were captured on a small
clump of the named plant. They consisted very larggely of spent
females. A search throughout the surrounding neighborhood did
not reveal another butterfly. The time of their greatest activity
was in the late afternoon. On October 30 a single worn specimen
was captured and no others were found after much searching. Of
the specimens captured the condition ranged from newly emerged
specimens to individuals who are almost devoid of scales. This
leads to the belief that this butterfly is gregarious, that its native
habitat must be in the deep shade of the forests in Mexico and
southward and that the specimens captured in Texas wander or are
driven in by Gulf storms. — H. B. Parks, San Antonio, Texas.

84 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXX

METHODS AND TECHNIQUE.

A Plea for Courtesy.

Several brief articles have been noted recently in which the
writers have given new names to species bearing pre-occupied
names. Apparently not one of these writers communicated with
the author of the species, pointing out the error, and giving the
describer an opportunity to make the correction himself. Such a
procedure would be only common courtesy. This point is, in fact,
covered in the Code of Ethics under Article 34 of the International
Rules of Zoological Nomenclature, but far too few workers adhere
to the ruling. If the original describer made the correction it
would make for less confusion in subsequent check lists and cita-
tions. Again, it would be the courteous thing for the original de-
scriber, in making his correction, to mention the name of the one
who called attention to the error.

In another instance a systematic worker had two species, one of
Le Conte’s and one new. He mistook the new species for Le
Conte’s and described Le Conte’s species as new with a specific key
to the genus. The error was kindly called to his attention by an-
other worker and the first worker immediately published a new
description and key, making the necessary correction, but no men-
tion was made of the one who called attention to the error; again,
a failure to observe a common courtesy.

Surely common sense should overcome the desire to be author
of a nomen mutatum; should overcome the reluctance to admit an
error through a false sense of infallibility. — Geo. R. Hopping,
Vernon, B. C.

On Mounting Leafhoppers.

The writer once mounted up and sent to a specialist some bees
that a botanical friend had collected in a pollination study. The
large bees were pinned but the smaller ones had dried out, until
they were brittle and so were mounted on card points. What that
specialist wrote about imbeciles, idiots and other amateur enomolo-
gists was illuminating, if not comforting. He concluded his letter
with this well remembered statement, “The way to mount an insect
is to stick a pin through it — the bigger the pin the better.”

The writer always intended to get together an assorted set of
finishing nails and bridge spikes and send that specialist a properly
mounted collection, but there were too many leafhoppers awaiting

April, 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 85

study and alas, too many of these leafhoppers had been mounted
by bee specialists and presented little but a verdigris impregnated
fringe around a “bigger and better” pin or perhaps they had been
glued in the middle of a cardboard paving block. If they had
escaped both these fates it was only to fall into the hands of a
coleopterist who would gleefully bend down the end of a card point
and daub one whole side of the little leafhopper with glue, thus
committing in one single stroke the two worst atrocities of leaf-
hopper mounting — hiding the wing venation and attaching by a
fragile wing, easily broken off.

But how do you mount a leafhopper? Simple — the legs, the
sternum and the venter furnish no diagnostic characters — while on
the other hand, they do furnish a relatively broad flat point of at-
tachment which when properly glued to a card point insures per-
manency without obscuring any valuable structure.

The best card points are cut by hand from heavy linen ledger
paper. The paper is cut into strips g mm. wide. A heavy razor
kept moderately sharp will cut through 6 or 8 strips at a time, and
can be varied to form extremely fine points for small species and
broader ones for the larger specimens. All points should be taper-
ing, broad enough at the base to firmly hold on a No. 2 pin and
fine enough at the point not to overlap either the face or the genital
structures. The point should be pushed up on the pin so that a
specimen can be studied by a low power compound microscope or
a hand lens without touching the pin head.

The leafhopper should be placed on its back with its head away
from the operator, the tip of the card point touched with glue (or
shellac) and pressed firmly into the middle of the under side and
then righted. The leafhopper will then be right side up on the
end of the point with its head forward and all its diagnostic char-
acters visible. In this day of high cost of pins and labor the writer
often uses io mm. card points and after mounting one leafhopper
on the end as before places three small drops of glue along the
point and with a flat forceps adds three other specimens. One of
these may be mounted bottom up to show face and genitalia if de-
sired. Usually two males are mounted near the end and two
females (or one and a nymph) nearer the pin. The sexes are thus
associated and several individuals can be compared at once. — E. D.
Ball, Tucson, Arizona.

86 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXX

EDITORIAL.

ON NEW TERMINOLOGIES.

In the natural course of editorial events one meets with all sorts
of terminologies in descriptive entomology, covering many and
diverse groups of insects.

In the first rank we have old and established terminologies, such
as those invented by the great masters of old for the larger groups ;
these are, in the main, still in use.

Next, we come to the neologisms invented by intense workers in
minor groups, to meet their own peculiar problems — problems all
of us confront when we meet with the highly specialized structures
which demand some new word to depict a positive and heretofore
undeveloped fact.

Superadded to these are the ever-changing wing-venation
schemes (we do not here impinge on their soundness), which ap-
pear to evoke new names for old things.

And we come now to morphologists in the large who make up
practically infinite series of neologisms to cover old and well-known
structures for which satisfactory names have long been in current
and accepted usage.

And the final gilded dome to this unwieldy structure, is crown-
ing touch, is the far-too-many who flower in inadequate knowledge,
who garble, misuse, mangle, and even misspell terms !

We do not touch upon the many other lesions inflicted on ter-
minology by abbreviations, by pseudo-mathematical formulae, and
by other evidences of erudition in absentia , put forth as labor-
savers (probably for some unappreciative typist).

Now, the time is come to take stock, before all of us are en-
gulfed in a bottomless quicksand of these many shifts. For a very
large proportion of these terms there is no adequate reason. Why
should there be a universal “uwantakandy” telescoping of names?
Why should there be universal recastings of terminologies ? There
are two answers to both questions : Basic ignorance ; or despair at
the undigested (and indigestible) conglomerate.

There is, of course, a reasonable solution to the problem —
namely, adequate knowledge thoroughly assimilated. We can at-
tain some of this by reading and pondering the basic definitions of
Kirby and Spence ; and in Shuckard’s translation into English of
the first volume of Burmeister’s German work. With these as a
foundation, and with the aid of a good dictionary of entomology,

April, 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 87

it should be possible to avoid so much arduous and unnecessary
labor.

But the final stabilization and correctness will never be reached
until there are hard-and-fast accurate definitions of all entomolog-
ical terms ; and a universal agreement on usage.

“Quoth the raven, ‘Nevermore.’ ”

J. R. T.-B.

A DESERVED RECOGNITION.

Science for February 15, 1935, carries the following item:
Dr. L. O. Howard, formerly chief entomologist in charge of the
Bureau of Entomology, U. S. Department of Agriculture, writes:
“Government officials of Denmark paid last autumn a very good
and well-deserved compliment to the work done in the United
States in a certain branch of science. They invited Dr. Adam G.
Boving, who for twenty-two years has been working in the U. S.
National Museum and in the Bureau of Entomology of the De-
partment of Agriculture, to cross the Atlantic and to give two short
courses of lectures in Denmark. One of these courses, given at the
Royal Museum of Zoology, of the University of Copenhagen, re-
lated to the classification of the larvae of the Coleoptera. This is a
subject that in the last century was studied by the famous Danish
workers, Schiodte and Meinert. Boving worked with Meinert and,
fortunately for us, fate brought him to the United States and to
Washington, a generation ago. These lectures were well attended
by Danish students and workers and by some men from adjoining
countries. The* book by Boving and Craighead published in 1931,
entitled ‘Illustrated Synopsis of Larval Forms of Coleoptera’ and
which has been termed ‘epoch-making’ by certain Europeans, in-
cited this course. The second course was delivered before the
Royal Veterinary and Agricultural College and aroused much in-
terest. The agricultural journals and the daily press paid much
attention to these lectures. They related to applied entomology in
the United States and especially described our organization and
methods of work. Both courses were given in September.”

The work mentioned was published in Entomologica Ameri-
cana, vol. XI, taking up the entire volume, with its 125 plates and
explanation of them, and the illuminating text.

EXCHANGES

This one page is intended only for wants and exchanges, not
for advertisements of articles for sale. Notices not exceeding
THREE lines free to subscribers. Over lines charged for at
15 cents per line per insertion.

Old notices will be discontinued as space for new ones is
needed.

COLEOPTERA. — Am interested in exchanging Coleoptera.
Carl G. Siepmann, R. F. D. No. 1, Box 92, Rahway, N. J.

DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. — Have many desirable west-
ern species to exchange, including Argynnis atossa, macaria, mor-
monia, malcolmi, nokomis; Melitaea neumoegeni; Lycaena speci-
osa; etc. Send lists. Dr. John A. Comstock, Los Angeles Mu-
seum, Exposition Park, Los Angeles, Calif.

CATOPINI: Catops ( Choleva ), Prionochaeta, Ptomaphagus.

• — Wanted to borrow all possible specimens of these genera from
North America for a revisional study. Correspondence solicited.
— Melville H. Hatch, Dept, of Zoology, Univ. of Wash., Seattle,
Wash.

HISTERIDAE — Desire to obtain material, all localities, for
identification, by purchase or exchange of other families. Chas.
A. Ballou, Jr., 77 Beekman St., New York, N. Y.

LOCALITY LABELS. — 60c per 1000, 5 in strip, 1 to 3 lines.
5 sizes type. 3J4 point, 75c per 1000. Good heavy paper. Prompt
service. A. L. Stevens, 691 Culver Rd., Rochester, N. Y.

BUY OR EXCHANGE: Pinned Microlepidoptera and papered
Pieridae of North America. Full data with all specimens. Named
material of all groups offered. Alexander B. Klots, College of the
City of New York, New York City.

WILL COLLECT for cash all ORDERS OF INSECTS, pro-
viding I receive sufficient orders prior to collecting to justify my
proceeding. Have many specimens in stock at all times for sale.
Louise Knobel, Hope, Arkansas.

JUNE, 1935

BULLETIN

No. 3

Vol. XXX

OF THE

Brooklyn Entomological
Society

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE

J. R. de la T ORRE-BUEN O, Editor

CARL GEO. SIEPMANN GEO. P. ENGELHARDT

Published for the Society by the

Science Press Printing Co.,

Lime and Green Sts., Lancaster, Pa.,

Price, 60 cents Subscription, $2.50 per year

Mailed June 17, 1935

Entered as second-class matter January 21, 1919, at the post office at Lancaster, Pa.,
under the Act of March 3, 1879

The Brooklyn Entomological Society

Meetings are held on the second Thursday after the first Tuesday of each
month from October to June, inclusive, at the Central Museum, Eastern
Parkway and Washington Ave., Brooklyn. The annual dues are $2.00.

OFFICERS, 1934
Honorary President
CHARLES W. LENG

President
W. T. DAVIS
Vice-President

J. R. DE LA TORRE-BUENO
Recording Secretary
CARL GEO. SIEPMANN
Corresponding Secretary
FREDERICK LEMMER

Treasurer

G. P. ENGELHARDT
28 Clubway
Hartsdale, N. Y.

Librarian
H. E. WILFORD
Curator

J. M. SHERIDAN

Delegate to Council of New York
Academy of Sciences
G. P. ENGELHARDT

CONTENTS

NOTES ON SYSTENA, Blake ....;, ...J. 89

GEOTRUPES ULKEI, Loding 108

BIOLOGY OF EUMENID WASPS, Rau 110

PSOQUILLA SLOSSONAE, Loding 112

BIOLOGICAL NOTES ON A RAD I DAE, Torre-Bueno 113

DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA OF THE CANADIAN ARCTIC, Bryant ... 115

HYPEOGEOCORIS PICEUS, Torre-Bueno 118

ADDITIONS AND CORRECTIONS TO REVISION OF N. AM.

VESPINAE, Bequaert 119

MIGRATION OF PYRAMEIS CARDUI, Cockerell 124

GENERIC SYNONYMY OF COLLABISMODES CUBAE, Buchanan 125

BOOK NOTES, Davis and Hayes 127

PROCEEDINGS OF THE SOCIETY, Siepmann 128

EXCHANGES 132

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Published in

February, April, June, October and December of each year

Subscription price, domestic, $2.50 per year ; foreign, $2.75 in advance ; single
copies, 60 cents. Advertising rates on application. Short articles, notes and
observations of interest to entomologists are solicited. Authors will receive 25
reprints free if ordered in advance of publication. Address subscriptions and
all communications to

J. R. de la TORRE-BUENO, Editor,

1622 East Hawthorne St., Tucson, Ariz.

BULLETIN

OF THE

BROOKLYN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Vol. XXX June, 1935 No. 3

NOTES ON SYSTENA.

By Doris H. Blake, Washington, D. C.

This paper presents the results of a study of two groups of vit-
tate species of Systena, (1) the more or less closely allied species
that have gone under the name of Systena taeniata (Say) since
Horn’s revision of the genus in 1889, and (2) the very closely re-
lated species belonging to a widespread group of which S', elongata
(Fabr.) is a well-known representative in the United States.
Drawings are given, of the Le Conte and Melsheimer types of the
species concerned and of a cotype of Boheman’s S', pallidula. In
addition, descriptions are included of three new species based on
material hitherto referred to S', taeniata in the National Museum
and other collections, and of a new Central American species which
is closely related. Except for a small collection of Systena from
the Illinois State Natural History Survey and a few specimens,
chiefly types, from the Museum of Comparative Zoology, this study
is of specimens in the National Museum. My thanks are due the
authorities in charge of these collections for the opportunity to
study this material.

Group i.

Systena taeniata (Say).

Altica taeniata Say, Long’s Second Expedition, p. 294, 1824.

Systena taeniata Horn, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 16, pp.

272, 318, 1889.

Say described Altica taeniata as “black; antennae, feet, and vitta
on the elytra, white. Inhabits North-west Territory. Body deep
black, polished ; head with rather distant, profound punctures ;
region of the antennae a little elevated and dull rufous ; antennae
pale, dusky at base and tip ; thorax punctured ; punctures rather
large and profound, but not very dense ; no impressed line ; poste-
rior angles with minute abrupt excurvature, acute ; elytra punctured

89

%JIJL 5 193?

90 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXX

like thorax, with a longitudinal white vitta on the. middle of each,
commencing at the middle of the base and extending rectilinearly,
with a slight degree of attenuation to near the tip and occupying
about the sixth part of the surface; feet pale, posterior thighs
dusky towards the tip. Length three-twentieths of an inch. This
species resembles A. striolata Schoenh. (which seems to be Crio-
ceris vittata and Galleruca elongata of Fabr. . . .) but it is larger,
of a more elongated form, and the vitta of the elytra is not flexuous
as in that common and profusely named insect. I have not met
with it in the Atlantic States.”

The type of Say’s species, unfortunately, is lost. Horn, who first
placed taeniata?- in the genus Systena, stated that he did so on ac-
count of Say’s description of the thorax as having “prominent or
excurved hind angles” and because of “his mention of G. elongata
in the description.”1 2 In his table of species (p. .318), Horn syn-
onymized with taeniata Le Conte’s species ligata, ochracea, mitis,
and bitaeniata, and Melsheimer’s species blanda , the types of all of
which are in existence in the Museum of Comparative Zoology at
Cambridge, Mass., and also 5. pallidula Boh., which is in the
Stockholm Museum. In his discussion of taeniata, Horn recog-
nized as intergrading varieties Le Conte’s species ligata, ochracea,
and mitis, and Melsheimer’s blanda, but he did not discuss at all the
species bitaeniata or pallidula. The types of all of these except
pallidula have been examined, and not one of them agrees in every
respect with Say’s description of taeniata. In fact, the writer has
been unable to find a species of Systena that does entirely fit A.
taeniata as described by Say. Since Say’s type of taeniata is no
longer in existence, and since his description cannot be applied with
certainty to any one of the four species here distinguished in the
material that has hitherto been called taeniata, it seems necessary to
drop the name for any one of these species.

Systena blanda Melsheimer. (Figs. 1 and 2.)

Systena blanda Melsheimer, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vol.
3, p. 164, 1847.

Systena taeniata var. blanda Horn, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc.,
vol. 16, pp. 273, 318, 1889.

1 In Gemminger and Harold’s Catalogus Coleopterorum, vol. 12,
p. 3516, 1876, it is given as a synonym of Phyllotreta vittata Fabr.

2 Le Conte, Coleoptera of Kansas and Eastern New Mexico, p.
26, 1859; regarded taeniata as synonymous with H. elongata Fabr.,
which he placed in the “division Systena ” of Haltica.

June, 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 91

Melsheimer described Systena blanda as testaceous, with the an-
tennae and body beneath black, the elytra with reddish brown sub-
sutural vitta and lateral margins. The habitat was given as Penn-
sylvania.

In the Melsheimer collection at the Museum of Comparative
Zoology at Cambridge are io specimens, following a series labeled
“ blanda Melsh. Pa. Ziegler,” that are labeled “Pennsylvania,
Melsheimer.”3 These are all one species, although there is a slight
variation in coloring. The punctation of the head is not dense
but scattered and fine, the surface is very shining and pale reddish
brown, the lower front paler yellow, and the labrum dark. The
outer joints of the antennae are deep brown or piceous. The an-
tennae do not extend to the middle of the elytra; the third joint is
shorter than the fourth or fifth, which are subequal, the remaining
joints slightly shorter. The prothorax has rounded sides and is
slightly wider before the middle and contracted before the base.
There is a faint depression on each side near the base ; the surface
is shining, finely and not densely punctate, and pale yellow with the
lateral margin and often a little of the side brown or piceous. The
scutellum is usually brownish. The elytra are shining pale yellow,
more densely and regularly punctate than the prothorax, but not
coarsely or deeply so. There is a reddish brown common sutural
vitta uniting at the apex with a lateral marginal one, these vittae
frequently being not much darker than the pale yellow of the elytra.
The edge of the lateral margin is often deep piceous as far as the
apical curve. The epipleura, prosternum, and legs are pale, but the
metasternum and abdomen vary from reddish brown to piceous.

This is the only pale vittate Systena found east of the Mississippi
River. The only other eastern vittate species, commonly known as
5\ elongata Fabr., is black with a yellowish white median elytral
vitta.

Systena blanda is also found west of the Mississippi River.
Specimens from Iowa, Missouri, and Kansas do not differ from
specimens from New York to Georgia. In the Rocky Mountains,
however, the species takes o$ a darker coloring. For instance, of
4 specimens from Burley, Idaho, the head in 2 is deep brown, the
prothorax in 3 is irregularly darkened, the elytral vittae in all are
piceous, and the epipleura, undersurface, and legs tend to be pice-
ous. A similar deepening in coloration is found in specimens from
Utah, Colorado, New Mexico, and Texas (Bosque Co.). Since

3 Hagen, H. A. (Can. Ent., vol. 16, p. 196, 1884) states that he
“put on every pin a small printed label ‘Melsheimer’ to record the
former proprietor.”

92 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXX

other species of Systena closely resembling both the eastern pale
form and the darker western form of blanda are found west of the
Mississippi, the only certain method of identifying blanda from
those regions is by examining the aedeagus.

Systena blanda belongs to a group represented north of the Mex-
ican border by blanda , blanda subspecies ligata, and mitis. They
are rather broadly oblong species, mostly pale, with distinctly punc-
tate and vittate elytra and a less densely punctate prothorax, the
lateral edges of both prothorax and elytra usually being dark. The
antennae do not extend to the middle of the elytra, the prothorax
is scarcely more than a third wider than long, with a basal impres-
sion at the sides, and the aedeagus is distinctive in having a lateral
notch on each side near the apex. This peculiar notch occurs in
one other group of species, to which S. elongata belongs, but the
apex of the aedeagus in that group is not acute but broad.

None of the species of the blanda group exactly fits Say’s de-
scription of A. taeniata. They all differ by having dense elytral
punctation and less dense pronotal punctation, and all, except in-
frequent very dark forms of the California subspecies ligata, are
pale as contrasted with the “deep black” of taeniata.

This species has been collected on the following plants: bean
(Marshall Hall, Md.) ; corn (Columbia City, Ind.) ; cucumber
(Madison, Wis. ; Plymouth, Ind.); cotton (Atlanta, Ga. ; Red
Springs, N. C.) ; Perilla foliage (Madison, Wis.) ; pursley (Mus-
catine, Iowa); sugar beets (Bowling Green, Ohio; Fort Collins,
Greeley, Rocky Ford, Colo.; Wellsville, Mendon, Utah; Burley,
Idaho) ; Salsola pestifer (Taos, N. M.) ; turnip (Knox, Ind.) ;
wheat (Cuckoo, Va.).

Specimens have been examined from: New York (Ithaca) ; New
Jersey (Riverton, Troy Hills) ; Pennsylvania (Cove Mt., Frank-
ford, Glen Olden, Lehigh Gap, Philadelphia, Terre Hill) ; Mary-
land (Beltsville, College Park, Glen Echo, Marshall Hall, Mt.
Holly) ; Washington, D. C. ; Virginia (Arlington, Cuckoo, Glen-
carlyn, Grassymead, Pennington Gap, Richmond, Smithfield) ;
West Virginia (White Sulphur) ; North Carolina (Greensboro,
Mitchell Co., Red Springs) ; South Carolina (Dean) ; Georgia
(Atlanta) ; Mississippi (Jackson) ; Ohio (Belmore, Bowling
Green); Kentucky; Indiana (Columbia City, Knox, Plymouth,
Marion) ; Illinois (Algonquin, Antioch, Aurora, Carbondale, Du-
bois, Grand Tower, Marshall, Oakwood, Pulaski, Salts) ; Wiscon-
sin (Madison) ; Iowa (Muscatine) ; Kansas (Mackenzie, Riley
Co., Rooks Co., Topeka) ; Missouri; Texas (Bosque Co.) ; New
Mexico (Barton, Estancia, Maxwell, Taos) ; Utah (Mendon,

June, W35 Bulletin x)f the Brooklyn Entomological Society 93

Wellsville) ; Colorado (Colorado Springs, Denver, Fort Collins,
Greeley, Pueblo, Rocky Ford) ; Idaho (Burley) ; Alberta (Medi-
cine Hat).

Two specimens in the Bowditch collection from Surinam labeled
in Jacoby’s handwriting umarginicollis Cl.” and “compared with
type,” both females, are indistinguishable from blanda.

Systena blanda subspecies ligata (Lee.). (Figs. 3 and 4.)

Haltica ligata Le Conte, Pacific Rail. Rept., p. 68, 1857.

Haltica ochracea Le Conte, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. (vol.
10), p. 87, 1858.

Systena taeniata var. ligata and var. ochracea Horn, Trans.

Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 16, pp. 273, 318, 1889.

Le Conte described H. ligata from one specimen, a female, col-
lected at San Jose, Calif., which bears the Museum of Comparative
Zoology Type No. 4458 and the label “S. ligata Lee., S. Jose.”
This specimen has a dark piceous, shining head, somewhat paler
along the middle of the lower front, about the antennal bases, and
around the eyes ; the tubercles are well defined ; the occiput and
vertex have several coarse and numerous finer punctures and a
fairly smooth impunctate area in the middle. Both antennae are
missing. The prothorax is slightly wider before the middle and
contracted near the base, with a slight depression on each side near
the base, and is shining piceous with irregular paler reddish brown
areas ; the surface is not densely or coarsely punctate, but there are
a few coarser punctures behind the middle. The elytra are shining
and more regularly and densely but not very coarsely punctate.
The sutural and lateral-marginal vittae are piceous and unite at
the apex, the paler intervening vitta being clouded at the base with
brown. The undersurface is dark, shining, and with scanty pubes-
cence ; one anterior and two middle femora and two posterior legs
are present, the anterior and middle femora and posterior tibiae
being paler and the posterior femora dark.

Haltica ochracea was described from a single specimen from San
Diego, Calif., which bears the label “H. ochracea Lee., S. D.” and
the Museum of Comparative Zoology Type No. 4460. It is a
somewhat misshapen specimen, possibly immature or twisted from
being in alcohol, with the abdomen so shrivelled that the sex is not
easily determinable. The prothorax, too, is not contracted near the
base, as in typical specimens of Systena (probably deformed), the
sides being widest at the base and narrowed anteriorly in nearly a
straight line. The head is shining and deeper yellow than the pro-
thorax, with a brown labrum and tubercles, and on each side of

94 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society XXX

the vertex are 6 or 7 coarse punctures. The antennal joints are of
the same proportions as in S. blanda, with the first four basal joints
paler than the outer ones. The prothorax is pale yellow, with the
anterior lateral margin slightly edged with deeper brown, shining,
rather irregularly punctate with a group of coarser punctures near
the base, and with a short basal impression on each side. The
elytra are shining pale yellow with barely visible traces of a sutural
and a lateral marginal vitta joined at the apex; the punctation is
somewhat obsolete but dense. The metasternum and the abdomen
are dark brown and the legs pale.

At first glance the very pale, somewhat distorted specimen from
San Diego, with scarcely any sign of vittae, does not resemble the
dark vittate specimen from San Jose, but a close comparison shows
the two to be very similar in structure, and other specimens are
found that present intergradations in color. A series of specimens
from Sacramento, Calif., shows a wide color range from specimens
even darker than typical ligata to some nearly as pale as typical
ochracea. In several there are only traces of the pale elytral vittae,
and one specimen from Chico has entirely dark elytra. Other spec-
imens fully as pale as the type of ochracea occur in a large series
from Huntington Beach, Calif., a series in which there are also
dark specimens.

This Pacific coast Systena so closely resembles Systena blanda
that it is unlikely that it is more than a subspecies of blanda. The
aedeagus of the western specimens is very similar, the tip being
only a little more pointed. Again the Pacific coast specimens are
slightly larger and usually more deeply and coarsely punctate, the
prothorax being usually but not always more densely punctate,
and the' coloring is often more variable in a single series from one
locality than is found in the more eastern specimens from such
widely separated points as Pennsylvania and Colorado. Differences
of this sort occur in numerous species of Chrysomelidae that on
the Pacific coast appear to take on a different habitus from their
very close eastern relatives.

Specimens of this subspecies have been examined from the fol-
lowing California localities: Chico, Chino, Davis, Guerneville,
Hamilton City, Huntington Beach, Irrigosa, Justin, Lindsay, Los
Angeles, Oxnard, Pasadena, Pomona, Sacramento, Salton, San
Bernardino, San Mateo, Santa Ana, Santa Clara, Spreckels, Van
Nuys, Whittier.

It has been collected on sugar beet (Huntington Beach, Pasa-
dena, Oxnard, Hamilton City, Spreckels, Chico, Chino) ; potato
(Whittier); Helianthus sp. (Chino, Lindsay, Van Nuys); mus-

June, 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 95

tard (Santa Ana) ; radish (Guerneville) ; and alfalfa (Sacra-
mento) .

Systena mitis (Lee.). (Figs. 6 and 7).

Haltica mitis Le Conte, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. (vol. 10),
p. 87, 1858.

Systena taeniata var. mitis Horn, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol.
16, pp. 273, 318, 1889.

The specimen bearing the label “H. mitis Lee. Col.” in the Le
Conte collection, which also has the gilt label indicating the local-
ity California and the Museum of Comparative Zoology Type No.
4459, is a somewhat immature specimen with the elytra a little
curled under at the apex, the coloring not fully developed, and the
abdomen so twisted that the sex is not determinable from that.
This specimen may be regarded as the type, since the label “Col.”
evidently refers to Colorado River, Calif., the type locality. Fol-
lowing it is a second of the same species, also with a gilt label ; a
third, probably the same species, with no label; a fourth, not the
same species, labeled “Cal.,” with signs such as Crotch used; and a
fifth, probably the same, with no label. It is unlikely that Le Conte
had before him more than the first two specimens at most when
describing mitis , since the rest do not bear labels corresponding to
his type locality, and do not all agree with his description. In the
type specimen, the head is reddish brown, a little paler on the lower
front and on the extreme occiput, with a dark lab rum, and with
numerous coarse punctures on each side of the vertex. The an-
tennae are entirely reddish brown and the third, fourth and fifth
joints are about the same length. The prothorax is widest a little
before the middle, the sides are rounded, and there is an indistinct
transverse basal impression more apparent on the sides; the sur-
face is very shiny with scattered coarse punctures, and paler yellow
than the head, the lateral margins and a little of the sides being
darker or piceous. The elytra are rather shallowly, not very
coarsely and rather densely punctate, and have a reddish brown
sutural and lateral marginal vitta united at the apex, with the apex
a little paler. Beneath, the sides of the prosternum, mesosternum,
and metasternum are dark, and the abdomen and legs pale.

As Le Conte states, mitis resembles blanda very closely. In gen-
eral, it is larger and more slender than blanda , with a more coarsely
punctate head, the antennal joints are entirely reddish brown in-
stead of having darker outer joints, and the abdomen is usually
pale, which is not true of blanda. The only certain method of dis-
tinguishing mitis , however, is by the aedeagus, which has a longer,
more tapering tip than that of blanda. The aedeagi of two males

96 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXX

in a series from Amarillo, in northwestern Texas, appear to be in-
termediate in shape between those of blanda and mitis. From the
standpoint of comparison of aedeagi, blanda and blanda subspecies
ligata are more closely related to each other than either is to mitis,
but all three are very similar in external appearance and by some
will doubtless be regarded as merely geographic races of one some-
what variable widespread species.

Specimens of mitis have been collected at Yuma, Ariz., on alfalfa
and at Amarillo, Tex., on sugar beet.

This species is represented in the National Museum collection
from California (El Centro, Holtville, Salton) ; Arizona (Ft.
Yuma) ; New Mexico (Las Vegas) ; Colorado (Rocky Ford) ;
Texas (Amarillo).

Systena mesochlora, n. sp.

(F«. 8.)

Elongate-oblong, about 3.5 mm. long, shining, with very
finely and sparsely punctate head and prothorax, and densely
and distinctly punctate elytra ; pale yellow or greenish yellow,
the mouth parts, and usually the lateral margin of prothorax,
and in dark specimens, the sutural and lateral-dorsal vitta,
dark brown ; in paler specimens only traces of elytral vittae ;
sides of prosternum, metasternum, and abdomen more or less
dark.

Head smooth, shining, very finely and sparsely punctate ;
deeper yellow over occiput; mouth parts dark; frontal tuber-
cles distinctly marked. Antennae long, slender, pale yellow,
extending to middle of elytra, third joint usually a little
shorter than fourth or fifth, which are subequal. Prothorax
with rounded sides, wider before the middle, about a third
wider than long, depressed more or less distinctly across base ;
surface shining, finely punctate; pale yellow or greenish yel-
low, with lateral margin and the lateral sides usually narrowly
touched with brown. Scutellum rounded at base, yellow or
brown. Elytra oblong with small humeral prominences, shin-
ing, densely and distinctly punctate; pale yellow or greenish
yellow, in pale specimens frequently with little trace of vittae,
in darker specimens with dark sutural and lateral-dorsal vittae,
not joined at apex, sutural vitta not reaching apex and lateral
vitta not near margin. Body beneath shining, lightly pubes-
cent, sides of prosternum, metasternum, and often abdomen
in part dark. Legs pale, frequently with outer edge of tibiae
and apex of hind femora dark. Length 3.5 to 3.8 mm., width
1.5 to 1.6 mm.

Type male and 5 paratypes (3 males and 2 females) U. S. N. M.
Cat. No. 50116, collected at San Jose, Costa Rica, by J. F. Tristan,
in April, 1928.

June, 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 97

Other locality. — San Isidro, Costa Rica.

This species has the usual rather broadly oblong shape, pale col-
oring, sparsely and finely punctate head and prothorax, and more
densely punctate elytra characteristic of the blanda group. Like-
wise, the under surface is more or less dark. The aedeagus re-
sembles those of the group in being pointed and having a lateral
notching on the sides near the apex, but differs in minor details
shown by the illustration. N. mesochlora is further distinguished
by the elytral markings, which differ in that the vittae do> not join
at the apex, the lateral one is not near the margin, and the sutural
one does not reach the apex. It is' possible that the living beetles
are distinctly green instead of yellow, as there is a greenish hue to
some of the dried specimens.

Systena bitaeniata (Lee.). (Fig. io.)

Haltica bitaeniata Le Conte, Coleoptera of Kansas and East-
ern New Mexico, p. 26, 1859.

Systena bitaeniata Horn, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 16, p.
318, 1889.

Le Conte described H. bitaeniata as elongate, piceous black, and
above very shining (pernitida) with the head posteriorly paler, the
thorax fuscous testaceous with three obscure spots, sparsely punc-
tulate, with a light transverse basal impression, foveate in the
middle; Ihe elytra dark, punctate, with a wide pale dorsal and a
marginal vitta, these vittae often uniting near the apex; the an-
tennae and legs fuscous, the posterior femora obscure. The habitat
is given as Santa Fe, N. Mex.

There is no specimen labeled bitaeniata in the Le Conte collec-
tion of Systena, but there are 3 unnamed specimens ( 1 male and 2
females) with a green-circle label, which indicates the Southwest-
ern States, that correspond with Le Conte’s description. The head
is shining, with fine, not dense punctation, becoming a little coarser
near the distinctly marked frontal tubercles. The color is some-
what variable, being brownish with a dark labrum and an indefinite
dark area over the tubercles, a paler area across the vertex, and a
dark spot behind the eye and in the middle of the occiput. The an-
tennae are reddish brown, slender, not extending to the middle of
the elytra, the fourth joint longer than the third. The prothorax
is shining, rather sparsely and finely punctate, distinctly impressed
across the base in the male and less so, with a median basal fovea,
in the 2 females. The sides are rounded and wider before the
middle. The prothorax is paler than the head, marked by three
indefinite darker areas consisting of a median streak widened an-

98 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXX

teriorly and two lateral dark spots ; in one of the females these
spots and the median dark streak coalesce. The elytra are shining,
not densely or coarsely punctate, with a dark sutural and lateral
vitta not reaching the apex, the apex, margin and epipleura and
median vitta on each elytron being pale. Beneath, the body is dark,
the prosternum paler at the margin, and the legs yellowish brown
except the darker hind femora. The male is about 4.5 mm. and
the females 5 mm. long.

This dark vittate species is quite distinct from blanda, blanda
subspecies ligata, or mitis. It is more highly polished, more lightly
and not very densely punctate, with slightly longer and more slen-
der antennae, with a differently shaped and wider prothorax, which
is more or less darkly clouded, and with the edge of the elytral
margin frequently and the epipleura nearly always pale. The
aedeagus is entirely different from those of the blanda group. This
species differs from Say’s description of Altica taeniata in having
finer punctation and a paler prothorax, and usually in having a pale
elytral margin as well as pale epipleura.

There is considerable variation in the coloring of this species.
Dark specimens occur in which the head is nearly all black, the pro-
thorax dark except for a pale streak along the basal margin, and
the elytra have only a narrow pale median vitta on each elytron.
Even in the darkest specimens, however, the epipleura are nearly
always pale. The palest specimens have a reddish brown head and
prothorax in which there may be little trace of darker areas, and
the elytra have a wide median pale vitta, which is joined at the
apex to a narrower marginal pale vitta. The punctation, too, is
often more distinct in some specimens than in others, but it is never
coarse.

S'. bitaeniata has been collected on “bracted bindweed” ( Convol-
vulus sp.) in Alberta (F. S. Carr), and swept from locoweed in
Arizona (E. E. Russell).

Specimens have been examined from Arizona (Ashfork, Flag-
staff, Palmerly, Cochise Co., Petrified Forest, Prescott) ; Utah
(City Creek Canyon, Ft. Douglas, Marysvale, Provo, Wasatch,
Wellsville) ; Nevada; New Mexico (Fas Vegas) ; Colorado (Fa
Plata Co., Fookout Mt., Jefferson Co.) ; ‘‘Dakota”; Alberta (Med-
icine Hat) ; California (Bridgeport).

Systena pallidula Boh. (Fig. 5.)

Systena pallidula Boheman, Eugenies Resa, p. 192, 1858-9.

The habitat of Systena pallidula as given by Boheman is “St.
Fransisco,” Calif., and Insula Puna (an island off the coast of

June, 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 99

Ecuador). Horn,4 with no discussion of the species, placed it
under vS\ taeniata in his synonymy, and there it has remained ever
since. A. Roman, of the Natural History Museum at Stockholm,
in correspondence with the author, states that there are io speci-
mens in the type material of S', pallidula, and has sent one as a gift
to the National Museum. Mr. Roman has compared specimens
sent him of all the pale species known from California, and writes
that S', pallidula is different from any of them, and that the species
may be a South American one, since “mistakes in labeling have not
been rare in the ‘Eugenia’ material.” He writes that the collection
of S', pallidula consists of 6 specimens from “California” and 3
from Puna, but these are possibly a different species. The name
pallidula was originally given by F. Sahlberg to one of his species
from South Brazil, “of which we have one specimen, but this
species being undescribed, Boheman took the name for his own
species.”

The cotype sent, a female, differs from any of the species from
western North America examined by the writer by having a nar-
rower head with narrower interocular space, and by having the
elytra considerably wider than the prothorax. In coloring, too, the
whole insect is pale, the head being a trifle deeper yellow over the
occiput, and the elytra differ from those of the western species by
lacking any trace of vittation. The frontal tubercles are rather
indistinctly marked and the punctation of the head is extremely
fine and sparse. The antennae are slender and more than half the
length of the body, with the third joint a little shorter than the
fourth, fifth or sixth, which are long and subequal. The prothorax
is not quite twice as wide as long and wider before the middle, with
a distinct basal impression, and is finely and densely punctate. The
elytra have feeble humeral prominences, are considerably wider
than the prothorax, and finely and moderately densely punctate.

A single specimen, also a female, in the National Museum collec-
tion, from Corozal, Canal Zone, Panama, is very similar to the
cotype of pallidula and probably represents the same species. Since
the Frigate Eugenia stopped for 2 weeks in the Bay of Panama
and at the Island of San Jose (one of the Perlas Islands near
Panama), it seems reasonable to suppose that the type locality of
S', pallidula (as represented by the specimen sent) may be Panama
rather than either Puna Island, off the coast of Ecuador, or San
Francisco, Calif.

The description of A. taeniata, a polished black beetle with a

4 Horn, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 16, p. 318, 1889.

100 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXX

single white vitta on each elytron, does not fit either in regard to
color or sculpture this pale, very finely punctured species.

Systena laevis, n. sp. (Fig. 9).

Elongate-oblong, slender, about 3.5 mm. long, shining, very
finely and indistinctly punctate, pale yellow with slightly
deeper yellow head and antennae and sometimes a reddish-
brown, narrow sutural vitta not reaching apex, rarely a trace
of a lateral vitta ; elytra especially in male not much wider than
prothorax.

Head smoothly rounded over occiput and very finely punc-
tate, deep yellow with lower front paler and mouth parts often
edged with brown ; frontal tubercles rather indistinctly
marked. Antennae about half length of body, pale, third joint
usually a little shorter than but occasionally subequal to
fourth, fifth or sixth, which are subequal, with the fourth
slightly longer. Prothorax approximately one and a half times
as broad as long, with sides only slightly curved as seen from
above and widest before the middle; depressed at sides of base
but not distinctly so across base; surface shining and finely
punctate; usually entirely pale but in dark specimens with
traces of three poorly defined spots. Scutellum rounded.
Elytra not much wider than prothorax, with feeble humeral
prominences, very smooth, shining, and finely punctate; in
pale specimens often no trace of vittation, in darker specimens
a narrow reddish-brown sutural vitta usually not extending to
apex and wider in the middle, rarely a trace of a lateral vitta.
Under surface and legs usually pale, but in darker specimens
the metasternum and abdomen may be reddish brown. Length
3 to 3.8 mm., width 1 to 1.5 mm.

Type male and 4 paratypes (1 male and 3 females), U. S. N. M.
Cat. No. 501 17, collected by F. S. Nunenmacher, in Esmeralda Co.,
Nevada, 7 June, 1907.

Other localities. — California (Geysers, Los Angeles, Pasadena,
Riverside, San Diego, Santa Monica) ; Arizona (Clemenceau, Gila
River Valley, Glendale, Globe, Tucson, Winslow) ; Utah (Leeds,
Salt Lake) ; Nevada (Esmeralda Co., Reno) ; Colorado (Durango,
Paonia, Pueblo).

This species in its pale form frequently has no trace of elytral
vittae. Since N. pallidula Boh. is also an entirely pale species with
the habitat given by Boheman as San Francisco, Calif., and Puna
Island (both probably erroneously), N. laevis, the only entirely pale
species that does occur in California, has been identified in some
collections as N. pallidula. It differs from that species in having a

June, 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 101

wider head with wider interocular space and in having the elytra
not greatly wider than the prothorax. The elytra in pallidula are
conspicuously wider than the prothorax. It is distinguished from
S. blanda , mitis, and bitaeniata by being more finely punctate. It is
one of the palest and smoothest of North American species of Sys-
tena, rarely having a trace of a lateral elytral vitta. It differs from
the pale but more coarsely punctate eastern species, N. marginalis
Illig., by having smooth polished elytra. As is also true of -S', pal-
lidula, Say’s description of A. taeniata can in no way be applied to
this pale, finely punctate species. S', semivittata Jac., described
from Guanajuato, Mexico, a cotype of which is in the Bowditch
collection, differs from this species by having a narrower interocular
space, more pronounced frontal tubercles, a more densely punctate
vertex with a distinct median vertical line extending up from be-
tween the tubercles, and a narrower prothorax.

Systena laevis has been collected on sugar beet at Pasadena,
Calif.

Systena californica, n. sp. (Fig. 12).

Elongate-oblong, slender, about 4 mm. long, polished, head
and prothorax finely and not densely punctate, elytra more dis-
tinctly and densely punctate; black, antennae varying from
yellowish brown to deep reddish brown, a pale median elytral
vitta; tarsi and sometimes apex of femora and often head in
part reddish brown.

Head rounded over occiput, tubercles not very distinctly
marked, surface polished, finely punctate on front and in
middle of occiput ; deep piceous, often with two reddish brown
areas on occiput and a paler streak below eyes. Antennae long
and slender, extending nearly to middle of elytra. Third joint
usually shorter than fourth, varying from a little more than
half as long to being subequal ; fifth, sixth and seventh joints
nearly as long as fourth or subequal to it; varying in color
from yellowish to reddish brown, basal joint dark and apex
of each joint darker than base. Prothorax not twice as wide
as long, widest a little before the middle, with rounded sides,
not depressed at base, very polished and finely and not densely
punctate, frequently more densely so at base, in some speci-
mens punctation more distinct; usually entirely black, but
sometimes a deep reddish margin along base. Elytra narrowly
oblong, without humeral prominence, rather distinctly and
densely punctate ; black with a pale median vitta, this slightly
wider at base. Body beneath black, apex of femora and tarsi
sometimes paler. Length 3.8 to 4.4 mm., width 1.5 to 1.8
mm.

102 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXX

Type male and 3 paratypes (1 male and 2 females) U. S. N. M.
Cat. No. 50118.

Type locality. — “California.”

Four specimens of this species, bearing only the locality label
“Cal.” and the label “Belfrage collection,” are in the National Mu-
seum collection. Other specimens, not of similar mounting but with
the same locality label, are in the Bowditch collection at the Mu-
seum of Comparative Zoology, and another, a male, in the Le Conte
collection labeled “Cala.” with the letter F, is determined as N.
taeniata by Horn. H. C. Fall writes me that the letter F indicates
that it was collected by Crotch at Santa Barbara, Calif. Mr.
Fall has in his own collection three specimens of this species, which
he had recognized as new, collected by him in June in the foothills
of the Sierra Madre about 5 miles north of Pomona, California.
He writes that they are similar to the Le Conte specimen in being
extremely finely and sparsely punctate on the head and prothorax.
Still another specimen, also labeled “Cal.,” is in the collection of
the Illinois State Natural History Survey.

This species is easily confused with N. bitaeniata (Lee.), but is
darker and lacks the pale elytral margin usually found in bitaeni-
ata. The prothorax is not so wide, the elytral punctation is more
distinct, although not coarse, and the shape of the aedeagus is quite
different. It differs from Say’s description of A. taeniata in the
punctation of the elytra, which are much more densely and dis-
tinctly punctate than the prothorax, and also in the color of the
legs, but otherwise it corresponds more closely with Say’s, descrip-
tion than does any other of this group examined by the writer.

Systena carri, n. sp. (Fig. 11).

Elongate-oblong, about 4 mm. long, moderately shining,
head and prothorax finely and rather densely punctate, elytra
usually more distinctly punctate. In pale specimens head and
antennae reddish yellow, prothorax paler yellowish brown
with darker clouding, elytra black with a median pale vitta
wider at base and apex, margin and epipleura pale, body be-
neath piceous with paler brown legs ; in dark specimens entire
insect dark piceous except the reddish-brown antennae and
tarsal joints and sometimes a paler reddish-brown margin
around the pronotum.

Head rounded over occiput, dark reddish yellow or piceous
with labrum always dark; finely and not densely punctate;
tubercles rather indistinct. Antennae reddish or brown, not
extending to middle of elytra, third joint usually very little
shorter than fourth or fifth, which are subequal with the

June, 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 103

fourth usually slightly longer. Prothorax not twice as wide
as long, but wider proportionately than in the S'. blanda or
elongata groups ; sides somewhat rounded, widest a little
before the middle, a slightly depressed fovea in middle of base
and one on each side, in some specimens these foveae very in-
distinct ; surface distinctly but finely and moderately densely
punctate ; in pale specimens color yellowish or reddish brown,
paler than head, usually with poorly defined darker brown
areas irregularly clouding it ; in dark specimens piceous, often
with anterior and basal margins narrowly reddish brown.
Elytra oblong with feeble humeral prominences, usually more
coarsely punctate than prothorax ; in pale specimens epipleura,
lateral margins, and apex pale, and a pale median vitta widen-
ing at base and connecting with pale lateral margin over
humerus ; in dark specimens elytra entirely piceous or with
only indistinct traces of paler median elytral vittae. Body be-
neath lightly pubescent, piceous, in pale specimens legs reddish
or yellowish brown with the posterior femora dark ; in dark
specimens legs nearly piceous with the tarsi deep reddish
brown. Length 3.8 to 4.5 mm., width 1.8 mm.

Type male and 1 paratype (female), U. S. N. M. Cat. No.
501 19, collected by F. S. Carr, at Ft. Saskatchewan, Alberta, 10
July, 1922.

Other localities. — Alberta (Edmonton, Cypress Hills).

Systena carri in its entirely dark form might possibly be con-
fused with S'. hudsonias Forst., but A. hudsonias is more slender
with a narrower prothorax and with less arcuate sides, and has
varicolored antennae. In its vittate form, carri closely resembles
S. hitaeniata (Lee.) and S', dimorpha Blake.5 All three are dark
vittate species with a wide prothorax, and in pale forms all have
pale elytral margins. S', carri may be distinguished from S', hitaeni-
ata by its less polished and more coarsely punctate surface, particu-
larly of the elytra, and by the differently shaped aedeagus. It is
distinguished from S', dimorpha by having a less coarsely punctate
head, and by not having a row of coarse punctures along the inner
margin of the eye and over the frontal tubercles, which are promi-
nent in S', dimorpha. There is no difference in coloration in the
sexes as in that species, and the aedeagus is quite different. S', carri
appears to be the most northern of the three species, having been
found only in the mountains of the Cypress Hills range, at about
4000 ft. altitude, and in the vicinity of Edmonton, Alberta. Mr.
Carr, to whom the species is dedicated, collected it at Edmonton

5 Blake, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., vol. 35, p. 181, 1933.

104 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXX

on spreading dogbane ( Apocynum sp.) It differs from Say’s de-
scription of A. taeniata by being paler in its vittate form and by
having more densely punctate elytra.

Group 2.

Systena elongata (Fabr.). (Figs. 13, 14, and 15.)

Galleruca elongata Fabr., Ent. Syst. SuppL, p. 99, 1798; Syst.
Eleuth., p. 500, 1801.

Altica elongata Oliv., Ent., vol. 6, p. 694, 1807.

Systena elongata Gemminger and Harold, Catalogue, 1876;
Crotch, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 69, 1879; Horn,
Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 16, p. 272, 1889.

H altica subaenea Le Conte, Pacific Railway Rept., p. 68, 1857.

In addition to the citations given above, the synonymy of Systena
elongata has been more or less interwoven with that of Phyllotreta
vittata, making the entire history extremely complicated. From his
brief description of Galleruca elongata, there is room for consider-
able doubt whether Fabricius was describing a Phyllotreta or a
Systena. The description, translated, runs thus : “ Aeneous black
with a whitish vitta on the elytra. Habitat North America, Smith
Barton. Small, but longer than the others. Antennae missing.
Head and thorax aeneous black, immaculate. Elytra smooth with a
wide whitish median vitta. Body aeneous black, femora strongly
incrassate.” There is no mention of the pale legs or the distinctly
punctate upper surface, and the elytra are described as “laevia.”
Otherwise the description may be applied to the species that is to-
day commonly known as N. elongata, and until a Fabrician type
can be examined the writer has no desire to change the name.

The species commonly known as Systena elongata is widespread
over the United States, and there is little difference between speci-
mens found in Florida. Texas, New York, and Manitoba. As in
N. blanda, however, specimens from the Rocky Mountains and the
Pacific coast do present differences in markings. A series of 4
from Lehi, Utah, has the prothorax deep reddish brown with a
paler basal margin instead of entirely black. This paler prothorax
is also found in 5 of 6 specimens from Washington. In California
the color is even more variable. In a series of 4 females from Sac-
ramento, 2 are like the eastern specimens, 1 is slightly paler along
the basal margin of the prothorax, with the vittae represented only
by two spots at the base of the elytra, and 1 is entirely dark except
for the antennae and legs, the posterior femora of which are dusky.
A similar variation in color is shown in another series labeled sim-

June, 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 105

ply “California/’ A large series in the collection of the Illinois
State Natural History Survey, from Huntington Beach, Calif.,
cannot be distinguished in any way from the eastern specimens.

Le Conte described Haltica subaenea from a single entirely dark
female from San Jose, Calif. (Museum of Comparative Zoology
Type No. 4457). There is a second specimen in his collection, of
which he made no mention at the time of his description, also bear-
ing a gilt label indicating the locality California. It is likewise a
dark female, and although with no trace of elytral vittae, it has a
little paler head and a barely distinguishable paler streak along the
base of the prothorax. The aedeagi of the dark Pacific coast forms
do not differ from those of the eastern vittate specimens, and the
occurrence of both forms together in several series of specimens
from the West indicates that this dark form is scarcely worthy of
distinction in nomenclature.

Specimens of Systena elongata have been examined from the
following localities : New York (Binghamton) ; Maryland (Breton
Bay, Chesapeake Beach, Chapel Point, Cabin John, Bladensburg) ;
Washington, D. C. ; Virginia (Clarendon, Mt. Monroe, Ragged
Point, Rosslyn) ; North Carolina (Wilmington) ; South Carolina
(Calhoun, Holly Hill, Pregnall) ; Florida (Haw Creek, Haulover,
Enterprise, P. Orange) ; Alabama (Alberta, Coleta, Marion,
Selma) ; Mississippi (Hattiesburg, McCalla, Natchez, Pachuta,
Port Gibson, Utica) ; Louisiana (Baton Rouge, Berwick, Avery
Island, Lake Charles, Mound, Opelousas, New Orleans) ; Texas
Kirbyville, Trinity) ; Arkansas (Camden, Danville) ; Nebraska
(Westpoint) ; Tennessee (Elmwood, Nashville) ; Illinois (Grand
Tower, Pulaski) ; Minnesota (Duluth, Fergus Falls) ; South Da-
kota (Brookings, Volga) ; Utah (Lehi, Kaysville) ; Manitoba
(Rosebank) ; Washington (Chehalis, Pullman) ; California
(Fresno, Huntington Beach, Los Angeles, Sacramento, Siskiyou).

It has been collected on the following plants: alfalfa (Sacra-
mento, Calif.) ; Ambrosia sp. (Avery Island, La.) ; beets (Nor-
folk, Va.) ; cotton (Marion, Ala.) ; potato (Bladensburg, Md.) ;
radish (Baton Rouge, La.).

Systena basalis Jaquel. (Fig. 16.)

Systena basalis Jaquel., Historia de la Isla de Cuba, vol. 7, p.

129, 1856.

In the West Indies occurs a species, N. basalis Jaquel., closely
related to N. elongata but differing from it mainly in having the
sexes differently marked. The proportions, color, punctation, and
aedeagus are very similar to S. elongata, and the male beetle is

106 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society V 61. XXX

practically indistinguishable from it. The female, however, instead
of having an entire pale elytral vitta, has only a small basal pale
spot, or at most a basal and an apical pale spot.

Systena thoracica Jac. (Fig. 17.)

Systena thoracica Jacoby, Biol. Central. Amer., vol. 6, pt. 1, p.
333, 1884.

Systena bohemani Jacoby, Biol. Central. Amer., vol. 6, pt. 1,
p. 334, 1884.

In Mexico and Central America occurs a third species (the male
described by Jacoby as S. bohemani, the female as thoracica),
also closely related to N. elongata and basalis and, like basalis,
showing sexual differences in coloration. In a previous publica-
tion6 I synonymized thoracica with .S', basalis, but study of a
larger series of specimens and comparison of the aedeagi have con-
vinced me that this is a distinct though closely related species. It
differs from basalis in that the aedeagus has a slightly more pro-
nounced lobing near the tip, as can be seen from the illustration,
and also in that the sexual difference in coloration is not exactly
the same as in basalis. In basalis the elytral vitta is entire in the
male but seen only as a basal and sometimes apical spot in the
female. The coloring of both sexes is black or aeneous black. In
the female of thoracica, the elytral vitta may be complete or repre-
sented only by a spot at the base, or lacking. In the male, the vitta
may be entire or represented only by a basal spot. But the male of
thoracica is pale reddish brown whereas the female is black. In
the limited number of specimens at hand it appears that the entire
elytral vitta is more frequently present in the male than in the
female; in other words, the female tends not only to be darker in
coloring but to lack the vitta, as in the West Indian species.

In the specimens at the National Museum, the only difference
between a male and a female from La Ceiba, Honduras, is that the
male is pale reddish brown and the female black, both having entire
elytral pale vittae. In three specimens from Tuxtla, Mexico (type
locality of bohemani) , one male is like that from La Ceiba, being
pale reddish with an entire elytral pale vitta, one female, also vit-
tate, is piceous but not quite so dark as the female from La Ceiba,
and the second female is black with only a basal spot representing
the elytral vitta. A pair from Ingenio, Guatemala, is colored like
those from La Ceiba. In a pair from Coban, Guat., both sexes
have only a pale basal spot on the elytra, but the male is reddish

Blake, Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc., vol. 26, p. 80, 1931.

June, 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 107

and the female darker. In a pair from Chinandega, Nicaragua, the
elytral vitta is present in both sexes and the female is only a little
darker than the male. One female from Colima, Mexico, which I
believe is of this species, is entirely dark.

In the Bowditch collection at Cambridge, Mass., under bohemani
is a cotype of S. bohemani, a male, from Tuxtla, Mexico, and an-
other specimen, a male, from Vera Cruz, Mexico, the latter col-
lected by H. H. Smith. Both are pale reddish brown with entire
elytral vittae. These are from Jacoby’s collection. Following these
is a series of 7 from Manatee, British Honduras, determined as
bohemani by Bowditch. Of these 5 are males of the typical pale
tan coloring and with entire pale yellow elytral vittae, and 2 are
dark females, 1 with the elytra entirely dark except for a dot at the
base of the elytra, and the other with an entire elytral vitta. Bow-
ditch, disregarding the similarity of these dark females to Jacoby’s
thoracica, rightly regarded them all as one species.

A paratype of S'. thoracica from Duenas, Guata., the first locality
mentioned by Jacoby, a female, is black with a very narrow pale
elytral vitta; another paratype from Zapote, Guata., also a dark
female, is similarly marked but with a wider pale vitta; a third
paratype from San Geronimo, Guata., and two from Orizaba, Mex-
ico, all females, are black with only a pale spot at the base of the
elytra. There are 3 more dark females with entire pale elytral
vittae, 2 of them from Vera Cruz, collected by H. H. Smith, and
evidently of the same series as the single pale male labeled
bohemani.

Explanation of Plate III.

Fig. 1. S\ blanda Melsh., cotype (§) in Melsheimer collection;
aedeagus of specimen from Philadelphia, Pa.

Fig. 2. 5. blanda Melsh., dark variety, from Estancia, N. Mex.

Fig. 3. S'. blanda subsp. ligata (Lee.), type ($) of ligata in Le
Conte collection; aedeagus of specimen from Sacra-
mento, Calif.

Fig. 4. S'. blanda subsp. ligata (Lee.), type ( ?§) of ochracea in

Le Conte collection; aedeagus of specimen from Hunt-
ington Beach, Calif.

Fig. 5. S', pallidula Boh., cotype (2) from Stockholm Museum.

Fig. 6. S', mitis (Lee.), type ( ?2) in Le Conte collection; aedea-

gus of specimen from Yuma, Ariz.

Fig. 7. S', mitis (Lee.), variety from Amarillo, Texas.

Fig. 8. S', mesochlora n. sp., San Jose, Costa Rica.

108 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXX

Fig. 9. 5*. laevis n. sp., Esmeralda Co., Nev.

Fig. 10. 5. bitaeniata (Lee.), cotype (<^) in Le Conte collection;

aedeagus of specimen from Arizona.

Fig. 11. 5*. carri n. sp., Cypress Hills, Alberta.

Fig. 1 2. 6'. calif ornica n. sp., California.

Fig. 13. 5. elongata (Fabr.). Chapel Point, Md.

Fig. 14. S', elongata (Fabr.), dark variety, type (5) of subaenea

in Le Conte collection; aedeagus of dark specimen
from California.

Fig. 15. S. elongata (Fabr.), vittate form from California.

Fig. 16. S', basalis Jaquel., Bayamon, P. R.

Fig. 17. S', thoracica Jac., <£ and 2'J§, Tuxtla, Mexico.

Geotrupes ulkei Blanchard. — With ten years interval I had
taken two specimens of this apparently rare beetle under rocks on
Monte Sano, Madison Co., Ala. On a visit to the mountain last
June our party set out to learn something more about this evasive
species. Turning rocks brought no results. (And did we turn
rocks? An old man coming down the mountain path saw us at
work, stood stock still for a while and finally asked what we
thought we were doing. When told we were hunting beetles he
chuckled and said, “Well, I’ll be damned; I have walked these
mountains for years and this morning I couldn’t think what was up
for every doggone rock on the mountain was turned upside down.
Them must be goldbugs you are hunting sure enough.”) Giving
up the rocks, which by the way yielded many fine Carabids, we
turned to scratching leaves and finally Dr. Jones gave a yell —
there was our Geotrupes close to a small cylindrical hole in the
ground, in diameter the size of a lead pencil and about an inch and
a half deep, with some leaf frass at the bottom. Looking for holes
in the ground was the next order of business and brought fourteen
specimens all similarly located under leaves on level ground at the
side of mountain paths, never more than one specimen in a hole one
and a half to two inches deep with leaf frass at the bottom, no
larvae. In July, Dr. Jones again visited the mountain and this time
besides several beetles also found three larvae, two in one hole and
one in another. The food seems to be decomposing leaves. And
so endeth another rare species. — H. P. Loding, Mobile, Ala.

Bull. B. E. S., You XXX, No. 3

Plate III

S. elongat'd dorK var
(Type ^Subcienea)

15 S.elon^ ata

("from California)

16, S. basal is

(from PorToRico.)

17. S. thoracica c? o

(all from "TuxTla, Me>?)

9

110 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXX

NOTES ON THE BIOLOGY OF CERTAIN
EUMENID WASPS.*

By Phil Rau, Kirkwood, Mo.

Odynerus perennis Sauss. Twigs collected in January, 1928, in
St. Louis County, Mo., gave forth three adults, June 1 to 5, of the
same year. The three that emerged came from the top cells in the
twig; the lower three cells contained dead adults that apparently
could not bite their way through the mud partitions.

Odynerus designatus Cress. One specimen feeding on flowers
of white snakeroot on banks of the Meramac River at Allenton, Mo.

Odynerus ( Stenodynerus ) pedestris Sauss. A sumac twig taken
at House Springs, Mo., August 7, 1932, when opened was found
to have two adults in the cells ready to emerge. The twig was ex-
cavated by some other insect, and reused by this wasp. The parti-
tions were made of mud and were very thin ; the cells measured
three- fourths inch in length and there was a two-inch vestibule
between the outside plug and the first cell-wall.

Odynerus pennsylvanica Sauss. A twig containing a nest of this
species was taken May, 1928. One June 5, 1928, a wasp of this
species emerged and a month later a parasitic fly emerged from
another cell in this nest. The fly was identified by Mr. C. T. Greene
as Spogostylum oedipus Fab.

Odynerus foraminatus Sauss. This species does not spin a
cocoon when ready to pupate as do many of the sister species, but
the larvae do show vestiges of this spinning habit, which of course
indicates that sometime, somewhere, possibly in other climes or
places, cocoon spinning was a normal occurrence. In opening up a
hollow stem containing a nest of this species on July 27, 1930, I
found all of the pupae naked, but I also found that each larva
before pupating had used what little spinning material it possessed
in making an attempt to revive this old habit. The male in cell No.
3 had spun a diagonal sheet upon which it rested, the female in cell
No. 1 had had enough material to build a wall in front of her head,
while the female in cell No. 2 had spun a very thin web across the
floor. The larvae of other species in this genus, O. dorsalis for in-
stance, which over-winters in the ground, spins tough waterproof
cocoons, but here, at least in the summer brood of a twig dwelling
Odynerus, we see no need for this protection; therefore 0. fora-
minatus has almost entirely lost the habit of cocoon spinning.

* All specimens of wasps were identified by Dr. Grace Sand-
house.

June, 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 111

However, O. foraminatus may have a second generation that win-
ters over in the larval stage, if so it would be interesting to compare
the spinning propensities of those that over-winter with those that
mature during the summer.

Ancistrocerus ( Pseudodynerus ) quadrisectus Say. On Septem-
ber i, 1930, six female wasps were seen carrying caterpillars to
their nests at Wickes, Mo. The nests were in the abandoned bur-
rows of the carpenter-bee Xylocopa virginica.

Ancistrocerus ( Ancistrocerus ) catskillensis Sauss. This species
was introduced about my home in the nests of the common mud
dauber collected in St. Louis County. While the introduced stock
nested in mud-daubers cells, their progeny nested in old nail- and
key-holes about the house. At St. Albans, Mo., several mothers
were seen carrying caterpillars to their nests in the abandoned bur-
rows of the mining bee, Anthophora abrupta, in a clay bank.

Ancistrocerus waldeni Viereck. At Devils Lake, Wisconsin, 011
May 20, 1932, I removed a mud wall covering a small “V” shaped
depression in a rock, and found this mother wasp, a half dozen

112 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXX

small green caterpillars, and an egg hanging from the roof by a
silken thread. The egg was evidently deposited before food was
provided, and the mother was still bringing in her prey when her
work was interrupted. The caterpillars were very active and re-
mained alive for several ways, the last survivor dying six days
later.

Ancistrocerus birenimaculatus Sauss. A mud nest taken at
Flushing, N. Y., and sent to me by Mr. Kenneth W. Cooper gave
forth eight adults (5 females and 3 males) between May 20 and
June 1, 1930. The nest, attached to a stem (fig. 1) was taken in
the open and was undoubtedly made by this species. This masonry
habit of nest building is unusual for members of this genus ; the
nest resembles somewhat in appearance that of our common mud
dauber Sceliphron caementarium ; the latter, however, at least in
St. Louis climate, do not build nests exposed to the weather.

Ancistrocerus fulvipes Sauss. This wasp is frequently seen
about my garden, sometimes flying to her nest with a caterpillar
dangling from her jaws. When thd prey is too large it impedes her
flight, and on one occasion I saw a mother wasp meet the situation
in a very intelligent way. The caterpillar was unusually long and
unwieldy; I saw her rest on a leaf, deliberately fold the prey in
half ; then grab its middle in her jaws, and by tucking the two
dangling ends flat against her thorax and holding them in place
with the middle pair of legs, she flew without difficulty to her nest.
This was in an old bee burrow in the clay bank.

Erratum: On page 67, 4th line from bottom, “Fig. 1” should
read “Fig. 3.”

A Psocid, Psoquilla slossonae (Banks), ( Psocinella slossonae
Banks) was found last October in great numbers on the plastered
walls of a bungalow in Mobile, Ala. The house had been closed
for some months and the minute booklice were found hiding in
nearly every little pit and pinhole on the wall. When disturbed
they jumped clear and out of sight, but with a reading glass and a
vial of alcohol in one hand and a camelhair brush in the other I
managed to satisfy Mr. A. N. Caudell, of the National Museum, of
the identity of the species, which until I got it under the microscope
and saw it had wings — two well developed and two vestigial, I
took to be a springtail. It seems this is the third record of the spe-
cies in the United States, the type specimens were found by Mrs.
Slosson on butterflies drying on her spreading boards in 1900, and
a later record also from Florida came from a library in Jackson-
ville.— H. P. Loding, Mobile, Ala.

June, 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 113

BIOLOGICAL NOTES ON ARADIDAE.

By J. R. de la Torre-Bueno, Tucson, Arizona.

The three species of this family found at Onteora, in the Cats-
kills, alt. 2,400 feet, were Aneurus inconstans Say, Aradus robustus
Uhler, and A. quadrilineatus Say.

As to Aneurus inconstans, data on occurrence have relatively
little significance. I have found this species — adults, nymphs and
ova — in winter under suitable bark. On August 16, 1932, A. in-
constans was found under bark of a small beech log lying in a shady
spot by a roadside. The 20 adults secured were found under rather
close-lying loose bark, not damp — in fact, it felt dry to the hand.
On July 1, 1933, I got a few more under bark of another fallen
log. They were found under somewhat dry bark on the smaller
branches, where it was cracked and loose. On September 3rd,
under loose bark, three adults and one half-grown nymph of the
species were noted. On July 5, 1934, under bark — and fairly tight
bark, too — of a short end of a maple log lying on the ground
among bushes, a number of adults were found together with sev-
eral groups of eggs. They were along the loose edges of the bark
where it was separated from the trunk, but dry; none was found
where it was damp. The eggs were attached to the surface of the
wood and not on the underside of the bark, as is the case with
Neuroctenus.

The two species of Aradus gave more interesting results. Ara-
dus quadrilineatus appears to be an inveterate rambler. It was
found abroad singly, apparently at rest from flight, on a number of
occasions. On July 22, 1933, at 6 : 30 p. m., one was found perched
on one of the flags of the walk ; on the 28th, another was found on
one of the stone steps. On July 15, 1934, one was picked up on
the high house porch. This habit had been noted before on a warm
April day in New England, when A. quadrilineatus was seen
perched on bean-poles in a pile, in the sunlight, ready for flight;
and frequently since. On August 16, 1932, on the outside of the
beech log where Aneurus was found and at the same time (about
10 a. m.) near a crack in the bark were one large and one small
nymph, which reached the adult on August 24, a week later ; the
larger was quadrilineatus and the smaller A. robustus. On July
11, 1933, from the damper parts of a fallen log noted nymphs of
A. quadrilineatus , from the last to the third instar. The following
year, on July 4, I saw two quadrilineatus nymphs on a log near a
road, one about 2nd and the other 4th (?) instar, both walking

114 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXX

about. They did not come from the damp parts under the bark,
but apparently from the dryer, whence I disturbed them. Again
on July 9 I noted the same 5th instar nymph. It was sitting on the
bare upper side of the log, where the bark had been peeled off, in
the full sunshine. It appeared to be asleep — at least, it was in the
resting position and entirely motionless — antennae stretched
straight forward held close together and apparently resting on the
surface ; the body likewise lying right on it. I watched for two or
three minutes and it did not move in that time, not even the usual
vibration of the antennae, which among the aradids appears to in-
dicate attention or alarm. Again on July 14, I saw the same two
nymphs on the bare part of the log, in resting position. During the
greater part of the day they are concealed under the dry part of the
bark. A little later, the larger nymph had concealed itself entirely;
and the smaller had taken shelter under the loose edge of the bark.
On the end of the log, on the bare wood, was another smaller
nymph, possibly 2nd instar; this was paper-thin, while the older
nymph was quite thick through the body — obviously about to molt.
Cigarette smoke was blown on the smaller nymph, which began to
walk about apparently aimlessly. On July 15, at 1:30 p. m., the
three nymphs were found after some search and put in a glass jar
together with same pieces of bark for their shelter. These nymphs
appear not to be negatively heliotropic. They were put in the full
daylight from a window while in resting position and it did not dis-
turb them in the least. When touched, they feigned death, keep-
ing the legs close to the body, antennae closely held together and
pointed forward and absolutely motionless. While in captivity
they were very inactive — at least, they got progressively thinner
until they died some time in late August without any of them
transforming to the adult.

Aradus robustus was first found under loose bark of a beech
log, a nest of nymphs on July 25, 1932. Two of these same
nymphs were noted on the outside of the log, in the sun, on Au-
gust 4. On August 16 I once more noted two nymphs on the out-
side of a beech log near a crack in the bark, the larger of which
was the quadrilineatus before mentioned ; and the smaller, which
came to the adult some time between the 24th and 28th turned out
to be robustus. On July 3, 1933, one adult A. robustus was taken;
another was found on July 19, in company with four nymphs from
the 2nd to the 5th instars. These were kept alive, but did not sur-
vive in captivity. The last robustus to be taken was recorded on
July 27, 1934, from under the bark of a hemlock log lying along
the road over the dam at the lake.

June, 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 115

NOTES ON THE DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA OF THE
CANADIAN ARCTIC COLLECTED BY OWEN
BRYANT IN THE SUMMERS OF
1929 TO 1932.

By R. A. Leussler, Omaha, Nebraska.

With Introduction and Field Notes
By Owen Bryant, Tucson, Arizona.

III.

Notes on the Species.

By Owen Bryant.

The editor very kindly submitted to me the proof of this article
thereby enabling me to make the introduction agree better with the
final draft of the body of the article which I had not seen. The
following notes on the species occurred to me. The numbers refer
to the numbers used in the text.

(8) Colias nastes race rossii as it occurs on Herschel is a dark
dwarf race.

(n) Mr. Donald Mackie, of Edmonton, Alta., took a specimen
of Oeneis jutta at Bilby, Alberta, which seemed to me as dark as
the Arctic specimens and quite like it though the two were not
directly compared. Jutta is fairly common in a spruce muskeg at
Bilby but all the specimens I took or saw there during a summer’s
collecting were normal, and Mackie took only one or two dark ones
in many seasons. On the other hand all the specimens seen in the
Arctic were of the dark form. I believe it deserves to be recog-
nized as a distinct subspecies and therefore propose for it the name
leussleri subspecies nova.

(26) Leussler’s remark, “An early summer species,” suggest the
following notes on the Arctic summer. The season is very differ-
ent in the delta region, and probably in the southern portion of
Bathurst Inlet, as near as I could learn from the Police who often
winter there on their boat the St. Roche as a floating detachment.
The Police boat is always free to move in the Inlet long before it
is possible for it to round Cape Bathurst on its yearly trip for sup-
plies to Herschel Id., which it generally reaches late in July.

The coast west of the Delta, including Herschel Id., is cold and
continually beset with ice in summer. The coast near Bernard
Harbour is even colder and occasionally almost shut off by ice
throughout the season. The coast east of Bathurst Inlet is ex-

116 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXX

tremely cold in winter and, I believe, also in summer. Many in-
stances are recorded in Johansen’s notes of butterflies flying when
the temperature was 44 ° to 56°. Polygonia is the only butterfly
genus seen flying in the Delta region in weather approaching that.
It was flying over snow but in a warm sun.

In the Delta region spring and willow blossoms appear about
May 15th. The river ice goes out about June 1st at which time
summer may be said to begin and insects to be numerous. Before
June 1st few insects appear and those are mainly species which are
found in greater numbers later. Only a few species like Tilea can
be taken easier on the snow than they can later.

By July 1st the summer is half over from the point of view of
insect emergence and many species were not taken much after that
date. It may be considered mid-summer. In some seasons at the
end of July, in others at the end of August, cold stormy weather
may set in and last almost continuously throughout the balance of
the season with the final freeze-up taking place about October 1st
or sometimes much earlier. 1929 was very fine through most of
September enabling me to get an unusual number of species for
that season. About 160 species of beetles were taken although I
did not arrive at Aklavik until August 26, on which date I got 6
species of Syrphidae with one swipe of the net on one of the few
flowers remaining, a large Senecio.

(29) Only 1 specimen of improba showed anything approaching
the marked purple band of frigga and most of them show no sug-
gestion of it as I remember them.

More specimens occurred at the higher altitude on Black Mt.,
and therefore more variation might be expected there.

(30) Brenthis distincta is a strong flier and can be recognized
on the wing mostly through its greater size. It flew principally
over low herbaceous plants or along the edge of a three foot growth
of black birch, alder and willows.

(32) Polygonia arcticus seen on May 13, on the slope of Black
Mt., at 500 to 1000 feet, were flying actively over the snow on
which we were still travelling by dog sled and on skis.

(33) No specimens of Polygonia were seen in the late part of
any of the four seasons spent in the Delta. It seems to me there-
fore more likely that they do not emerge until spring, regardless
of their habits elsewhere. Any one who has seen the effect of an
Arctic snow storm on the butterflies would not expect to find good
specimens, in spring, of species which emerged the previous sum-
mer. Apparently no good specimens are found after a snow storm
except those which emerge after the storm.

June, 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 117

(34) A number of Aglais j-album in nice condition were flying
along the beach at Norman. This locality is in a well wooded
region, with the timber line at about 4000 feet. It is several hun-
dred miles up the Mackenzie from the Coast or even the Delta,
which begins below Arctic Red River, and therefore has little bear-
ing on the question of emergence of Polygonia in spring or fall in
the Delta.

(38) Everes amyntula seemed to be of a much deeper blue than
Alberta specimens.

(45) Lycaenopsis marginata. These struck me as being lighter
and more silvery in color than Alberta specimens.

Alberta has more than 1 50 species of butterflies, many of which
extend into the Mackenzie basin which includes the water of the
Peace, Athabasca and Mackenzie rivers with Lake Athabasca,
Great Slave Lake, Great Bear Lake and the waters emptying into
them.

The Mackenzie basin is a more or less homogeneous region
gradually changing from a Canadian fauna and flora in the south
to an Arctic fauna and flora in the north. On the west it is bounded
by the Continental Divide, on the south by a warmer region whose
waters flow into Hudson Bay and on the east by the Hudson Bay
drainage area. The region sloping east into Hudson Bay is notice-
ably colder than that sloping west into the Mackenzie. The region
sloping east from the crest of the Rockies to the Mackenzie has a
rather early spring as recorded by geologists who wintered at the
head waters of the Gravel River west of Ft. Norman. The Liard
River comes from a warm region and the ice goes out of it long
before the Mackenzie ice breaks up. Somewhere near its head
waters is what is known as the “Tropical Valley,” it is so warm.

Timber line in the Rockies near Banff is 7000 to 7600 feet; at
Ft. Norman it is about 4000 feet; while west of Aklavik it reaches
about 700 feet only in the most favorable locations.

About Banff the fauna is a pure Canadian fauna at 4500 feet
which drops out by degrees up to timber line where the remaining
species mingle with those of the Arctic Alpine Region which zone
has a very limited fauna peculiar to it. The highest portions of the
Alpine region is occupied mainly by small Hymenoptera. No
recognizable Hudsonian zone occurs in the Rocky Mts., either in
plants or animals. The changes met in going from the southern
Alberta plains to the summit of the Rockies is therefore very simi-
lar to those experienced in going to the Arctic ocean via the Mac-
kenzie River though less marked.

118 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXX

The fact that the distribution of insects does not correspond
with that of their food plants is apparently very obvious when col-
lecting in the Arctic. For example, certain families of beetles had
escaped me in the Arctic but when I located colonies of Spiraea in
1931 they were quite devoid of Mordellidae which family can al-
ways be taken on it in Alberta. Some Histeridae occur in scolytid
borings in spruce, others are very fond of dead fish in Alberta. I
was entirely unable to find any specimens of Histeridae in the
Delta, though I searched under acres of bark and put out fish for
bait. The farthest north I found the family was at Simpson though
no doubt it goes farther north than that. Roses have practically
none of the fauna on them that occur in Banff. No Rhynchites or
Pachybrachys, and no Cynipidae making stem or root galls were
found on rose. No Chalcididae were bred from rose seeds in the
Arctic.

References: Harper (Churchill Butterflies), Can. Ent.,? 1933,? p.
— ?. Paper on Butterflies of Baffin Land and Ellesmere Land
in Can. Ent.,? 1932,? p. — ?.

Note on Hypeogeocoris piceus Say. — This species is not
uncommon ; and it may always be found where five-finger ( Poten -
tilla canadensis) covers the ground. I always have searched for it
in order to get specimens of the extremely rare macropterous form
— so rare that in my thirty years’ collecting I have not found more
than three or four. This search I carried on constantly and sedu-
lously in my three summers in the Catskills. In this period, I did
not see more than 30 or 35 adults in spite of the abundance of their
food plant in the field where I sought them, in Tannersville. The
first nymph of the species was noted on July 27, 1933, and the first
adult on July 30, 1934; the last nymphs on August 18 of that same
year, and the last adult on September 17, 1932. Of these adults,
five were macropterous, an unusual proportion when it is borne in
mind that in the lower latitude about New York City, so few had
been taken before among hundreds of adults secured. The nymphs
of this species are readily known from those of the others of the
genus Geocoris by their shining jet black body relieved by their
bright red, very prominent eyes. — J. R. de la Torre-Bueno,
Tucson, Arizona.

On Mosquitoes. — An entomologist reports that mosquitoes can
get along and be amply nourished without preying on humans.
Don’t tell us — tell the mosquitoes.— N ewspaper.

June, 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 119

ADDITIONS AND CORRECTIONS TO THE REVISION
OF NORTH AMERICAN VESPINAE (ENTO-
MOLOGICA AMERICANA, 1932).

By J. Bequaert, Department of Tropical Medicine,
Harvard Medical School.

I intend publishing from time to time additional information on
the Nearctic Vespinae, based largely upon material sent in for
identification. Except for some of the rarer forms, I shall only
put on record localities which add a State to the known range.

CHECK LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN VESPINAE.

It has been suggested that it might be useful to have a list of the
several forms recognized as valid, together with their synonyms,
so that their relationship might be ascertained at a glance.

Vespa Linnaeus.

1. Vespa crahro var. germana Christ. (Introduced).

Vespula C. G. Thompson.

Subgenus Vespula, proper.

1. Vespula vulgaris (Linnaeus) (Syn. : communis H. de Saus-

sure ; alascensis Packard ; westwoodii Shipp) .

2. Vespula maculifrons (R. du Buysson) (Syn.: communis var.

flavida Sladen).

3. Vespula pensylvanica (H. de Saussure) (Syn.: occidentalis

Cresson) .

4. Vespula rufa (Linnaeus). Represented in North America by

the varieties :

4 a. var .intermedia (R. du Buysson).

4 b. var. atropilosa (Sladen).

4 c. var. vidua (H. de Saussure).

4 d. var. acadica (Sladen) (Syn.: rufa var. americana R. du
Buysson) .

4e. var. sladeni J. Bequaert.

4/. var. consobrina (H. de Saussure) (Syn.: scelesta Mc-
Farland; sulcata Howard).

5. Vespula austriaca (Panzer) (Syn.: borealis F. Smith; arborea

F. Smith; tripunctata Packard; inf emails H. de Saussure).

6. Vespula! squamosa (Drury) (Syn.: lineata Fabricius; cuneata

Fabricius; cruciata Lepeletier; Carolina Lepeletier; bistriata
McFarland; macfarlandi Lewis; conchacea Christ).

7. Vespula sulphurea (H. de Saussure).

120 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXX

Subgenus Dolichovespula Rohwer.

8. Vespula maculata (Linnaeus) (Syn. : maculata americana

Christ).

9. Vespula arenaria (Fabricius) (Syn.: borealis W. Kirby; dia-

bolica H. de Saussure).

9 a. var. fernaldi Lewis.

10. Vespula norwegica (Fabricius) (Syn.: britanica Leach; bore-

alis Zetterstedt ; saxonica var. arctica Friese) .

10 a. var. norvegicoides (Sladen).

10 b. var. albida (Sladen) (Syn.: marginata W. Kirby;

? peruana H. de Saussure) .

11. Vespula adulterina (R. du Buysson) (Syn.: norvegica sax-

onica natio colchica Birula) .

11 a. var. arctica Rohwer (Syn.: borealis Lewis).

ADDITIONAL RECORDS AND OBSERVATIONS.

E. O. Essig (1926, p. 885) records observations on a Vespula
of the Northwestern States which builds its nests in holes in the
ground. According to W. B. Anderson, in this case the mouth
may be surrounded by a small clay chimney to keep out the water.
This interesting departure from the usual behavior of Vespinae
should be confirmed, and the species of wasp which has acquired
this peculiar habit should be determined.

Vespa crabro Linnaeus. — According to information received
from Mr. Chas. S. Anderson, the European hornet is now widely
distributed in southeastern Pennsylvania. He sent me specimens
from Linglestown, Rockville and Clarks Valley, and he wrote me
that at the State Bureau of Plant Industry, at Harrisburg, there
are records on file from Port Clinton, Hawley, Minersville, E.
Stroudsburg, Lansdowne, Williamsport, Montoursville, Lebanon
and Palm. M. Rothke and P. P. Calvert (1932) give additional
Pennsylvania records : Scranton, Lackawanna Co. ; Swarthmore,
Cheyney, New Britain. I have seen a male taken by T. W. Cook at
Norfolk, Virginia.

Vespula vulgaris (Linnaeus). — I have now seen males of this
species from Iowa (Ledges State Pk., Boone), New Hampshire
(Jafifrey), and Indiana (Shades) ; and queens and workers from
Montana (Hill Top Mt., Ravalli Co.), Arizona (Alpine, 9,000 ft.),
and Pennsylvania (State College).

I should have mentioned that, as early as 1857, F. Smith (Stain-
ton’s Entomologist’s Annual, p. 30) wrote: “The Vespa vulgaris

June, 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 121

of Europe cannot be specifically distinguished from what has been
considered to be its American representative.”

J. Wyman’s (1861) observations relate to V. maculifrons , not to
V. vulgaris.

V es pula maculifrons (R. du Buysson). — I have seen queens and
workers of this species from Rhode Island (Providence) and
males from Indiana.

J. Wyman’s (i86x) observations on the nest of an undetermined
Vespa, were based upon V. maculifrons, as shown by part of the
material (workers, queens and males) taken from the nest and
recently found by Mr. R. Dow at the Boston Society of Natural
History.

Vespula pensylvanica (H. de Saussure). — I have seen males of
this species from Montana (Lake Ronan, Lake Co. ; La Salle, Llat-
head Co.; Ravalli Co.).

On p. 95 of the “Synopsis,” line 16 from below, correct the typo-
graphical error “pensylaniva” to “pensylvanica.”

Vespula rufa var. sladeni J. Bequaert. — I have seen this form
from Montana (Lake Ronan, Lake Co.) and Idaho (Troy; Horse
Creek, Lemhi Co.). Also several additional specimens from Wash-
ington State (Mt. Rainier; Keyport; Lriday Harbor), Oregon
(Antelope Mt., Harney Co.; on the trail between Breitenbush
Springs and Lake Leone, 2,222 to 3,900 ft.), and British Columbia
(Walhachin; Vernon).

Vespula rufa var. consobrina (H. de Saussure). — I have seen
this wasp from Indiana and Rhode Island.

Vespula rufa var. vidua (H. de Saussure). — I have seen this
wasp also from Ohio (Crane Hollow).

Vespula rufa var. acadica (Sladen). — An interesting additional
record is a queen taken by Mr. R. Dow at Reading, Massachusetts,
April 30, 1933. Prof. C. H. Kennedy also sent me a series of
workers from Douglas Lake, Cheboygan Co., Michigan, where this
form occurred together with the var. vidua.

Vespula austriaca (Panzer). — I have seen additional specimens
from Washington State (Mt. Rainier), Idaho (Troy), New Mex-
ico (Little Tesuque Canyon near Santa Le), and British Columbia
(Mt. Cheam).

Vespula squamosa (Drury). — The following name should be
added to the synonymy of this species: Vespa conchacea Christ,
1791, Naturgesch. Insekten Bienen Wespen u. Ameisengeschl., p.
259, PI. XXV, fig. 5; no sex; “New York”; with a reference to
“Drury, I, p. 98.”

122 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXX

At the Museum of Comparative Zoology there are a worker and
a queen taken by Dr. W. M. Mann at San Miguel, Hidalgo, in the
State of Chihuahua (Mexico), west of the iooth Meridian. I
have also seen a queen from Blount Co., Tennessee (C. H. Ken-
nedy).

Vespula maculata (Linnaeus). — I have seen this species also
from Wyoming (Moose P. O., Jackson Hole, 6,600 ft.), Montana
(Laken Ronan, Lake Co.; Medicine Springs, Ravalli Co.; Hamil-
ton; Hill Top Mt., Ravalli Co.; Blodgett Can., Ravalli Co.), and
Mississippi (Oxford). The northernmost locality known to me in
British Columbia is Chilcotin (near 520 N. lat.).

Vespula arenaria (Fabricius). — I have seen the typical form of
this species also from Idaho, Washington State (Mt. Rainier), and
Ohio.

I should have mentioned that Fabricius in 1775 briefly described
the nest of his V. arenaria : “Habitat in Americae arenosis, favos
struens pianos, horizontales, incumbentes; cellis hexagono-pris-
maticis, deorsum spectantibus.” This description, of course, refers
to one of the combs, apparently sent with one of the workers.

In connection with the nesting habits, some years ago (1925)
Prof. J. C. Bradley called my attention to the fact that V. arenaria
sometimes builds true aerial nests. He himself observed two such
nests near Ithaca, N. Y., one of them suspended about 15 ft. in
the air on the side of a house. In both cases he positively identified
the species of wasp.

Vespula norwegica var. norvegicoides (Sladen). — Four workers
of this form were collected at Douglas Lake, Cheboygan Co., Mich-
igan, by Prof. C. H. Kennedy.

Vespula norwegica var. albida (Sladen). — As Prof. Cockerell
has pointed out (1932), the name Vespa marginata Kirby, 1837,
is antedated by Vespa marginata Gmelin, 1790, in Linnaeus’ Syst.
Nat., 13th Ed., I, 5, p. 2766 (based upon an European fossorial
wasp of unknown identity). Two names placed in the synonymy
of “marginata Kirby” are available to replace it. The older is
Vespa peruana de Saussure (1868), based upon workers sup-
posedly from “Peru altior [= Ecuador] ; Quito.” The synonymy
of this wasp with “ marginata Kirby” is based upon the study by
R. du Buysson of one of the types, presumably received from de
Saussure. Recently I inquired from Dr. F. Maidl whether the true
type of peruana was not at the Vienna Museum ; but he writes no
specimen of either peruana or marginata is in their collection. Pos-
sibly de Saussure retained peruana for his own collection which is

June, 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 123

now at the Geneva Museum. While this locality “Quito” was un-
doubtedly due to some error, it is by no means clear how the No-
vara Expedition could have obtained workers of (‘marginata
Kirby,” a wasp peculiar to Alaska and Labrador. Moreover, de
Saussure’s description does not quite agree with the boreal form of
norwegica; he does not mention the rufous spot which is almost
always present on the sides of the second tergite in the worker of
(‘marginata Kirby.” For the foregoing reasons, I prefer to adopt
at present the second available name, albida Sladen (1918), the
identity of which is beyond dispute.

Vespula adulterina (R. du Buysson). — Additional localities:
British Columbia: Vernon; Chilcotin; Okanagan Lake; Summer-
land; Vancouver. — Washington State: Mt. Adams. — Montana:
Ravalli Co.

Vespula adulterina var. arctica Rohwer. — I have seen specimens
from Ontario (Ottawa).

Additions to the Bibliography.

Aaron, S. F. 1932. The stinging sorority. Nature Magazine.
XIX, pp. 157-161.

Betz, Barbara J. 1932. The population of the nest of the
hornet Vespa maculata. Quart. Rev. Biology, VII, pt. 2, pp.
197-209.

Bromley, S. W. 1931. A preliminary annotated list of the
robber flies of Ohio. Ohio State Mus., Science Bull., I, pt. 2,
pp. 1-19.

Brown, A. W. A. 1934. A contribution to the insect fauna of
Timagami. Canad. Entom., LXVI, pp. 261-267 [Hymen-
optera] .

Champlain, A. B., and Kirk, H. B. 1926. Bait pan insects.

Ent. News, XXXVII, pp. 288-291.

Cockerell, T. D. A. 1932. The Vespula marginata of Kirby.

Pan-Pacific Entom., VIII, pt. 4, p. 161.

Cushman, R. A. 1933. Notes on Sphecophaga hurra (Cres-
son) , an ichneumonid parasite of Vespula maculata L. Proc.
Ent. Soc. Washington, XXXV, pp. 10-11.

Duncan, C., and Pickwell, G. 1931. The story of the yellow-
jacket. Nature Magazine, XVIII, pp. 225-228 and 257.
Elson, J. A. 1932. Some observations on the predatory habits
of Vespula diabolica. Ent. News, XLIII, pp. 22-23.

Essig, E. O. 1926. Insects of western North America. (New
York), ix+ 1035 pp.

Ewing, H. E. 1928. Observations on the habits and the injury

124 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxx

caused by the bites or stings of some common North Amer-
ican arthropods. Amer. Jl. Trop. Medic., VIII, pp. 39-62.
Fattig, P. W. 1933. Food of the robber fly, Mallophora orcina
Wied.). Canad. Entom., LXV, pp. 1 19-120.

Fisk, G. H. 1928. Insects found under burlap bands. Canad.
Entom., LX, pp. 183-184.

Hayward, C. L. 1932. The paper wasps of Utah. Proc. Utah
Acad. ScL, IX, pp. 85-101, PI. IX.

Johnson, M. C. 1932. Wasp sting of the cornea. Jl. Amer.

Med. Assoc., XCIX, pp. 2025-2026.

Lindquist, A. W. 1934. Notes on two Vespula nests of Kansas.

Jl. Kansas Ent. Soc., VII, pp. 51-55.

O’Byrne, H. 1934. Vespula germanica attacks a living Eacles
imperials (Lepid. : Citheroniidae) . Ent. News, XLV, pp.
101-102.

Rau, P. 1934a. The wasp, Vespa maculata, stalking prey. Bull.
Brooklyn Ent. Soc., XXIX, p. 171.

. 1934&. A note on hibernating queens of the wasp,

Vespa maculata. Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc., XXIX, pp. 170-
171.

Rothke, M. 1932. Vespa crabro L. in Pennsylvania. Ent.
News, XLIII, p. 215 (with a note by the Editor, P. P. Cal-
vert) .

St. George, Lottie. 1931. The building grows. Photograph-
ing hornet construction. Nature Magazine, XVII, p. 253.

Van Zwaluwenburg, R. H. 1934. Vespa occidentals Cresson.

Proc. Hawaiian Ent. Soc., VIII, pt. 3, p. 390.

Walker, L. M. 1933. House remodelling. Nature Magazine,
XXI, p. 284.

Migration of Pyrameis cardui. — There has been a great mi-
gration of Pyrameis cardui this year in the West; the butterflies
evidently coming from Mexico. It is difficult to imagine where
and how so many millions can have bred. I first saw them, in
great numbers, on the east side of the Cuyamaca Mountains, and
in the Borego Valley, San Diego County, California. This was
early in March. About May 8 they reached Boulder, Colorado, the
numbers apparently not diminished. — T. D. A. Cockerell,
Boulder, Colo.

June, 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 125

NOTES ON THE GENERIC SYNONOMY OF COLLA-
BISMODES CUBAE BOH. (COLEOPTERA:
CURCULIONIDAE).

By L. L. Buchanan, Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quar-
antine, U. S. Department of Agriculture.

In Florida Entomologist, vol. 18, June, 1934, p. 23, Mr. J. R.
Watson reports Cryptorhynchus cubae Boh. damaging pepper
plants in southern Florida. The species was described from Cuba
by Boheman in 1844 (Schon. Gen. et Sp. Cure., VIII, 1, 342), and
heretofore was not known from outside the island. Specimens
from Florida and Cuba in the United States National Museum
show that cubae is not a Cryptorhynchus but belongs with a group
of species to which the generic names Euxenus, Faustinus, Euxe-
nodes, and Collabismodes have been applied.

Euxenus Faust, 1896 (Stett. Ent. Zeit., vol. 57, p. 47) was
erected for 2 Venezuelan species, posticus Faust and apicalis Faust.
Faustinus Berg, 1898 (Communicaciones del Mus. Nac. Buenos
Aires, Tome I, p. 18) was proposed as a new name for Euxenus
Faust, preoccupied by Euxenus Leconte, 1876, in Anthribidae.
Euxenodes Bovie, 1907 (Ann. Soc. Ent. Belgique, vol. 51, p. 67)
is another and unnecessary new name for Euxenus Faust not
Leconte.

Champion, 1905 (Biol. Cent. Amer., IV, 4, pp. 494-495), appar-
ently unaware of Berg’s Faustinus , refers 3 new species from
Mexico and Central America to Euxenus Faust, and records E.
apicalis Faust from Nicaragua and Panama. Champion’s allusion
to posticus Faust as the type of Euxenus Faust {ib., p. 494) is here
construed as a binding genotype designation.

Collabismodes Champion, 1905 (B. C. A., IV, 4, p. 541), a mono-
basic genus for gamma Champ. Marshall, 1925 (Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist., ser. 9, v. 15, pp. 287-289), considers that the species referred
to Euxenus by Champion are congeneric with Collabismodes
gamma , and adopts the latter generic name for a new Brazilian
species, C ollabismodes tabaci Marshall. Specimens of C. tabaci in
the National Museum collection show that it is very closely related
to Boheman’s Cryptorhynchus cubae. Marshall {ib., p. 289) states
that he had not seen posticus Faust and, though surmising that this
species also will prove to be a Collabismodes, cites statements in
Faust’s description of Euxenus that may indicate generic difference
between posticus and the remaining species. On the assumption,
(1), that posticus is congeneric with the other species, Faustinus

126 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXX

Berg, 1898 (synonyms Euxenus Faust, 1896, not Leconte, 1876,
Euxenodes Bovie, 1907, and Collabismodes Champ., 1905) should
be used for all the species; or (2), that posticus is not congeneric,
it will take the name Faustinus Berg (Synonyms Euxenus Faust
not Leconte, and Euxenodes Bovie) while cubae and the other spe-
cies may be referred to Collabismodes.

The second alternative, as being less likely to cause future
nomenclatorial difficulties, is adopted here.

Pin-label biological data on specimens in the National Museum
associate Collabismodes with solanaceous plants as follows:
tabaci Marshall in tobacco stem (Brazil).

cubae Boh. in pepper stem (Florida) ; and “stem borer in pep-
per,” “bred from eggplant stem,” “taken on eggplant” (Cuba).
rhombifer Champ, on tomato and eggplant (Panama).
subparallelus Champ, “in potato stem” (Panama).

Collabismodes sp., an undetermined specimen “in stem of pep-
per” (Honduras).

Collabismodes cubae Boh. is a conspicuously marked species,
4-4.7 mm. in length, setose and densely scaly, the pronotum black-
ish and often with vague, gray vittae, the elytra in basal half with
an ochreous sutural stripe, behind which is a broad, common, black
bar, the apical declivity creamy, the humeral area ochreous to
brownish. The erect setae on disk of elytra are unusually broad.
The femora are unarmed and the tarsal claws are small and connate
at base.

June, 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 127

BOOK NOTES.

Field Book of Insects of the United States and Canada. By

Frank E. Lutz, Ph.D. (G. P. Putnam’s Sons, New York, 1935.

Third edition, 510 pp., and about 800 illustrations, many in

color.)

This book amply fulfils its title and certainly answers questions
about insects in a satisfactory and practical manner. The intro-
duction treats of the names, anatomy and general structure; then
follow directions on collecting, rearing, killing, mounting of speci-
mens and the kind of boxes in which they are to be preserved.
There is a chapter about spiders, and under “Insects” a short diag-
nosis of each of the 33 orders into which they are here divided.
The numerous illustrations further aid in the matter of determina-
tion. On account of the popular interest in butterflies and beetles,
much space is devoted to their consideration. Bees and wasps also
receive much attention, and there are tables for the determination
of many of our ants as well as tables covering many other groups.

As plant galls are caused by mites, and insects of several orders,
they are grouped in a chapter by themselves, and illustrated on
seven plates. Many galls are so singularly beautiful or curious that
they are sure to attract attention, and the student will gain much
from this chapter. The twenty-three colored plates are at the end
of the volume.

Fifty or seventy-five years ago a book of this kind with its tables
and keys, would hardly have received the attention, now accorded
it by the ever increasing number of competent nature students who
desire and appreciate the accurate “Answers to common questions
about insects” to be found in the volume. — Wm. T. Davis.

An important publication not likely to be seen by most entomolo-
gists because of its place of publication is that by L. R. Cleveland,
The Wood-feeding Roach Cryptocercus, its Protozoa and
Symbiosis between Protozoa and Roach. Mem. Amer. Acad,
of Arts and Sci. i7(No. 2): 185-342 + 60 plates, 1934. The
author is responsible for our knowledge of symbiosis between pro-
tozoa and termites. This large important work deals with the life
history, morphology and protozoan forms of C. punctulatus. Mor-
phologically, an important discovery is noted in the following quo-
tation— “The digestion of wood, the sole diet of this insect, is
carried out by the protozoa in the colon; but the products which
they obtain from the wood cannot be absorbed in this region owing
to the fact that it is lined with chitin through which the products
cannot pass. Thus, the food which the protozoa supply the roach
must be sent to the extraperitrophic space of the mid-gut before it
is absorbed, a task that is performed by a special pump and valve.”
— W. P. Hayes.

128 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXX

PROCEEDINGS OF THE SOCIETY.

Meeting of December 13, 1934.

A regular meeting of the Brooklyn Entomological Society was
held at the Brooklyn Museum on Thursday, December 13, 1934, at
8.10 p. m. President Davis in the chair and eleven other members
present, viz., Dr. Tulloch, Messrs. Cleff, Engelhardt, Eisenhardt,
Lemmer, Nicolay, Rau, Ragot, Sheridan, Siepmann and Wilford,
and Miss Potter, Messrs. Gerberg, Kerrish, and Sherak, and a
newspaper reporter.

The minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved.
Mr. Engelhardt presented the report of the Treasurer and spoke
of the society’s policy regarding the sale of reprints. Mr. Sheri-
dan moved that all matters pertaining to the sale of reprints be left
in Mr. Engelhardt’s hands, which motion was seconded and carried.

Mr. Siepmann exhibited a copy of “The Families and Genera of
North American Diptera,” by Dr. C. H. Curran. The book is pub-
lished by Dr. Curran, and the printing was done by Mr. Ballou, one
of the members of the society.

Mr. Engelhardt proposed for membership Dr. George S. Tul-
loch, Brooklyn College, Brooklyn, N. Y. Dr. Tulloch being pres-
ent, it was moved and seconded that the by-laws be suspended; a
ballot was cast, and Dr. Tulloch was declared elected.

Mr. Engelhardt also proposed for membership Mr. Justus
Kaiser, 9429 97th Street, Ozone Park, L. I., N. Y. Further action
was deferred until the next meeting.

Mr. William T. Davis read an account of the Black Widow
Spider, Latrodectus mactans, from “The Science News Letter,”
and exhibited a few specimens of the species. This spider is known
to be poisonous, and has received considerable attention in the
newspapers during the past year. It is fairly well distributed in
the vicinity of New York City, and every now and then specimens
are found. Recently a serum has been made from the blood of
rats injected with the venom, which counteracts the effects of the
spider’s bite.

A general discussion of the Black Widow and its toxic power
followed; the question arose whether the bite of the spider is actu-
ally potent enough to cause the death of a human being, and after
some discussion, it was decided that authentic cases of death from
this cause have been reported.

Mr. Eisenhardt exhibited a series of an Asiatic and two Euro-
pean species of Colias showing dimorphism, and also other in-
teresting Lepidoptera. Colias aurora occurs in Manchuria and

June, 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 129

other parts of Asia at an altitude of about 3,500 feet. C. aurora
diva is a rarer local variety, occurring at an altitude of from nine
to ten thousand feet. Eight localities are known where diva occurs,
and in each locality there is a different color form, to which a dif-
ferent varietal name has been given. The males are smaller than
typical specimens of aurora, and differ in color, but do not differ
much among themselves. The females from the eight localities, on
the other hand, differ greatly from one another in color and mark-
ings. There are more females than males, the ratio, it is said, being
about ten to one. Mr. Eisenhardt had an excellent series of six of
the eight color forms, and he pointed out their differences as he
spoke about them. Colias edusa is found all over Europe. Colias
edusa citrina is a smaller form for which the status of a separate
species is sometimes claimed. Citrina has five or more different
female forms, of which Mr. Eisenhardt showed a series. Colias
myrmidone is found all over Europe. Both males and females
vary; one of the varieties, isabellina, is probably the rarest of all
Colias. Colias philodice has two female forms, a light one and a
yellow one like the male. It is called palaeno in Europe. In Bo-
hemia there is a variation of this species caled europome, which
has two female forms, one a greenish yellow in color, one white,
the male being bright yellow. Mr. Eisenhardt exhibited a freak
obtained by breeding which has both female color forms combined
in the one specimen, the left side being white, the right greenish
yellow.

Mr. Eisenhardt also showed a black form of a Brazilian Saturnid,
Automeris innoxia. There is a described melanic form viridescens,
of which Mr. Eisenhardt had specimens for comparison, which are
tan with a greyish tinge ; but this specimen was absolutely black,
even to the antennae.

Mr. Engelhardt commented upon Mr. Eisenhardt’s talk and
made a few remarks concerning what the Germans call “Rassen-
kreise,” and the geographical distribution of species.

Mr. Davis appointed a nominating committee to consist of
Messrs. Nicolay, Lemmer and Sheridan.

Adjourned at 9.55 p. m.

Carl Geo. Siepmann,

Secretary.

Meeting of January 10, 1935.

A regular meeting of the Brooklyn Entomological Society was
held at the Brooklyn Museum on Thursday, January 10, 1935, at
8.20 p. m. President Davis in the chair and eight other members

130 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXX

present, namely, Messrs. Cleff, Engelhardt, Kaiser, Lemmer, Rau,
Sheridan, Siepmann, and Dr. Tulloch, and Messrs. Adelmann and
Stecher.

The minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved.
The Treasurer presented his annual report of 1934, which was
ordered placed on file. A general discussion of the magnitude of
the work necessary to properly carry out the functions of Treasurer
followed. Mr. Sheridan said that the Society, as a note of appre-
ciation of Mr. Engelhardt’s work as Treasurer, should show a vote
of thanks for what he has done during the past year, to say noth-
ing of the years before. A motion to that effect was made and
seconded, and unanimously carried.

Mr. Sheridan, reporting for the Nominating Committee, recom-
mended the reelection of the existing officers, and proposed that
Mr. Wilford serve as Librarian, the office having been left vacant
by the death of Mr. Schaeffer. There being no other nominations,
a motion was made and seconded, that the officers be elected as
nominated, which motion was carried by a unanimous vote.

The proposal that Mr. Justus Kaiser for membership in the
society was acted upon, Mr. Kaiser being duly elected.

Mr. William T. Davis exhibited a notebook containing many
photographs of insects and other entomological subjects. Among
them were pictures of the large ant mounds at Amagansett, Long
Island, photographed in September, 1910; a Lasius niger nest for
coccids, at Lake Hopatcong, N. J. ; and the nest of the fungus-
growing ant at Wading River. The nest of the latter can be recog-
nized by the half-moon of coarse material thrown up around the
outside of the nest. Mr. Davis mentioned that when he first found
the nest of this ant at Wading River, it extended the range of this
ant about 60 or 70 miles further northward, the most northern
locality previously recorded having been the Raritan River. Most
interesting of all, perhaps was the photograph of some glow-worms,
the larvae of Phengodes, which had been produced by placing a
photographic plate in contact with the larvae in the dark, who
thereby took their own picture.

Mr. Kaiser exhibited a number of interesting Lepidoptera, in-
cluding Catocala pura and its varieties, and Catocala hermia and
the variety vesta. All of the species showed considerable variation,
and Mr. Kaiser pointed out the difficulty of distinguishing separate
species. The specimens exhibited were all ex ovo specimens, in
perfect condition and beautifully mounted.

A discussion followed as to whether Catocalas in their natural
resting position had their heads up or down. It was agreed that

June, 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 131

they rest with their heads down, although when disturbed will often
alight with their heads up, only to reverse themselves shortly after.
Mr. Lemmer added that arnica and parta were exceptions, resting
with their heads up.

Mr. Engelhardt spoke on the subject of “Rassenkreise of North
American Aegeriidae A He remarked that the German term, Ras-
senkreise, expresses more precisely and concisely than any other
language, what may be called a biological unit, composed of spe-
cies, sub-species or whatever rank we care to apply, all conforming
strictly in structural characters, but may differ strikingly in colora-
tion and in size. Taxonomic studies, supplemented by careful in-
vestigation as to habits and distribution, have proven that such an
assemblage can be readily connected with one original source and
the deviations assigned to the influence of climatic changes within
the range of such biological units.

None of the many fields of zoological research offer better op-
portunities for such investigations than entomology. Mr. Engel-
hardt’s own studies of the Aegeriidae or clearwing moths may serve
as an example. This family, world wide in distribution, is repre-
sented on the North American continent by about 150 species. All
of these, in the larval stage, are borers in living plants and, with
few exceptions, borers in some particular plant and in a particular
part of that plant.

With these facts in mind and as far as foodplants and habits are
known it has been possible to obtain, largely by breeding, long
series of North American indigenous species, from widely separated
regions. These show interesting and often surprising results.

Some species display no appreciable differences throughout a dis-
tribution from coast to coast; others vary from dark brown in the
east to tan color in the west, and still others run to extremes, which
would obscure their relationship could they not be connected by
intermediate forms. The effect of environment appears to be ex-
pressed most strongly in the warm, humid climate of the south and
in the hot, dry desert climate of the west. Variations in the Hud-
sonian and Canadian zones are far less striking.

A selection of species, arranged to show their geographical dis-
tribution and their response to changes in environment, illustrated
Mr. Engelhardt’s remarks.

Adjourned at 10. 10 p. m.

Carl Geo. Siepmann,

Secretary.

132 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXX

EXCHANGES

This one page is intended only for wants and exchanges, not
for advertisements of articles for sale. Notices not exceeding
THREE lines free to subscribers. Over lines charged for at
15 cents per line per insertion.

Old notices will be discontinued as space for new ones is
needed.

COLEOPTERA. — Am interested in exchanging Coleoptera.
Carl G. Siepmann, R. F. D. No. 1, Box 92, Rahway, N. J.

DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. — Have many desirable west-
ern species to exchange, including Argynnis atossa, macaria, mor-
monia, malcolmi, nokomis; Melitaea neumoegeni; Lycaena speci-
osa; etc. Send lists. Dr. John A. Comstock, Los Angeles Mu-
seum, Exposition Park, Los Angeles, Calif.

CATOPINI: Catops ( Choleva ), Prionochaeta, Ptomaphagus.
— Wanted to borrow all possible specimens of these genera from
North America for a revisional study. Correspondence solicited.
— Melville H. Hatch, Dept, of Zoology, Univ. of Wash., Seattle,
Wash.

HISTERIDAE — Desire to obtain material, all localities, for
identification, by purchase or exchange of other families. Clias.
A. Ballou, Jr., 77 Beekman St., New York, N. Y.

LOCALITY LABELS. — 60c per 1000, 5 in strip, 1 to 3 lines.
5 sizes type. 33^ point, 75c per 1000. Good heavy paper. Prompt
service. A. L. Stevens, 691 Culver Rd., Rochester, N. Y.

BUY OR EXCHANGE: Pinned Microlepidoptera and papered
Pieridae of North America. Full data with all specimens. Named
material of all groups offered. Alexander B. Klots, College of the
City of New York, New York City.

WILL COLLECT for cash all ORDERS OF INSECTS, pro-
viding I receive sufficient orders prior to collecting to justify my
proceeding. Have many specimens in stock at all times for sale.
Louise Knobel, Hope, Arkansas.

EXCHANGE OR FOR SALE. — Catocala herodias (Ger-
hardi), Graptolitha viridipallens and others. Wanted: Rare N. A.
Macro-Lepidoptera. F. Lemmer, 688 Nye Ave., Irvington, N. J.

Vol. XXX

OCTOBER, 1935

BULLETIN

No. 4

OF THE

Brooklyn Entomological
Society

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE

J. R. de la TORRE-BUENO, Editor

CARL GEO. SIEPMANN GEO. P. ENGELHARDT

Published for the Society by the

Science Press Printing Co.,

Lime and Green Sts., Lancaster, Pa.,

Price, 60 cents Subscription, $2.50 per year

Mailed October 30, 1935

Entered as second-class matter January 21, 1919, at the post office at Lancaster, Pa.,
under the Act of March 3, 1879

The Brooklyn Entomological Society

Meetings are held on the second Thursday after the first Tuesday of each
month from October to June, inclusive, at the Central Museum, Eastern
Parkway and Washington Ave., Brooklyn. The annual dues are $2.00.

OFFICERS, 1935
Honorary President
CHARLES W. LENG

President
W. T. DAVIS
Vice-President

J. R. de la TORRE-BUENO
j Recording Secretary
CARL GEO. SIEPMANN
Corresponding Secretary
FREDERICK LEMMER

Treasurer

G. P. ENGELHARDT
28 Club way
Hartsdale, N. Y.

Librarian
H. E. WILFORD
Curator

J. M. SHERIDAN

Delegate to Council of New Yorlc
Academy of Sciences
G. P. ENGELHARDT

CONTENTS

NEW COLLEMBOLA FROM W. N. Am., Mills 133

SUPPLEMENT TO N. Y. STATE LIST : COLEOPTERA, Cooper 142

INCISALIA HENRICI IN CONNECTICUT, Klots 159

A NEW SP. OF SCIARINAE, Shaw 160

COLOR MARKINGS OF CICINDELA, Meserve \ 162

CHARLES ROBERTSON, Parks 163

GENUS HERMETIA IN U. S., James I 165

AMERICAN SPECIES OF LIPOPTENA, Bequaert 170

PROCEEDINGS OF THE SOCIETY, Siepmann 171

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Published in

February, April, June, October and December of each year

Subscription price, domestic, $2.50 per year; foreign, $2.75 in advance; single
copies, 60 cents. Advertising rates on application. Short articles, notes and
observations of interest to entomologists are solicited. Authors will receive 25
reprints free if ordered in advance of publication. Address subscriptions and
all communications to

J. R. de la TORRE-BUENO, Editor,

311 East ltth St., Tucson, Ariz.

BULLETIN

OF THE

BROOKLYN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Vol. XXX October, 1935 No. 4

NEW COLLEMBOLA FROM WESTERN NORTH
AMERICA.

By Harlow B. Mills.

A number of collections of insects belonging to the Order Col-
lembola which were taken in the western states have come to my
attention recently. The present paper includes the results of an
examination of a part of these collections, in which are described
eight new species, seven belonging to the Suborder Arthropleona,
and the eighth to the Suborder Symphypleona.

The new species are :

Onychiurus oreadis n. sp.

F olsomides decemoculatus n. sp.

Drepanura rolfsi n. sp.

Entomobryawashingtonia n. sp.

Onychiurus oreadis n. sp.

White. Postantennal organ of 14 or 15 compound tubercles
of the ramosus type. Antennae subequal to the head, the seg-
ments about as 5:9:8: 14. Sense organ of the 3rd antennal
segment with 2 granular, nearly round sense clubs, 2 sense
rods, 5 papillae, and 5 guard setae. The 4th segment bears
several olfactory hairs and a subapical sense pit. Unguis
curving, without teeth. Unguiculus 2/3 to 3/4 the unguis,
with a definite basal lamella and an acicular apex. Furcula
absent. Anal horns 2, somewhat curving, to the hind unguis
as 8: 13. Dorsal pseudocelli on either side as follows: 3 on
the antennal base; posterior margin of the head 2; pronotum
1 ; mesonotum 2, separated, one lateral ; metanotum 2, sepa-
rated, one lateral ; 1 st abdominal segment 3 ; 2nd abdominal
segment 3 ; 3rd abdominal segment 3 ; 4th abdominal segment
3, one lateral, the others close together and subdorsal ; 5th

133

Entomobrya frontalis n. sp.
Entomobrya tampicensis n. sp.
Sinella quadrioculata n. sp.

N eosminthurus occidentals n. sp.

» V £

134 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXX

abdominal segment 3. Body hairs rather long. Length 1.3
mm.

This species is apparently close to 0. congugens C. B. of Japan.

It was collected on Mt. Rainier, Mt. Rainier National Park,
Washington, by Archie R. Rolfs, at an elevation of 6,000 ft.

Folsomides decemoculatus n. sp. Figs. 1, 2.

White but for the 5 eyes on either side of the head, each of
which lies in a separate black eye spot, the anterior ones often
coalescing (fig. 1). Postantennal organ elliptical, constricted
at the middle, about half as long as the width of the antennal
base, protected by 3 guard setae. Antennae shorter than the
head, about as 48: 59, the segments about as 17:22:23: 37.
Unguis slender, curving apically, unarmed. Unguiculus api-
cally acuminate, half the unguis on the first 2 pairs of legs and
about 2/3 the unguis on the posterior feet. Manubrium to
dentes to mucrones as 37: 18: 6, the manubrium not tapering,
with about 8 dorsal setae. Dentes with 3 dorsal setae and an
external one ventrally near the apex, tapering into the mu-
crones. Mucrones (fig. 2) 2-toothed, the apical tooth small,
upturned, the anteapical tooth pointing slightly anteriorly;
separated from the dentes. Furcula reaching beyond the
posterior margin of the 3rd abdominal segment. Rami of the
tenaculum 4-toothed, the corpus with one anterior seta. Body
hairs of medium length, longer on the 5th and 6th abdominal
segments. First antennal segment with a single row of hairs.
Integument very finely granulate. Sense organs of the 3rd
antennal segment composed of 2 rods in deep pits. Several
curving olfactory hairs interspersed among the longer tactile
ones of the 4th segment. Body divisions from the head to the
6th abdominal segment about as 29:8: 17: 15: 11: 13: 11: 13 :-
9 : 6. Length .84 mm.

The tip of the abdomen is bent slightly downward, rather than
directed posteriorly as in the other species of the genus, and is more
rounding. The segments are definite and annular, however, and
there is no doubt as to the generic identity of the species.

I am indebted to Dr. D. E. Beck, of St. George, Utah, for this
interesting and unique species, which was taken from moss col-
lected from the north side of a boulder, in a semiarid situation. It
was collected in April, 1933, St. George, Utah.

Drepanura rolfsi 11. sp. Fig. 3.

Color in alcohol pale yellow with blue pigment. Pronotum
with some dorsal pigment. Mesonotum with a narrow blue

Oct., 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 135

line completely around it or broken laterally on the posterior
margin. Metanotum with narrow lateral and posterior lines.
First abdominal segment with narrow lateral and posterior
lines, 2nd with posterior margin pigmented, 3rd with posterior
margin pigmented, 4th pigmented dorsally on the posterior
margin, 5th pigmentless or with a minute dark spot dorsally
on the posterior midline, 6th with no pigment. All bands may
be narrowly broken on the dorsal midline.. Antennae purple,
darker apically. Eyespots black, connected through the an-
tennal bases by a dark line. Shade of pigment usually poste-
rior to the eyespots. An inverted V on the front, connecting
the inner proximal corners of the eyespots. A dark area dor-
sally in the occipital region, and laterally behind the eyespots.
Legs with diffuse pigment which may consolidate into obscure
bands on the tibiotarsi. Furcula colorless. Eyes 8 on either
side, the 2 inner proximals smaller than the rest. Head to the
antennae as 6:11, the antennal segments about as 7: 16:-
13: 18. Unguis nearly straight, with 2 pairs of inner teeth
beyond the middle. Unguiculus lanceolate. Manubrium to
dentes as 2:3. Mucro (fig. 3) weakly falcate; I have been
unable to discover a basal spine. Third abdominal segment to
the 4th about as 1:5. Length 1.5 mm.

In Bonet’s key to the group (Revista Espanola de Entomologia,
IX, pp. 155-157, May, 1934) this form approaches the Australian
species D. coeruleopicta Schott, from which it differs in the pig-
mentation of the mesothorax and the 4th abdominal segment.

This species is named for its collector, Mr. A. R. Rolfs, whose
assiduousness has brought to light this and many other interesting
Collembola. It was taken at Yakima, Washington, under trash,
November 25, 1931.

Entomobrya washingtonia n. sp. Figs. 4, 13.

Body yellow- white with blue-black pigment. First antennal
segment with an apical ring, and shaded with blue inwardly,
2nd segment blue but for the base, 3rd and 4th blue, lighter
basally. Head and body pigment as in fig. 13. Antennal bases
connected by a dark line, genae shaded with pigment, and a
chevron on the vertex. Mesonotum pigmented laterally, usu-
ally with a postero-dorsal spot which may be divided on the
midline. Metanotum pigmented laterally and posteriorly, the
posterior line broken laterally. First abdominal segment col-
ored as the metanotum. Second segment broadly colored later-
ally and with an unbroken posterior band. Third segment
with irregular pigment laterally, and with an irregular poste-

136 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXX

rior band. Fourth segment with broad lateral lines and an
irregular median dorsal line, none of the 3 lines reaching the
anterior border of the segment. Fifth and 6th segments pig-
mented laterally, the 6th almost completely dark. Precoxae
blue outwardly, femora blue toward the apex, tibiotarsus with
a band near the middle. Furcula unpigmented. Eyes 8 on
either side on black eyepatches. Unguis nearly straight, with
3 pairs of inner teeth beyond the middle, a pair of lateral teeth
and an external one near the base. Unguiculus 2/3 the un-
guis, lanceolate. Tenent hair slightly longer than the unguis.
Head to the antennae as 25 : 68, the antennal segments about
as 11 : 18: 17:22. Fourth abdominal segment about 5 times
the 3rd. Manubrium to the dentes as 2:3. Mucro normal
(fig. 4) with 2 teeth and a basal spine, about 1/3 the bare
area of the dens. Length 1.6 mm.

Collected from beneath leaves at Yakima, Washington, Septem-
ber 6, 1931, by Archie R. Rolfs.

Entomobrya frontalis n. sp. Figs. 5, 6.

Body pale yellow with minute ferruginous spots, pigment
blue-black. Body occasionally with a brownish tint. Eyespots
black, a broad blue-black band connecting them through the
antennal bases. A blue chevron on the vertex, the points of
which diverge toward the inner posterior corners of the eye-
spots. Antennae rather heavy, grading from light at the base
to dark at the apex, the pigment darker apically on each seg-
ment, usually forming a definite ring and an indefinite line on
either side of the first segment. The 5th segment of the ab-
domen usually with some pigment dorsally, sometimes form-
ing a fairly definite band, occasionally absent. The last two
thoracic segments and the first, 4 abdominal segments with a
concentration of brownish pigment along the posterior bor-
ders. Legs pale yellow-brown. Furcula colorless. Antennae
to the head as 49: 23, the segments about as 12: 25: 24: 33.
Eyes 8 on either side, the 2 inner proximals small, and the 2
anterior ones somewhat larger than the rest. The 4th ab-
dominal segment 5 or 6 times the 3rd. Unguis (fig. 5) rather
broad, with 3 pairs of small inner teeth beyond the middle, a
pair of lateral teeth a third from the base, and a minute ex-
ternal tooth half way to the apex. Unguiculus broadly lanceo-
late. Tenent hair subequal to the unguis. Manubrium to
dentes as 20: 27. Mucro normal (fig. 6), the bare apex 3^2
times the mucro. Length 1.5 mm.

Taken beneath rocks and humus at Lake Tipsoe, Washington,

5,400 feet elevation, October 11, 1931, by Archie R. Rolfs.

Oct., 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 137

Entomobrya tampicensis n. sp. Figs. 7, 14-17.

Body yellow- white with blue-black pigment. Antennae with
the 1st segment light basally, pigment forming a ring apically,
2nd segment light basally and dark apically, 3rd and 4th seg-
ments dark. Body coloration variable, as in figures 14-17*
inclusive. In. dark specimens the antennae and legs are en-
tirely dark. Eyes 8 on either side, the two inner proximals on
each side smaller. Antennae twice the length of the head, the
segments about as 9: 18: 17:21. Fourth abdominal segment
4 to 5 times the 3rd. Unguis (fig. 7) nearly straight, with 3
pairs of inner teeth, a pair of lateral ones near the middle, and
an external one between them. Unguiculus 2/3 the unguis,
lanceolate, the outer edge feathered. Dentes 2 times the
manubrium. Mucrones typical, with 2 teeth and a basal spine,
less than 1/3 the length of the bare dental apex. Length 1.5
mm.

This species resembles in one color phase E. triangularis Schott.
It is, however, a smaller, more compact species, of different ungual
dentition, and of different proportions.

Tampico, Washington, April 15, 1932, Archie R. Rolfs.

Sinella quadrioculata n. sp. Figs. 8, 9.

White but for black eyepatches and scattered black pigment
on the head. Eyes 2 on either side, close together, nearly
equidistant from the antennal base (fig. 8). Antennae to the
head approximately as 50: 33, the segments about as 6: 16:-
11 : 19. Unguis (fig. 9) with 3 inner teeth, 2 lateral ones,
and an external one midway between the base and the apex.
Unguiculus about 2/3 the unguis, weakly fringed on the outer
border. Tenent hair reduced, shorter than the unguis. Tibio-
tarsi with the usual rows of smooth hairs. Third and 4th ab-
dominal segments as 1:3. Manubrium to dentes as 2 : 3, the
mucro to the smooth (finely crenulate) apex of the dens as
1 : 7. Mucro entomobryiform, with 2 teeth and a basal spine.
Body hairs of the usual shape, the smaller, reclinate hairs of
the body plumose. Scales absent. Length 1.7 mm.

Sinella curviseta Brook has 2 eyes on either side also, but they
are placed longitudinally instead of transversely of the head as in
this new species. One cannot help but be struck by the similarity
between the eye position of this species and the one described by
Schott from California as Templetonia quadrioculata. He shows
5 antennal segments though, and Heteromurus (= Templetonia)
is a scaled genus.

138 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxx

Tampico, Washington, April 15, 1932, Archie R. Rolfs.

Neosminthurus occidentalis n. sp. Figs. 10, 12.

Body with a blue-black background, irregularly mottled
with pearl, lilac, and rose. Oral region dark, the cheek and
frons generally white but for some maculation on the frons.
Frontal ocellus black. Vertex and occipital region colored
laterally. Pigment is present from the antennal bases to the
front of the eyespots. A narrow dorsal midline may be seen
on the anterior half of the body. Anal papilla light dorsally,
dark ventrally. Antennae blue-black, with a brownish cast
basally. Legs irregularly blue, lighter above the tibiotarsus.
Furcula dusky, lighter at the insertion. Eyes 8 on either
side, on black eyespots. Antennae about 1.5 times the head,
the segments about as 4 : 12 ; 1 1 : 15 ; the base of the 1st seg-
ment with an outer apical swelling, the 2nd segment with an
outer basal double papilla. Unguis tunicate,, unidentate, with
large lateral toothed pseudonychiae. Unguiculus (fig. 10)
broad, the apex acuminate, with the subapical bristle greatly
expanded. Proximal precoxal process of the midlegs (fig.
11) with an irregular capitate process. Furcula similar to
that of N. longisetis (Guthrie), the mucro, however (fig. 12),
with the inner margin strongly but roundly toothed and the
outer minutely roughened. The short hairs of the dentes
fringed somewhat as in the case of the genus Ptenothrix.
Sacs of the ventral tube 3 times the length of the tube, smooth
or coarsely corrugate. Body hairs as in N. longisetis , long,
fringed, truncate and serrate apically; the large hairs extend
onto the first 2 antennal segments. Body with 3 pairs of
bothriotricha, the 5th abdominal segment with 1 pair. Two
papillae between the eyespots. Integument tuberculate.
Length up to 2 mm.

This is without doubt the most beautiful entomological gem
which it has been my privilege to examine. From the beautiful,
highly colored, sometimes irridescent, animated spectrum described
above, the species varies, possibly in the younger specimens, to a
more buff cast, but in all specimens examined the mosaic work was
evident.

This species is most closely related to Neosminthurus longisetis
(Guthrie), a type of which I have examined, and from which it
differs in the following respects :

Longisetis Occidentalis

Brown-black, indistinctly mot- Color as above.

tied with yellow.

Oct., 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 139

Eyespots dusky yellow.
Unguiculus with a slender sim-
ple hair.

Inner mucronal edge weakly
toothed.

Eyespots black.

Unguiculus with a broadly ex-
panded hair.

Inner mucronal edge strongly
toothed.

Taken from moss. Puyallup, Washington, December, 1931,
and January, 1932, W. W. Baker (received from Archie R. Rolfs).

Explanation of Plate IV.

Folsomides decemoculatus n. sp.

1. Right eyes.

2. Right mucro.

Drepanura rolfsi n. sp.

3. Left mucro.

Entomobrya washingtonia n. sp.

4. Right mucro.

Entomobrya frontalis n. sp.

5. Right hind foot.

6. Right mucro.

Entomobrya tampicensis n. sp.

7. Left fore foot.

Sinella quadrioculata n. sp.

8. Left view of head.

9. Left fore foot.

N eosmint hums occidentals n. sp.

10. Unguiculus from left hind foot.

11. Proximal precoxal process of left midleg.

12. Right mucro.

Explanation of Plate V.

Entomobrya washingtonia n. sp.

13. Right view of body.

Entomobrya tampicensis n. sp.

14 to 17, inc. Color variations of head and body.

Bull. B. E. S., Vol. XXX, No. 4

Plate IV

10

Bull. B. E. S., Vol. XXX, No. 4

Plate Y

17

142 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society V ol. XXX

A SUPPLEMENT TO THE SECTION OF THE NEW
YORK STATE LIST OF INSECTS DEVOTED TO
COLEOPTERA. ADDITIONS, NOTES
AND CORRECTIONS.1

By Kenneth W. Cooper, Department of Zoology, Columbia
University, New York City, N. Y.

It is now scarcely seven years since the date of issue of the New
York State List of Insects,2 yet the list of Coleoptera there con-
tained has already received additions numbering in the hundreds.
For the most part these records are scattered in an unorganized
manner through a number of papers and the proceedings of the
New York and Brooklyn Entomological Societies. A prepon-
derance of the supplementary additions have been of Long Island
captures, yet it is important that all records of Long Island insects
be published for the increasing population is fast making serious
inroads on all the remaining wild tracts of land. Within the past
few years Flushing, for example, has expanded enormously, and
with its expansion has crowded out a large measure of its wild
life. Insects will probably never be totally excluded from a man-
made community, but it is equally certain that numerous species
rigidly adapted to an environment definitely objectionable to man
will be stamped out.

It is the purpose of this paper not only to add to the recorded
fauna of Long Island and the State, but an attempt has been made
to bring together in bibliographical form all those records of New
York Coleoptera extant in the current literature but not listed in
the Cornell Agricultural Experiment Station Memoir. The litera-
ture list contains only the first published records for species added
to the New York State List.

In order that the bibliography be serviceable, references will be
found under each family title to papers including species of the
family. At the close of the reference a short note summarizes the
information contained in the paper, and in most cases actual inquiry
to the original source will be found unnecessary. Despite possible
inadequacy of the list of literature cited, it is to be hoped that use
of this bibliography will in the future prevent continual reduplica-
tion of records which are already published.

1 Received for publication April 24, 1935.

2 Cornell Univ. Agr. Exp. Sta., Mem. 101, Aug., 1926 (issued
January, 1928.)

Oct., 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 143

The list of additions is in part descriptive of the late Mr. Schaef-
fer’s labors on the Weeks and Martin collections of Coleoptera
which were some time ago bequeathed the Brooklyn Museum of
Arts and Sciences. Mr. Schaeffer very kindly suggested the inclu-
sion of these records within this paper, and not only turned over
records of his own collecting but numerous notes as well.

As usual, the numbers preceding the generic and specific names
are those of the Leng catalog. A double asterisk (**) preceding
the catalog number indicates that the species is new to the New
York State List of Insects; a single asterisk (*) signifies that the
addition supplies the first record for New York exclusive of Staten
and/or Long Islands; a dagger (f) precedes records new to
Staten Island, and a double dagger ($) species new to the recorded
fauna of Long Island. Those species for which the records of the
New York State List of Insects have failed to supply definite
localities (the locality being merely “NY”, “SI”, or “LI”) have
been considered worthy of record whenever data were at hand.
For this reason such species as Silpha lapponica Hbst., Agathidium
oniscoides Beauv., and A. exiguum Melsh., etc., have been included
within the list.

Following the record of capture the abbreviated name of the de-
terminer will be found in parentheses. Names in italics are those
of the collectors — if both in italics and parentheses, the same indi-
vidual is collector and taxonomist. The customary abbreviations
have been resorted to throughout the list, viz. — M. W. Blackman,
Blkm; L. L. Buchanan, Buch; Chas. A. Schaeffer, Sf. Two co-
operators are also mentioned, the Brooklyn Museum (BM) and
the New York State Museum (NYS). Determination records to
be attributed to the author are indicated by the initial “C”.

ClCINDELIDAE.

(Angell 1931 ; Nicolay and Weiss 1932.)

Carabidae.

(Cooper 1930, 1932b; Davis 1926; Hatch 1933b; Nicolay and
Weiss 1934; Notman 1929; Shoemaker 1930.)

fi82 Calosoma sycophanta L. SI: Davis (Sf).

J222 Elaphrus clairvillei Kby. LI : Flushing, Jul, Cooper
(Sf, C).

302 Pasimachus sublaevis Beauv. The typical sublaevis
does not occur within the limits of New York State;
the New York State List records under this name

144 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxx

must be referred to Pasimachus sublaevis variety sub-
triatus Hald. Sf&C.

355 Dyschirius hispidus Lee. The single New York record
in the List for this species should be referred to Dys-
chirius setosus Lee. Sf.

**374 Clivina convex a Lee. LI : Rockaway Beach and Long
Beach, O. Dietz (Sf).

J829 Tachyura tripunctata Say. LI: Yaphank, Ap, Engel-
hardt (Sf).

1:834 T. ferrugineus Dej. LI: Rockaway Beach, May, Shoe-
maker (Sf).

**866 Tachys lituralis Csy. LI : Rockaway Beach, Cooper

( Sf).

929 Myas coracinus Say. “LI” must be inserted before
“Montauk”.

1173 Melanius (see Hatch 1933b) ebeninus Dej. (See Nico-
lay & Weiss 1934.) This species should immediately
precede M. caudicalis in the List.

1444 Rembus obtusus Lee. LI: Long Beach, Mar, Schott

( Sf).

**1602 Pengona pallipennis Lee. SI: Ap, Weeks (Sf).

fi6c>9 Atr anus pub esc ens. Dej. SI: Weeks (Sf).

1646 Lebia atriceps Lee. Recorded from Mosholu (NYS) in
the New York State List, but is apparently a misde-
termined species. Atriceps is a common western spe-
cies and should be omitted from the List. Sf&C.

L. esurialis Csy. This record should be referred to

L. canonic a Csy. Sf.

^1907 Harpalus vagans Lee. LI: Flushing (C).

Halipidae.

J2317 Haliplus borealis Lee. LI: Flushing, Aug (C).

Dytiscidae.

(Cooper 1932b.)

Gyrinidae.

(Ochs 1930.)

Hydrophilidae.

(Cooper 1930, 1932b.)

:jl28io Hydrobius globosus Say. LI : Bayside, among dead
leaves in running spring, Ap 8, Lipsey and Cooper
(C) ; Flushing (C).

Oct., 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 145

+2852

2923

3029

3030

+3355

±3379

±3556

3914

3952

3969

$4022

$4094

**42^8

$4285

*4312

$4334

$436i

4362

4396

$4418

**4429

Cymbiodita lacustris Lee. LI : Bayside, taken with the
above species, Ap 8, Lipsey and Cooper (C).

Silphidae.

(Cooper 1932b; Hatch 1928b, 1933a.)

Silpha lapponica Hbst. LI: Flushing, Ap (C).

Agathidium oniscoides Beauv. LI : Bayside, Nov, under
bark (C) ; Southold (C).

A. exiguum Melsh. LI: Flushing, Aug, in decaying
fungus (C).

SCYDMAENIDAE.

(Cooper 1932b.)

Orthoperidae.

(Cooper, 1930, 1932b.)

Staphylinidae.

(Casey 1905; Cooper 1930, 1932b.)

Pycnoglypta lurida Gyll. LI: Flushing (C).

Omalium humerosum Fauv. LI: Flushing (C).

Apocellus sphaericollis Say. LI: Flushing (C).

Gastrolobium parallelum Csy. LI : Rockaway Beach,
Aug, Engelhardt (Sf).

Paederus littorarius Grav. LI : Flushing, Mar-Sep
(C) ; Bayside (C) ; Whitestone ( C ).

Lathrobium nigrolucens Csy. LI : Jamaica, Pearsall
(Sf).

Tetartopeus angularis Lee. LI: Wyandanch (Sf).

Lithocharis ochracea Grav. LI : Cold Spring Harbor
(Sf).

Stilicus opaculus Lee. LI: Cold Spring Harbor (Sf).

Nudobius cephalus Say. LI: Flushing (C).

Gyrohypnus sanguinipennis Lee. Pelham (C).

Nematolinus longicollis Lee. LI : Flushing (C).

Neobisnius sobrinus Er. LI: Flushing (C).

N. agnatus Er. The single record for this species in the
New York State List should be referred to sobrinus
Er. Sf.

Philonthus fuscipennis Mann. Darts, Aug, at carrion

(C).

P. quadricollis Horn. LI : Southold and Flushing (C).

P. thoracicus Grav. LI: O. Diets (Sf).

146 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXX

J4441 P. micans Grav. LI: Flushing (C) ; Bayside (C) ;
Whitestone (C).

J4445 P. aequalis Horn. LI : Flushing (C) .

**4449 P. quediinus Horn. LI: Flatbush, Ap, Dow (Sf).
*4554 Tympanophorus puncticollis Er. Darts, Aug, under
carrion (C).

4586 Quedius capucinus Grav. Darts, Aug, under carrion

(C).

+4595 Q- peregrinus Grav. LI: Flushing (C).

4639 Oxyporus lepidus Lee. Yonkers, Je, Dow (Sf).

4679 Tachyporus elegans Horn. LI: Brooklyn, Dow (Sf) ;
Jamaica, Pearsall (Sf) ; Flushing (C).

£4697 Conosoma opicus Say. LI : Central Park, Engelhardt
(Sf); Flatbush, Weeks (Sf) ; Bayside (C) ; Flush-
ing (C).

J4729 Bolitobius obsoletus Say. LI : Bellport, Jul, Nicolay
(Sf).

**473oa B. cinctus gentilis Lee. LI : Pinelawn, Oct, Engelhardt
(Sf).

**4736 Bryoporus flavipes Lee. LI: 0. Diets (Sf).

44742a Mycetoporus americanus lucidulus . Lee. LI: Shoe-
maker (Sf).

J4743 M. flavicollis pictus Horn. LI : Aqueduct, May (BM) ;

Forest Park, Pearsall (Sf) ; Flushing (C).

J4744 M. splendidus Grav. LI: Shoemaker (Sf) ; Wyandanch

(Sf).

J5473 Amischa analis Grav. LI: Flushing (C).

J5820 B ary odma nitida Grav. LI : Flushing (C).

PSELAPHIDAE.

(Cooper 1932b; Nicolay 1925.)

6247 Brachygluta luniger Lee. LI : Rockaway Beach, May
24, Shoemaker (Sf) ; Long Beach, May (C) ; Engel-
hardt (Sf).

*6374 Ceophyllus monilis Lee. Mosholu (Sf). Previously
recorded from Long Island by Cooper (1932b).

Ptiliidae.

(Burke, 1931 ; Cooper 1932a, 1932b.)

SCAPHIDIIDAE.

(Belkin, 1933; Cooper 1932b.)

Oct., 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 147

Histeridae.

(Belkin 1933; Cooper 1930, 1932b.)

6646 Teretrius latebricola Lew. Catskill Mts., Je, Pearsall

(sf). .

6685 Psiloscelis incurva Csy. Westchester Co. (Sf). In the
estimation of the author this form should be included
under Psiloscelis harrisi as a synonym. Mr. Chas. A.
Ballou, student of the Histeridae, believes that “al-
though types have not been compared, it is most prob-
able that this species ( incurva ) is synonymous with
Psiloscelis harrisi Lee.”

Lycidae.

(Belkin 1933.)

6925 Calopteron terminale Say. LI: Flatbush, Ballou (C) ;
Flushing (C).

Lampyridae.

(Belkin 1933; Cooper 1930; Fall 1927.)

6971 Lucidota atra Fab. “LI” should be inserted before
Jamaica.

J6979 L. decipiens Harr. LI: Flushing (C).

CaNtharidae.

(Belkin 1933; Cooper 1930.)

$7062 Podahrus modestus Say. LI : Flushing (C).

J7097 Cantharis carolinus Fab. LI: Flushing (C).

$■ Malthodes sp. LI : Southold, Aug (C) .

Melyridae.

(Belkin 1933; Cooper 1932b).

Cleridae.

(Cooper 1932b; Knull 1930.)

f7566 Cymatodera undulata Say. SI: Aug, Weeks (Sf).
$7577 Priocera castanea Newn. LI: Yaphank, Jul, Weeks
(Sf).

$7711 Corinthiscus leucophaeum Klug. SI: Jul, Weeks (Sf).

Micromalthidae.

(Cooper 1934.)

Mordellidae.

(Belkin 1933; Cooper 1932b.)

148 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXX

Meloidae.

(Chittenden 1926; Cooper 1930.)

**8183 Nemognatha cribraria Lee. LI: Yaphank (Sf) ; East
Islip, Siepmann (C).

$8194 Tricrania sanguinipennis Say. LI: Woodside, Martin
(Si).

±821

LI: Parkville, Jul,

:8855

Pythidae.

Rhinosimus viridiaeneus Rand.

Weeks (Sf).

Anthicidae.

(Cooper 1930, 1932b.)

Euglenidae.

(Cooper 1932b.)

Elateridae.

(Cooper 1930, 1932b; Davis 1932b; Fall 1934.)
Melanactes niorio Fab. LI : Flushing (C).

Elater longipennis Not. Page 351: — omit; previously
recorded on page 350.

Melasidae.

(Cooper 1932b.)

Dromaeolus striatus Lee. SI: Jul, Weeks (Sf) ; LI:
Yaphank, Jul, Weeks (Sf).

D. cylindricollis Say. LI: Yaphank, Jul- Aug, Weeks
(Sf).

Fornax badius Melsh. SI: Jul, Weeks (Sf).
Buprestidae.

(Cooper 1930, 1932b; Davis 1932b; Fisher 1928.)

Helodidae.

(Cooper 1932b.)

Cyphon n. sp. = Cyphon cooperi Schffr. Bull. B’klyn

Ent. Soc. 26(4) : 174, Oct. 1931.

Dermestidae.

(Cooper 1932b; Schaeffer 1930.)

Byrrhidae.

(Cooper 1930.)

£9869 Byrrhus americanus Lee. LI: Northport (C) ; Rock-
away Beach (C).

tl9Hi

+9143

**9146

Oct., 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 149

Ostomidae.

49984 Tenebroides bimaculatus Melsh. LI: Huntington, Sep,
Schott (Sf).

£9989 T. collaris Sturm. LI: Wyandanch, Ap, Schott (Sf).
Nitidulidae.

(Belkin 1933; Cooper 1930, 1932b; Hatch 1928a; Lacey 1933;
Siepmann 1927, 1932.)

£10031 Colopterus unicolor Say. LI: Wyandanch (Sf) ; Flush-
mg (C).

1 01 06 Soronia guttulata Lee. LI : Flushing, Je, at sap of dying
gum tree (C) .

£10121 Cyllodes biplagiatus Lee. LI: Flushing, Je, at sap of
dying gum tree (C).

**10142 Cybocephalus nigritulus Lee. LI: Engelhardt (Sf).

Rhizophagidae.

(Cooper 1930.)

Monotomidae.

(Cooper 1930.)

CUCUJIDAE.

(Belkin 1933; Cooper 1930, 1932b.)

**10195 Oryzaephilus bicornis Er. LI: Brooklyn (Sf) ; Mas-
peth, Olsen (Sf) ; Flatbush, Ballou (C) ; Flushing
(C) ; Whitestone, Bowdoin (C).

**10265 Lathropus vernalis Lee. LI : East New York, Je, Weeks
(Sf).

Erotylidae.

(Cooper 1930, 1932b).

Derodontidae.

(Cooper 1930.)

Cryptophagidae.

(Cooper 1930, 1932b.)

**10372 Antherophagus convexus Lee. Maplecrest, Catskill
'Mts., Je, from the nest of a bee in log, Schott (Sf).

Mycetophagidae.

(Belkin 1933; Cooper 1932b.)

150 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXX

COLYDIIDAE.

(Cooper 1930, 1932b; Lacey 1933.)

$10592 Bothrideres geminatus Say. LI: Flatbush, May, Weeks
(Sf) ; Ballou (C).

10601 Cerylon sticticum Csy. The record “Catskill, Pears
(Sf)” should precede “SI.”

Lathridiidae.

(Cooper 1930, 1932b.)

Endomychidae.

$10727 Mycetina perpulchra Newn. LI : Yaphank, Aug, Weeks
(Sf).

**10 Symbiotes sp. (novum?). LI: Flushing (C).

COCCINELLIDAE.

(Cooper 1930, 1932b; Davis 1932a, 1933; Lacey 1932a, 1932b;

Shoemaker 1929a.)

10874 Hyper as pis lateralis Muls. Buffalo (Z&R). This record
is probably in error, and should be omitted from the
List unless verified; the species is a western form.
(Sf, C).

**10946 H. lewisi Lee. Bear Mt., Jul, Schott (Sf).

$ 10989 Microweisea misella Lee. LI: Yaphank, Jul, Davis
(Sf) ; Aqueduct, Jul, Weeks (Sf) ; Southold, Jul,
Cooper (Sf, C) .

$1101 ia Scymnus creperus fraternus Lee. LI: Flushing (C).

$11055 S', tenebrosus Muls. Li : Yaphank (Sf) ; Flushing (C).

$11082 S', americanus Muls. LI: Southold (C) ; Flushing (C).

$1 1093a S. flavifrons bioculatus Muls. LI: Yaphank (Sf) .

**11104 S', intrusus Horn. LI: Wyandanch, Aug, Barber

(Chapin) .

**11112 S. myrmedon Muls. LI: Wading River, Jul (Sf).

'**11114 S', liebecki Horn. LI: Pinelawn, Aug (Sf).

**11193- Adalia bipunctata bioculata Say. LI: Flushing (C).

**11193- A. bipunctata unifasciata Fab. LI: Flushing (C).

$11231 Epilachna corrupta Muls. LI: Babylon (Felt) ; Hunt-
ington (Felt) ; Westbury (Felt) ; Flushing (C) ;
Southold (C) ; Whitestone (C) ; Bayside (C) ; Fire
Island, Ballou (C) ; Jackson Heights (C) .

Alleculidae.

$11321 Mycetochara haldemani Lee. LI: Flushing, Je, Cooper
(Sf, C).

Oct., 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 151

**

Tenebrionidae.

(Cooper 1930.)

12188 Opatrinus minimus Beauv. LI: Flushing, Mar ( C ).
$12318 Platydema ruficorne Sturm. LI : Flushing (C) .

;*I2I39 P. flavipes Fab. LI : Flushing, in company with the
preceding (C).

$12393 Haplandrus ater Lee. SI: Mar, Weeks (Sf).

Lagriidae.

12504 Statira resplendens Melsh. LI: Parkville, Je, Weeks
(Sf).

Melandryidae.

(Belkin 1933; Cooper 1932b.)

:i2'55o Prothalpia undata Lee. LI : Aqueduct, Je, Weeks (Sf).

Ptinidae.

(Schaeffer 1930.)

Anobiidae.

(Cooper 1930, 1932b.)

12641 Xestobium rufovillosum DeG. LI: Flushing, Mar,
Lipsey (C).

Sphindidae.

(Cooper 1932b.)

12947 Odontosphindus denticollis Lee. Bronx Park (Sf).

ClSIDAE.

(Belkin 1933; Cooper 1930.)

SCARABEIDAE.

(Belkin 1933; Beutenmuller 1928; Brown 1931; Cooper 1930,
1932b; Dawson 1932; Leng 1928a; Schaeffer 1931b.)

$13255 Pleurophorus caesus Creutz. LI: Flushing (C).

**13329 Phyllophaga luctuosa Horn. LI: Yaphank, Je, Engel-
hardt (Sf) ; Wading River, Jul (Sf).

$13803 Ochrosidia villosa Burm. LI: Rockaway Beach, Jul,
and Coney Island, Jul, Weeks (Sf) ; Flatbush, at
light, Bachelor (C).

1401 7 Trichiotinus texanus Horn. The Staten Island record
in the New York State List is erroneous and should
be omitted. The locality of capture is “LI” alone. Sf.

152 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXX

Passalidae.

$14064 Passalus cornutus Fab. LI: Ap, Engelhardt (Sf) ;
Flatbush {Ballou).

Cerambycidae.

(Belkin 1933; Cooper 1930, 1932b; Davis 1932b; Leng 1928b;

Ragot 1935; Schaeffer 1926, 1933a.)

$14099 Smodicum cucujiform Say. LI: Yaphank, Aug, Weeks

(Sf).

14179 Stromatium pubescens Hald. LI: Yaphank, Aug,
Weeks (Sf).

14190 Eburia quadrigeminata Say. LI : Yaphank, Aug,

Weeks (Sf) ; Flushing, Killen (C).

$14463 Charisalia americana Hald. LI : East New York, Jul,
Weeks (Sf).

**14488 Strangalia deleta Lee. LI: Yaphank, Jul, Weeks (Sf).
14684 Xylotrechus aceris Fisher. LI : Flushing, Jul, Cooper
(Sf) ; Yaphank, Jul, Weeks (Sf).

$14915 Hammoderus tessellatus Hald. LI: Yaphank, Jul,
Weeks (Sf) ; Central Park ( Sf ).

$15020 Ceratographis biguttatus Lee. LI: Oakdale, Schott
(Sf).

$15121 Saperda puncticollis Say. LI: Aqueduct, Jul, Weeks
(Sf).

Chrysomelidae.

(Belkin 1933; Cooper 1930, 1932b; Schaeffer 1927, 1928, 1929,
1931a, 1933b, 1933c; Shoemaker 1929b.)

$ Donacia texana minor Schffr. LI : Flushing, Cooper

• (Sf).

$ D. tuberculifrons Schffr. LI : Montauk, Jul, Latham

(Sf).

$15299 Chlamys cribripennis Lee. SI: May— Je, Weeks (Sf).
**20177 Cryptocephalus binominis Newn. LI: Yaphank, May
(Sf) ; Jul, Weeks (Sf).

$ 1 5675 Calligrapha amelia Knab. LI: Bayshore, Jul, Olsen
(Sf) ; Aqueduct, Jul, Weeks (Sf) ; Woodhaven, Jul,
Weeks (Sf).

$- — — Phaedon americanus Schffr. LI: Flushing, Bowdoin&-
Cooper (Sf, C).

$i57°3 Gastroidea cyanea Melsh. LI: East New York, Je,
Weeks (Sf) ; Brooklyn, Je (Sf) ; Cold Spring Har-
bor, Barber (Sf) ; Bayside, Je (C).

Oct., 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 153

£15718 Phyllodecta americana Schffr. LI: Flatbush, Jul,
Weeks (Sf).

16065 Phyllotreta sinuata Steph. ... is a European species
not occurring in our fauna; this name should be re-
placed by Phyllotreta zimmermanni Cr. Sf.

16068 P. robusta Lee. This species has been recorded from
Cranberry Lake by Dr. Hatch, but is probably a mis-
identification. C.

fi6io6 Anoplitis rosea Web. SI: Aug, Weeks (Sf).

Brentidae.

16256 Eupsalis minuta Dru. LI: Flatbush, Ballou (C) ;

Flushing (C) ; Bayside (C) ; Southold (C) ; North-
port (C) ; Whitesone (C).

**16256- E. minuta lecontei Pow. “NY”, 0. Dietz (Sf) ; Keene
Valley, Notman ? (Sf) ; Adirondack Mts., Engel-
hardt (Sf).

Platystomidae.

(Belkin [sic! — as Belidae!] 1933; Cooper 1932b.)

£ 16279 Eurymycter fasciatus Oliv. LI: Yaphank, Aug, Weeks
(Sf) ; Southold, Jul (C) ; Flushing (C).

1 16290 Piezocorynus mixtus Lee. LI : Fire Island, Aug, Ballou
( Sf, C).

CURCULIONIDAE.

(Belkin 1933; Cooper 1930, 1932b; Crosby and Blauvelt 1930;

Leng 1930; Mutchler 1930.)

*£16361 Rhynchites aeratus Say. Mosholu, Je, sweeping
(Sf) ; LI: Yaphank, Jul, Weeks (Sf).

16641 Strophosoma coryli Fab. LI : Granville, Aug, Engel-
hardt (Sf ) .

£16752 Lepidophorus setiger Ham. LI: Flushing ( C , Baker).

**17061 Thysanocnemis balininoides Schffr. SI: Aug, Weeks
(Sf) ; LI: Long Beach, Aug, Schott (Sf) ; Prospect
Park, Aug, Weeks (Sf).

£r7797 Ceutorhynchus neglectus Blatch. LI : Flushing (C).

£17818 C. puberulus Lee. LI: Flushing (C).

£17841 Rhinoncus pericarpius Fab. LI : Flushing (C) .

£17843 R. longulus Lee. LI: Flushing (C).

**17982 Crypt or hynchus minutissimus Lee. LI: Yaphank, Jul-
Aug, Weeks (Sf) ; Parkville, Jul, Weeks (Sf).

£18031 Cossonus impressifrons Boh. LI : Flushing (C) .

154 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.zxx

£18049 Phloeophagus minor Horn. LI: Flushing, Cooper
(Buch.).

SCOLYTIDAE.

(Belkin 1933; Blandford 1894; Cooper 1930.)

**18173 Scolytus multistriatus (Marsh.). LI: Flushing, run-
ning about on the bark of a fallen elm (C).

£18186 Cnesinus strigicollis Lee. LI : Flushing, Cooper

(Blkm.) .

**18340 Stephanoderes Igeorgiae Hopk. LI: Flushing, mining
in stems of sumach and parasitized by a species of
Heterospilus (det. Muesebeck), Cooper (Blkm.).

List of Literature.

Angell, J. W. 1931. Jour N. Y. Ent. Soc. 39(2) : 269 (Proc.).
Cicindela hirticollis Say. — Sylvan Beach, Lake Ontario.

Belkin, J. N. 1933. Additions to the New York State List of
Insects. Bull. B’klyn Ent. Soc. 28(5) : 220-222. Unfortu-
nately Mr. Belkin overlooked a number of previously pub-
lished additions to the State List (see Cooper 1930, 1932b)
and so has duplicated some ten records. More than forty spe-
cies new to Long Island’s fauna are recorded, five of which
supply new records for New York State. It is suggested that
the identities of the Phelister, Attains, Ochadaeus, Triachus
and Oedionychis be carefully reascertained, for the species re-
corded are normally found in localities far removed from New
York State.

Beutenmuller, W. 1928. Aserica castanea: A new Japanese
lawn pest. Bull. B’klyn Ent. Soc. 23(2) : 68. Autoserica cas-
tanea Arrow. — LI : Woodlawn Cemetery.

Blandford, W. F. H. 1894. Rhyncophorus Coleoptera of
Japan. III. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, page 106. Although
this paper contains no reference to New York insects, in it
will be found the original description of Xyleborus germanus
Bland., a Scolytid introduced in North America at Oyster Bay,
L. I. It has been reared from the stems of grape collected at
that locality. (A. J. Mutchler.)

Brown, W. J. 1931. Revision of the North American Aegi-
aliinae. Can. Ent. 63(1): 9-19; (2): 42-49. Aegialia
humeralis Brown. — New York.

Burke, J. 1931. Bull. B’klyn Ent. Soc. 26(1) : 52 (Proc.).
Ptinella quercus Lee. — SI : Willow Brook.

Casey, T. L. 1905. Trans. Acad. Sci., St. Louis 15(2) : 118-

Oct., 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 155

1 19. Records the capture of Lathrotropis jacobina Lee. near
New York City by Mr. Julich. According to Mr. Schaeffer,
there is some reason to believe that the specimen was wrongly
labeled.

Chittenden, F. H. 1926. Note on the blister beetle Macro-
basis murina Lee. Bull. B’klyn Ent. Soc. 21(3) : 118. Ma-
crobasis murina Lee. — Blue Ridge ; LI : Brooklyn. Murina is
a synonym of Macrobasis debilis Lee. ; Chittenden’s note veri-
fies the early Leconte record, and establishes a new Long
Island record.

Cooper, K. W. 1930. A list of Coleoptera found at Flushing
and new to Long Island. Bull. B’klyn Ent. Soc. 25(1) : 21-24.
Sixty-six species are listed, of which two are new to the fauna
of the United States and three to New York State. The re-
mainder are new additions to the Long Island records.

. . 1932a. Bull. B’klyn Ent. Soc. 27(1): 71 (Proc.).

Mycophagus (species novum?) .—Darts.

. 1932b. Additions to the New York State List of In-
sects. Bull. B’klyn Ent. Soc. 27(4) : 189-195. One hundred
and forty-two species are listed, twenty-five of which are new
additions to the List. The remainder are new additions to
the Long Island records.

. 1934. Bull. B’klyn Ent. Soc. 29(3): 130 (Proc.).

Micromalthus debilis Lee. — Van Cortlandt Park; Columbia
University, in New York City. The records are those of Mr.
Alan Scott, of the Department of Zoology, Columbia Univer-
sity. Mr. Scott has also taken this generally overlooked cole-
opteran at Cold Spring Harbor, L. I.

Crosby, C. R., and W. E. Blauvelt. 1930. A European beetle
found in New York. Ent. News 41(5) : 164. Cleonus piger
Scop. — Branchport.

Davis, W. T. 1926. Bull. B’klyn Ent. Soc. 21(3): 132
(Proc.). Calosoma wilcoxi Lee. — SI: New Brighton.

• . 1932a. A coccinellid beetle new to the fauna of New

York State. Bull. B’klyn Ent. Soc. 27(2) : 101. Coccinella
undecimpunctata L. — LI : Orient.

. 1932b. Bull. B’klyn Ent. Soc. 27(4) : 213 (Proc.).

Leptura emarginata Fab. — LI: Mattituck; Atimia confusa
Say. — LI : Orient ; Chalcophora georgiana Lee. — LI : South-
old : Agrypnus sallei Lee. — LI : East Marion.

. 1933. Bull. B’klyn Ent. Soc. 28(4): 179 (Proc.).

Anisocalva [Sic! — Anisocalvia) quatuordecimguttata L. ; A.

156 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxx

duodecim-maculata Gebl. ; Exochomus marginipennis var.
latius cuius Csy. ; all from Orient, Long Island, and collected
by R. Latham.

Dawson, R. W. 1932. New species of Serica (Scarabeidae).
Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 40(4) : 529-562. Serica atricapilla
Kby. to replace 6\ cucullata Daws. ; S. trociformis blatchleyi
Daws. — Karner, New York City, White Plains, Whiteface
Mt. ; Long Island.

Fall, H. C. 1927. New Lampyridae. Bull. B’klyn Ent. Soc.
22(4) : 208-211. Photinus ignitus Fall. — Peekskill.

. 1934. On certain North American Elateridae, new

and old. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 42(1) : 7-36. Megapenthes
solitarius Fall. Fourth Lake, Adirondacks.

Fisher, W. S. 1928. A revision of the North American
species of the buprestid beetles belonging to the genus Agrilus.
Smithsonian Inst., Bull. 145. Agrilus champlaini Frost. —
Hudson Falls; A. arcuatus torquatus Lee. — Poughkeepsie,
New York City; A. juglandis Knull. — Ilion, Poughkeepsie;
A. quadriimpressus Zieg. — Olcott, West Point; A. viridis
fagi Ratz. ( -A . communis rubicola Perrin; see footnote, p.
209.) — New York City; Agrilus celti Knull. — Albany; Long
Island.

Hatch, M. H. 1928a. Brachypterolus pulicarius (L.) in
America (Nitidulidae) . Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 36(1) : 35-36.
Brachypterolus mordelloides Not. must be regarded as syn-
onymous with B. pulicarius (L.).

. 1928b. Coleopterorum Catalogus 95, p. 201. Catops

clavicornis Lee. changed to C. americanus Hatch. [This spe-
cies is recorded in the New York State List as Cholera clavi-
cornis Lee. Further, all of the species listed in this compila-
tion under the generic name of Cholera must be recorded as
Catops.]

. 1932. The pennsylvanicus group of Harpalus. Bull.

B’klyn Ent. Soc. 27(4) : 173-176. Harpalus effetus Csy.
united with erythropus Dej.; H. delosus [sic! dolosus] Csy.
united with longior Kby. [ Harpalus longior Kby. is recorded
in the New York State List as H. longicollis Lee.] H. halde-
mani Csy. lowered to varietal form of H. ragans Lee. H. con -
virus Lee. united with pennsylvanicus DeG.

I933a* Studies on the Leptodiridae (Catopidae) with

descriptions of new species. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 41(1, 2) :
187-239. Nemadus horni Hatch. — West Point; Catops

Oct., 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 157

( Sciodrepa ) alsiosus Horn. — Ithaca; Catops hornianus

Blanch. — Altamont, Enfield, Ithaca, Mosholu, New York,
Olcott, Piseco Lake, Upper Saranac, West Point.

. 1933b. Pan Pacific Ent. 9(3) : 117-121. Melanius

Bon. to replace Omaseus of Leng List.

Knull, J. N. 1930. Notes on Coleoptera — no. 2. Ent. News
41(3) : 82-86. Tillus transversalis Charp. — New York City.

Lacey, L. 1932a. Bull. B’klyn Ent. Soc. 27 (4) : 21 1 (Proc.).
Adalia frigida humeralis Say. — Westchester Co. [In this
connection, Mr. Schaeffer (Bull. B’klyn Ent. Soc. 28(2) : 83
(Proc.). 1933) points out that Adalia frigida humeralis Say.
of the New York State List is actually A. bipunctata quadri-
maculata Scop.]

. 1932b. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 40(2) : 267 (Proc.).

N eoharmonia venusta Melsh. — Pelham.

. 1933. Bull. B’klyn Ent. Soc. 28(2): 82 (Proc.).

Ditoma [sic! — Bitoma] crenata Fab. — Pelham. Ibid: 83

(Proc.). Glischrochilus obtusus Say. — Westchester Co.

Leng, C. 1928a. Proc. S. I. Inst. Arts Sci. (5): 37. Popillia
japonica Newn. — Staten Island.

. 1928b. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 36(4) : 461 (Proc.).

The two Long Island localities for Saperda shoemakeri Davis
in the New York State List are incorrect, belonging two lines
above to Saperda concolor unicolor Felt & Joutel.

. 1930. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 38(1): 82 (Proc.).

Ceutorhynchus marginatus Payk. — Staten Island.

Mutchler, A. J. 1930. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 38(1) : 81 (Proc.).
Calomycterus setaerius Roelfs. — Colonial Heights (Yonkers).

Nicolay, A. S. 1925. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 33(1) : 57 (Proc.).
Pselaphus erichsoni Lee. — LI : Rosedale.

Nicolay, A. S., and H. B. Weiss. 1932. Synopsis of the Ci-
cindelidae, I. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 40(3) : 341-355. '‘In
New York and New Jersey (where splendida has not been
found) in a series of forty or fifty specimens of limbalis gen-
erally one or two turn out to be transversal 1 Apparently es-
tablishes a new record for New York State!

. 1934. Notes on Carabidae, including a synopsis of

the genera Cylindrocharis, Euferonia, Melanius (Omaseus)
and Dysidius of the tribe Pterostichini. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.
41(2): 193-213. Euferonia vapida Csy. reduced to variety
of stygica; Melanius ebeninus Dej. — Long Island, Engel-
hardt; Dysidius purpuratus Lee. — Staten Island, Leng.

158 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXX

Notman, H. 1929. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 37(2) : 177 (Proc.).
Asaphidion flavipes Linn. — -LI: Queens [Flushing], Cooper
& Killen.

Ochs, G. 1930. Remarks on “A List of the Insects of New
York.” Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 38(2) : 135-138. Corrections,
notes and additions for the family Gyrinidae. Also includes a
statement t>y H. C. Fall.

Ragot, Chas. L. 1935. Bull. B’klyn Ent. Soc. 30(1) : 31 (Proc.).
Stenodontes dasystemus Say. — LI : Long Island City. [The
labelling of this specimen should be verified.]

Schaeffer, Chas. A. 1926. Bull. B’klyn Ent. Soc. 21(3): 133
(Proc.). Xylotrechus quadrimaculatus Hald. — LI: Flatbush.

. 1927. Bull. B’klyn Ent. Soc. 22(3) : 175 (Proc.).

Donacia rugosa Lee. — LI : Riverhead.

. 1928. Notes on the species of Lina and allied gen-
era. Can. Ent. 60(2) : 42-47. Lina obsoleta scriptoides
Schffr. described from a series including a specimen from
West Point (Type).

. 1930. Bull. B’klyn Ent. Soc. 25(5): 306 (Proc.).

Dermestes peruvianus Cast. — LI: Brooklyn, Prospect Park;
Dermestes cadaverinus Fab. — Manhattan ; Gibbium psylloides
Czemp. — LI: [Brooklyn], Flushing; Mezium americanum

Lap. — LI : Brooklyn ; Ptinus raptor Sturm. — LI : Brooklyn.

. 1931a. New species of Disonycha and notes (Col.

Chrysomelidae) . Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 39(3): 279-285.
Disonycha quinquevittata var.- — -Northern New York; Long
Island.

. 1931b. On a few new and known Coleoptera. Bull.

B’klyn Ent. Soc. 26(4): 174-176. Serica brunnea L. — LI:
Flushing, Cooper. [In a short note ( Serica brunnea L., Bull.
B’klyn Ent. Soc. 27(1) : 50, 1932) Mr. Schaeffer calls to at-
tention that the species referred to has been misdetermined.
The correct name is Serica similis Lew.]

. 1933a. Bull. B’klyn Ent. Soc. 28(1) : 41 (Proc.).

Romaleum hispicorne Lee. — LI: Fire Island; Anoplium cin-
erascens Lee. — |‘LI”.

. 1933b. Short studies in the Chrysomelidae (Cole-
optera). Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 41(3): 297-325. Syneta
carinata Mann. — Maplecrest, Je, Schott', Slide Mt., Shoe-
maker ; Whiteface Mt., Shoemaker. Lema trilineata trivittata
Say. — Ithaca.

. 1933c. Short studies in the Chrysomelidae (Cole-

Oct., 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 159

optera) continued. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 41(4) : 457-480.
Bassareus formosus confluentus Schffr. — New York; Long
Island; Van Cortlandt Park. Hydrothassa boreella Schffr. —
Danby, Anderson, on C alt ha palustris. Calligrapha vicina
Schffr.— Olcott, N. Y., Genessee Co.; C. alni Schffr. — East
Aurora, Dietrich ; Phyllodecta americana pallipes Schffr. —
Catskill ; Adirondacks.

Shoemaker, E. 1929a. Bull. B’klyn Ent. Soc. 24(3) : 198
(Proc.). Epilachna corrupta Muls. — New York City.

. 1929b. Bull. B’klyn Ent. Soc. 24(5) : 341 (Proc.).

Physonota unipunctata quinquenotata Walsh. — Van Cortlandt
Park.

. 1930. Bull. B’klyn Ent. Soc. 25(1): 58 (Proc.).

Casnonia ludoviciana Salle. — Piermont.

Siepmann, C. G. 1927. Bull. B’klyn Ent. Soc. 22(3) : 170
(Proc.). Carpophilus nitens Fall. — LI: Evergreen.

. 1932. Omosita discoidea in New York. Bull.

B’klyn Ent. Soc. 27(4) : 182. Omosita discoidea Fab. —
Pelham.

Incisalia Henrici Gr. & Rob. in Connecticut. — On May 11,

1935, I found the very rare little Incisalia henrici Grote & Robert-
son common in the woods in back of our country home in Putnam
Heights, Putnam, Connecticut. Only five specimens were taken
for positive identification and comparison with the type, but a
number of others were seen, all within a radius of fifty feet and
within about ten minutes. The butterflies were in a damp, heavy
deciduous woods that slopes down gently to a marsh surrounding
a muddy pond. They were flying actively close to the ground,
alighting mostly on the leaves of Skunk Cabbage which is very
plentiful in this environment. About fifty feet away at the edge
of the woods the Shadbush or Juneberry ( Amelanchier ) was
flowering profusely, and around these blossoms were Incisalia
augustinus Westw., I. niphon Huebn., and Lycaenopsis pseudar-
giolus in some numbers, but no henrici. Henrici is known as a
very rare butterfly ; may this not be partly due to the fact that we
have not looked for it in its favorite haunts, but have rather sought
it in company with its congeners ?

The date, May 11, means little this year, as the season is abnor-
mally late. The fact that the Juneberry and High-bush Blueberry
were at the height of their flowering is a better way of dating the
above record. — Alexander B. Klots, New York, N. Y.

160 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXX

A NEW SPECIES OF SCIARINAE.*

Frank R. Shaw, Amherst, Mass.

In a lot of material taken in the course of some studies of soil
fauna by Mr. J. W. Johnston, of Harvard University, there was
one specimen of considerable interest.

The insect in question is a wingless female belonging to the sub-
family Sciarinae (fig. i). The writer was at a loss to identify the
specimen and sent it to Dr. O. A. Johannsen, of Cornell Univer-
sity. Dr. Johannsen expressed the following opinion of the speci-
men :

“The specimen does not belong to the genus Sciara. You
will note that the palpi have a different structure and further-
more, I know of no wingless females in this genus. I have
looked over the literature which I have and find no wingless
female described that has the palpal structure of the specimen
that you sent.”

In Edwards’s classification the specimen would key out to the
genus Peyerimhoffia. The palpal structure as figured by Lengers-
dorf, however, does not quite agree with that exhibited in the pres-
ent specimen. Tentatively, I am placing this species in the genus
Peyerimhoffia.

Peyerimhoffia johnstoni n. sp.

$. Wingless. Length (slide mount) 1.16 mm. Head and
basal two segments of antennae brown; remainder of body
pale yellow. Halteres lacking, ocellar bridge present. Palpi
(fig. 2) two-segmented, the first more or less pear-shaped, the
second ovoidal. Tibia spurred. Type in my collection. Type
locality Petersham, Mass.

* Contribution from the Entomological Laboratory of the Mas-
sachusetts State College, Amherst, Mass.

Bull. B. E. S., Yol. XXX, No. 4

Plate VI

162 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXX

COMPARISON OF COLOR MARKINGS OF CICINDELA
FORMOSA SAY AND CICINDELA FORMOSA
GENEROSA DEJ. (COLEOP.:
CICINDELIDAE.

By F. G. Meserve, Lincoln, Nebr.

After studying over three hundred and fifty specimens of Cicin-
dela formosa Say and Cicindela formosa generosa Dej. in the col-
lection of the Department of Entomology of the University of
Nebraska several conclusions are obvious and worthy of being re-
corded. The eastern form of Cicindela formosa generosa as found
in New Jersey is more near the type of the sub-species. It is dull
red cupreous in color. The middle band of the elytra is strongly
deflexed and narrower than specimens found in Nebraska and
Iowa. Cicindela formosa of Nebraska is of a lighter reddish or
cupreous color and has a metallic lustre. Some are greenish red.
Those from the extreme western part of Nebraska particularly
show this light greenish-red hue. The middle cross band is almost
straight to slightly deflexed and slightly bent obtusely. There are
many variations in color and markings of the Nebraska species.
Some are duller and darker in color and have strongly deflexed
middle bands. These bands are wider than those from the extreme
eastern part of the United States. In some the color is like Cicin-
dela formosa and the middle band similar, although somewhat
wider than in Cicindela formosa generosa. In others the color is
like Cicindela formosa generosa and the middle band more like
Cicindela formosa.

The series from Iowa is darker than the one from Nebraska
and more like the eastern one in color. The middle band varies,
however, as it does in Cicindela formosa in Nebraska. It seems,
therefore, that Cicindela formosa generosa from the eastern part
of the United States and Cicindela formosa from the mid-west
have intergradations in the mid- west as found in Nebraska and
Iowa. Those from Iowa more closely resemble the extreme eastern
forms than do those from Nebraska.

Some specimens in our cabinet closely resemble Cicindela for-
mosa manitoba Leng. In comparing Cicindela formosa from Ne-
braska with Cicindela formosa manitoba which were donated by
Mr. W. Knaus we find that the color pattern is similar to that of
the Manitoba sub-species. The white markings of the Nebraska
sub-species are extremely broad so that almost one-half of the
elytra are white. The color is dull bronze brown in both.

Oct., 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 163

CHARLES ROBERTSON.

June 12, 1857-JuNE 17, 1935.

By H. B. Parks, San Antonio, Texas.

The death of Charles Robertson brings to an end the first chap-
ter in the development of ecology in the United States. His first
paper appeared in 1884, his last in 1934. His bibliography con-
tains about one hundred twenty-five titles. His best known work
is a series of papers entitled “Flowers and Insects,” which ap-
peared in the Botanical Gazette , the Bulletin of the Brooklyn
Entomological Society, and Ecology. This series is a discussion of
the flowering plants of the Carlinville, Illinois, area and their rela-
tion to their insect guests. This series later appeared in a book
called “Flowers and Insects,” which contains a summary of these
articles together with much new material.

He read several languages and was in demand as a reviewer of
foreign publications on botany and ecology. He reviewed Knuth’s
“Handbook on Floral Ecology” for the Botanical Gazette and was
at work on a translation of this monumental publication at the time
it was announced that an English edition would be printed. Rob-
ertson was very methodical in everything which he did. In 1883
he became interested in floral ecology. He worked out a plan for
carrying on an intensive study of flowers and insects in a territory
about twenty miles square. This work he carried on through a
period of fifty years. In making the plans for this work he esti-
mated the material needed and purchased a sufficient amount so
that he would not be inconvenienced by a change of equipment.
His estimates proved true. He had no patience with hasty, slip-
shod work on the part of his students or co-workers. His own col-
lections are models. It is estimated that at the time of his death
his collection contained thirty thousand mounted insects, mostly
hymenoptera, and a plant collection of over five hundred species.
Each specimen carries with it minute details, noted at its capture
in the field. He did not desire a general collection, but only those
things which illustrated some phase of floral ecology. It is safe to
say that 98 per cent of his collection came from within ten miles of
his home. The collection is rich in type material. As he described
many species, this collection is of great value to science. Robertson
contributed the majority of his original descriptions to the Canadian
Entomologist , the Transactions of the St. Louis Academy of Sci-
ence, and the Transactions of the Philadelphia Academy of Sci-

164 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXX

ence. The articles on floral ecology have been mentioned. His
miscellaneous articles on plant and insect relationships and topics
of the day have appeared in many journals in the United States
and in Europe. He belonged to many scientific organizations and
was well known throughout the entomological world.

Charles Robertson was born and died in the same city. His
father, Dr. W. A. Robertson, was for years Carlinville’s leading
physician and druggist. The boy Charles was destined to follow
the father as a physician, however, he was more interested in the
study of natural history, than of medicine and as the family needed
someone to look after the large land holdings, the boy took over
this task to leave his father free to his practice. He attended sev-
eral eastern universities for short periods, selecting his own course
of study and specializing in those things which he desired. He
taught in a local school for many years, more as a help to the
school than for the honor of the position. The Robertson family
donated a science building to this school.

Robertson was a correspondent and close friend of many of the
older scientists. Trelease, Barnes, and the scientists belonging to
the St. Louis Academy of Science formed a group, which held an
annual reunion for many years at Beaver Dam Lake near Carlin-
ville. For nearly forty years Robertson spent his winters op the
west coast of Florida, where he owned a plant, insect, bird preserve,
which many of the readers of this Journal have been privileged to
visit.

Robertson was a teacher who could induce his pupils to like any
subject. Being versatile he was called upon to give a course in
Greek and, strange to say, it was one of the most popular courses
given that year and — the pupils actually learned Greek. The writer
was intimately connected with Robertson from 1886 to 1900 and
can probably appreciate this man and his work more than those
who knew him only through his articles. It is safe to say that the
great work of Robertson’s life was not his contribution to a greater
knowledge of ecology or of systematic entomology, but the fact
that he unified the study of ecology in the United States and saved
it from the fate which it suffered in Europe.

Oct., 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 165

THE GENUS HERMETIA IN THE UNITED STATES
(DIPTERA, STRATIOMYIDAE).

By Maurice T. James, Colorado State College, Fort Collins, Colo.

A study of flies of the genus Hermetia has brought to light two
very distinct species which are, apparently, undescribed. Since no
key exists for the identification of the species known from the
United States, and since this list of species is probably complete
for our range, a brief review of our species is herein presented.
This review is only preliminary to a monograph of the species of
the world, which is now in the course of preparation.

Hermetia may be distinguished from all other North American
genera of Stratiomyidae by the peculiar structure of the last an-
tennal piece (sometimes referred to as the style of the flagellum) ;
this segment is elongated, being as long as or longer than the re-
maining segments of the flagellum taken together, is flattened, and
is fringed on both edges with short, dense, hairs. The discal cell
gives off four veins, the cross-vein m-cu being absent, and the scu-
tellum is devoid of spines. These flies are of moderate to large size
for Stratiomyidae, and, as a rule, are moderately elongated and
slender.

The immature stages of H. illucens are well known; the larval
habits are varied. Malloch (1917) describes and figures the larva
and puparium and cites records of its being bred from beeswax,
catsup, decaying vegetables, and potatoes. Larvae have been re-
ported from the cadaver of a man in the Canal Zone (Dunn, 1916) ;
from bee-hives (Copello, 1926) ; from dead crabs, in Samoa (Ri-
cardo, 1929), and from the nests of Melponidae (Borgmeier,
1:930). We also have unpublished records of intestinal myiasis
being caused in man by this species. Engelhardt (1928) records
taking larvae of H. aurata in damp soil, under logs, in Arizona.
H. hunteri was bred from cactus in Texas.

The following key will serve to identify our species. H. hunteri
was placed from its description, for the sake of completeness; the
others I have examined personally. Several species not occurring
in our range have been included in order to show affinities.

Hermetia — Key to Species.

1. Eyes bare 2

Eyes distinctly pilose 4

2. Almost wholly black species ; femora and tibiae mostly black . 3

Predominantly yellow ; legs brown hunteri Coq.

166 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXX

3. Squamae white, white-haired nucis n. sp.

Squamae black, black-haired illucens L.

4. Face, from anterior view, rounded 5

Face, from anterior view, acute, conically projecting 7

5. Abdomen black in ground color 6

Abdomen red or reddish in ground color aurata BelL

6. Yellow pubescence on whole of segments two to four.

chrysopila Lw.

Yellow pubescence confined to apices of these segments.

eiseni Tns.

7. Legs entirely yellow ; abdomen terete comstocki WilL

At least the femora largely black ; abdomen more or less flat-
tened 8

8. Femora and tibiae black; second abdominal segment with a

pair of translucent spots alhitarsis F.

Tibiae pale; second abdominal segment concolorous 9

9. Head black; thorax black .10

Head yellow ; thorax mostly yellow, golden-haired.

concinna Will.

10. Thorax yellow-pilose lativentris Bell.

Thorax black-pilose reinhardi n. sp.

Hermetia hunteri Coq.

H. hunteri Coquillett, Canad. Ent., 41 : 212, 1909. Texas.

Hermetia nucis n. sp.

Close to H. illucens Linn., but the abdomen is wholly black dor-
sally in the male, and with at most a pair of small, yellow opaque
spots in the female; the abdomen is more pointed apically; the
vertex, in the male, is much narrower ; and the squamae are white,
with a white fringe. The head also has a greater quantity of
yellow pile.

Male. Head black; eyes margined with yellow along the
vertex and to a short distance below the occipital triangle; a
yellow spot along each eye in the middle of the front, and an-
other below the antennae, this latter extending laterally to the
eyes and along the inner occular margins. Facial projection
pointed below. Vertex narrow, the distance from the ocellar
triangle to each eye being no greater than the base of the
ocellar triangle. Eyes bare. First antennal segment but
slightly longer than the second. Pile of face black, that of
front black mixed with yellow. Thorax black, clothed with
appressed silvery tomentum ; some semi-erect white intermixed
with a little black pile laterally; pleura white-pilose. Scutel-
lum black. Squamae white or yellow, with a fringe of white

Oct., 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 167

hairs. Abdomen elongated, somewhat ovate, strongly taper-
ing apically; black, wholly opaque, and with at most a little
reddish-brown laterally; its vestiture consists of short, white,
appressed pile, with a much longer silvery pile forming tri-
angles at the outer posterior angles of segments two to four.
A little black pile laterally on segment one. Venter black, pile
short, white, inconspicuous. Legs black, yellowish-pilose; the
posterior tibiae yellow on the basal fourth ; tarsi yellow, the
apical one or two segments darkened and black-haired. Length,
8-15 mm.

Female. Similar to the male; the first antennal segment is
longer in proportion to the second; the vertex is wider; there
is a pair of small yellow spots on the first abdominal tergite,
these being more expanded and (sometimes) transparent on
the sternite. Differs otherwise only sexually. The female is
more difficult to distinguish from H. illucens , but the white
squamae will serve to distinguish the species in both sexes.

Holotype: Male, Santo Tomas, P. de Zapata, Cuba, May 5-9,
19 27 (S. C. Bruner & J. Acuna) .

Allotype: Female, Jobabo, Cuba, April 20, 1925, T. P. R. F. Ent.
No. 331 (C. F. Stahl).

Paratypes : 2 males, Cuba, E. E. A. de Cuba No. 9178; male,
Lake Worth, Florida, Nov. 4, 1928; Female, Lake Worth, Fla.,
Nov. 6, 1928.

The male paratypes labelled “E. E. A. de Cuba 9178” were
reared from the dead tissue of the coconut. The Florida speci-
mens are considerably larger than those from Cuba, but evidently
conspecific. Holotype, in the writer’s collection; Cuban paratypes,
in the Cuban National Collection; Florida paratypes, in the collec-
tion of Dr. S. W. Bromley.

Hermetia illucens Linn.*

This common species occurs in the moister tropical and sub-
tropical regions throughout the world. Its distribution in North
America is as follows: N. C. : Chadbourn, Nov. 27, 1925 (Brom-
ley) ; Willard, Oct. 5, 1934 (F. S. Blanton). S. C., Gai, Fla.,
Ala., La., Texas: numerous records. Cuba, Porto Rico: common.
Ark.: Carroll Co., Sept. 17, 1932 (Geo. E. Gould). Okla. : Wil-
burton, June 8, 1934, and Hugo, June 21, 1934 (A. E. Pritchard) ;
Smithville, June 10, 1934, and Idabel, Oct. 7, 1931 (E. Hixson).

* For references and synonymy, see Aldrich’s Catalogue, for
starred species.

168 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society V 61. XXX

Ariz. : Tucson, Aug. i (A. A. Nichol), Sept. 29 (C. T. Vorhies),
Sept. 26 (F. H. Parker), Oct. (J. M. Breazeale) ; Globe, Sept.
(Duncan); Mesa, April (Nichol). Calif.: Riverside, numerous,
June to Oct. (Timberlake) ; April 8 (H. H. Smith). Mexico &
Central America: Common.

Hermetia aurata Bellard.*

This and the two following species are closely related to each
other. The amount of black on the scutellum is apparently a
variable character.

Distribution. Texas: Donna, May, June, July, and Oct. (J. W.
Monk). Calif.: San Diego, July 30, 1921, and Aug. 20, 1921.
Mexico: Morelia (type); Lower California (recorded by Town-
send) .

Hermetia chrysopila Loew.*

Distribution. Texas: Type. Austin, Apr. 15 to May 19; East-
land Co., April 17 to May 16, 1921 (Grace O. Wiley) ; Austin
(R. H. Painter). N. M.: Magdalena Mts., 8,400 ft., July 23,
1930 (E. R. Tinkham). Ariz.: Baboquivari Mts., April (Dun-
can) ; S. Catalina Mts., April (Duncan) ; Globe, Aug. (Duncan).
Kansas: Clark Co., June (F. H. Snow) ; Manhattan, June 4 & 8,
1932 (C. W. Sabrosky). Colo.: Boulder, May 26, 1934 (D. F.
Aultz) . This Colorado record is surprising ; it is a northern record
for the genus.

Hermetia eiseni Townsend.*

Lower California (type). The type specimens have black mark-
ings on the tibiae ; these are lacking in the two preceding species.
Otherwise, except for the abdominal pile, they are much the same.

Hermetia comstocki Williston.*

Mimics Polistes. Distribution. Ariz. : Type. Ramsey Canon,
Huachuca Mts. (F. X. Williams) ; Huachuca Mts. (R. H.
Beamer) ; Sierra Ancha Mts., July (Duncan) ; S. Catalina Mts.,
April (Duncan); Baboquivari Mts., Apr. (Duncan). Sonora,
Mexico : recorded by Osten Sacken.

Hermetia concinna Williston.*

Ariz.: Pimal Mts.; Baboquivari Mts. N. M.: recorded by Wil-
liston. Texas: Chinati Mts. (Tinkham).

Oct., 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 169

Hermetia reinharti n. sp.

This species is close to H. lativentris Bell., but the black pile of
the thorax will readily distinguish it.

Male. Head black; a spot contiguous with each eye in the
middle of the front, the region at the base of the antennae and
extending onto the facial prominence, and the inner ocular
margins of the face, a dirty yellow. Frontal protuberance
prominent, elevated distinctly above the ocellar triangle.
Eyes clearly black-pilose. Antennae black; first and second
segments yellow ; the first segment more than twice the length
of the second. Pile of head largely black, but interspersed
with yellow pile on the vertex and in the depressions of the
front. Thorax and scutellum entirely black and black-pilose,
with suggestions of reddish yellow along the sides of the dor-
sum, the posterior angles, and the extreme apex of the scu-
tellum ; sternites with a slightly reddish cast. Abdomen
orange in color ; the first segment black dorsally, except for a
small amount of yellowish toward the apex, and black on the
basal half ventrally; second segment with a median black
stripe, about one-eighth the width of the segment, which con-
nects basally with the black of the first segment and extends
apically almost to the apex of the second; the black of the
first segment also encroaches upon the second in the form of
narrow lateral margins which gradually fade into orange
about the middle of the second segment; the pale coloration
of the second segment is more yellowish than on the follow-
ing segments, both dorsally and ventrally. Coxae, trochanters,
and femora black, with somewhat of a reddish tinge, black-
haired; tibiae and tarsi wholly pale yellow, with concolorous
pile. Wings rather strongly infuscated with brown, espe-
cially near the costal margins and adjoining the stronger veins.
Length, 16 mm.

Holotype: Male, Oilley, Texas, May 6, 1920, No. 3108 (H. J.
Reinhard). H. J. Reinhard Collection.

Paratype: Male, Travis Co., Texas, summer, 1931 (J. K. G.
Silvey) .

The paratype is somewhat smaller than the holotype, being about
11 mm. in length; otherwise, it agrees with the above description.

Literature Cited.

Borgmeier, Th. 1930. Uber das Vorkommen der Larven von
Hermetia illucens L. in den Nestern von Meliponiden. Zool.
Anz. 90: 225-235.

Copello, Andres. 1926. Biologia de Hermetia illucens Latr.

170 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXX

Rev. Soc. Ent. Argentina i : 23-26.

Dunn, L. H. 1916. Hermetia illucens breeding in a human
cadaver. Ent. News 27: 59-61.

Engelhardt, Geo. P. 1928. Notes on the breeding of H ermetia
aurata Bell. Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 23: 122.

Malloch, J. R. 1917. A preliminary classification of Diptera
. . . based upon larval and pupal characters . . . , Bull. 111.
St. Lab. Nat. Hist. 12: 323-24.

Ricardo, Gertrude. 1929. Stratiomyidae, in Insects of Samoa,
vi, Diptera 3 : 109.

The American Species of Lipoptena (Diptera, Hippobos-
cidae). — A revision of the deer parasites of the genus Lipoptena
was sent in for publication over a year ago. Since there seems
to be no prospect of having it appear in the near future, the
following summary will be useful. I recognize in the Ameri-
cas four species : 1. L. ferrisi, new name, a common parasite of
western black-tailed deer, mule deer and western white tailed deer
in British Columbia, Oregon, California and Montana. This is the
species described and figured by Ferris and Cole as L. subulata
(1922, Parasitology, XIV, p. 187, figs. 2 c and 4). — 2. L. cervi
(Linnaeus), an introduced species in New Hampshire, Massachu-
setts and Pennsylvania, on Virginia deer. L. subulata Coquillett is
a synonym. — 3. L. depressa (Say), a common parasite of western
black-tailed deer and mule deer. I have seen it from British Co-
lumbia, Washington State, Oregon, South Dakota, California, and
Montana. — 4. L. mazamae Rondani, a common parasite of tropical
deer and brocket throughout Central and South America, and of
eastern white-tailed deer in Georgia, Texas, Florida and South
Carolina. L. depressa var. mexicana Townsend, L. conifera
Speiser, and L. surinamensis Bau I regard as synonyms. — J. Be-
quaert. Harvard University Medical School, Boston, Mass.

Oct., 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 171

PROCEEDINGS OF THE SOCIETY.

Meeting of February 14, 1935

A regular meeting of the Brooklyn Entomological Society was
held at the Brooklyn Museum on Thursday, February 14, 1935, at
8.15 p. m. President Davis in the chair and six other members
present, viz., Messrs, Engelhardt, Lipsey, Nicolay, Ragot, Sheri-
dan and Siepmann, and Messrs. Gerberg, Kerrish and Stecher, and
Miss Potter and Miss Regenbogen.

Mr. Engelhardt presented the report of the treasurer and an
approximate estimate of receipts and expenditures during 1935,
which were ordered placed on file. He reported that the publica-
tions of the society were receiving wider recognition than they had
in the past, and that occasional inquiries and orders were coming
in from abroad. He also said that the good will which was being
built up by the editor and himself through their correspondence
with subscribers were becoming a valuable asset to the society.

In order to promote sales on reprints, worthwhile reductions have
been made on certain papers, which have been advertised in the
February number of the Bulletin.

The Report of the Publication Committee for 1935 was read by
Mr. Engelhardt and was placed on file.

Mr. William T. Davis read part of a letter he had received from
Mr. Robert P. Dow, of Laguna Beach, California, who has been a
member of the society for many years. He also showed a photo-
graph of Nathan Banks, whom he described as “a specialist in all
orders of insects.”

Mr. George Lipsey, 40-47 167 Street, Flushing, Long Island,
New York, was proposed for membership by Mr. Engelhardt. Mr.
Lipsey being present, a motion was made and seconded that the
By-Laws be suspended, and that Mr. Lipsey be elected. This was
done, and the candidate was declared elected.

Mr. Sheridan suggested that the society have an attendance regis-
ter, in which the members and others attending each meeting sign
their names, as is the custom in some of the local societies.

Mr. William T. Davis called attention to the notes about Aciias
luna var. rubromarginata in the Bulletin of the Brooklyn Ento-
mological Society for December, 1933, pages 232 and 239, and
showed three moths raised from the caterpillars presented to him
by Mr. Charles Rummel, of Newark, N. J. One male emerged
August 21, 1933 ; one male on August 30, 1933, and one male May
18, 1934. All cocoons were kept indoors and none produced the
hoped-for variety rubromarginata.

172 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXX

Mr. Nicolay spoke of his collecting trips to Mt. Pisgah, N. C.r
Mt. Washington, N. H., and to other mountains of the East, dur-
ing the past few years, chiefly in search of Carabidae.

In 1927 he collected at Mt. Mitchell, N. C. The whole top of
this mountain was a paradise for collecting Carabidae, no other
place he has so far visited comparing with it. Mt. Mitchell is
rather widely separated from the other mountains, being neither
in the Black Mountains .nor in the Great Smokies. Maronetus
were obtained here by digging deep into the moss and mold. He
said that Mr. Beutenmuller had collected in this region a long time
ago, but that he labelled all the material “Black Mountain, N. C.,”
including many specimens which were collected for him by the
natives. This material did not all come from the same place, and
the legend “Black Mountain” is misleading, as there are three
widely separated places called Black Mountain in this region.

In the Blue Ridge Mountains at Skyland, Va., there wasn’t any
sphagnum moss and decaying leaves as at Mt. Mitchell, and collect-
ing was accordingly not as profitable. Collecting in the Unicoi
Mountains around Sweetwater was also rather unprofitable.

Mr. Nicolay said that the locality where Scaphinotus guyoti oc-
curs has been lost; and that no specimen of this beetle has been
collected since it was described. He said that he did not believe
any collector has gone up Mt. Guyot in recent years, but he did not
think that guyoti came from this mountain. The mountains of
northern Georgia seemed a more likely place.

Mt. Pisgah, N. C., was a rather dry mountain, and was not as
good a collecting place as the Great Smokies or Mt. Mitchell. A
list of the species obtained is filed with the minutes ; among the
more interesting ones obtained were : Scaphinotus andrewsi Harr.,.
Scaphinotus tricarinatus Csy., Maronetus hubbardi Schwarz, Maro-
netus alpinus Beut., Sphaeroderus canadensis Chd. var. lengi Dar-
lington, Sphaeroderus bicarinatus Lee., Ayillus fortis Horn,
Tachyta inornata Say, Trechus schwarzi Jeannel, Microtrechus
vandykei Jeannel, Microtrechus n. sp., Feronia palmi Schaeffer,
and Dicaelus teter, Bon.

Mr. Nicolay exhibited specimens of some of the more interest-
ing species obtained at Mt. Pisgah and elsewhere. He said that
during the next few years he planned to collect in the mountains of
Georgia, near Clayton; along the Kentucky- Virginia Boundary,,
and on Mt. Mitchell.

The meeting adjourned at 9.55 p. m.

Carl Geo. Siepmann,

Secretary.

Oct., 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 173

Meeting of March 14, 1935.

A regular meeting of the Brooklyn Entomological Society was
held at the Brooklyn Museum on Thursday, March 14, 1935, at
8.10 p. m. President Davis in the chair and eleven other members
present, namely, Messrs. ClefF, Engelhardt, Lemmer, Lipsey,
Moennich, Nicolay, Rau, Sheridan, Shoemaker, Siepmann and Dr.
Tulloch, and Messrs. Gerberg, Karish and Stecher and Miss Potter.

The minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved,
and Mr. Engelhardt reported for the Treasurer and the publication
committee.

Mr. William T. Davis exhibited a specimen of the crawfish,
Cambarus blandingii which he obtained in the Bronx River, New
York, making the third species of crawfish to be recorded from
Greater New York. He also exhibited specimens of the widely
distributed Cambarus bartonii and of C. limosus, which is found in
the city parks. A full account of the crawfish appears in the Pro-
ceedings of the Staten Island Institute of Arts and Sciences.

Mr. Lemmer exhibited the following interesting Lepidoptera:
Anomis fimbriago Steph., collected by himself at Lakehurst, N. J.,
October 1-16, and a New Jersey record; Anomis erosa Hbn. col-
lected by himself at Lakehurst, N. J., October 1-8; Phobolosia
duomaculata B. & Benj. and Heliocontia margana Fabr. collected
by F. H. Benjamin at Brownsville, Tex. ; Metachrotis semifascia
Sm. collected by Mr. Engelhardt at Jemez Springs, New Mexico,
July 2, 1929.

Mr. Engelhardt related his experiences on a collecting trip
through northeastern and northwestern California and western
Nevada during July, 1934, as a companion to Mr. E. P. Van Duzee,
of the California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco.

Starting at Alameda on July 2nd and headed for Carson City,
Nevada, the route selected followed the trail of the gold miners of
’49, passing through Sonora, Amador, Placerville and other his-
toric mining centers. The innumerable dumps and diggings of
hectic days are now mostly concealed under a mantle of bay, man-
zanita and digger pine, but the old towns are preserving their land-
marks, such as the pony express, court house, assay office, etc., all
duly inscribed. Bret Harte’s and Mark Twain’s camps also bear
tablets and the latter’s celebrated sketch of the “Jumping Frog”
remains an annual sporting event.

The summer of 1934 will be remembered for its intense heat
and prolonged drought. Wilted vegetation and a paucity of in-
sects went hand in hand. Only along water courses and at high
elevations was collecting worth while.

174 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXX

Carson City, with alkaline deserts on one side and forested moun-
tains bordering on Lake Tahoe on the other, offered opportunities
for diversified field work. The best results were obtained in Kings
Canyon, easily accessible from Carson City over an old dirt road.
Flowering mints were swarming with Lepidoptera. Hymenoptera
and Diptera. It is the type locality for numerous species of insects
described by the late Dr. A. C. Baker and invites further collecting,
particularly at high elevations, where there are many springs and
moist meadow lands.

Mono Lake, in its picturesque setting of promontories and ex-
tinct craters, proved disappointing. Its immediate shore line, like
that of the Great Salt Lake, presented a mass of putrefying Dip-
tera and Crustacea, too nauseating to attempt more than the cap-
ture of a few Cicindelidae, Lycaenidae and Chrysomelidae.

A stretch of country along the highway between Carson City
and Reno had a magnificent growth of a large, yellow evening
primrose. Two visits at dusk, in the hope of capturing some of
the rarer western hawkmoths, produced only two common species —
Celerio lineata and Protoparce sexta. Pyramid Lake, after motor-
ing half the distance of forty miles from Reno, was given up, be-
cause of bad roads and the utterly desolated appearance of the
country.

Northward from Reno there is a succession of dry lakes, basaltic
upheavals, and alkaline deserts, barren in the extreme. Not until
after passing Susanville did collecting improve. Two days were
spent at Chester and Lake Almanor, the latter a huge reservoir
still undergoing the process of filling up to its ultimate high water
level. The shore, cleared of its original growth of timber, has been
transformed into meadows of flowering plants and low shrubs,
ideal for the entomologist. Miscellaneous captures include a num-
ber of the beautiful Cerambycid, Desmocerus auripennis taken on
elderberry. Clearwing moths (Aegeriidae) , Mr. Engelhardt’s
special study, were boring at the base of willows, however too late
in the season to obtain pupae or adults.

The climax of the trip proved to be Mt. Lassen. A fine, new
road encircles the whole mountain. It winds among deep forests,
open slopes, along rushing streams, past springs of hot and cold
water, through lava flows and regions of devastation, attaining an
elevation of over 9,000 feet at timberline, just below the crater
caused by the 1915 eruption. Here the handsome clearwing moth,
Synanthedon tacoma , not uncommon at or above tree line on all
the mountains of the Pacific Northwest, was found swarming about

Oct., 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 175

the low growing wild buckwheat, Polygonum davisii. The dis-
covery that the larvae of this moth bore in the enormous roots of
this plant was a source of much satisfaction after a vain search of
many years. The few hours available for collecting proved all too
short to do justice to the varied fauna. A week or two barely
would suffice.

The return trip was made after a detour via Red Bluff, Ashford
and Grant’s Pass to Crescent City on the coast, beginning from
there the unforgettable drive of nearly 200 miles over the Redwood
Highway. The coast redwood, Sequoia sempervirens, while not
attaining the circumference and bulk of the mountain redwood,
Sequoia gigantea, excels in gracefulness and in height, some of the
trees measuring over 350 feet. They thrive best under the protect-
ing inland slopes of the coastal range of mountains, not growing
continuously, but rather in isolated groves which now, controlled
by the State, will be preserved for posterity.

Collecting among the redwoods, at least in midsummer, is dis-
appointing. Sequoias appear to be exceptionally free from insect
attacks. In groves, left undisturbed, the forest floor presents an
almost impenetrable jungle of the fallen giants, magnificent ferns
and tangles of rhododendron, manzanita and other shrubs. Side
trips from the Redwood Highway included Clear Lake and the
Petrified Forest near Calistoga with its huge tree trunks, much
larger than those of the Petrified Forest of Arizona, but lacking
in the coloration.

Mr. Engelhardt exhibited a long series of the clear-wing moth,
Synanthedon tacoma, together with its food-plant, Polygonum
davisii. This series, including examples from Washington, Oregon
and northern California, indicated a fairly constant species, bright-
ening slightly in coloration to the south and darkening to the north.
With the food-plant known a further extension of its range north
and southward can be expected. It has not been recorded from the
Rocky Mountains. Various other insects from Mt. Lassen, Mono
Lake and other regions visited were also shown.

The meeting adjourned at 10. 10 p. m.

Carl Geo. Siepmann,

Secretary.

On Fleas.- — Small brother. — Fleas is brown or black. Little
sister. — They is not, they is white. Don’t it say, Mary had a little
lamb its fleas was white as snow ? — Newspaper.

UNPARALLELED !

UNIQUE!

Indispensable to every College, Entomological Library, Museum and
Private Collector.

The Macrolepidoptera of the World

By Dr. A. SEITZ, Professor,

in collaboration with well-known specialists from America, England, Ger-
many and France. (English, French and German Editions.)

The only existing work which contains all Lepidoptera
from America life-like to nature by means of
Multi-Colored Chromolithography .

Double Vol. V. — The American Butterflies (complete), 1150 pages of
describing text and more than 9000 illustrations on 203 plates in half-calf.

Double Vol. VI. — The American Bombycides and Sphingides (almost
complete), 1080 pages of text and 161 multi-colored plates unbound.

Double Vol. VII. — The American Noctuidae, 384 pages of text and 42
multi-colored plates (to be completed with about 700 pages and 68 plates).

Double Volume VIII. — The American Geometridae, 72 pages of text
and 8 multi-colored plates.

The purchase can also take place by some numbers monthly. Besides
there have appeared in the same excellent execution:

The Palaearctic Fauna, in Double Volumes 1-4.

The Indo- Australian Fauna, in Double Volumes 9-12.

The African Fauna, in Double Volumes 13-16.

IT IS REALLY A PLEASURE TO DETERMINE EVERY
BUTTERFLY OR MOTH BY THIS IMPORTANT WORK.

SEITZ’ WORK is being- judged by collectors as follows:

“This work is truly a blessing to all those who are interested in
Lepidoptera especially in moths of the whole world, as there is no
useful book of reference in existence.” G , New York.

ZOOLOGICAL OBS: My urgent appeal to every entomologist to purchase this
fundamental and absolutely necessary work ought not to be left unheeded ; it
is the most copious, best, most beautiful, and nevertheless cheapest manual on
Lepidoptera in the world, and will be and remain for many years a most reliable
book of reference concerning the most difficult groups.

Prospectus with all particulars through

ALFRED KERNEN, Publisher

STUTTGART W, SCHLOSS-STRASSE 80, GERMANY.

Vol. XXX DECEMBER, 1935 No. 5

BULLETIN

OF THE

Brooklyn Entomological

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE

J. R. de la TORRE-BUENO, Editor

CARL GEO. SIEPMANN GEO. P. ENGELHARDT

Published for the Society by the

Science Press Printing Co.,

Lime and Green Sts., Lancaster, Pa.,

Price, 60 cents Subscription, $2.50 per year

Mailed December 31, 1935

Entered as second-class matter January 21, 1919, at the post office at Lancaster, Pa.,
under the Act of March 3, 1879

The Brooklyn Entomological Society

Meetings are held on the second Thursday after the first Tuesday of each
month from October to June, inclusive, at the Central Museum, Eastern
Parkway and Washington Ave., Brooklyn. The annual dues are $2.00.

OFFICERS, 1935
Honorary President

CHARLES W. LENG

President
W. T. DAVIS
Vice-President

J. R. de LA TORRE-BUENO
Recording Secretary
CARL GEO. SIEPMANN
Corresponding Secretary

FREDERICK LEMMER

Treasurer

G. P. ENGELHARDT
28 Club way
Hartsdale, N. Y.

Librarian
H. E. WILFORD
Curator

J. M. SHERIDAN

Delegate to Council of New Yorlc
Academy of Sciences
G. P. ENGELHARDT

CONTENTS

PRESOCIAL BEHAVIOR AMONG THE HEMIPTERA, Bequaert 177

IMAGINAL DISCS OF DROSOPHILA MELANOGASTER, Parks 192

GREGARIOUSNESS IN PAPILIO PHILENOR, Parks 195

GENUS BRUCHOMORPHA, Ball 197

OBSERVATIONS AT HARTSDALE, Engelhardt ...: 203

GENUS COLEOMYRIA, Wilcox and Martin 204

DIONE VANILLAE ON PASSIFLORA, Parks 213

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Published in

February, April, June, October and December of each year

Subscription price, domestic, $2.50 per year; foreign, $2.75 in advance; single
copies, 60 cents. Advertising rates on application. Short articles, notes and
observations of interest to entomologists are solicited. Authors will receive 25
reprints free if ordered in advance of publication. Address subscriptions and
all communications to

J. R. de la TORRE-BUENO, Editor,

311 East Jfth St., Tucson, Ariz.

BULLETIN

OF THE

BROOKLYN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Vol. XXX December, 1935 No. 5

PRESOCIAL BEHAVIOR AMONG THE HEMIPTERA.

By J. Bequaert, Department of Tropical Medicine, Harvard
University Medical School, Boston, Mass.

It is now generally understood that social habits have arisen re-
peatedly and independently among different groups of solitary in-
sects. Although the incentive which conditioned the emergence of
social behavior need not have been the same in all cases, it appears
nevertheless that all insect societies originated in much the same
fashion and consequently have a similar fundamental structure.
As W. M. Wheeler expresses it, each insect society “is a family
consisting of two parent insects and their offspring or at least of
the fecundated mother and her offspring, and the members of the
two generations live together in more or less intimate, cooperative
affiliation.” Since the parent-offspring relation lies at the root of
all insect social life, a study of this relation among solitary insects
should throw some light upon the evolution of social behavior.

Much attention has been paid recently to the incipiently social,
or subsocial , insects. In these forms, the newly hatched young
stay with both or one of the parents for a limited time, being fed
meanwhile; each of the offspring, however, is wholly or primarily
interested in itself and little or none in the welfare of the com-
munity. Subsocial habits evidently arose from a more primitive
familial relation, now exhibited by insects in which one or both of
the parents merely guard the offspring temporarily, without pro-
viding it with food, a type of behavior which may conveniently be
called presocial. The term infrasocial might then be restricted to
the numerous species of insects that leave the eggs or newly born
larvae to their own fate, although the female may display more or
less ingenuity or foresight during oviposition.

Presocial habits are observed as exceptions in several unrelated
groups. They are not even confined to insects, since they are ex-
hibited also by scorpions and some spiders. For some time I have

177

178 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. xxx

been gathering material for an account of parental solicitude
among the true Hemiptera or Rhynchota, an order in which a num-
ber of interesting cases have come to light in recent years. It is to
be expected that many more will be added, when these much
neglected insects are adequately observed in the tropics.

Dr. R. F. Hussey recently (1934) presented a review of this
topic and I do not intend duplicating his paper. I shall merely
offer a revised list of the known cases, arranged systematically,
with additional information on some that are new or little known.
The appended bibliography is, however, complete, since no satis-
factory list of papers dealing with parental care in Hemiptera has
been published for the past thirty years.

Moreover, a renewed discussion of parental care among hemip-
terous insects is by no means amiss. Some of the most authentic
cases are regarded with suspicion or even discredited in certain
quarters, apparently following Fabre’s (1901 and 1903) unfortu-
nate blunder with regard to Meadorus (or Elasmosthethus)
griseus. Even in H. Weber’s recent “Biology of the Hemiptera”
(1930), this matter is inadequately treated.

I do not include among the cases of presocial behavior reported
below, any of the Belostomatidae, in which the adult males carry
the eggs on the back during the incubation period. It has been
shown that in these insects the female forcibly seizes another indi-
vidual of the same species (usually a male, more rarely a female),
on whose back she lays the eggs. These egg-carrying individuals
can therefore hardly be regarded as evincing parental solicitude or
even interest in the offspring. The case of Phyllomorpha laciniata
(Villers) (Coreidae), of southern Europe, is excluded for the
same reason. In this insect also the eggs are placed loosely by the
female on the concave back of the male, where they are kept in
place by a series of slanting spines, until the nymphs hatch.

RHYNCHOTA.

(Hemiptera Heteroptera.)

ScUTELLERIDAE.

The earliest observation of insects of this family caring for the
offspring, was by Father A. Montrouzier (1855; translated by
Kirkaldy, 1902), in Woodlark Island, off the eastern coast of New
Guinea. He seems to have observed this behavior for several spe-
cies, but he mentions none by name and no observations have since

Dec., 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 179

been made tending to clear up their identity. Quite possibly one
of his species was a Cantao, since he describes in the same paper
(p. 93) Scutellera variabilis, a species now placed in that genus.

Tectocoris diophthalmus (Thunberg) (Syn. : T. lineola Fa-
bricius), of the Oriental and Australian regions, was observed by
F. P. Dodd (1904) and by E. Ballard and F. G. Holdaway (1926),
in Queensland. The female attaches the eggs in a mass to an up-
right twig and usually stands over them until they hatch. If she
leaves them, she will be found close-by and the brooding may last
as long as 17 days. She attempts to protect the eggs against
chalcid parasites. K. C. McKeown (1933) merely cites Dodd’s
observations.

Cantao ocellatus (Thunberg), of the Oriental Region, was re-
peatedly observed in India guarding the eggs and young nymphs
(see H. Maxwell-Lefroy and F. M. Howlett, 1909; T. B. Fletcher,
1914; T. V. Ramakrishna Ayyar, 1920). R. Takahashi’s (1921)
elaborate study of this insect in Formosa was published in Japa-
nese. Some years ago I had a translation made of his paper, so
that I now can make his observations more generally available. I
quote from him:

“With the tip of her abdomen the female lays ten or twenty
or more eggs on the under side of the leaves of certain trees.
Generally eggs of Hemiptera are not white, but those of
Cantao ocellatus appear so. The female oviposits only once
and the eggs are placed in a single row. After she has laid the
eggs, she places her abdomen over them, extends the antennae
forward and stays there without moving, never leaving the
spot even for a walk. She never takes food once the eggs are
laid. Before they lay eggs, the females walk a good deal;
sometimes they jump, at other times they keep quiet. When
the insect is not moving or walking, it easily drops to the
ground if touched with the point of a pin. After oviposition
the female becomes dormant and never leaves the spot where
the eggs were laid until she dies.

“If approached, she moves her legs and antennae a little,
and if touched with a pin or other object, she moves her body
a little, but she never walks away nor drops to the ground. I
have moved the antennae and legs and pressed them with a pin
in many specimens, but they never left the spot and clung to
the eggs. The female frequently lifts her head while sitting
on the eggs, and sometimes she moves her legs to the left and
the right and cleans her antennae.

“The egg hatches about eight days after it has been laid.
A group of eggs hatch at the same time. This is because

180 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. xxx

when one egg hatches, the movements of the young nymph
cause the other eggs to hatch. The female never moves from
the spot and stays there even after the eggs have hatched.

“After the eggs have hatched the nymphs remain in the egg
shells and do not take food nor move about. In other words,
the nymphs stay under the maternal body. They undergo
two moults within about six days ; a few days later they begin
to move about together, leaving the egg-shells and looking for
food. This then ends the maternal protection, the nymphs
feeding after the second metamorphosis.

“The female stays on the same spot until she dies, even after
the eggs have hatched and the nymphs are scattered. The
cause of death is, of course, hunger. A few females even die
before the eggs hatch. In this case, after the female’s death,
the male never attempts to take care of the eggs, but these
hatch just the same without difficulty.”

Takahashi also describes experiments showing that a female, re-
moved from her own batch of eggs, will readily adopt a batch of
strange eggs or of strange young nymphs and even a batch of
hatched, empty egg-shells. If placed on a leaf, away from eggs or
larvae, she usually remains on the spot in a dormant condition and
does not attempt to search for eggs or nymphs. Under such con-
ditions, however, a female may sometimes wander away and if she
then meets with eggs or nymphs, she does not attempt to take care
of them. A female which has not yet oviposited cannot be induced
to stay with eggs or young nymphs. The author concludes that
“the female of C. ocellatus cannot discriminate between her own
eggs or nymphs and those that belong to another female and that
in fact all females become dormant after the eggs are laid.”

Ramakrishna Ayyar’s rather inaccessible account is as follows :

“This insect is one of the few and interesting examples of
insects exhibiting what may be called ‘parental care.’ The
mother-bug sits on the eggmass and continues to do so from
the time the eggs are deposited until after they hatch out into
young ones. In some cases I have observed the mother remain
in the same position some time even after all the young larvae
have moved away from beneath her body. All this time the
parent insect does not take any food and while in this posture
the slightest disturbance makes it vibrate the antennae in a
characteristic manner as though in defence, and bring its body
closer to that side of the eggmass where the disturbance is
felt. The eggmass in some cases is fairly big and the parent
is not able to cover the whole mass while it sits over it. In one
case where I got a group of eggs collected from a tree with

Dec., 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 181

the mother mounting guard over them, I observed that, while
those eggs well covered by the parent’s body retained their
normal colour, those at the edge and away from the mother’s
reach -developed a dark tinge and eventually, in about two
days, minute black wasps emerged from the eggs instead of
bug larvae. Evidently the parent resting on the eggmass
serves to some extent as a preventive against the eggs getting
parasitized.”

Pachycoris fabricii (Linnaeus), of the West Indies, was briefly
mentioned by H. G. Barber (1925). Mr. Barber has sent me a
more detailed account read before the American Association for
the Advancement of Science, but apparently as yet unpublished.
I quote from this manuscript, with Mr. Barber’s permission:

“While collecting insects in Porto Rico for the American
Museum of Natural History, in the summer of 1914, I noticed
a specimen of the brilliantly colored female of this species on
the under side of a leaf. Spread over the leaf surface were
quite a number of the small dark green nymphs, probably in
the second instar. I slightly disturbed the leaf, when sud-
denly to my great surprise the little bugs scurried to the
mother, crowding beneath her robust body in order to gain
protection. The mother bug seemed perfectly conscious of
her duty in the matter and remained stationary, covering them
over with her body very much as a hen will hover her chicks.
No eggs were found on this particular leaf, so that the brood
must wander about in the wake of the mother, at least to some
extent. As the nymphs observed were only eight or ten in
number, it is quite evident that some of the brood had either
gone astray or had perished.”

Pachycoris torridus (Scopoli), of Central and South America,
was observed by R. F. Hussey '(1934) in Paraguay. The female
deposits 50 to 150 eggs in a flat plaque on the under side of a leaf
and stands guard over them throughout the period of incubation
and the first nymphal instar. The plaque of eggs usually occupies
an area just about as great as can be covered by the adult bug and,
after emergence, the young huddle in a mass under the body of
the female. Presocial behavior in P. torridus had been observed
previously, however, by E. G. Smyth (1919), in Porto Rico.

Pentatomidae.

Meadorus griseus (Linnaeus), of Europe, also variously re-
ferred to as Elasmostethus griseus, Clinocoris griseus, Acantho-
soma griseum, Elasmucha interstincta Reuter, and Cimex betulae

182 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. xxx

Degeer, is th$ oldest and best-known case of parental care in
Hemiptera. It was first observed by Modeer (1764), whose Swed-
ish account was translated into German by Herbst (1786). Carl
Degeer (1773 and 1780) studied this insect very carefully, calling
it “Cimex betulae” Since then it was observed by P. Boitard
(1836), E. Parfitt (1865), J. Hellins (1870, 1872, and 1874), F.
Reiber and A. Puton (1876), Pierre (1903), H. Schouteden
(1903), A. C. Oudemans (1905), W. C. Jensen-Haarup (1916 and
1917), F. Schumacher (1917), E. Nielsen (1920), and T. Schoe-
vers (1925). Most of these observations have been summarized
by G. W. Kirkaldy (1903 and 1904), H. Schouteden (1903), R.
Heymons (1915), E. A. Butler (1923), and H. Weber (1930).
All observers agree that in this species the female guards the eggs
after oviposition and remains with the young larvae for as long as
19 days. Not the least interesting behavior of females guarding
eggs, is that they do not give off the characteristic bug-odor emitted
by the insect under ordinary circumstances.

Phlaeophana longirostris (Spinola) (Syn. : Phloea paradoxa
Burmeister, 1835) was studied with much detail near Rio de
Janeiro, Brazil, by P. S. de Magalhaes (1909 and 1910) and by P.
Brien (1923 and 1930). 1 The female lives closely applied to the
bark of T erminaiia Catappa Linne, where she readily escapes detec-
tion. She covers with her body 8 to 12 eggs ; after these hatch the
nymphs cling to the under side of her abdomen until they reach the
last nymphal stage. Since the proboscis of the early nymphal in-
stars is too short to pierce the bark, these nymphs are probably fed
by the mother, either with some substance she excretes or with
some of the sap of the tree oozing out along her proboscis.

Phloea corticata (Drury) (Syn.: Phloea paradoxa Hahn, 1834),
of Brazil, has apparently habits similar to those of P. longirostris.
J. C. Schiodte (1844) found the young nymphs attached to the
venter of the female. A third species, Phloea suhquadrata Spinola,
also of South America, should likewise be investigated.

1 Both de Magalhaes and Brien name their insect correctly
Phloea paradoxa Burmeister, 1835 (not of Hahn, 1834). The
insect should, however, be known as Phlaeophana longirostris Spi-
nola (1837), on account of the earlier Phloea paradoxa Hahn
(1834), even though the latter is a synonym of Phloea corticata
(Drury, 1773). P. S. de Magalhaes’s first account was repro-
duced by R. v. Ihering (1909), H. Kolbe (1910), and (in English)
by R. F. Hussey (1934). His later paper, published in 1910, is,
however, much more complete.

Dec., 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 183

Chlorocoris atrispinus Stal (identified by Mr. H. B. Barber). —
On February 5, 1931, at the Finca Pacayal near Pochuta (Dept.
Chimaltenango), Guatemala, I observed a female of this large
green bug (21 mm. long). She was quietly resting on the under
side of the frond of a tree-fern grown on the porch of a house.
She made no attempt to escape when disturbed and when I caught
her, I was much surprised to find fifteen small nymphs hiding
under her body. These nymphs were all about the same size (3.5
to 4 mm. long) and apparently in the first instar. They were very
quiet, all huddled together in one layer, and so completely cov-
ered by the mother, that at first their presence was not even sus-
pected. Since they were sitting over the empty egg-shells, fixed to
the frond, it may be surmised that they had recently hatched and
had not yet started to feed. This observation shows clearly that
the female of Chlorocoris atrispinus guards the eggs as well as the
young nymphs.

Garceus fidelis Distant was observed by F. P. Dodd (1916), in
northern Queensland. He states that the larvae “shelter upon the
under side of the abdomen of . their parent. I have often met with
this bug, but when I did come across a mother with young they
were never on the leaf, though I suppose they come down to feed.”

Eumecopus. — An unidentified species of this genus was found
by F. P. Dodd (1916), in the Cairns district of northern Queens-
land, staying with ova and larvae.

In the case of Coctoteris exiguus Distant, of New Guinea
(Kirkaldy, 1903 and 1904; referred to a species of Spudaeus ? in
1902), and of Mecitorhinus (or Dinocoris ) tripterus (Fabricius),
of Central and South America (P. Rau, 1918), the evidence is ex-
tremely meagre. These insects cannot yet be included among those
definitely exhibiting parental solicitude.

Aradidae.

According to H. E. McClure (1932), the female of N euroctenus
pseudonymus Bergroth, in Texas, lays the eggs in masses of from
10 to 50 in channels burrowed by other insects under the bark of
dead trees. She then departs, but another adult crawls astride the
eggs and remains there until they hatch. McClure is probably
right in his surmise that this second individual is a male, since I
found that only the male guards the eggs in the African reduviids,
Rhinocoris albopilosus and R. albopunctatus.

Ctenoneurus hochstetteri (Mayr) was observed by J. G. Myers
(1921), in New Zealand. He notes that imagines “are sometimes
found carrying several first or second instar nymphs on their backs

184 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. xxx

and sides in a manner comparable to that of Lycosid spiders. Con-
sidering the gregarious habit of the species, perhaps we should rule
out maternal solicitude as an explanation ; but it is significant that
these young nymphs do not apparently cling to older nymphs which
closely approach imagines in size.”

Reduviidae.

In a South American, undetermined species of Ghilianella , ac-
cording to F. Pascoe (1888; quoted by D. Sharp, 1909, p. 556),
the linear shape enables the young nymph to be carried about by
the adult. The long, slender abdomen of the larva is curled around
the thorax of the parent ; but the sex of the adult caring for the
young is not known. Pascoe’s observation was made at Para,
Brazil.

Endochus cingalensis Stal “and allied forms” were observed by
E. E. Green (in Kirkaldy, 1904, p. 583), in Ceylon, remaining near
their egg clusters until they are hatched. “The young are at first
gregarious, and the parent may usually be seen on the same leaf,
watching over them like a hen with her chicks. It seems possible
that she may catch insects to provide them with food, but I have
no evidence of this.”

Rhinocoris alhopunctatus Stal is a common reduviid in South
Central Africa, particularly in the Katanga District of the Belgian
Congo. I found it on several occasions, near Bukama and Sankisia,
guarding the egg-mass attached to a stem (J. Bequaert, 1912 and
1913). 2 The young nymphs also remain with the adult for some
time after hatching. In each case it was the male, not the female,
that took care of the offspring. Similar observations were made
on the related Rhinocoris albopilosus Stal, during my later journey
through the northeastern Belgian Congo. At Penge, on the Ituri
River, I found, on February 15, 1914, one of these reduviids guard-
ing the eggs as I have described for R. alhopunctatus. The adult

2 The insects observed in the Katanga in 1911-1912, were origi-
nally named R. albopilosus Stal and recorded under that name in
my two notes of 1912 and 1913. In his recent Catalogue of the
Reduviidae of the Belgian Congo (1932, Ann. Musee du Congo
Zool., Serie II, Section II, I, fasc. 3, p. 171), Dr. H. Schouteden
refers all Katanga specimens to R. alhopunctatus Stal, while re-
taining the name R. albopilosus for the specimens of the Lower,
Central and Northeastern Congo. He states, however, that the
two species are closely related, which is also brought out by the
fact that they exhibit the same presocial behavior.

Dec., 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 185

in this case too was a male and most careful search failed to dis-
close any female near-by. The male was sitting on top of the eggs,
none of which were hatched. I succeeded in forcibly pushing him
away from the egg-mass, but he always returned to the eggs after
a while. When an ant was thrown onto the egg-mass, the male at
first moved away, evidently frightened by the moving hand ; but he
soon returned, carefully exploring with the antennae, until the ant
was discovered. The bug then proceeded to attack the ant with the
beak and finally impaled it and carried it off an inch or so from the
egg-mass, where he dropped it and then returned to the eggs. It
seems rather remarkable that parental solicitude has not been
reported for any other of the numerous African species of
Rhino c oris.

Tingidae.

In two North American species of Gargaphia, the female is defi-
nitely known to guard the eggs and young nymphs.

D. E. Fink (1915) first observed this behavior for Gargaphia
solani Heidemann, in Virginia. I quote from his account:

“The female attends the eggs during the entire period of
incubation, leaving them only at intervals to feed, and later,
when the nymphs emerge, is constantly in attendance. . . .
When migrating from one leaf to another the female adult
usually directs the way and with her long antennae keeps the
nymphs together or rebukes any straggler or deserter. It is
an interesting sight to observe the migration of a colony of
more than a hundred nymphs, with the female adult hurrying
from one end of the flock to the other, keeping them together
and at the same time urging them in the right direction during
the migration. . . . On one occasion while observing the feed-
ing of the nymphs, a ladybeetle ( Hippodamia convergens
Guer.) was seen to approach the brood, when the adult lace-
bug in attendance on the nymphs, with outstretched, slightly
raised wings, suddenly darted toward the intruder, driving it
from the leaf.”

According to observations by H. B. Weiss (1919), in Pennsyl-
vania, and by J. R. de la Torre-Bueno (1935), in New York, Gar-
gaphia tiliae (Walsh) has similar habits. Weiss writes: “During
the incubation period of the egg, a female lace-bug is always in
attendance and each colony of nymphs usually has a female watch-
ing over it until the members are full grown.”

186 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

V ol. XXX

Cydnidae.

Sehirus sexmaculatus Rambur, of Europe, was observed by
F. B. Boselli (1932), in Italy. He found that the female lays
underground, in a small niche, a compact mass of 100 to 125 eggs
which she keeps grasped with the legs. To these she is very de-
voted, not attempting to escape when disturbed. If removed from
the eggs, she appears uneasy until she regains possession of them,
when she proceeds to tuck them under her body. The newly
hatched nymphs remain with the mother throughout the first stage.
Second stage nymphs, however, were found in the open, away from
the mother.

Gerridae.

The genus Halobates is unique among the Hemiptera, in that the
nymphs and adults live on the surface of the ocean, away from
the coast. Several species have been described, mostly from trop-
ical and subtropical waters. D. Sharp (1909, pp. 552-553) gives
an excellent resume of their habits :

“When the sea is calm these insects skim over the surface
with rapidity, but disappear as soon as it becomes agitated.
They are believed to feed on small animals recently deceased ;
Witlaczil says on the juices of jelly-fish. The young are fre-
quently met with, and there can be no doubt that the whole
life-cycle may be passed through by the insect far away from
land. The Italian ship Vest or Pisani met with a bird’s feather
floating on the ocean off the Galapagos Islands, covered with
eggs which proved to be those of Halobates in an advanced
state of development. It was formerly believed that the female
carries the eggs for some time after their exclusion, and al-
though this has been denied,3 it is nevertheless an undoubted
fact, for it was observed by Mr. J. J. Walker (Ent. Mo. Mag.
XXIX, 1893, p. 227) to whom we are indebted for a specimen
having the eggs still attached to the body, as shown in Fig.
265. Mr. Walker believes the bugs shelter themselves when
the sea is at all rough by keeping at a sufficient distance below
the surface; they can dive with facility and are gregarious.
They are frequently found close to the shore, and Mr. Walker
has even met with them on land.”

3 V. L. Kellogg (American Insects, 1908, p. 198) says that they
“probably attach their eggs to floating seaweed (Sargassum) .”

Dec., 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 187

Belostomidae.

Lethocerus americanus Leidy, the giant water-bug, seems to ex-
hibit true parental solicitude. According to W. E. Hoffmann
(1924), J. R. Parker observed the adults guarding the eggs on
the margin of a small slough at Ronan, Montana. When he ap-
proached the eggs, the male started for the water ; but the female
assumed a fighting attitude, with the fore pair of legs extended
and ready to strike at anything brought near her.

Aepophilidae.

Aepophilus bonnairei Signoret is a peculiar semi-aquatic bug,
living under stones on the coast of western Europe, below high-
water mark. J. H. Keys (1895 and 1914; reproduced by E. A.
Butler, 1923) observed many of its habits. He states:

“Instinctive solicitude for the young is much in evidence
with the species. It was common to see in my breeding cage,
on the under side of the stone, a circle of young with an adult
in the centre, the heads of the immatures being all oriented
towards this centre. On my lifting out the stone, the adult
would almost instantly alarm the young with a rapid tap with
each antenna alternately, and the whole troop would scamper
round to the other side of the stone with great speed.”

HOMOPTERA.

Membracidae.

There appears to be only one fairly authenticated case of parental
care in the Homoptera. According to R. H. Beamer’s (1930) ob-
servations, in the North American membracid, Platycotis vittata
(Fabricius), the female sits on a twig some distance below the
cluster of small nymphs, which she guards. She was even seen
defending them against a wasp.

The supposed case of maternal affection in the North American
Entylia sinuata (Fabricius), reported by Mary E. Murtfeldt
(1887), is discredited by W. D. Funkhouser (1917, p. 398).

Bibliography.

Ballard E., and Holdaway, F. G. 1926. The life-history of
Tectacoris lineola F. and its connection with internal boll rots
in Queensland. Bull. Ent. Res., XVI, pp. 329-346, Pis.
XIV-XVI.

Barber, H. G. 1925. (Maternal care shown by certain Hemip-
tera.) Jl. New York Ent. Soc., XXXIII, p. 116.

188 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. xxx

Beamer, R. H. 1930. Maternal instinct in a membracid
( Platycotis vittata) . Ent. News, XLI, pp. 330-331, PL
XXXV.

Bequaert, J. 1912. L’instinct maternel chez Rhinocoris albi-
pilosus Sign., Hemiptere Reduviide. Rev. Zool. Afric., I, pp.
293-296.

. 1913. Note rectificative concernant l’ethologie de

Rhinocoris albipilosus Sign. Rev. Zool. Afric., II, pp. 187-
188.

Boitard, P. 1836. Etudes d’histoire naturelle : Realites fan-
tastiques. Musee des Families, III, p. 338.

Boselli, F. B. 1932. Istinti materni del Sehirus sexmaculatus
Rbr. Boll. Lab. Zool. Gen. Agrar. Portici, XXVI, pp. 1-8.
Brien, P. 1923. Note sur Phloea paradoxa Burm. (1835).
Bull. Soc. Ent. Belgique, V, pp. 109-113.

. 1930. Notes sur Phloea paradoxa Burm. (1835).

In: Une Mission Biologique Beige au Bresil (Brussels), II,
pp. 207—212.

Bueno, J. R. de la Torre. 1935. Notes on Gargaphia tiliae.

Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc., XXX, p. 78.

Butler, E. A. 1923. A biology of British Hemiptera-Heter-
optera. (London), viii + 682 pp., 7 Pis., ( Elasmostethus
griseus, pp. 80-84; AepophUus, pp. 230-234).

Dahl, F. 1906. (Maternal care in Acanthosoma) . Naturw.
Wochenschr., XXI, p. 623.

Degeer, C. 1773. Memoires pour servir a l’histoire des Insectes.
(Stockholm), Vol. Ill, pp. 261-266 ( Cimex betulae).

. 1780. Abhandlungen zur Geschichte der Insekten

(translated by J. A. E. Goetze). (Nuremberg), vol. Ill, pp.
1 70-1 73 ( Cimex betulae).

Dodd, F. P. 1904. Notes on maternal instinct in Rhynchota.
Trans. Ent. Soc. London, pp. 483-486, PI. XXVIII.

. 1916. Observations on various insects in North

Queensland. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, Proc., pp. xxv-xxvii.
Fabre, J. H. 1901. Les Pentatomes. Revue Questions Sci-
entif., I, pp. 158-176.

. 1903. Souvenirs entomologiques (8e serie) . (Paris),

379 PP- (See pp. 66-87.)

Fink, D. E. 1915. The eggplant lace bug. Bull. U. S. Dept.
Agric., No. 239, 7 pp., 6 Pis.

Fletcher, T. B. 1914. Some South Indian insects. (Madras),
xxii + 565 pp., 50 Pis. ( Cantao ocellatus, p. 34.)

Dec., 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 189

Funkhouser, W. D. 1917. Biology of the Membracidae of
the Cayuga Lake Basin. Cornell Univ. Agric. Exp. Stat.,
Memoir 11, pp. 177-445, Pis. XXIII-XLIV.

Hellins, J. 1870. A fragment of a life-history of Acantho-
soma grisea. Ent. Mo. Mag., VII, pp. 53-55.

. 1872. . Note on the habit of Acanthosoma griseum.

Ent. Mo. Mag., IX, p. 13.

. 1874. Additional notes on the egg-laying, etc., of

Acanthosoma griseufn . Ent. Mo. Mag., XI, pp. 42-43.

Herbst, J. F. W. 1786. (Translation of Modeer’s paper of
1764.) Neues Magazin f. die Liebhaber der Entomologie
(edited by J. C. Fuessly), III, pp. 64-67.

Heymons, R. and H. 1915. Die Vielfusser, Insekten und
Spinnenkerfe. In: Brehms Tierleben, 4th Ed., II ( Clinocoris
griseus, p. 143).

Hoffman, W. E. 1924. Biological notes on Lethocerus ameri-
canus (Leidy). Psyche, XXXI, pp. 175-183.

Hussey, R. F. 1934. Observations on Pachycoris torridus
(Scop.), with remarks on parental care in other Hemiptera.
Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc., XXIX, pp. 133-145.

Ihering, R. von. 1909. As especies brasileiras do gen.
Phloea. Entomol. Brasileiro, Sao Paulo, II, pp. 129-133.

Jensen-Haarup, W. C. 1916. Yngelpleje hos en Taege.
Flora og Fauna, Copenhagen, pp. 124-126.

. 1917. Brutpflege bei einer Wanze ( Elasmostethus

griseus L.). Ent. Mitt., Berlin, VI, pp. 187-188.

Keys, J. H. 1895. Some remarks on the habits of Aepophilus
bonnairii Sign. Ent. Mo. Mag., XXXI, pp. 135-137.

-. 1914. Some further remarks on Aepophilus bon-

nairei Sign. Ent. Mo. Mag., L, pp. 284-285.

Kirkaldy, G. W. 1902. On the parental care of the Cimi-
cidae. Entomologist, XXXV, pp. 319-320.

. 1903. Upon maternal solicitude in Rhynchota and

other non-social insects. Entomologist, XXXVI, pp. 113-
120.

. 1904. Upon maternal solicitude in Rhynchota and

other non-social insects. Smithsonian Report for 1903, pp.

577-585.

Kolbe, H. 1910. Ueber Brutpflege bei den Kafern (Coleop-
teren). Aus der Natur, VI, pp. 201-206, 235-241, 266-273,
303-31 1, 336-341 ( Phloea paradoxa, p. 309).

Magalhaes, P. S. de. 1909. No mundo dos insectos. Jornal
do Commercio, Rio de Janeiro, April 19, p. 4.

190 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Voi.xxx

. 1910. Contribution a l’histoire naturelle des Phlees.

Mem. Soc. Zool. France, XXII (1909), pp. 234-260.

Maxwell-Lefroy, H., and Howlett, F. M. 1909. Indian insect
life. A Manual of the insects of the Plains. (Calcutta and
Simla), xii + 786 pp., 84 Pis. ( Cantao ocellatus , p. 672).

McClure, H. E. 1932. Incubation of bark-bug eggs (Ara-
didae). Ent. News, XLIII, pp. 188-189.

McKeown, K. C. 1933. The maternal instinct in insects.
Australian Mus. Mag., V, pp. 23-24 ( Tectocoris diophthal-
mus, p. 24).

Modeer, A. 1764. Nagra markvardigheter hos Insectet Ci-
mex ovatus pallide griseus, abdominis lateribus albo nigroque
variis alis albis basi scutelli nigricante. Vetensk. Akad.
Handl., Stockholm, XXV, pp. 41-57. (Abstract in German,
Ibidem, XXVI, 1767, pp. 43-49.

Montrouzier, A. 1855. Essai sur la faune de File de Wood-
lark ou Mouiou. Ann. Soc. Sci. Phys. Nat. Agric. Lyon,
(2) VII, pp. 1-114 (see pp. 91-92).

Murtfeldt, Mary E. 1887. Traces of maternal affection in
Entilia sinuata Fabr. Entomologica Americana, III, pp. 177-
178.

Myers, J. G. 1921. The life-history of some New Zealand
insects. No. 1. Trans. New Zealand Institute, LIII, pp. 235-
237, PL XLIV.

Nielsen, E. 1920. Traek af Insekternes Liv. Nogle Iaktta-
gelser. 3. Yngelpleje hos Taeger. Entom. Meddel., Copen-
hagen, XIII, pp. 1 71-173.

Oudemans, A. C. 1905. (Exhibit of Elasmostethus with eggs
and nymphs). Tijdschr. v. Entom., XLVIII, Verslag, pp.
vii-viii.

Parfitt, E. 1865. (Letter on the habits of Clinocoris griseus.)
In: J. W. Douglas and J. Scott, The British Hemiptera. I.
Hemiptera-Heteroptera, (London), pp. 103-104.

Pascoe, F. 1888. ( Ghilianella carrying larva at Para.) Trans.

Ent. Soc. London, Proc., p. i.

Pierre, — . 1903. Note sur les mceurs d 'Elasmostethus griseus

Linn. = inter stinctus Reut. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, pp. 131-
132.

Ramakrishna Ayyar, T. V. 1920. Notes on the life-history
of Cantao ocellatus T. Proc. 3d Entom. Meet. Pusa (1919),
III, pp. 910-914, PL CXLII. “

Rau, P. 1918. Maternal care in Dinocoris tripterus Fab.
Ent. News, XXIX, pp. 75-76.

Dec., 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 191

Reiber, F., and Puton, A. 1876. Catalogue des Hemipteres-
Heteropteres de l’Alsace et de la Lorraine. Bull. Soc. Hist.
Nat. Colmar, XVI-XVII, (1875-1876), ( Clinocoris grisea ,
P- 57)-

Reuter, O. M. 1913. Lebensgewohnheiten und Instinkte del*
Insekten bis zum Erwachen der sozialen Instinkte. (Berlin),
448 pp. ( Clinocoris , pp. 205-206).

Rossum, A. J. van. 1904. (Note on Elasmostethus.) Entom.
Berichten Nederl. Ent. Ver., No. 21, pp. 204-206.

Schiodte, J. C. 1844. Et ejendommeligt Tilfaelde af Omsorg
for Ungelen hos en brasiliansk Rhynchotform, Phloea corti-
ca ta Drury. Kroyer’s Naturhist. Tidskr., (2), I (1844-1845),
pp. 19-22.

Schoevers, T. 1925. ( Elasmostethus griseus in the Nether-

lands). Tijdschr. v. Entom., LXVIII, Versl., p. xlii.

Schouteden, H. 1903. La sollicitude maternelle chez les
Hemipteres. Revue Universite Bruxelles, VII, pp. 77 1-777.

Schumacher, F. 1917. Brutpflege bei der Wanze Clinocoris
griseus L. Entom. Mitt., Berlin, VI, pp. 243-249.

Sharp, D. 1909. Cambridge Natural History. Insects. Part
II. (London), xii + 626 pp. (see pp. 546 and 552).

Smyth, E. G. 1919. Un insecto extrano que cubre su cria lo
mismo que una gallina. Rev. Agr. Puerto Rico, II, No. 4, pp.
27-31.

Takahashi, R. 1921. Parental care in Canthao ocellatus.
Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Formosa, XI, No. 54, pp. 81-86 (in
Japanese).

Walker, J. J. 1893. On the genus Halohates , and other
marine Hemiptera. Ent. Mo. Mag., XXIX, pp. 227-232.

Weber, H. 1930. Biologie der Hemipteren. (Berlin), vii +
r 543 PP- (see pp. 358-362).

Weiss, H. B. 1919. Notes on Gar gap hia tiliae Walsh, the
linden lace-bug. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, XXXII, pp.
165-168.

SUBSCRIBERS AND SOCIETY MEMBERS ARE
ASKED TO REMIT PROMPTLY TO THE TREA-
SURER.

192 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. xxx

THE IMAGINAL DISCS OF DROSOPHILA
MELANOGASTER.

By Hal B. Parks, Austin, Texas.

The location and morphology of the imaginal discs in Drosophila
melanogaster are presented as this information is not available in
literature and will be of aid to those working with this insect.

To enable one to see these discs with the microscope two meth-
ods of technique are used. These are the paraffin section and the
“in toto” methods. The paraffin method is the same used for any
larval material, however the “in toto” method is vastly different
from any of the methods found in literature. This consisted of
slitting the mature larva down the median dorsal line, evacuating
the body cavity fixing the body walls in Carnoy’s solution, and
later staining in Delafield’s Haemotoxylin. When properly done
this stains the imaginal discs only, leaving the body wall free from
stain.

Various dissections have shown that the imaginal discs of the
head and thorax are complete at the time of pupation. The ab-
dominal discs, however, do not become visible until eight to six-
teen hours after pupation. They are best seen in the pronymph
stage, appearing along the lateral sides as illustrated by figure 2.
Sections were made of early larvae in the attempt to discover the
origin of these discs, but evidence was not obtained from such
sections. Figure 1 represents a pupa eight hours after pupation.
Here the abdominal discs are plainly seen. An examination of the
cross sections at the bottom of the plate, especially figure 4, shows
the abdominal discs lying on and above the larval hypodermis. It
is probable, therefore, that the imaginal discs are originally hypo-
(’95) for Eristalis and Calliphora , respectively,
dermal. This opinion was held by Bruno Wahl (’01) and Lowne

Posteriorly, in the last abdominal segment, the genital and rectal
disc of the adult is seen (figure 1). According to Bruno Wahl
(’oi) it is composed of four abdominal discs which have fused;
this is comparable with figure 5 in which three parts are shown.

The heavy line around the labial buds (figure IP) and extending
down and around the brain represents the inverted pharynx, a part
of the first larval segment which forms the adult head. The two
buds anterior to the brain are the frontal sacs containing the an-
tenna and the compound eye discs. Ventrally and toward the
sides are the three pairs of leg buds. The wing and mesothoracic
bud is seen in the second segment.

Dec., 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 193

If one tries to line up all of the imaginal discs of the head and
thoracic complex along the outer wall in order to obtain a definite
idea of their probable original position in the ectoderm, one meets
with some difficulty, especially in trying to use transverse sections
(figure 3). If one turns to the diagram given in figure 1, it is
found that anteriorly the labial buds and the leg buds are extremely
ventral, and the wing and mesothoracic buds are ventral and lat-
eral, but the antenna and the compound eye discs appear to be more
dorsal than ventral. This is, of course, a correct way of viewing
the situation, because the discs of the proboscis, antennae, and the
compound eyes, come from the inverted pharynx, and it is sup-
posed that even if these discs originate from the dorsal side of the
pharynx, the original ectoderm from which they were derived was
of ventral origin in the embryo. This was shown to be so in a
previous paper (Parks, ’35).

A little later the total cephalic and thoracic complexes are everted
(figure 2). The hypoderm at their bases grows dorsally and ven-
trally, uniting to form the hypoderm of the adult which will in
turn secrete the chitinous exoskeleton. In the abdomen the eight
larval segments are condensed to six. The first two fuse to form
the first adult abdominal segment, the last two are involved in the
genital and rectal mechanism.

The abdominal imaginal discs grow dorsally and fuse on the mid- '
dorsal line ; ventrally they fuse in the region of the sternitals. The
genital and rectal discs, of course, form the external genital and
anal apparatus.

Bibliography.

Lowne, B. T. 1893-1895. The Anatomy, Physiology, Mor-
phology, and Development of The Blow Fly. R. H. Porter,
18 Princes Street, Cavendish Square, London, Vol. 1 and 2.
Parks, Hal B. 1935. The Early Embryology of Drosophila.

Journal of Heredity, Vol. 26, June, 1935, no. 6, pp. 239-240.
Wahl, Bruno. 1863. Uber die Entwicklung der hypoderm-
alen Imaginal Scheiben im Thorax und Abdomen der Larva
von Eristalis Latr. Zeit. Wiss. Zoo. Bd. 13, S. 107-220.

Plate VII.

Explanation of Figure i.

“In toto” mount of a pupa eight hours after pupation. The
pupa was slit down the median dorsal line and the internal organs
removed, leaving only the imaginal disc complex.

1 prothorax.

194 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society voi.xxx

2 mesothorax.

3 metathorax.

AB antennal bud.

LB labial bud.

IP inverted pharynx.

H theoretical position of the humeral bud.

Li prothoracic leg bud.

L2 mesothoracic leg bud.

L3 metathoracic leg bud.

WMB wing and mesothoracic bud.

CEB compound eye disc.

MD metathoracic disc dorsal.

B brain.

FAS first abdominal segment.

SP spiracle.

VAD ventral abdominal imaginal disc.

DAD dorsal abdominal imaginal disc.

GRD genital and rectal disc.

Explanation of Figure 2.

Pronymph stage showing the everted cephalic complex and the
wings and legs. Along the lateral sides appear the dorsal and ven-
tral abdominal discs.

I A antenna.

PB proboscis. f come from the everted pharynx.

CE compound eye. J
2 mesothorax.

PL prothoracic leg.

WMB wing and mesothoracic bud.

FAS first abdominal segment.

VAD ventral abdominal imaginal disc.

DAD dorsal abdominal imaginal disc.

SP spiracle.

Explanation of Figure 3.

Cross section through the cephalic region of a pupa about the
age shown in figure 1.

CEB compound eye disc.

MP muscle plate.

LI prothoracic leg bud.

CU cuticle.

LH larval hypodermis.

WMB wing and mesothoracic bud.

BULL. B. E. S., Vol. XXX, No. 5

Plate VII

WMB

196 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society voi.xxx

Explanation of Figure 4.

Cross section through the abdomen of a pupa about the age
shown in Figure 1.

LH larval hypodermis.

DIM broken down larval material.

DAD dorsal abdominal imaginal disc.

CU cuticle.

VAD ventral abdominal imaginal disc.

CS chyle stomach.

Explanation of Figure 5.

Cross section through the anal region of a pupa about the age
shown in Figure 1.

LH larval hypodermis.

CU cuticle.

GRD genital and rectal disc.

Gregariousness in Papilio philenor. — The gregarious and
roosting habits of butterflies are well known especially of species
of Heliconius and Anosia. It is not surprising to find other spe-
cies with similar habits. On June 7 the writer was collecting near
Santa Rita near the south line of Brooks County, Texas. Due to
copious rains many plants were in full bloom. Papilio philenor
was in great abundance and seemed to be the only butterfly at
work. A local shower passed through the section. Just before
the rainfall, not exceeding five minutes, these black butterflies
raised from the flowers ‘and headed for a large huisache tree
(Acacia farnesiana) which stood near a ranch house. The col-
lectors likewise sought the protection of this tree. Forty of these
butterflies were counted hanging to the undersides of the limbs.
They were clasped to the limbs with the wings down and their
heads toward the tree, the thick leaves and branches thus giving
complete protection. The ranchman on being questioned about
the butterflies stated, that these butterflies came to this one tree not
only to escape rain, but also to roost during the night. — H. B.
Parks, San Antonio, Tex.

Dec., 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 197

THE GENUS BRUCHOMORPHA NEWMAN
(HOMOPTERA-FULGORIDAE).

By E. D. Ball,, University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona.

The small curious barrel-shaped species of this North American
genus like those of their relatives in the genus Aphelonema are
very variable in color. This is especially so in the subtropical
regions and has resulted in considerable confusion and synonomy.

Melichar (k>6) keyed out eight species. One ( B . glob'osa ) did
not belong to the genus or to North America but was from Liberia,
Africa, leaving seven North American species which he separated
almost entirely on color. His material was limited and mostly
from the more northern regions where the colors are more stable,
but even then the results were not satisfactory.

Metcalf (’23) added five new species and gave a key to twelve.
He omitted mormo Kirk, and redescribed it as minima — and his
vittata and bicolor were taken together and proved to be long and
short winged forms of the same species. His dorsata is not that of
Fitch.

Dozier (’28) distributed a publication variously dated 1922 and
1926, but actually distributed about July 1, 1928. In this he rede-
scribed jocosa Stal as bimaculata and gave a color key to eleven
species. He evidently lacked material as much of the information
was apparently copied from previous descriptions.

The writer has recently studied examples of all the described
species including several hundred collected in Florida, Texas and
Arizona. These subtropical representatives exhibit variations in
color in what is apparently the same species from pale yellow
through straw and pale red to definitely black striped, brown and
even totally black forms, indicating that in subtropical material at
least color can not be used as a major differentiating character.
The following key is based mainly on structural characters and only
uses color to assist in placing the more stable temperate region
forms.

Key to the Species of Bruchomorpha.

A — Elytra with the venation obscure, the nervures concolorous
with the membrane.

B — Nasal protuberance short not as long as wide.

C — Species very broad, highly iridescent, black.

1. tristis Stal

CC — Species normal, barrel shaped.

D — Frontal tablet oval, widest near the middle.

198 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. xxx

E — Frontal tablet very broad, 2/3 as wide as long — spe-
cies black 2. mormo Kirk.

EE — Frontal tablet elongate, not as wide as long, species

with three stripes 3. triunata Ball

DD — Frontal tablet top shaped, elongate below.

F — Species usually reddish or pale, sometimes with dark
lateral stripes, rarely all dark without a dorsal
stripe.

G — Nasal protuberance (as seen from side) as long as

broad 4. vittata Mete.

GG — Nasal protuberance (as seen from side) very short

and broad 5. jocosa Stal

FF — Species black with a broad dorsal light stripe.

H — Stripe extending from tip to tip ... .6. dorsata Fh.
HH — Stripe extending only to end of elytra or one
segment beyond.

I — Front in profile straight or rounding at tip.

7. pallidipes Stal

II — Front in profile slightly elevated before apex.

8. suturalis Melic.

BB — Nasal protuberance long, as long as or longer than its

width at the constriction 9. oculata Newm.

AA — Elytra with the venation coarsely reticulate, the nervures pale
or yellow.

J — Front broadly oval nasal protuberance very broad and short.

10. decorata Mete.

JJ — Front long and slender, nasal protuberance narrow.

11. rugosa Mete.

1. Bruchomorpha tristis Stal.

This is the shortest, broadest species of the genus and is always
iridescent black. The writer’s material is all from northern and
mountain regions from Ontario and New York through Wisconsin,
Iowa, Dakota, Colorado, Montana and Oregon, south in California
to Dunsmuir and in Arizona to Oak Creek Canyon. The writer
did not take it in Florida and has not taken it in Arizona below the
yellow Pine Belt.

2. Bruchomorpha mormo Kirk.

( Bruchomorpha minima Mete.).

This small shiny black species is common in southern Arizona
and can be distinguished by its broadly oval front. This is prob-
ably the species Metcalf described as minima from N. C. His fig-
ures show the nasal process produced but his description says “not
produced.”

Dec., 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 199

3. Bruchomorpha triunata Ball n. sp.

A small shiny black species resembling tristis but with three
broad white stripes and a very narrow front widest in the middle.
Length 1.6 mm.

Front a long oval abruptly pointed below. Much narrower
than in mormo and not top shaped as in most species; the disc
flat or concave, the bounding carinae light, the median one
faint. Nasal process even shorter and broader than in dorsata,
strongly carinate. Color black, a broad white stripe from
apex of front across the first exposed abdominal segment, as
wide as frontal carinae at the vertex. A pair of oblique white
stripes broadly covering the lower half of clypeus and gradu-
ally narrowing to beyond the middle of the elytra. A pair of
white crescents arising under the lateral margin of the elytra
and curving around to the genitalia. The pustules and legs
pale.

Holotype, J', Patagonia, September 10, 1933. Paratype male
and a female nymph, Nogales, July 13, 1934. Taken by the writer
sweeping range grasses.

4. Bruchomorpha vittata Metcalf.

( Bruchomorpha bicolor Mete.).

A slightly larger and more definitely striped species than jocosa ,
with a much longer nasal protuberance. Known only from Browns-
ville, Texas, where the writer took it in abundance January 2, 1932,
including the long-winged form. Metcalf described this species as
bicolor but on a previous page he had described the long-winged
form taken with it as vittata , evidently not recognizing that all
long- winged forms have practically the same dark color and that
they all have much enlarged mesonotal protuberances and conse-
quently notched pronotums. The form of the nasal process is,
however distinctive.

5. Bruchomorpha jocosa Stal.

( Bruchomorpha bimaculata Doz.).

A small compact barrel-shaped species with a very short broad
projection and top-shaped front. Color reddish or rusty straw
with a black mark on the “nose” and another on the genitalia, the
male with the lower part of the elytra obliquely black, in sharp con-
trast. Melichar, Metcalf and Dozier all treat jocosa as entirely
pale reddish with the black “nose” but Stal in his original descrip-
tion of the male says “tegminibus, parte commissurali excepta —

200 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. xxx

nigris,” thus covering himaculata of Dozier. This form is abun-
dant throughout the Gulf region and is occasionally taken as far
north as Virginia, Iowa and Nebraska.

Key to Jocosa Varieties.

A — Females red or pale sometimes with a lateral dark stripe.

B — Female all reddish or pale i. var. jocosa Stal

BB — Female reddish or pale with a lateral dark stripe.

2. var. craniata Ball

A A — Females (and males) all dark (or with only a trace of light
stripes) 3. var. obscura Ball

Var. craniata Ball n. var.

Resembling jocosa usually, but definitely larger and longer,
with less of the “barrel” shape. A broad creamy median
stripe from tip to tip covering all the space between the lateral
carinae on front and pronotum. Outside of this on either side
a still broader pair of smoky or almost black stripes arising on
the black “nose” and usually omitting the margins of the
abdomen. Legs and below reddish.

Holotype J, allotype J1, and seven paratypes, Onaga, Ks.
(Crevec.) ; five paratypes, Stratton, Neb., and one each, Ames, la.,
and Spring Green, Wis. ; all, except those from Kansas, collected
by the writer. This form might easily be confused with vittata hut
the short nose will separate it.

Var. obscura Ball n. var.

Form and size of jocosa , almost uniformly dark smoky or
rusty brown sometimes almost black with the legs and lower
part reddish. The males often show a more or less definite
dorsal light or reddish line.

Holotype J, allotype J*, and ten paratypes, Sanford, Florida,
taken by the writer. This dark form is common in the winter
period from Florida to Mississippi and has been taken as far north
as New Jersey, D. C., and Virginia. It has, however, never before
been recognized as a color phase of jocosa.

6. Bruchomorpha dorsata Fitch.

( Bruchomorpha flavo-vittata Stal).

An exceedingly short nosed black species with a broad white
stripe from tip to tip. The feet are usually pale. A northern
species ranging from New York and North Carolina to Dakota and
Kansas.

Dec., 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 201

7. Bruchomorpha pallidipes Stal.

Similar to dorsata but with the dorsal stripe ending on the first
visible abdominal segment. Probably only a variety of the above.

8. Bruchomorpha suturalis Melich.

Resembling pallidipes except that the stripe is often narrower,
the end of the “nose” is elevated and the front sinuated — this is
probably only a variety of dorsata as suggested by Melicher. It
appears to be the most abundant form in Colorado and northern
Arizona.

The writer is inclined to believe that the three preceding species
are all forms of dorsata , the first described. His material, how-
ever, is limited, having only about 50 examples of the three. In
other species where the examples run into the hundreds it has been
possible to determine the limits of normal variation with more ac-
curacy. It is even possible that dorsata and its variations represent
the temperate region expression while jocosa, and its varieties, are
the subtropical representatives of a single abundant and very vari-
able species. If these two groups were united then all the known
species would have definite structural characters on which they
could be readily separated.

9. Bruchomorpha oculata Newman.

The long nasal protuberance will at once separate this species
from any other, but it is widely distributed, occurring from the
Atlantic to the Pacific and from Canada to Mexico and highly vari-
able in size and color and to a less extent in form. It can only be
adequately treated by considering the following varieties :

Key to the Varieties of oculata Newman.

A — Body black, no dorsal stripe or at most a narrow rusty one on
carinae of front.

B — Legs reddish or yellowish 1. var. oculata New.

BB — Legs black, size small, nasal protuberance narrow.

2. var. nigrata Ball

AA — Body black, a broad white dorsal stripe.

C — Dorsal stripe extending to apex of abdomen. Nose broad.

3. var. extensa Ball

CC — -Dorsal stripe fading out on abdomen.

D — Legs yellow — nose broad 4. var. nasuta Stal

DD — Legs black in female — nose narrow

5. var. abrupta Ball

1. B. oculata-oculata Newman is very dark with a definite red-

202 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Toi.xxx

dish cast accentuated on the legs and below; the stripe is narrow
and reddish or absent. This is the dominant form in the northern
states and Canada.

2. B. oculata-nigrata Ball n. var.

Form of oculata, smaller, darker, with legs black and the nasal
protuberance long and narrow. Holotype §, allotype J', and eight
paratypes Sanford, Florida, taken by the writer. This form almost
entirely replaces oculata in the Gulf region and 'is abundant during
the winter season.

3. B. oculata-ex tensa Ball n. var. ( B . dorsata of Mete, not Fitch).
Form of oculata nearly slightly larger, the nasal protuberance

more foliaceous, the dorsal stripe very broad, creamy and extend-
ing from apex of front to apex of abdomen. Holotype $, and four
paratype females, Granite Dell, Arizona, July 6, 1929. Allotype J',
and one paratype male, Ashfork, Arizona, August 16, 1929. This
is the form illustrated by Metcalf, as dorsata but is quite different
from that short headed species. It is found sparingly in the Gulf
region and extends through to southern California and north into
Utah.

4. B. oculata-nasuta Stal.

This large dark form, with the broad stripe running back to the
first visible abdominal segment and the striking red legs ; is north-
ern in distribution and particularly abundant in the Rocky Moun-
tain region from Canada to Colorado.

5. B. oculata- abrupta Ball n. var.

Form of nasuta nearly, larger with a narrower rounder nasal
protuberance. Black with black legs in the females and black or
dark red ones in the males, the dorsal stripe is definite but nar-
rower and reddish and often does not extend onto the abdomen.
Holotype §, allotype J1, and eight paratypes taken by the writer at
Sanford, Florida. This is a fairly common summer form in the
Gulf region.

10. Bruchomorpha decorata Metcalf.

A short stout strikingly distinct species by the coarsely reticulate
elytra and the broad nasal protuberance. Color very variable, mot-
tled yellow (or pale) and dark. The writer has taken this species
at Brownsville, Texas, and in the Baboquivari Mountains in Ari-
zona and has material from Cuernavaca, Mexico. It appears to be

Dec., 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 203

strictly confined to a single, species of grass, the Arizona fox-tail
( Chaetochloa grisebachii) as a food plant.

ii. Bruchomorpha rugosa Metcalf.

Resembling a very small Fitchiella robertsoni in the reticulate
elytra and linear markings on the abdominal segments, thus strik-
ingly distinct in this group. The anterior tibiae are slightly dilated
and it may be necessary to transfer this species to Fitchiella.

Described from Brownsville, Texas, and Nogales, Arizona. The
writer has taken it on range grasses in several places in Southern
Arizona.

ENTOMOLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS AT
HARTSDALE, N. Y.

By Geo. P. Engelhardt, Hartsdale, N. Y.

The outstanding feature of this suburban section of New York
City is that there have been no insect outbreaks of major impor-
tance during 1935. The fall cankerworm, so very troublesome in
past seasons, has gradually diminished into insignificance. Of the
Japanese beetle only isolated cases have been reported so far. The
Asiatic beetle, on the other hand has been holding its own, exact-
ing its usual toll in gardens and lawns.

Among the Lepidoptera it is of interest to record the great abun-
dance of the butterfly Enodia portlandia Hbn. More than 50
specimens were easily netted in the woodland adjoining Green-
ridge, Hartsdale, N. Y., in early July. Their abundance continued
during this month. This butterfly is well-established locally in
wooded sections of the Hudson River region in the vicinity of New
York City; and its range extends far to the north and south, yet it
can hardly be designated as a common species. It does not occur
on Long Island and, according to Wm. T. Davis, is not found on
Staten Island.

204 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. xxx

THE GENUS COLEOMYIA (DIPTERA-ASILIDAE).

By J. Wilcox and C. H. Martin, Washington, D. C.

The genus Coleomyia is here erected to include Metapogon
setiger Cole and related species. These small robber flies are con-
sidered rare and heretofore have been known only from the far
western States; setiger was described from Oregon; Melander
records it from Oregon, Washington, California, and Idaho. Three
species are described here as new and representatives of several
other species are at hand that greatly extend the range of the
genus but are not described because of lack of sufficient material
in good condition; one was collected in North Carolina (Summit,
Craggy Mts., Aug. io, 1906, Wm. Beutenmueller) , another in
Colorado (Estes Park, July, 1892, F. H. Snow), several from
Montana (Bozeman, July 11, 1928), and several from California
(Meadow Valley, Plumas Co., 4,000-5,000 feet, VII-8 and 11, ’24.
E. C. Van Dyke).

The species for the most part are taken at high elevations, al-
though C. setiger (Cole) occurs nearly at sea level. They are
found resting on the ground, on logs, on the trunks of trees, and
occasionally on the leaves of broad-leaved trees and shrubs, usually
in open spots in the coniferous forests. At Puyallup, Wash.,
setiger was taken in a small clearing along with Cophura brevicornis
Williston; the latter species, however, was the most abundant.

Coleomyia is most closely related to Metapogon but is markedly
different from that genus. The face, front, and head are narrower ;
the my stax is composed of very stout, sparse, slightly proclinate
bristles; the third antennal joint is short, but slightly longer than
the first two joints together; the one- jointed style is minute, cylin-
drical, and much shorter than the first joint. The thorax is convex
but not at all highly arched or compressed anteriorly as are typical
Metapogon; the third vein is branched beyond the discal crossvein,
while in typical Metapogon it is branched before the discal cross-
vein. The body all over is much less pilose.

The writers are indebted to Dr. F. R. Cole, who has kindly criti-
cized the manuscript and examined some of the specimens ; and to
the Oregon State College, the Ohio State Museum, the Montana
State College, the California Academy of Sciences, and Dr. R. H.
Painter for the loan of specimens. The types of the new species
are in the senior writer’s collection and, unless otherwise stated,
the paratypes are in the writers’ collections.

Dec., 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 205

Coleomyia n. g.

Small black species with the head, thorax, and abdomen
pollinose. Head slightly less than twice as broad as high, eyes
nearly twice the width of the face below the antennae. Face
slightly diverging below, front diverging from the antennae
and narrowed at the vertex, only slightly wider at vertex than
at antennae. Vertex excavated, ocellar tubercle prominent.
Face slightly convex, mystax composed entirely of sparse,
strong, slightly proclinate bristles, reaching from the oral mar-
gin nearly to the base of the antennae. First and second an-
tennal joints subequal, only slightly longer than wide; third
slightly longer than the first two joints together, widest at or
beyond the middle, from which it narrows on the lower side
to the apex. Style very short, cylindrical, about twice as long
as wide, slightly wider at base than at apex, apex with a short,
minute seta. First antennal joint usually with two strong
bristles below, second )t»int with one below, and the third joint
bare, faintly pollinose on the inner side. Thorax pollinose,
slightly arched and convex, with well developed bristles on
the dorsum (five dorsocentrals except in hinei, where they are
lacking). Scutellum pollinose on the dorsum and with two
strong, erect marginal bristles. Abdomen of male nearly par-
allel sided, slightly tapering apically. Dorsum with sparse,
minute hairs and a well developed row of lateral bristles on
the first segment in both sexes ; pollinose at least on the poste-
rior angles of most segments. Genitalia small and inconspicu-
ous, surstyli most prominent. Female abdomen more taper-
ing, ovipositor small with a circlet of spines at the apex. Legs
black, only moderately stout, femora without bristles except a
short subapical one on the posterior-dorsal surface, but with
some appressed pile on the dorsum and a few straggly hairs
on the ventral surface. Tibiae and tarsi with strong bristles,
claws strong and black, pulvilli present. Coxae pollinose and
pilose, usually with some weak bristles. Wings with all the
posterior cells open, anal cell narrowly open, discal cell about
three times as long as wide with the anterior crossvein slightly
before the middle, third vein branched beyond the discal cross-
vein, costa fringed with setae, posterior margin with a delicate
fringe.

Genotype: Metapogon setiger Cole.

Cole1 in his description of setiger says, “This species might be
made the type of a new genus. The mystax is composed of strong

1 Cole, F. R., and Lovett, A. L., 1919. New Oregon Diptera.
Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 4th series, vol. IX, no. 7, p. 235.

206 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. xxx

bristles, and in the typical Metapogon it is composed chiefly of fine
pile. The head is hardly as wide as the typical form, and the face
more widened below. The thorax is not highly arched, but more
like that of Lestomyia

The genus is named in honor of Dr. F. R. Cole, who suggested
its erection, and who has done so much work in Diptera, especially
of the West, in recent years.

Key to the Species.

Males :

1. Basal two-fifths of the wings distinctly milky white, infus-

cated apically 2

Wings hyaline, at most slightly white at base and faintly in-
fuscated apically 3

2. Lateral bristles on the first abdominal segment white, dorso-

central bristles strong, usually four hypopleural bristles.

setiger (Cole).

Lateral bristles on the first abdominal segment black, dorso-
central bristles absent, usually two hypopleural bristles.

hinei n. sp.

3. Lateral bristles on the first abdominal segment white, knob

of the halteres yellow, basal one-fifth of wings white.

rainieri n. sp.

Lateral bristles on the first abdominal segment black, knob of
the halteres wine red, wings entirely hyaline

sculleni n. sp.

Females :

1 . Lateral bristles on the first abdominal segment black 2

Lateral bristles on the first abdominal segment white 3

3. Dorsocentral bristles strong, knob of halteres red.

sculleni n. sp.

Dorsocentral bristles absent, knob of halteres yellow.

hinei n. sp.

3. Hypopleural bristles one to two, pollen of the face silvery,
posterior margin of the scutellum black, bare of pollen.

rainieri n. sp.

Hypopleural bristles three to four, pollen of the face golden,
scutellum including the posterior margin usually entirely
pollinose setiger (Cole).

Dec., 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 207

Coleomyia setiger (Cole).

Metapogon setigerum2 Cole, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 4th series,
v. 9, no. 7, pp. 235-236 (Plate 17, fig. 17), 1919.
Metapogon setiger Melander, Psyche, v. 30, no. 6, p. 21 1, 1923.
Metapogon setiger Cole, Pan-Pacific Ent., v. 1, p. 9, 1924.

The original description and figures amply characterize this spe-
cies. Type locality: Dee, in the Hood River Valley, Oregon, Au-
gust 1, 1917 (L. Childs). Cole at the time of description also had
specimens from Joseph Oreg. ; Mt. Jefferson, Oreg., July 15, 1907
(J. C. Bridwell) ; and Sherwood, Oreg., July 29. An examination
of the specimens from Sherwood and Joseph, Oreg., in the collec-
tion of the Oregon State College, shows the specimen from Joseph
to be hinei new species.

Melander records this species from Washington, Idaho, Oregon,
and California. Specimens at hand are from the following addi-
tional localities:

Oregon: Portland, July 29, 1930 (R. E. Dimick) ; Crater Lake,
August 2 (W. J. Chamberlin) ; Cascadia, IX-6 ’32 (Wm. W.
Baker) ; Grants Pass, VI-26 (F. M. Hull) in Dr. Painter’s collec-
tion; Smith River, Douglas County, IX-14 and 15, 1932 (D. K.
Frewing) ; Scotsburg, Douglas County, IX-19 ’32 (D. K. Frew-
ing) ; and Mt. Hood National Forest, Sherwood Forest Camp,
VII-17 ’32 (Wilcox).

Washington: Puyallup, July and August, 1932 and 1933 (Baker
and Wilcox) ; Tacoma, VII-4 ’33 (Baker) ; Summit Lake, 12
miles west of Olympia, VIII— 16 ’31 (Wilcox) ; Forks, VII-23
’33 (Wilcox) ; Mt. Rainier, Carbon River Entrance, VIII-7 ’32
(Wilcox) ; and Olympia, VIII-29 ’32 and IX-11 ’33 (Martin).

Coleomyia hinei n. sp.

Male: Length 8 mm. Face, frons, vertex, and upper oc-
ciput golden pollinose; lower occiput silvery pollinose; palpi
and proboscis black. Bristles of the face black; four small
bristles on each side of center of frons and five stronger bris-
tles on each side near the orbits; four strong ocellar bristles
and two weaker ones ; three strong bristles on each side of the
upper occiput and numerous smaller ones; beard and pile of
palpi and proboscis weak and gray in color. First and second

2 The specific name was originally given as setigerum ; Melander
changed this to setiger , and the writers in the original manuscript
changed it to setigera. According to Dr. Harold Morrison, Divi-
sion of Identification and Classification of Insects, Bureau of En-
tomology and Plant Quarantine, setiger is grammatically correct.

208 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. xxx

antennal joints subequal, second wider apically than the first;
third slightly longer than the first two together, widest at the
apical three-fourths; first joint with one strong and one weak
bristle below, second joint with one strong bristle below.

Thoracic dorsum densely golden and brown pollinose; cen-
tral brown stripe bisected by a narrow, setulose, golden polli-
nose line; central stripe separated from broad lateral brown
stripes by a golden pollinose curved line originating in back
of the humeri ; posterior callosities and dorsum of scutellum
golden pollinose. Neck with three medium strong black bris-
tles on each side and some pale hair ; pronotum with one strong
black bristle and some smaller ones ; humeri with several short
black bristles and hairs ; a thick patch of short black hairs on
the brown pollinose spot between the humeri and the dorso-
central row of short black hairs, no dorsocentral bristles ; sev-
eral scattered short black hairs posterior to humeri ; two strong
presutural bristles ; one strong intraalar, and one strong post-
alar and several smaller black bristles and hairs. Posterior
margin of scutellum shining, with two moderately strong bris-
tles about one-half as long as in the other species, and notice-
ably convergent; and several smaller black hairs. Pleura sil-
very-golden pollinose, mesosternum below black, metaster-
num with a smaller distinct spot; pleura bare except for the
three black hypopleural bristles.

Dorsum of abdomen subshining black and black setulose,
except hind angles of segments I to 5, which are silvery prui-
nose, and the hind angles of segment 6, which are golden polli-
nose; pollen broad on the sides of the first segment, barely
perceptible on the second, and increasing in extent to the
fourth ; the fourth, fifth, and sixth equal ; four strong lateral
black bristles and some moderately long black hairs on the first
segment. Hypopygium inconspicuous, black and black pilose,
brown ventrally. Venter of segments 1 to 3 silvery pollinose;
posterior margins of segments 4 and 5 silvery pollinose ; venter
otherwise black and black setulose.

Coxae silvery pollinose, some short and long black and
white hairs on the fore and middle coxae; hind coxae black
setigerous and with two weak bristles on the anterior side,
rest of legs dull black except on the under side of the apical
half of the fore and hind tibiae, which are covered with short,
thick brown pile. Claws black, pulvilli dark.

Halteres at base and basal half of stem brown, knob and
upper part of stem lemon yellow. Alulae yellowish with white
edge and weak white fringe. Basal half of wings milky white,
apical half infuscated. Veins in basal half, except costa and
part of first vein, light tan, apically dark brown. Anterior
cross-vein slightly before middle of discal cell.

Dec., 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 209

Female: Length 9 mm. Similar to male; only one strong
bristle below on the first antennal joint; abdomen dull black,
except the posterior angles of segments 1 to 5, which are sil-
very pollinose, segments 6 and 7 shining black; ovipositor
small, shining black, apex with light hairs and four strong
reddish colored spines on each side. Wings uniformly infus-
cated, veins brown, anterior cross-vein before middle of discal
cell. Pulvilli somewhat paler than in male.

Holotype: Male, Antelope Mt., Harney County, Oreg., elevation
6,500 feet, July 25, 1931 (D. K. Frewing).

Allotype: Female, same date, August 13, 1931.

Paratypes: More than one hundred specimens from the follow-
ing localities; type locality July 21 to August 17, 1931, and August
13, 1932 (Grant County) (D. K. Frewing) ; Strawberry Mt.,
Grant County, Oregon, elevation 8,600 feet, August 21 to Septem-
ber 2, 1932 (D. K. Frewing) ; Anthony Lake, Blue Mountains,
Oreg., elevation 7,100 feet, August 7, 1929 (H. A. Scullen), two
of these in the Ohio State Museum; Joseph, Oreg. (see note
under setiger Cole), a single specimen in the collection of the
Oregon State College; Wallowa Lake, Oreg., September 9, 1932
(Itol J. Wilcox) ; Emigrant Park, Blue Mts., Oreg., VIII-14 ’34
(Wilcox) ; Alpha, Idaho, Long Valley, elevation 4,700 feet, VI-24
to VIII-10 ’34 (C. H. and D. Martin).

The Anthony Lake specimens were questionably determined as
setiger Cole by the late Prof. James S. Hine, in whose honor this
species is named.

Coleomyia sculleni n. sp.

Male: Length 9.5 mm. Face, frons, vertex, and occiput en-
tirely silvery pollinose. Bristles black, five weak lateral frontal
bristles, four strong ocellars, four strong and about ten weaker
ones on each side of the upper occiput; beard and hairs of
palpi and proboscis gray. First and second antennal joints
equal, third slightly longer than the first two together, style
short and narrow, with a minute apical hair; two strong bris-
tles below on the first segment, and one strong bristle below
on the second.

Thoracic dorsum entirely silvery pollinose with a sugges-
tion of a broad dark central geminate stripe. Bristles black,
strong ; two small humeral, five dorsocentral, one posthumeral,
two strong presutural, one strong intraalar, and one strong
and one weak postalar. Dorsum of scutellum silvery polli-
nose, with two strong marginal bristles. Pleura and coxae
silvery pollinose, mesosternum broadly black below, meta-
sternum with a small black spot. One weak black bristle on

210 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. xxx

one side of neck and some yellowish hairs ; pronotum with one
strong black bristle and several smaller black ones plus a few
weak light hairs ; coxae with weak, short, appressed hairs ; and
three moderately strong black hypopleural bristles.

Dorsum of abdomen black, subshining, with very short ap-
pressed black hair, white on sides ; first segment entirely silvery
pollinose except central posterior portion; second mostly
black, with narrow posterior silvery pollinose band broader
in the middle than on the sides ; third similar, central portion
broader ; fourth with central pollinose portion reaching nearly
to the anterior margin ; fifth and sixth entirely pollinose ex-
cept lateral anterior angles; seventh retracted segment simi-
lar; segments 2 to 6 narrowly shining black on the central
posterior margin ; first segment with three strong black lateral
bristles and one weaker yellowish bristle. Hypopygium small,
black, ventrally reddish brown. Venter of segments 1 to 6 sil-
very pollinose and with short white hairs, seventh black with
black hairs.

Legs black, bristles and short stiff hairs and claws black;
pulvilli yellowish white. Some thick, short, golden pile on the
apical one-third of the ventral surface of the hind tibiae and
tarsi, especially the metatarsi ; fore tibiae and tarsi and middle
tarsi similar.

Halteres with base and stem dark brown, stem just before
knob light brown, knob red. Alulae tan with white margin
and fringe. Wings hyaline, veins brown except that at the
extreme base they are lighter colored brown ; anterior cross-
vein slightly before the middle of the discal cell.

Female: Length 8.5 mm. Similar to male. Head and
thorax golden-silvery pollinose. Abdominal segments 1 to 5
black, subshining, with narrow posterior silvery pollinose
bands interrupted in the middle. Segments 6 and 7 and dor-
sum of ovipositor shining black. Three strong black bristles
on one side of the first abdominal segment and four on the
other plus the long white hairs. Wings very lightly infus-
cated, veins entirely brown.

Holotype: Male, Lake of the Woods, elevation 4,500-7,500 feet,
Klamath County, Oreg., July 20, 1930 (H. A. Scullen).

Allotype: Female, Crater Lake, south rim, 7,100 feet elevation,
Oreg., July 29, 1930 (H. A. Scullen).

Paratype: One male from the same locality as the holotype
(July 21, 1930) differs from the holotype in having three scutellar
bristles.

Dedicated to Prof. H. A. Ccullen, who collected this species and
has supplied many specimens of Diptera from his collecting trips,
especially in Oregon.

Dec., 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 211

Coleomyia rainieri n. sp.

Male: Length 8 mm. Face, frons, vertex, and occiput gray-
silvery pollinose; palpi and proboscis black. Bristles black;
one or two small bristles on each side of the center of the
frons, and four or five stronger lateral ones; four strong
ocellar and two posterior smaller ones ; at least five strong and
four weak ones on the upper occiput ; beard and hairs of palpi
and proboscis gray. First two antennal joints equal, about as
broad as long, third joint one and one- fourth times the length
of the first two joints together; style short, cylindrical, nearly
twice as long as wide, with an apical minute hair, first joint
below with one strong bristle and one weaker one, second with
one strong one below; third bare, thinly golden pollinose on
the inner surface.

Thoracic dorsum uniformly densely silvery pollinose with
but a mere suggestion of the central and lateral dark lines. A
row of very small hairs down the center of the dorsum and a
lateral row on either side of the central stripe. One pale
bristle and several pale hairs on either side of the neck, and
one pale bristle and pale hairs on the pronotum ; humeri with
two moderately strong black bristles and several minute black
hairs, one strong posthumeral and two strong presutural, one
strong intraalar, and one strong and one weak postalar, five
or six strong dorsocentrals. Scutellum densely silvery polli-
nose, posterior margin narrowly black, with two strong bris-
tles and some minute hairs on posterior margin. Pleura sil-
very pollinose with a trace of gold on the mesopleura; meso-
sternum below black and metasternum with a smaller, indefi-
nite, black spot; pleura bare except for the three hypopleural
bristles, two pale and one black on one side and one pale and
two black on the other, the pale bristles being weaker than the
black ones.

Abdomen black with short, pale, appressed hairs and prui-
nose markings. Broad posterior margin of first segment and
the narrow posterior margins of segments 2 to 6 dull black;
pruinose markings on the first segment wide on the sides and
very narrow in the middle, posterior margins of segments 2 to
4 broadly pruinose with a narrow central wedge, which on seg-
ments 3 and 4 each reach the anterior margins, segment 5 with
a broader pruinose band and a wider pruinose wedge reaching
the anterior margin, segment 6 entirely pruinose except narrow
anterior angles, narrow seventh segment entirely black; four
strong white lateral bristles and numerous white hairs on the
first segment. Venter uniformly silvery pollinose and sparsely
covered with short, white, appressed hairs; hypopygium shin-
ing black and black hairy, except hypandrium, which is brown
tipped with short light hairs.

212 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society VoL xxx

Figure I. The antennal joints of Coleomyia sculleni, C. hinei, and
C. setiger; the head and wing of C. rainieri.

Legs black, except coxae, which are silvery pollinose and
with white hairs and bristles ; bristles and hairs black except a
few pale straggly hairs on the underside of the femora and on
the underside 'of apical half of the fore and hind tibiae, which
are brown pilose. Femora without strong bristles, claws black,
pulvilli dark.

Base and lower stem of halteres brown, knob and upper
stem yellow. Alulae light tan with pale edge and fringe. Basal
fourth of wings milky white and veins in this portion light
brown ; remainder of the wings hyaline, except the tip, which
is lightly infuscated, veins dark brown. Anterior crossvein
slightly before the middle of the discal cell.

Dec., 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 213

Female: Length 8 mm. Similar to male. Thoracic dorsum
mostly brownish pollinose, central stripe divided by a setulose
silvery pollinose line ; lateral brown stripe apparent ; two black
hypopleural bristles. Abdomen black and short, white, hairy,
with pruinose markings on the posterior margins of segments
I to 6, broadly interrupted on segments I, 5, and 6, and nar-
rowly interrupted on segments 2 to 4 ; segments 6 and 7 more
shining. Ovipositor short, shining black with pale hairs and
dark spines at the apex. Wings hyaline, veins brown, anterior
crossvein before middle of discal cell.

Holotype: Male, Sunrise, elevation 6,300 feet, Mt. Rainier,
Wash., August 13, 1931 (Wilcox).

Allotype: Female, same data.

Paratypes: Males and females, four with same data as types;
others collected in the type locality as follows: VII-31, VIII-5
and 24 ’32 (C. H. and D. Martin), VII— 27, VIII-27 and 28 ’32
(Wilcox), and VII-27 ’33 (Martin). The paratypes range as
small as 6 mm. in length; the pruinose bands on the second and
third abdominal segments of some of the females are entire.

Some difficulty was experienced in finding characters by which
to separate the females of this species from setiger. The char-
acters in the key are constant for the specimens at hand.

Dione vanillae on Passiflora tenuiloba. — The relationship
between butterflies of the families Heliconiinae and Nymphalinae
and plants of the family Passifloraceae is well known; however
more specific information is needed. On June 7 a worn female of
Dione vanillae L. was observed hovering over a small clump of
mesquite bushes and acted as if she were depositing eggs. Noth-
ing that looked like passion flower was at hand, but the butterfly
persisted. A close examination was made and hidden within the
mass of mesquite brush was a very thick growth of Passiflora
tenuiloba Engelm. This little known passion vine, which has the
most peculiar leaves of all that group of plants, was in great abun-
dance on the ground and through the brush. Upon it were prob-
ably one hundred larvae of Dione ranging from the first instar up
to those just ready to pupate. From observations made it is very
probable that all of these larvae were from this one progenitor. —
H. B. Parks, San Antonio, Tex.

214 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol . xxx

EXCHANGES

This one page is intended only for wants and exchanges, not
for advertisements of articles for sale. Notices not exceeding
THREE lines free to subscribers. Over lines charged for at
15 cents per line per insertion.

Old notices will be discontinued as space for new ones is
needed.

COLEOPTERA. — Am interested in exchanging Coleoptera.
Carl G. Siepmann, R. F. D. No. 1, Box 92, Rahway, N. J.

DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA.— Have many desirable west-
ern species to exchange, including Argynnis atossa, macaria, mor-
monia , malcolmi, nokomis; Melitaea neumoegeni; Lycaena speci-
osa; etc. Send lists. Dr. John A. Comstock, Los Angeles Mu-
seum, Exposition Park, Los Angeles, Calif.

CATOPINI: Catops ( Choleva ), Prionochaeta, Ptomaphagus.

■ — Wanted to borrow all possible specimens of these genera from
North America for a revisional study. Correspondence solicited.
— Melville H. Hatch, Dept, of Zoology, Univ. of Wash., Seattle,
Wash.

HISTERIDAE — Desire to obtain material, all localities, for
identification, by purchase or exchange of other families. Chas.
A. Ballou, Jr., 77 Beekman St., New York, N. Y.

LOCALITY LABELS. — 60c per 1000, 5 in strip, 1 to 3 lines.
5 sizes type. 3J4 point, 75c per 1000. Good heavy paper. Prompt
service. A. L. Stevens, 691 Culver Rd., Rochester, N. Y.

BUY OR EXCHANGE: Pinned Microlepidoptera and papered
Pieridae of North America. Full data with all specimens. Named
material of all groups offered. Alexander B. Klots, College of the
City of New York, New York City.

WILL COLLECT for cash all ORDERS OF INSECTS, pro-
viding I receive sufficient orders prior to collecting to justify my
proceeding. Have many specimens in stock at all times for sale.
Louise Knobel, Hope, Arkansas.

EXCHANGE OR FOR SALE. — Cat ocala herodias (Ger-
hardi), Graptolitha viridipallens and others. Wanted: Rare N. A.
Macro-Lepidoptera. F. Lemmer, Lakehurst, N. J.

TABLE OF CONTENTS TO VOLUME XXX.

(Arranged Alphabetically throughout.)

Plates I-VII.

COLEOPTERA.

A New Variety of Anoplodera
vittata from New York,
George J. Rau, 63
A Peculiar Mating Habit of the
Silphidae, Cyril E. Abbott, 80
A Supplement to the Section of
the New York State List of
Insects Devoted to Coleop-
tera. Additions, Notes and
Corrections, Kenneth W.
Cooper, 142

Comparison of Color Markings
of Cicindela formosa Say and
Cicindela formosa generosa
DeJ., F. G. Meserve, 162
Geotrupes ulkei Blanchard, H.
P. Loding, 108

( Myllocerus ) Corigetus? cas-

taneus Roelofs, A. C. Davis,

Notes on Systena, Doris H.
Blake, 89

Notes on the Synonymy of Col-
labismodes cuba Boh., L. L.
Buchanan, 125

The Deciduous cusps of the
Alophini, J. Wilcox and Wm.
W. Baker, 20

The Distribution of Trichobaris
insolita Casey, Wm. P.
Hayes, 28

The Tiger Beetles of South
Carolina with the Descrip-
tion of a New Variety of
Tetracha virginica, O. L.
Cartwright, 69

Diptera.

A New Melon Gall Midge, E.
P. Felt, 79

A New Species of Sciarinae,
Frank R. Shaw, 100
Hibernation of Uranotaenia
sapphirina (Osten Sacken),
W. Keys Lawlor, 14
The American Species of Lip-
optena, J. Bequaert, 170
The Egg Laying of the Mourn-

ing Horse Fly, Tabanus atra-
tus Fab., Phil Rau, 26
The Genus Coleomyia , J. Wil-
cox and C. H. Martin, 204
The Genus Hermetia in the
United States, Maurice T.
James, 165

The Imaginal Discs of Dro-
sophila melanogaster, Hal B.
Parks, 192

General

A Correction, Editor, 30
A Deserved Recognition, from
“Science,” 89

Book Notes: A Monograph of
the Collembola of Iowa,
J. R. T.-B., 28

Subject.

Field Book of Insects,
Wm. T. Davis, 127
Wood Feeding Roach, W.
P. Hayes, 127

Charles Robertson, H. B.
Parks, 163

215

216 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society voi.xxx

Editorial : On New Terminolo-
gies, J. R. T.-B., 86
Reciprocity, The Publica-
tion Committee, 29
To Our Friends, George
P. Engelhardt, 30
Entomological Observations at
Hartsdale, N. Y., George P.
Engelhardt, 163

Methods and Technique: A Plea
for Courtesy, Geo. R.
Hopping, 84

On Mounting Leaf Hop-
pers, E. D. Ball, 84
Proceedings of the Society,
Frederick Lemmer and Carl
Geo. Siepmann, 31, 128, 171

Heteroptera.

An Infestation of Blissus leu-
copterus in the Catskills, J.
R. de la Torre-Bueno, 62
A New Anasa from Paraguay,
Roland F. Hussey, 23
Biological Notes on Aradidae,
J. R. de la Torre-Bueno, 113
Five New Species of Miridae,
H. G. Johnston, 15
Food Plant and Habits of Se-
hirus cinctus P. B., J. R. de la
Torre-Bueno, 8,

Note on Hypogeocoris piceus
Say, J. R. de la Torre-Bueno,
81

Notes on Gargaphia tiliae, J. R.

de la Torre-Bueno, 78
Notes on Habits of Neides mu -
ticus Say, J. R. de la Torre-
Bueno, 64

Notes on Pycnoderes quadri -
maculatus Guerin in the Vi-
cinity of Tucson, Arizona, L.
P. Wehrle, 27

Notes on the Oviposition of
Corythucha marmorata Uhler,
Cyril E. Abbott, 13
Presocial Behavior among the
Hemiptera, J. Bequaert, 177

Homoptera.

Presocial Behavior among the The Genus Bruchomorpha New-
Hemiptera, J. Bequaert, 177 man, E. D. Ball, 197
Some New Issidae, with Notes
on Others, E. D. Ball, 37

Hymenoptera.

Additions and Corrections to
the Revision of North Amer-
ican Vespinae, J. Bequaert,

TI?

Modifications in the Genitalia
of the Male Megarhyssa luna-
tor , Cyril E. Abbott, 1 1

Notes on the Biology of Certain
Eumenid Wasps, Phil Rau,
no

The Grass Carrying Wasp,
Chlorion ( Isodontia ) harrisi
Fernald, Phil Rau, 65

Lepidoptera.

Anartia jatrophae L. in Texas,
H. B. Parks, 83

Dione vanillae on Passiflora
tenuiloba, H. B. Parks, 213

Gregariousness in Papilio phi-
lenor, H. B. Parks, 196
Incisalia henrici Gr. & Rob. in
Connecticut, Alexander B.
Klots, 159

Dec., 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 217

Migration of Pyrameis cardui,
T. D. A. Cockerell, 124
New Record for New Jersey,
Frederick Lemmer, 10
Notes on the Diurnal Lepidop-

Minor

A Psocid, Psoquilla slossonae
(Banks), ( Psocinella slos-
sonae Banks), H. P. Loding,
112

tera of the Canadian Arctic
Collected by Owen Bryant in
the Summers of 1929 to 1932,
R. A. Leussler and Owen
Bryant, 1, 42, 114

Orders.

New Collembola from Western
North America, Harlow B.
Mills, 133

218 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. xxx

INDEX TO GENERA AND SPECIES OF INSECTS,
OTHER ANIMALS AND PLANTS.

New forms in bold face: valid genera and species in Roman;
synonyms in italics; * indicates plants; f indicates other animals;
J Long Island records. The following not included in this index :
Synonymic and annotated list of N. A. Vespinae, pp. 119-124;
additions to New York Coleoptera, pp. 1 42-1 59.

* Acacia farnesiana, 196
Acanthosoma griseum, 181
Acmaegenius, 20, 21

Actias luna var. rubromarginata,
}71

Aepophilus bonnairei, 187
Aglais j-album, 57, 61, 117

antiopa race hyperborea, 57,
61

Alophus, 21
Altica elongata, 104
striolata, 90
taeniata, 89, 98, 104

* Amelanchier, 1 59

* Ambrosia, 105

* trifida, 13
Anartia jatrophae, 83
Anasa acutangula, 25
limbata, 25
sapiicola, 23
tristis, 23

Ancistrocerus birenimaculatus,
112

fulvipes, 1 12
. waldeni, 111

(Ancistrocerus) catskillensis,
hi

(Pseudodynerus) quadrisec-
tus, III

Aneurus inconstans, 113
Anillus fortis, 172
Anomis erosa, 10, 173

flava fimbriosa, 10, 173
Anopheles, 14

punctipennis, 14
Anoplodera vittata var. sara-
togensis, 63, 64
Anosia, 196

Anthophora abrupta, 1 1 1
Anthrax simpson, 33
Aphelonema, 40, 197 .
bivittata, 39
convergens, 39

var. canyonensis, 39
histrionica, 39, 40
nigriviridia, 39
orbiculata, 39
simplex, 39
solitaria, 39
viridis, 39

* Apocynum, 104

Aradus quadrilineatus, 113, 114
robustus, 1 13, 1 14

* Arctostaphylos, 3

* Artemisia, 6, 8

* cana, 38

* frigida, 8

Ascia napi race arctica, 43, 44,
60

pseudobryoniae, 44

* Astragalus, 3
Automeris innoxia, 129

* Betula glandulosa, 4

* papyri f era, 4
Blissus leucopterus, 62
Brenthis, 6

alberta, 55
americana , 53

aphirhaphe race alticola, 52,
61

dawsoni, 52, 60
astarte, 55

chariclea race arctica, 52,
61

butler i, 53

Dec., 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 219

distincta, 8, 55, 61, 116
freija race tarquinius, 53,
61

frigga race alaskensis, 54
gibsoni, 54

improba, 54, 55, 64, 116
saga, 54, 60
gibsoni, 8
graeca, 53
groenlandica, 54
pales race alaskensis, 8, 53
polaris, 53, 54, 61
youngi, 55
Brephos infans, 2
Bruchomorpha, 197-203
bicolor, 199

bimaculata, 197, 199, 200
decorata, 198, 202
dorsata, 198, 199, 200, 201
dor sat a, 201
flavovittata, 200
globosa, 197

jocosa, 197, 198, 199, 201
var. craniata, 200
jocosa, 200
obscura, 200
minima, 197, 198
mormo, 197, 198
oculata, 198, 201
var. abrupta, 201, 202
extensa, 201, 202
nasuta, 201, 202
nigrata, 201, 202
oculata, 201
pallidipes, 198, 201
rugosa, 198, 203
suturalis, 198, 201
tristis, 197, 198
triunta, 198, 199
vittata, 198, 199

Calliphora, 192
Calosoma calidum, 33
scrutator, 33
wilcoxi, 33

X Cambarus bartoni, 173

J blandingii, 173
J limbosus, 173
Cantao nobilis, 179
ocellatus, 179, 180
Carpophorus andersoni, 2
Catocala, 32, 34

hermia var. vesta, 130
ilia, 34
pura, 130

Celeria bilineata, 174

* Chaetochlora grisebachii, 203
Chlorion auripes, 65

(Isodontia) harrisi, 65, 68
Chlorocoris atrispinus, 183
Cicindela abdominalis, 74
blanda, 75

dorsalis (var. media), 74
duodecimguttata, 71
formosa generosa, 162
manitoba, 162
gratiosa, 75
hirticollis, 71
marginata, 75
patruela, 73
punctata, 73
purpurea,* 70
repanda, 71, 74
rufiventris, 74
scutellaris var. Carolina, 72
rugifrons, 72
unicolor, 72
sexguttata, 73
var. harrisii, 73
violacea, 73
splendida, 70
striga, 73
togata, 75 _
tranquebarica, 71
trifasciata ascendens, 74
unipunctata, 74
Cimex betulae, 181, 182

* Citrullus vulgaris, 79
Clinocoris griseus, 181
Coctoteris exiguus, 183
Coenonympha kodiak race yu-

konensis, 7, 8, 46, 61

220 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. xxx

Coleomyia, 204-213

hinei, 206, 207, 212
rainieri, 206, 21 1, 212
sculleni, 296, 209, 212
setiger, 204, 205, 206, 207,
209, 212

Colias aurora, 128
aurora diva, 129
Christina, 45
educa, 129
educa citrina, 129
eurytheme form euphyle,
44, 60

gigantea, 45, 60
hecla race glacialis, 44, 60
form pallida, 44
myrmidone, 129
myrmidone isabellina, 129
nastes race rossii, 6, 45, 60,
115 m

subarctica, 46, 61
palaeno race chippewa, 45,
60, 61
Helena, 45
form kohlsati, 45
pelidne, 45, 61
race minisni, 45
skinneri, 45
philodice, 129

eurypome, 129
palaeno, 129

Collabismodes cubae, 125, 126
gamma, 125
rhombifer, 126
subparallelus, 126
tabaci, 125
Conocephalus, 67
fasciatus, 67

* Convolvulus, 98
Cophura brevicornis, 204
Corigetus? castaneus, 19
Corythucha marmorata, 13

* Crataegus, 16
Criocerus vittata, 90
Cryptorhynchus cubae, 125

Ctenoneurus hostetteri, 183
Culex pipiens, 14

Desmocerus auripennis, 174
Dicaelus teter, 172
Dinocoris tripterus, 183
Dione vanillae, 213
rolfsi, 133, 134
Drepanura coeruleopicta, 134
Drosophila melanogaster, 192
Dyslobus decoratus, 21

Elasmostethus griseus, 178, 181
Elasmucha inter stincta, 181
Endochus cingalensis, 184
Enodia portlandia, 203
Entomobrya frontalis, 133, 136
tampicensis, 133, 137
triangularis, 137
washingtonia, 133, 135
Entylia sinuata, 187

* Epilobium, 3

* Equisetum, 3
Erebia avinoffi, 49

discoidalis, 48, 61
fasciata, 6, 8, 49, 52, 60, 61
herscheli, 6, 51, 60
magdalena, 49
rosii race ornata, 50, 51
kuskoquima, 50, 51
youngi, 2, 8, 51, 61
Eristalis, 192

* Erigonum compositum, 31

* elatum, 31
Eumecopus, 183
Eurytoma bicolor, 65
Euthiscia tuberculata, 37
Euxenes, 125
apicalis, 125
posticus, 125
Euxenodes, 125
Everes amyntula, 58, 61, 117
corny ntas, 58

Faustinus, 125
apicalis, 126
posticus, 126

Dec., 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 221

Feronia palmi, 172
Fitchiella robertsoni, 203

* Flourensia cernua, 37
Folsomides decemoculatus, 133

* Galeopsis tetrahit, 81
Galleruca elongata, 90, 104
Garceus fidelis, 183
Gargaphia solani, 185

tiliae, 78, 185
Geocoris, 118
bullatus, 62
Geotrupes ulkei, 108
Ghilianella, 184

Glaucopsyche lygdamus race
afra, 59
couperi, 59, 61

Halobates, 186

Haltica (see Altica and Sys-
tem)

ochracea, 93
suhaenea, 104, 105
Harpalus, 32

* Helianthus, 94
Heliconius, 196
Helioconta margana, 173
Heteromurus, 137
Histeroptum bufo, 37, 38

cornutum var. utahnum,

38

sepulcralis, 37

Hydrobius tesselatus, 31
Hypogeocoris piceus, 118
Hermetia albitarsis, 166
aurata, 165, 166, 168
chrysopila, 166, 168
comstocki, 166, 168
concinna, 166, 168
eiseni, 166, 168
hunteri, 165, 166
illucens, 165, 166, 167
lativentris, 166, 169
nucis, 166
reinhardi, 166, 169
Hippodamia convergens, 185

Incisalia augustinus, 159
henrici, 159
niphon, 159
Isodontia, 65
Itonida agraria, 80
citrulli, 79

Jalysus spinosus, 64

Lasius niger, 130
t Latrodectes mactans, 128

* Lemna, 14
Lepidophorus, 20, 21
Lestomyia, 206
Lethocerus americanus, 187
Lipoptena cervi, 170

conifer a, 170
depressa, 170

var. mexicana, 170
ferrisi, 170
mazamae, 170
subulata, 170
surinamensis , 170

* Lithospermum ruderale, 31
Lophalopus, 20, 21

inquinatus, 21
Lycaena dione, 57

helloides race floras, 58, 61
Lycaenopsis marginata, 8, 117
pseudoargiolus, 159

form marginata, 60, 61

Maronetus alpinus, 172
hubbardi, 172
Meadorus griseus, 178, 181
Mecistorhinus tripterus, 183
Megarhyssa lunata, 11-13
Metachrotis semifascia, 173
Metapogon, 204, 205, 206
setiger, 204, 207
setigera, 207
setigerum, 207
Microtrechus vandykei, 172

* Muhlenbergia porteri, 41
Myllocerus castaneus, 19

222 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. xxx

Neides muticus, 64
Neoborus canadensis, 17
osmanthicola, 17
Neosminthurus longisetis, 138
occidentalis, 133, 138
Neurocolpus rubidus, 33
Neuroctenus pseudonymus, 183

Odynerus designatus, no
dorsalis, no

foraminatus, 68, no, in
pennsylvanica, no
perennis, no

(Stenodynerus) pedestris,
no

Oecanthus 4-punctatus, 67
Oeneis, 5

brucei, 48
cairnesi, 47, 61
jutta, 7, 8, 46, 61, 115
race alaskensis, 46
reducta, 46

melissa race semidea, 48, 60
nahanni, 47
polixenes, 48, 60

var. yukonensis, 48
taygete, 47, 60, 61
uhleri, 47
varuna, 47

Onychiurus conjungens, 134
oreadis, 133
Orchelimum, 67
Orius insidiosus, 62
Orthotylus ramus, 15
robiniae, 15
Osbornia arborea, 38
cornuta, 38

* Osmanthus americanus, 18
Oxygonus montanus, 32

Pachybrachis, 118
Pachycoris fabricii, 181
torridus, 181

Pachyophthalmus floridensis, 68
signatus, 68

Pagasa fusca, 62
Papagona, 40
papoosa, 40
succinea, 40

Papilio asterias, 43

machaon race aliaska, 7, 43,
61

philenor, 196

* Passiflora tenuiloba, 213

* Pedicularia, 6

* Perilla, 92

* Petasites frigidus, 43
Peyerimhoffia johnstoni, 160

* Phaseolus vulgaris, 27
Phengodes, 130
Phobolosia duomaculata, 173
Phloea corticata, 182

subquadrata, 182
Phloea paradoxa , 182
Phloeophana longirostris, 182
Phyciodes campestris, 2, 8, 56,
61

Phyllomorpha laciniata, 178
Phyllotreta vitatta, 104
Phytocoris tillandsiae, 18
Pieris napi, 5
protodice, 32

Plagiognathus delicatus, 16
reinhardi, 16
Platycotis vittatus, 187
Plebejus aquilo race bryanti, 8,
58, 61 •

rustica, 59
suttoni, 58, 59, 60
optilete race yukona, 59, 61
saepiolus, 59, 61
race arnica, 59
insulans, 59
scudderi, 7, 8, 58, 61
race aster, 58
kodiak, 58
Plinthodes, 20, 21
taeniatus, 20

Dec., 1935 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 223

Polygonia, 116, 117
faunus, 56, 5 7

race arcticus, 56, 61,
116

form hylas, 56
gracilis, 56, 57, 61
rusticus, 56

* Polygonum davisii, 175

* Potentilla, 58

* canadensis, 118
Protoparce sexta, 174
Psocinella, 112
Psoquilla slossonae, 112
Ptenothrix, 138

Pycnoderes quadrimaculatus, 27
Pyrameis cardui, 124
Pyrgus centaureae, 2, 8, 60, 61

Rehnia spinosa, 67
Rhinocoris albopilosus, 183, 184
albopunctatus, 183, 184
Rhynchites, 118

* Robinia pseudo-acacia, 15

* Salix reticulata, 3

* uva-ursi, 3

* Salsola pestifer, 92

* Sapium haematospermum, 23

* Sarracenia minor, 67
Scaphinotus andrewsi, 172

guyoti, 172
tricarinatus, 172
Sceliphron cementarium, 112
Sciara, 160
Scudderia, 67
Scutellera variabilis, 179
Sehirus cinctus, 81-83
sexmaculatus, 186

* Senecio, 3, 116

* Sequoia gigantea, 175

sempervirens, 175

* Sidalcea nervata, 31
Silpha americana, 80

inaequalis, 80
obscura, 80
Sinella curviseta, 137

quadrioculata, 133, 137

Sitodrepa panicea, 35
Sphaeroderus bicarinatus, 172
canadensis var. lengi, 172

* Spiraea, 118

* Spirogyra, 14
Spudaeus?, 183

f Stenodontus dasystomus, 31
Stenodynerus (see Odynerus),
no

Sthenarus viticola, 16
Strangalepta vittata, 62
Synanthedon nigra, 31
praestans, 31
tacoma, 174, 175
veracunda, 31
Systena basalis, 105, 106

bitaeniata, 90, 97, 99, 101,
102, 103

blanda, 90, 91, 92, 94, 95,
96, 101, 103, 104
subsp. ligata, 92, 93, 98
mitis, 92, 95
bohemani, 106, 107
calif ornica, 101
carri, 102, 103
dimorpha, 103
elongata, 89, 90, 91, 103,
104, 105, 106
hudsonias, 103
ligata, 90
laevis, 100, 101
marginalis, 101
mar ginic ollis, 93
mesochlora, 96, 97
mitis, 90, 95, 96, 101
ochracea, 90, 93
pallidula, 89, 90, 98, 99,
100, 101
semivittata, 101
taeniata, 89, 92, 99
var. blanda, 90
taeniata , 95, 102
thoracica, 106, 107

Tabanus atratus, 26
Tachyta inornata, 172

224 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol. xxx

Tectocoris diophthalmus, 179
lineola, 179

Templet onia quadrioculata, 137
Tenodera angustipennis, 33
f sinensis, 34

* Terminalia catappa, 182
Tetracha Carolina, 69, 70, 75

virginica, 70, 75

* Tillandsia usnecoides, 19
Tragidion coquus var. fulvi-

penne, 33

Trechus schwarzi, 172
Trepobates subnitidus, 33
Tricalophus, 20, 21
didymus, 20

simplex, 20
Triglyphulus, 20, 21
ater, 21

Trichobaris insolita, 28

* Triodia mutica, 41

Uranotaenia sapphirina, 14

*Verbesina encelioides, 83

* Vitis, 16

it

Xylocopa virginica, 33, ill
Zenodoxus palmeri, 31

New Genera in this Index, 1.

New Species and other forms in this Index, 40.

BULLETIN

OF THE

Brooklyn Entomological
Society

Vol. XXXI 1936

EDITED BY

J. R. de la TORRE-BUENO

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE

J. R. de la TORRE-BUENO, Editor
G. P. ENGELHARDT CARL GEO. SIEPMANN

THE SCIENCE PRESS PRINTING COMPANY
LANCASTER, PA.

Vol. XXXI FEBRUARY, 1936 No. 1

BULLETIN

OF THE

Brooklyn Entomological
Society

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE

J. R. de la TORRE-BUENO, Editor

CARL GEO. SIEPMANN GEO. P. ENGELHARDT

Published for the Society by the
Science Press Printing Co.,

Lime and Green Sts., Lancaster, Pa.,

Price, 60 cents Subscription, $2.50 per year

Mailed February 25, 1936

Entered as second-class matter January 21, 1919, at the post office at Lancaster, Pa.
under the Act of March 3, 1879

The Brooklyn Entomological Society

Meetings are held on the second Thursday after the first Tuesday of each
month from October to June, inclusive, at the Central Museum, Eastern
Parkway and Washington Ave., Brooklyn. The annual dues are $2.00.

OFFICEES, 1936
Honorary President

J.

CHAELES W. LENG

President
W. T. DAVIS
Vice-President
E. de la TOEEE-BUEN O
Recording Secretary
GAEL GEO. SIEPMANN
Corresponding Secretary
FEEDEEICK LEMMEE

Treasurer

G. P. ENGELHAEDT
28 Club way
Hartsdale, N. Y.

Librarian
H. E. WILFOED
Curator

J. M. SHEEIDAN

Delegate to Council of New York
Academy of Sciences
G. P. ENGELHAEDT

CONTENTS

SYNOPSIS OF LEPIDOPHOEUS, Buchanan 1

A NEW COLEOCENTEUS, Pratt : % 11

MAXIMUM NUMBEE OF ANTENNAL SEGMENTS IN THE OEDEE

DIPTEEA, Alexander ; 12

A FUNGUS INFESTING ONION THEIPS, Bourke and Shaw 15

NEW AEIZONA LEAFHOPPEES, Ball 18

NEW MEMBEACID FEOM ILLINOIS, Funkhouser 21

NEW PEELODES FEOM THE WHITE MOUNTAINS, Alexander 3 24

METHODS AND TECHNIQUE, J. E. T.-B I 28

BOOK NOTES : PEINCIPLES OF INSECT MOEPHOLOGY, J. E. T.-B. 29

EDITOEIAL : CUEIOUS THINGS, J. E. T.-B 30

PEOCEEDINGS OF THE SOCIETY, Siepmann 32

EXCHANGES , , H , j§ 36

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Published in

February, April, June, October and December of each year

Subscription price, domestic, $2.50 per year ; foreign, $2.75 in advance ; single
copies, 60 cents. Advertising rates on application. Short articles, notes and
observations of interest to entomologists are solicited. Authors will receive 25
reprints free if ordered in advance of publication. Address subscriptions and
all communications to

J. R. de la TORRE-BUENO, Editor,

311 East Jfth St., Tucson, Ariz.

BULLETIN

OF THE

BROOKLYN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Vol. XXXI February, 1936 No. 1

SYNOPSIS OF LEPIDOPHORUS (COLEOPTERA,
CURCULIONIDAE).

By L. L. Buchanan, Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quar-
antine, United States Department of Agriculture.

The present paper is largely an outgrowth of work done on the
identification of specimens received from Mr. W. W. Baker, of
the Division of Truck Crop and Garden Insect Investigations,
Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine, United States Depart-
ment of Agriculture.

Lepidophorus Kirby ( Lophalophus Leconte, new synonym).

Lepidophorus is monobasic, established for L. lineaticollis Kby. ;
Lophalophus is monobasic, for Liophloeus inquinatus Mann.
Lophalophus cannot very well be maintained unless Lepidophorus
be divided into a number of subgenera, one of them Lophalophus.

The principal characters of Lepidophorus are: Rostrum short
and stout; mandibles without scar, prominent and tapering down
to a thin distal edge which is often subangulate in front and at
sides ; scrobe lateral, originating near apex of rostrum, more or
less broadly visible from above apically, becoming rapidly shallower
posteriorly ; scape long, reaching across middle of eye to or slightly
beyond its hind margin, first funicular segment considerably
longer than second ; scutellum small or invisible ; elytra with
rounded humeri and 10 striae, subapical callus absent (except in
alternatus) ; functional wings wanting; second abdominal sternite
subequal to or longer than third plus fourth.

These characters are practically duplicated in Dirotognathus
Horn, a genus placed in the Otiorhynchinae because of the pres-
ence of a mandibular scar. The scar in Dirotognathus , though

1

2 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

minute, usually can be detected on at least one mandible, but occa-
sionally it seems to be entirely effaced. Although the two genera
probably should be maintained as distinct, there is little doubt that
a perfectly natural classification would show them to be closely
allied.

In the following key the term “spur” or “tibial spur” is applied
to the short, porrect spine, straight or often slightly curved, rising
from the lower apical angle of the tibiae near the base of the mucro
(or at the normal position of the mucro on the hind tibia of the $,
where the mucro is obsolete). When present, the spurs are two in
number on hind tibia, one on the middle tibia, and one or none on
the front tibia. They are sometimes difficult to differentiate from
the paler and narrower spinules that fringe the articular surface.

Key to Species of Lepidophorus

1. Tibiae without spurs; rostrum with one, usually distinct,

median carina (sometimes obscured by scales in rainieri).

2

At least middle and hind tibiae with spurs ; rostrum carinate
or not, but never with distinct median carina unaccom-
panied by lateral carinae 3

2. Length, 6-7 mm. (largest species) ; elytral scales slender, not

• entirely concealing derm, often forming brownish and
whitish mottlings on disk; fifth sternite of 5 at most shal-
lowly impressed. Alaska (type locality, Sitka).

inquinatus Mann.

Length, 3.75-4.5 mm. (5 mm., teste Van Dyke) ; scales above
dense, concealing the derm, fuscous on elytra except for
some vague, paler blotches on sides and declivity; fifth
sternite of § with a deep, rounded impression. Mt. Rai-
nier, Washington (type locality) .... rainieri Van Dyke

3. Anterior tibia without spur; pronotal setae rising from the

general system of punctures; elytral scales small and in-
dividually distinct ; antennal scape setose only, first funic-
ular segment equal to, or longer than, second and third
together, club at least twice as long as wide; eye rather
large and convex; abdominal scales plumose 4

All tibiae with spurs; pronotal setae, in whole or part, rising
from smaller punctures on the intervals between the
larger punctures; elytral scales sometimes agglutinated ;
antennal scape usually setose and squamose; eye smaller,
feebly convex; abdominal scales mostly simple (largely
seta-like in se tiger) 5

Feb., 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 3

4. Derm above shining black or piceous ; scales above more or

less variegated (brownish aeneous to opalescent) and
forming pale, sometimes rather vague, lateral stripes on
pronotum and a spot on humerus; fringe of scales on fore
margin of prothorax not extending across dorsum; ven-
tral edge of <$ hind tibia angulate or toothed at basal
three-sevenths. Idaho and Washington.

angulatus n. sp.

Derm reddish to rufopiceous, the prothorax darker; general
color of vestiture brownish, without pale pronotal stripes ;
pronotal fringe of scales complete; $ hind tibia sinuate
but not angulate on ventral edge. Colorado.

plumosus n. sp.

5. Even elytral intervals not more prominent than the odd; ely-

tral setae on disk evenly distributed, or sometimes a little
more numerous on third and fifth intervals (absent on

apical halves of second and fourth in setiger) 6

Elytral intervals 2, 4, and 6 more prominent and, on disk, with
more setae than the odd intervals; on declivity, the sec-
ond, and sometimes the fourth also, nearly destitute of
setae; pronotal punctures cribrate 9

6. Second and fourth intervals with setae their entire length or

rarely nearly lacking them on the declivity; abdominal
vestiture largely squamose and usually covering the derm ;

western and northwestern North America 7

Second interval without setae except at basal third and near
apex ; fourth interval without setae except in basal half
and near apex, rarely with a few between ; abdominal ves-
titure largely hair or seta like and leaving most of derm
exposed ; eastern part of the United States 10

7. Length, 3.7-5.25 mm., usually at least 4 mm. ; feeble ocular

lobe usually present; elytral scales individually distinct;
elytral setae fine and inconspicuous against the gray or
vaguely mottled background; vestiture of antennal scape
not forming a scaly crust. Yukon Territory, Canada;
Alaska (type locality, “Lat. 65 °”) ... lineaticollis Kirby
Length usually less than 4 mm. ; ocular lobe faint or wanting ;
elytral scales, and sometimes the pronotal also, more or
less completely agglutinated ; elytral setae stouter and
conspicuous against the darker background ; antennal
scape usually with a scaly crust ; south of Alaska 8

8. Length, 3 mm. ; dorsal coating dense, the pronotal punctures

4 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

completely covered by an even crust; no rostral carinae
visible through the dense scales; fifth sternite of 5 not

impressed; British Columbia pumilus n. sp.

Length, 3.1-4 mm., most specimens at least 3.3 mm.; dorsal
coating less dense, the imprints of the pronotal punctures
visible beneath the scales ; rostral carinae usually visible ;
fifth sternite of 5 transversely impressed. . .bakeri n. sp.

a. Elytral intervals subplanate to feebly convex. Wash-
ington bakeri typical

b. Elytral intervals more strongly convex. Utah.

bakeri utensis n. subsp.

9. Length, 4-5 mm. ; rostral carinae subequally developed, often
faint, rarely the lateral ones evidently more prominent;
prothorax, at least of J'J', relatively longer than in the
preceding species ; groove around upper eye margin finer
and shallower than in setiger. Washington and Oregon
(type locality, Forks, Clallam Co., Washington).

alternatus Van Dyke

10. Length, 3.25-4.25 mm. ; rostral carinae variable, but frequently
the lateral are stronger; prothorax of relatively as
long as, or a little longer than, in alternatus ; a rather
deep groove present around upper half of eye margin.
New York; Pennsylvania; Maryland; Virginia; West
Virginia (type localities, St. Vincent, Pennsylvania;
Virginia) setiger Hamilton

Lepidophorus angulatus n. sp.

Length, 3.8-4.8 mm.; width, 1.9-2. 5 mm. Derm black, an-
tennae and legs rufous, the femora often infuscate basally,
above not entirely covered by small, subcontiguous but not
overlapping scales of variegated hues, the darker ones brown-
ish to cupreous and predominating on disk, the paler or whit-
ish ones often faintly tinged with blue or green and more
abundant on humerus, declivity, and sides of elytra and form-
ing a lateral stripe on pronotum ; many of the scales with a
varnish-like sheen.

Rostrum faintly arcuate, lightly deflexed at apical third,
slightly less than half as thick as long, a little shorter than
prothorax, above in profile subcontinuous with front in most
specimens, basal two-thirds not densely clothed with slender
scales and with a few, fine, suberect setae; surface closely
punctate and more or less rugose longitudinally, faint lateral

Feb., 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 5

carinae sometimes visible, deflexed apical third thinly setose
and more finely punctate ; interantennal fovea small and punc-
tiform to larger and elliptic, the surface in front of it often
briefly carinate. Eyes separated above by a little less than
basal width of beak. Head with dense, slender scales, and
usually with a small interocular puncture. Prothorax about
one-fifth wider than long, widest at or slightly before middle,
base wider than apex (about 5 to 4), sides rather strongly
rounded, not constricted apically; pronotum evenly convex,
closely punctate, with or without trace of a smooth median
line, the pale scales forming the lateral stripes broader and
more densely placed than those on disk and, at least in basal
half, nearly concealing the derm, scales on disk often coppery,
and sometimes quite narrow and sparse, setae slender and
subprostrate. Elytra rather strongly convex, declivous toward
base on disk, much wider than prothorax, ovoid, the sides
feebly rounded and slightly converging posteriorly from be-
hind the obliquely rounded humeri, intervals flat or nearly so,
the sutural often feebly elevated on declivity, the scales ovate
to rounded, small (3 to 5 in width of an interval) ; setae fine,
inconspicuous, arranged in a somewhat irregular row on each
interval, sometimes more numerous on third and fifth; serial
punctures closely set, the striae not or feebly impressed..
Beneath, including flanks of prothorax, rather densely clothed
with dirty white plumose scales ; abdominal setae hair-like.
Femora sparsely scaly and setose, tibiae setose only and finely
denticulate on ventral margin, more strongly so on front pair,
the hind pair, J1, with a broad emargination on inner edge that
reaches from lower apical angle to an angulation or tooth at
basal three-sevenths. Apex of fifth sternite, J', with a short,
broad, and feeble, longitudinal impression (little more than a
flattening), the surface each side set with fine, suberect pile;
a similar, but feebler, modification in female.

Type locality. — Moscow, Idaho, J. M. Aldrich, collector; 2 males
and 1 female.

Other locality. — Pullman, Washington, J. F. Clarke, collector,
2-VI-33, Truck Crop No. 4962, 4 females; same locality, O.
Edwards, collector, V-3-33, Truck Crop No. 4962, 1 female.

Type.— J, Cat. No. 50652, U. S. N. M.

In several of the Washington specimens, the prothoracic fringe
of minute scales is wanting from abrasion. The plumose scales are

6 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

minutely fringed at margins, not deeply split into filaments. The
metepisternal suture, though obscured by vestiture, usually can be
traced from its apex backward to near the hind coxa.

Lepidophorus plumosus n. sp.

Length, 4.7— $.2 mm.; width, 2. 1-2.4 mm. Slightly more
slender than usual in the genus, $ somewhat stouter in form
than derm dull reddish to piceous, prothorax usually
darker; above clothed with small, ovate or oblong, brownish
scales and slender setae, with an admixture of some paler
scales, the latter usually more numerous toward sides and on
declivity of elytra.

Rostrum stout, very feebly arcuate, four-fifths to five-sixths
as long as prothorax, not continuous with front in profile,
above densely punctate and more or less rugose longitudinally,
carinae absent or mere traces of them visible through the usu-
ally thin coating of setae and slender scales, apical deflexed
area more sparsely setose and less coarsely sculptured, inter-
antennal fovea, when present, sublinear. Eyes as in angu-
latus, convex and separated above by slightly less than basal
width of beak; no distinct interocular puncture. Prothorax
slightly wider than long, widest before middle, sides rather
strongly rounded, not constricted apically; pronotum evenly
convex, densely punctate, and with or without trace of a short,
smooth, median line, scales on disk slender, the setae, though
fine and subprostrate, quite long and conspicuous, the scales
toward sides broader and sometimes paler, but not forming
evident vittae. Elytra ovoid, disk less convex than in angu-
latus, striae feebly impressed, the punctures closely set, the
surface scales small, subcontiguous but not completely cover-
ing derm, intervals nearly flat, setae fine, arranged in an irreg-
ular single row on even intervals, more numerous and more
irregular on odd intervals. Beneath sparsely clothed with
inclined hairs, and more densely so with small, plumose scales,
the scales on flanks of prothorax narrower, darker in color,
and more feebly plumose (some of them apparently simple)
than in angulatus. Legs clothed about as in angulatus, the
femoral scales more slender; tibial denticulations somewhat
feebler than in angulatus. Fifth sternite, $ and J, slightly
flattened apically, the surface each side set with fine, suberect
hairs, more evident in

Type locality. — Garland, Colorado, Hubbard and Schwarz collec-
tion; 5 specimens.

Feb., 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 7

Other locality. — Veta Pass, Colorado, Hubbard and Schwarz and
C. V. Riley collections; 3 specimens. “Col.,” 2 specimens from
Chittenden collection.

Type. — J1, Cat. No. 50654, U. S. N. M.

Though structurally similar to angulatus, this species has a quite
different habitus due to its more slender form, and darker, more
nearly uniform color of scales, lack of pronotal vittae, and the
longer, finer and more conspicuous elytral setae. In angulatus the
sutural interval on the declivity is often slightly but distinctly ele-
vated, not perceptibly so here. The metepisternal suture is a rather
coarse groove extending from its apex backward three- fourths to
five-sixths the distance to the hind coxa. Because of the sparser
scales, the suture is usually more distinct than in angulatus. A
single female from New Mexico with still longer elytral setae is
probably subspecifically distinct.

Lepidophorus pumilus n. sp.

Length, 3 mm. ; width, 1.58 mm. Derm above covered by a
crust of dirty brown, agglutinated scales, unrelieved by discal
markings. Scales on head and rostrum slightly, those beneath
distinctly, paler. Pronotum feebly and evenly convex, the
outlines of the underlying punctures not visible. Elytral setae
yellowish or golden, short but conspicuous against the dark
background, and forming a single regular row on each interval.

Rostrum stout, very feebly arcuate, a little shorter than pro-
thorax, upper surface densely scaly in basal three-fourths and
with relatively coarse, suberect setae which form two irregular
longitudinal rows each side of middle, the setae more crowded
above eye; apical fourth roughly punctate, sparsely setose.
Anteriorly, the upper edges of the scrobes are carina-like and
slightly but distinctly elevated above the upper rostral surface,
the edges of scrobes, as seen from above, rather abruptly bent
outward above the antennal socket, then subparallel the short
distance to apex; scape scaly and setose, first funicular seg-
ment a little shorter than the second plus third, fourth to sev-
enth transverse, the seventh strongly so. Head without setae,
the scales small, dense, striated ; interocular puncture not
visible. Eyes small, feebly convex, separated above by about
.three-fourths basal width of rostrum. Prothorax about as
long as wide or distinctly wider than long, sides rather strongly

8 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

and evenly rounded, widest point median or slightly ante-
median, pronotum with relatively long, backwardly directed,
subrecumbent, brownish-yellow setae. Elytra considerably
broader than prothorax, intervals flat, the striae narrow and
finely and indistinctly punctate. Beneath sparsely setose and
densely scaly; fifth sternite of female somewhat flattened, but
not impressed, apically. (J* unknown.)

Type locality. — Nicola, British Columbia, Canada, 3,800 feet,
21-IX-1932, G. J. Spencer, on Achillea lanulosa, 1 specimen.

Other locality. — Midday Valley, Merritt, British Columbia, Can-
ada, V-28- 1 92 5, J. Stanley, on Pinus ponder osa, 2 specimens.
Type.— 2, Cat. No. 50655, U. S. N. M.

In the type specimen the prothorax is relatively longer than in
the paratypes. The small size, relatively coarse rostral setae, com-
pletely obscured pronotal punctures, fine strial punctures, and
nonimpressed fifth sternite of the $ seem characteristic.

Lepidophorus bakeri n. sp.

Length, 3. 1-3.9 mm.; width, 1. 5-2.1 mm. Derm rufopice-
ous to black, densely clothed with striated scales, the scales
above dull aeneous-brown to fuscous, clean specimens with
pale lateral and median pronotal stripes (the stripes often in-
terrupted), and irregular pale mottlings on elytra, the pale
areas of variable extent and rarely expanded over most of
elytra, the pale scales above and below sometimes with more
or less distinct opalescent tinge. Elytral setae distinct, form-
ing a single row on each interval.

Rostrum nearly straight basally, deflected downward api-
cally, half as thick as long, somewhat shorter than prothorax,
upper surface subplanate, virtually continuous with front in
profile, apical fourth setose, rest of surface densely clothed
with broad scales and backwardly inclined setae, the scales
brownish to cinereous, the setae usually more numerous above
eye ; middle half of length with a lateral, and often a median,
carina showing through the vestiture, the median carina forked
anteriorly to enclose the triangular to fusiform interantennal
fossa; apical region rugosely punctate. Scape reaching a
little past hind margin of eye at middle, first funicular segment
about equal to second plus third, the fifth and sixth, and some-
times the fourth, submoniliform, the seventh broader and
strongly transverse, club somewhat less than twice as long as
wide. Eyes small, very feebly convex, separated above by

Feb., 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 9

about two-thirds basal width of beak. Scales on head narrower
than on rostrum, more closely appressed and frequently with
a pale greenish, varnish-like sheen ; setae wanting ; interocular
puncture not visible. Prothorax somewhat wider than long
as a rule, but virtually as long as wide in some J'J', widest at
or in front of middle, sides rather strongly rounded, not or
faintly constricted toward apex ; pronotum moderately convex,
densely punctate, densely clothed with appressed scales and
subprostrate setae, the latter posteriorly directed in general
but, on anterior margin, transversely directed and more nearly
erect, absent along a narrow median line, the pale scales on the
lateral stripes, and to some extent on the median stripe also,
flat, covering surface, and individually distinct, those on rest
of disk darker, more or less agglutinated, and so closely ap-
pressed to the surface contours that the puncture pits are
plainly visible. Elytra about one-half wider than prothorax,
humeri rounded, sides nearly straight and slightly converging
backward, strial punctures distinct, intervals nearly flat to
feebly convex, often more convex basally, apically and laterally,
each with a regular row of setae, those on dorsum strongly
inclined, those on declivity more nearly erect, the setae on sec-
ond interval on declivity sometimes sparser, those toward base
of third and fifth sometimes more abundant; scaly covering
more or less agglutinated though, on clean specimens, some of
the scales are individually distinct. Beneath and legs setose
and densely scaly, the vestiture finer and sparser on fifth ster-
nite, derm of abdomen and legs often reddish; abdomen, J*,
broadly and feebly impressed basally, fifth sternite, J, with a.
broad, shiny, sparsely punctate, transverse impression on api-
cal two-thirds, the impression usually distinct but occasionally
rather feeble.

Type locality. — Cle Elum, Washington. Truck Crop No. 4972.

Other locality. — Easton, Washington. Truck Crop No. 4865.
Type. — <$, Cat. No. 50656, U. S. N. M.

Described from 127 specimens collected by Mr. W. W. Baker and
Mr. Joseph Wilcox in April and May.

At first sight the pronotum appears to be almost devoid of scales
except on the median and lateral vittae, but in reality the entire sur-
face is covered by scales which adhere so closely to the surface con-
tours that the puncture depressions and the intervals between them
are clearly visible. The seta-bearing punctures usually are dis-

10 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

tinctly smaller than the scale-bearing punctures, though occasionally
the two types appear to coalesce, the setae then rising from one side
of a large puncture. The metepisternal suture usually is distinct
for about half its length, or less, anteriorly.

Lepidophorus bakeri utensis n. subsp.

Length, 3.6-/P2 mm.; width, 1. 7-2.1 mm. The description
of bakeri applies to this form except for the following average
differences : In utensis the* size is slightly larger and the form
a little more slender, the elytral striae deeper and the intervals
slightly to rather strongly convex. In several specimens the
lateral carinae of the rostrum are strongly elevated while the
median carina is scarcely discernible, the surface between the
lateral carinae thus appearing concave.

Type locality. — Alta, Utah, 6-28, Hubbard and Schwarz collec-
tion ; 9 specimens, $ and J.

Type.— % Cat. No. 50657, U. S. N. M.

The status of several Park City, Utah, specimens, which are
smaller than utensis, is uncertain; they may represent another
feebly differentiated local form of bakeri.

Feb., 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 11

A NEW COLEOCENTRUS FROM VERMONT
(ICHNEUMONIDAE, HYMENOPTERA)

By Harry D. Pratt, Massachusetts State College,
Amherst, Mass.

A series of five females of apparently a new species of Coleo-
centrus were taken by the writer at Laurel Lake, Jacksonville, Ver-
mont, from June 23 to July 23, 1935, the type being taken July 20
at an altitude of 1700 feet. They were taken either while flying low
over the ground about spruce and balsam stumps, or while sunning
themselves on the young balsam firs (Abies).

Coleocentrus rufocoxatus n. sp.

Female. — Length 15 mm.; antennae 11 mm.; ovipositor 8
mm.

Structurally much like C. pettiti Cresson but differing in
having all coxae, tegulae, palpi, and first three antennal seg-
ments beneath, reddish. A series of five females average 2-3
mm. shorter than a similar series of five C. pettiti taken at the
same time in the same locality. The ovipositor is only half
the length of the body as compared with three-fourths the
length of the body in Cresson’s species.

Agrees structurally with Cushman’s description of C. pettiti1
as follows : “head polished ; face finely punctured, temples con-
vex, rather broad . . . petiolar area of propodeum not espe-
cially short, longitudinal carinae strong, spiracle long, oval ;
abdomen more polished, first tergite less than half the second ;
hypopygidium much less than half as long as abdomen.” It
differs in having the ocellocular line a little more than twice
the diameter of the lateral ocellus, and in having the ovipositor
but half as long as the body.

Head, thorax, and abdomen, black ; with the following parts
rufous : palpi entirely, tegulae, and all the legs, except a brown
line externally on the posterior tibiae, ventral side of the scape,
and pedicel, and base of third antennal segment. Wings dis-
tinctly suffused with yellow ; stigma, except at base, and veins
black but distinctly honey-yellow at base; areolet petiolate,
with the petiole not half the length of the free part of inter-
cubitus.

Type § in the collection of author, Massachusetts State College,
Amherst, Mass. Paratopotypes, 4 §§.

1 Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 57, 1920, page 511.

12 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

THE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF ANTENNAL SEG-
MENTS IN THE ORDER DIPTERA, WITH THE
DESCRIPTION OF A NEW GENUS
OF CECIDOMYIIDAE

By Charles P. Alexander, Amherst, Mass.

For many years the maximum number of antennal segments in
any known species of Dipterous insect was 39, reported many years
ago by Osten Sacken in the Tipulid Gynoplistia ( Cerozodia )
plumosa (Osten Sacken) of New Zealand. In recent years, this
figure was found to be equalled and exceeded by two species of
Cecidomyiidae, Lasioptera howardi Felt, with 39, and Ficiomyia
perarticulata Felt, with 41. During the past Spring, my good
friend, Dr. Fred W. Edwards, in a letter written concerning his
recent trip to Ruwenzori and other high mountains in Central
Africa, mentioned among other notable discoveries that a Brucho-
myiine Psychodid had been found that, with a hand-lens, appeared
to have at least 60 antennal segments. I have now to report the
discovery of a Cecidomyiid from Panama that has no fewer than
65 such segments, and which would seem to represent the maxi-
mum number as yet discovered within the limits of the order.

The various groups that have multi-articulate antennae are listed
herewith, together with the maximum figure reported to this date.

Psychodidae

30

Thaumaleidae

12

(60, Edwards, ante)

Chironomidae

15

Tanyderidae

25

Culicidae

15

Ptychopteridae

. . 20

Cecidomyiidae

65

Tipulidae

■ 39

Mycetophilidae

1 7

Anisopodidae

. . 16

Bibionidae

1 7

Blepharoceridae

15

Scatopsidae

12

Simuliidae

. . 10

Rachiceridae

38

Feltomyia, gen. n.

Palpi reduced, apparently 2-segmented. Antennae 65-seg-
mented ; scape relatively large, pedicel more reduced ; flagellum
consisting of 63 approximately similar segments, of which the
terminal one is about equal in length to the combined penulti-
mate and ante-penultimate segments and is apparently the
result of the fusion of two elements; all flagellar segments of
approximately the same shape, being globular with stout,
glabrous, apical pedicels; the outer segments become more
depressed to appear more or less disk-like, this flattening being

Feb., 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 13

accompanied by a narrowing and shortening of the pedicel.
Flagellar segments with a subbasal ring of from io to 12 long
powerful verticils that considerably exceed the segments in
length ; remainder of surface of body of segment covered with
small simple setae ; a low, generalized type of circumfilum at
apex of body of each segment, just where it breaks into the
pedicel, such circumfila most clearly apparent on the basal and
intermediate segments.

Legs long and slender; tarsi 5-segmented, the basitarsus
very short. Wings with the surface covered with abundant
scattered macrotrichia. Venation: Sc present, the distal end
becoming obsolete beyond the origin of Rs; Rs short ; M and
r-m forming a composite, gently arcuated vein between arculus
and end of Rs, about as in the genus Johnsonomyia ; vein
R1+2 (1st longitudinal) reaching C at near two-fifths the
length of wing; vein R5 (3rd longitudinal) powerful, reaching
the margin caudad of wing-apex; vein Cu (5th longitudinal)
simple but with vague indications of an anterior branch or fold.
Ovipositor moderately long and slender, the involved segments
cylindrical, their combined length subequal to one-third or one-
fourth the remainder of abdomen.

Genotype. — Feltomyia polymera, sp. n. (Neotropical Region:
Panama).

I take unusual pleasure in naming this new generic group in
honor of our distinguished specialist on the Cecidomyiidae of the
World, Dr. Ephraim P. Felt. I am referring the group to the
tribe Porricondylaria in the typical subfamily, based upon the com-
bination of presence of circumfila on the flagellar segments; five
tarsal segments, with the basitarsus short; and with Rs (the so-
called crossvein) present. However, the general appearance of the
wing of this fly is much as in J ohnsonomyia Felt, which Felt has
transferred to the Heteropezinae. Except for the presence of re-
duced circumfila, the present fly would appear to fall more truly
in the Heteropezinae. It appears to the present writer that the
limits of the various subfamilies and tribes within the Cecidomyiidae
are far too plastic and that many of the generic groups may well be
found to belong elsewhere. An inordinate value has been placed
on the number of segments of the maxillary palpus. In the not dis-
tantly related family Tipulidae, Edwards and I have shown that the
number of such segments is not even of subgeneric value in certain
genera (as Limonia, Hexatoma and others) where, in closely allied
species, the number of palpal segments may be one, two, three or

14 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

four. From all known genera in the family, the new genus is most
readily separated by the number of antennal segments.

It may further be noted that the so-called “crossvein” found in
the more generalized subfamilies and tribes of the Cecidomyiidae
(Lestremiinae, Heteropezinae, Porricondylaria) is not a crossvein
at all but is the Radial Sector, Rs (as is well shown in Felt, N. Y.
St. Mus. Bull. 257, pi. 1, figs. 1-9; 1925). In accordance with the
interpretation of the radial Feld as given in recent papers by the
present writer, the remainder of the so-called “third vein” is vein
R5 alone, since all evidence shows that the elements of the radial
field lying between R1+2 (1st vein) and R5 (3rd vein) have been
lost by atrophy of veins rather than by fusion. The longitudinal
element connecting Rs with the wing-base is in reality a composite
vein, including the basal section of vein M and the longitudinal or
oblique r-m crossvein. In certain primitive types, as Catocha,
r—m is short, transverse in position, and joins Ilf at a strong angle,
but in the more specialized genera, it is directed basad and assumes
an oblique or longitudinal position. Exactly homologous condi-
tions are to be found in the closely allied families Sciaridae and
Mycetophilidae. The distal section of vein M is preserved in cer-
tain Lestremiinae and Campylomyzaria.

Feltomyia polymera, sp. n.

Female. — Length, about 6 mm. ; wing, 4.5 mm.

Palpi pale. Antennae with scape black ; pedicel brown ;
flagellum white throughout. Head brownish black.

Thorax uniformly brownish black. Halteres dark through-
out. Legs with the fore coxae and trochanters black ; fore
femora black; tibiae darkened subbasally and subapically, the
intermediate portion, involving about one-half the segment,
dirty white ; extreme tip of fore tibia and all of basitarsus
snowy white; remainder of fore tarsi snowy white, excepting
the darkened base of segment two; middle femora chiefly
snowy-white, the dorsal surface on distal two-thirds more .
darkened ; mid-tibia about as on the fore legs but the whitish
intermediate portion a little clearer; mid-tarsi as on fore legs;
posterior femora snowy- white; posterior tibia with extreme
base and tip snowy white, the broad intermediate portion
brownish black; all of posterior tarsi snowy white. Wings
uniformly grayish, the veins darker, R5 being especially strong
and conspicuous.

Abdomen dark brown, the pleural region even darker.

Habitat. — Panama ( Chiriqui ) .

Holotype, 5, Potrerillos, altitude about 3,000 feet, May 6, 1935
(/. W. MacSzvain) . Type preserved in author’s collection.

Feb., 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 15

A FUNGUS INFESTING ONION THRIPS.*

By A. I. Bourne and F. R. Shaw, Amherst, Mass.

The subject of insect control by fungous diseases is a question
that is, as a rule, somewhat unsafe to generalize upon. A great
deal of time and money has been spent on cultural and distribu-
tional methods of fungi, which in many cases have failed to give
the control that was hoped for.

It is true that there have been more failures than successes where
fungi have been used as a means of insect control. Possibly the
methods used are not suited for the particular fungus and insect
involved or possibly the outbreak of disease is entirely dependent
upon environmental factors, which could not be altered practically.

It should be indicated, however, that some workers have been
able to utilize fungi as a means of control for insects. Dustan,
1925, reported that by means of artificial inoculation in the labora-
tory he was able to produce an epidemic of Entomophthora sphaero-
sperma attacking Psylla mail about two weeks earlier than it would
naturally occur.

In 1932 in the Connecticut Valley section of the onion growing
district in Massachusetts, it was noticed that many thrips were
affected by some sort of a disease which was killing great numbers
of them. The thrips were at first sluggish in their movements and
later turned black in color. This was very generally noted in
onion fields throughout the Valley. #

Upon microscopical examination it was found that the bodies of
the thrips, which were sluggish, were almost completely filled with
fungus mycelium (fig. 1). This, in turn, formed resting spores
which were quite large and black (fig. 2). These spores com-
pletely filled the body of the dead thrips (fig. 3). The dead thrips
(fig. 4a) adhered to the onion leaf until their body covering was
broken, thus exposing the spores (fig. 4b). The fungus was iden-
tified tentatively as Empusa sphaerosperman. It is not known how
infection occurs in nature. Thus far, no conidia have been ob-
served to be produced, either by germinating the spores in water,
or water and sugar solutions, or by placing the thrips in a moist
chamber.

It is believed that a successful culture of the spores was made by

* Contribution from Mass. Agric. Exper. Sta.

16 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

Dr. Theodore Ayers at the Massachusetts Experiment Station. At
present, however, this has not been positively determined.

The fungus during the season of 1932, as noted previously, was
generally abundant and well distributed. In 1933, while the dis-
tribution was about the same, the fungus did not occur in any such
abundance as was noted in 1932.

During the season of 1934 the fungus appeared in intensity equal
to that of the 1932 season. Many plants had as many as fifteen to
twenty dead thrips.

The present season failed to show any appreciable amount of
the fungus present. It was recorded as being present in one field
on August 15.

While it is not likely that this fungus alone would ever solve the
question of thrips control, it is a factor which should be investi-
gated before being dismissed as worthless, particularly in fields of
moderate infestation and in favorable seasons.

BULL. B. E. S., Vol. XXXI, No. 1

Plate I

18 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

FOUR NEW ARIZONA LEAFHOPPERS.*

By E. D. Ball, University, Tucson, Arizona.

Osbornellus ignavus Ball n. sp.

Resembling auronitens Prov. in size and form but lacking
the markings. Pale cinnamon with a broad ivory commissural
stripe interrupted by two pairs of black spots. Length, J,
5 mm.

Vertex slightly narrower and more pointed than in auro-
nitens, the face similar to that species. Venation similar to
auronitens, the claval veins variable but usually more definitely
angled posteriorly, occasionally approaching the commissure
at nearly a right angle. The outer anteapical cell long and
narrow and nearly parallel margined, with the nerve at the
base of the fifth apical arising from it, as in jucundus Uhl. in-
stead of from the subcosta beyond the junction as in auro-
nitens. The three reflexed nervures neither enlarged or dark
marked. Male plates together slightly long-triangular with
narrow filamentous tips not as long as the plates.

Color pale cinnamon above and below, the pronotum a little
darker the eyes black. A broad ivory stripe along the scu-
tellar and commissural margins of clavus, twice interrupted
with black dots on the apices of the claval nervures.

Holotype J, allotype <$, and eight paratypes Aug. 23, 1931, and
four paratypes July 26, 1935. All taken on the Chihuahua pine
in the Chiricahua Mts., Ariz., by the writer. Paratypes in the
National Museum and Kansas University collections. The big
white saddle and the lack of dark on the reflexed nervures will at
once separate this from all other species.

Twiningia solitaria Ball n. sp.

Resembling malvastra Ball with a longer vertex and more
heavily irrorate elytra. Length $ 5.5 mm.

Vertex broader than in blanda Ball and slightly less acute,
the submarginal black line more definite and farther from the
white edge. Venation as in malvastra with about 14 black-
tipped, reflexed veinlets to the costa. Female segment with
the outer angles excavated, the median third roundingly pro-

* Types in the author’s collection unless otherwise specified.

Feb., 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 19

duced and then cut out in a parallel margined incision half way
to the base of the segment. Male genitalia similar to blanda
the angles of pygofers armed with short curved spines.

Color creamy above and below ; the pronotum slightly
darker; vertex margin black lined above and below, the line
on the vertex broad, interrupted at apex and faintly margin-
ing the median suture. Elytra golden subhyaline the nervures
concolorous. Ivory or milky spots in the areoles, the cells
throughout the median portion of the elytra rather heavily
irrorate with fine black dots. The apical cells slightly smoky
with a darker cloud behind the round ivory spots.

Holotype $, allotype J', and eight paratypes beaten by the writer
from the Joshua Trees ( Yucca brevifolia) north of Littlefield,
Arizona, June 27, 1935, and four paratypes taken from the same
plant by Dr. R. H. Beamer, August, 1935, in the Kansas Univer-
sity collection.

Texanus sonorus Ball n. sp.

Resembling decorus O. and B. but much lighter with a
broader vertex and a much broader front. Ashy gray with
ivory on vertex and commissure, bordered by dark. Length
5 6 mm. ; width 3 mm.

Vertex about one-third wider than in decorus roundingly
right angled, the margin rounding over either side of the
slightly conical apex. Lront much wider and proportionally
shorter than in decorus. Venation similar, the vermiculations
much finer and inclined to be aggregated against the ivory
areas. Female segment about twice as long as in decorus the
lateral angles rounded. The posterior margin deeply angu-
larly excavated with a broad quadrangular notch that extends
almost to base. The notch in decorus is less than half as long.
Male valve one-third the size of that in decorus. The plates
broader and shorter, together semicircular with a slight
median notch posteriorly while in decorus they are angular.

Color pale ashy gray with the vertex tipped with ivory and
a broad scutellar and commissural ivory stripe, the dark
reticulations massed against the ivory.

Holotype $? and allotype taken by the writer from white sage
(Artemisia mexicana ) on the slopes of Atascasa Mt. near the
Mexican border in Arizona, August 15, 1935.

20 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

Amplicephalus atascasus Ball n. sp.

Smaller and with a narrower and more sharply angled ver-
tex than in lassus Ball. Dirty straw with a pair of spots on
vertex and another pair on scutellum. Nervures light. Length
2 3 mm.

Vertex slightly longer than its basal width conically round-
ing over to face with a right angled apex. The face as in
lassus , the anterior femora flattened as in that species and in
addition triple banded as in oshorni Van D. Elytra covering
abdomen, relatively broad, two cross nervures and a divided
central anteapical, usually additional reticulation on clavus
and costa and about three spurs along the cubitus between the
cross nervures. Female segment rather short, slightly angu-
larly excavated with the median fourth quadrangularly pro-
duced and roundingly excavated posteriorly. Male valve enor-
mously enlarged, the posterior margin broadly rounded, plates
together not as wide as the valve, rapidly narrowing to acute
apices which are not as long as the valve. The valve and plates
uplifted to expose an almost circular loop of the aedeagus.

Color creamy straw washed with rusty, a pair of crescents
on the disc of vertex and often six small dashes on the an-
terior submargin, scutellum with the subasal triangles and a
pair of small dots on the disc dark. Elytra with smoky bands
on the outer part of clavus and central part of corium. The
nervures and sutures broadly ivory white in sharp contrast.
The face dark with light arcs and margins. The anterior mar-
gin of vertex ivory and extending down in a point onto the
face.

Holotype J, allotype J1, and 6 paratypes August 16, 1935. All
swept from the steep grass slopes of Atascasa Mt. east of Ruby,
Arizona, by the writer. The long head and the spurs on the
cubitus will at once separate this species.

Feb., 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 21

A NEW MEMBRACID FROM ILLINOIS.

W. D. Funkhouser, University of Kentucky, Lexington, Ky.

The writer has received from time to time during the past few
years a Stictolobus from Illinois which he has tentatively, but with
considerable doubt, determined as 6'. trilineatus Funkh.

Recently a fine series of this insect has been received from Dr.
Herbert H. Ross, of the State Natural History Survey of Illinois,
which contains enough material to show definitely that the Illinois
species is new.

It is therefore described as follows :

Stictolobus lateralis sp. nov.

Large, dark green, with yellow lateral stripes ; coarsely punctate ;
not pubescent; pronotum convex; posterior process reaching apex
of abdomen; tegmina entirely exposed; undersurface yellowish;
femora dark brown.

Technical description:

Head wider than high; greenish-yellow with median green
stripe; feebly longitudinally striate; not punctate; base
strongly arcuate with tuberosities above the eyes ; eyes mottled
black and yellow; ocelli large, amber-colored, much nearer to
each other than to the eyes and situated well below a line drawn
through centers of eyes; inferior margins of genae sinuate;
clypeus subquadrate, extending for half its length below in-
ferior margins of genae, tip rounded and densely pilose.

Pronotum dark green mottled with yellow; coarsely punc-
tate; not pubescent; a greenish yellow stripe arising above
each eye, extending over humeral angle and following lateral
margin almost to tip of posterior process; a yellow median
stripe extending from head to base of posterior process; me-
dian carina percurrent ; metopidium convex, higher than wide ;
smooth fossae on each side above eyes ; humeral angles strong,
triangular, blunt; posterior process impinging on tegmina,
tectiform, apex sharp, tip black, extending to a point about
half-way between internal angles and tips of tegmina and just
reaching tip of abdomen.

Tegmina hyaline, entirely exposed; base narrowly greenish,
coriaceous and punctate ; veins strong and brown ; limbus wide
and clouded ; costal margin bright yellow ; five apical and two
discoidal areas.

22 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

Undersurface of body greenish yellow ; femora dark brown ;
tibiae greenish; tarsi ferruginous.

Length from front of head to tips of tegmina 8 mm. ;
width between humeral angles 3 mm.

Type: Female. Male similar.

Locality: Horseshoe Lake, Illinois.

Most the specimens seen are from the type locality and were
collected on cypress by DeLong and Ross, July 11, 1935.

Holotype and three paratypes in author’s collection ; allotype and
sixteen paratypes in collection of the Illinois State Natural History
Survey.

Plate II.

Figures.

Stictolobus lateralis sp. nov.

1. Lateral view.

2. Frontal view.

3. Dorsal view.

BULL. B. E. S., Vol. XXXI, No. 1

Plate II

24 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

A NEW SPECIES OF PERLODES FROM THE WHITE
MOUNTAINS, NEW HAMPSHIRE (FAMILY
PERLIDAE; ORDER PLECOPTERA).

By Charles P. Alexander, Amherst, Massachusetts.

On July 3rd, 1933, while engaged in collecting alpine insects in
Tuckerman’s Ravine, high up on the southeast side of Mount
Washington, New Hampshire, Mrs. Alexander discovered a single
male specimen of a large subapterous stone-fly. Since marked
brachypterism in the family had been reported only in Western
American members of the genus Perlodes Banks and in a single
species of Perla Geoff roy ( languida Ndm. and Clsn., of Montana
and Wyoming), I was particularly interested in the specimen. A
careful search failed to reveal more material of this species.

The individual mentioned was found resting on a boulder in the
center of a turbulent mountain torrent immediately below the melt-
ing edges of the miniature glacier that annually forms in the
Ravine. The fauna and flora at that date corresponded nearly to
mid-May or even earlier at the foot of the mountain and various
parties of athletes were engaged in skiing over the great expanses
of snow and ice still persisting in the Ravine.

Very naturally, I at first believed that the specimen represented
the still unknown male sex of Perlodes slossonae Banks, described
from a female taken in this same general area (White Mountains,
New Hampshire; Type No. 11,308, Museum Comparative Zool-
ogy) but a critical comparison of the material with published de-
scriptions, and especially a survey of the degree of brachypterism
found in the American species of Perlodes indicates that it is
highly improbable that the present male can be definitely associated
with the female of slossonae.

A tabulation of various measurements, especially of total wing-
expanse and length of the fore wing, where this is known, of
various North American species of Perlodes is here provided.

Species

Wing-
expanse $

Wing-
expanse 2

Length,

fore-wing

americana Klap

. . . . 24 mm.

34-37 mm.

bradleyi Smith

. . . . 32 mm *

37 mm.

$, 15 mm.

dolobrata Smith .....
ignota Smith

33 mm.

44 mm.*
29 mm.

$, 21 mm.

Feb., 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 25

Species

Wing-
expanse $

Wing-
expanse 9

Length,

fore-wing

irregularis Banks . . .

lineata Smith

margarita n. sp

. . . . 32 mm.

. . . . 12 mm.

48 mm.
34 mm.

$ , 4.2 mm.

minor Klap.

32 mm.

9 , 14 mm.

signata Hagen

. . . . 18-30 mm.f

42 mm.

9, 18 mm.

slossonae Banks

30 mm.

9 , 13 mm.

* Discrepancy in published data between length of fore-wing and total
wing-expanse ; width of thorax at point of wing-insertion equals from 4 to
6 mm.

f Minimum figure represents extreme of brachypterism in species.

It will be seen from the above tabulation that brachypterism is a
prevalent condition in the genus and is invariably more marked in
the male sex. As a rule, the fore wing in the male is from 3 to 6
mm. shorter than in the associated female, reaching an extreme in
certain individuals of species such as irregularis and signata. The
chief distinctions between the present fly, niargarita n. sp. (male)
and slossonae (female), besides the unusual degree of difference in
wing size and conformation, lie in the coloration, especially of the
legs, cerci and abdomen, and in the tendencies of wing-venation.
Miss Smith’s figure of inornata (Smith),1 which is placed as a
strict synonym of slossonae by Needham and Claassen,2 shows an
unusual scarcity of crossveins in cells M and Cu1} in fact, almost
the extreme as yet found in the American species of the genus (in
fore wing, female, only one or two in either of these cells). In
margarita, this field of the wing is unusually complicated, not
merely by numerous crossveins but by supplementary longitudinal
elements, that produce a highly complicated network in these two
cells; moreover, the crossveins in the outer radial field are fewer
in the present fly but this would almost certainly be explainable by
the unusual shortness and truncation of this area of the wing.

A second species that must be compared with the present fly is
minor (Klapalek),3 still known only from a unique pair taken in
“Arctic America” but which, in company with numerous other
Arctic American types of insects, may well be found far to the
south on the arctic island constituted by the higher portions of
Mount Washington. This latter species is quite differently colored
and has the male hypopygium of distinct conformation.

1 Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 43, pi. 34, fig. 62; 1917.

2 Plecoptera No. Amer. p. 59; 1925.

3 Coll. Zool. Selys, 4: 22; 1912.

26 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

Perlodes margarita n. sp.

Male. — Length (from tip of labrum to end of abdomen,
excluding cerci) about 15 mm.; total expanse of wings, about
12 mm. Fore wing, 4.2 x 2.2 mm.; hind wing 4x3.6 mm.
Cerci about 11 mm. ; antenna, about 8 mm.

Antennae dark brown throughout. Head chiefly yellow, the
M-shaped darkened area vaguely indicated, more distinct on
cephalic portion; median ocellus markedly smaller than the
laterals, the latter about as far from one another as the distance
of either from eye-margin.

Pronotum wider than long, the anterior angles gently
rounded, the posterior angles more obtusely so ; general colora-
tion of pronotum obscure yellow, brightest medially, more
darkened on posterior border. Legs chiefly obscure yellow,
the femora conspicuously striped longitudinally on either side
by dark brown ; tibiae yellow ; tarsi dark brown. Wings dusky,
the anal area of hind wing more whitish hyaline. Wings
greatly reduced, as shown by the measurements, the fore wing,
especially, being very obtuse at apex. Venation distorted, due
to reduction in wing size and shape. Crossveins of costal
cell of both wings greatly reduced in number, there being only
2 in fore wing, placed immediately before level of cord, these
atrophied or nearly so in the hind wing. Sc2 bending into R
exactly at level of cord. Crossveins in outer radial field of
fore wing reduced in number to 3 or 4, in hind wing even
further reduced. Crossveins in cells M and C ut of fore wing
numerous and irregular, cut by secondary longitudinal veinlets
to form a network.

Abdominal tergites dark brown, the posterior half of the
individual segments slightly paler, the lateral portions with a
conspicuous vestiture of rather long yellow setae ; sternites more
uniformly brownish black. Cerci longer than antennae, the
individual segments dark brown outwardly, the narrow basal
ring of each paler brown, demarked by narrow yellow trans-
verse lines. Male hypopygium with genital hook of tenth
abdominal tergite heavily blackened, especially the cephalic
spine; deeply bifid, the outer arm a flattened blade that is
slightly dilated outwardly, the apical portion thinner and ob-
liquely truncated; inner arm a glabrous blackened spine, the
two arms enclosing a narrow oval notch. Ninth tergite deeply
furrowed medially, the adjoining lobes tumid and densely set
with setae.

Feb., 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 27

Holotype, alcoholic male, Tuckerman’s Ravine, Mount Wash-
ington, New Hampshire, at foot of snow field, altitude 4,500 feet,
July 3, 1933 ( Mabel M. Alexander) . The wings of right side,
together with one antenna and one cercus, have been mounted on a
supplementary slide, all preserved in the writer’s collection.

I take great pleasure in naming this interesting stone-fly in honor
of my wife, Mabel Marguerite Alexander, who collected the type
specimen and a host of other new and rare insects in many parts of
the United States and Canada.

28 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

METHODS AND TECHNIQUE.

Protection Against Anthrenus and Mould.

Under the main head we have published during the past year —
and hope to continue to publish — sundry brief notes from the cur-
rent experience of expert entomologists. From time to time we
purpose to reprint helpful suggestions from the writings of a past
generation — mostly of those amateurs who so deeply and so well
laid the foundations of our science, in those dim days when Ph.D.’s
were not even adumbrated. On this occasion, we present sundry
helpful ideas from Dr. A. S. Packard’s little book, Entomology for
Beginners, first published in 1888, forty-eight years ago, and still
helpful.

The preservation of insect collections from mould and pests has
been an ever present problem with entomologists ; and many solu-
tions have been offered, ranging from putting China camphor in the
boxes to locking the boxes in air-tight steel cabinets. Here are
some of the directions presented by various old-time authorities,
culled from Dr. Packard’s work :

“Laboulbene recommends, for the preservation of insects in a
fresh state, plunging them in a preservative fluid consisting of alco-
hol with an excess of arsenic acid in fragments, or the common
white arsenic of commerce. A pint and a half of alcohol will take
about 14 grains (troy) of arsenic. The living insect put into this
preparation absorbs about 3/1000 of its own weight. When
soaked in this liquid and dried, it will be safe from the savages of
moths, Anthrenus or Dermestes. This liquid will not change the
colors of blue, green or red beetles if dried after soaking from twelve
to twenty-four hours. Hemiptera and Orthoptera can be treated in
the same way.”

“Another preparation recommended by Laboulbene is alcohol
containing a variable quantity of corrosive sublimate, but the latter
has to be weighed, as the alcohol evaporates easily, the liquor be-
coming stronger as it gets older. The strongest solution is one part
corrosive sublimate to one hundred of alcohol ; the weakest and best
is one-tenth of a part of corrosive sublimate to one hundred parts
of alcohol. Insects need not remain in this solution more than two
hours before drying. Both of these preparations are very poison-
ous and should be handled with care. The last named solution
preserves specimens from mould, which will attack pinned insects
during damp summers.”

“The nests, cocoons, and chrysalids of insects may be preserved
from injury from other insects by being soaked in the arsenated
alcohol, or dipped into benzine, or a solution of carbolic acid or
creosote.”

Feb., 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 29

BOOK NOTES.

Principles of Insect Morphology, by R. E. Snodgrass ; pp.

i-ix+ 1-666, figs. 1-317. (The McGraw-Hill Co., New York,

$6.)

This new work of Dr. Snodgrass’s brings together within two
covers the enormous mass of material scattered through hundreds
— nay, thousands — of publications and of separate articles and dis-
tinct works on morphology of insects. Not alone, that; it also
brings the modern point of view into interpretation of structures.
This reviewer, not being a morphologist, can offer no valid opinion
as to such matters ; but he can and does appreciate the importance
of this work.

Following the Preface, a brief Introduction (Chapter I) reviews
summarily the classification of the Arthropoda. Chapter II dis-
cusses the general embryological organization and development;
the following Chapter III is devoted to a consideration of the body
wall and its derivatives, and includes the phenomenon of moulting.
The body regions, sclerites and segmentation are treated of in Chap-
ter IV ; while V deals with the segmental appendages of arthropods.
In the next six chapters, the morphology of the three divisions of
the insect body and their appendages is dealt with. Chapters XII,
XIII and XIV treat of the organs of ingestion and digestion, dis-
tribution, conservation and elimination. Two chapters next fol-
lowing discuss the respiratory and nervous systems; and the suc-
ceeding chapter, the sense organs. The final chapters, XVIII and
XIX, give the details of the internal and external organs of repro-
duction. An extensive bibliography of 23 pages closes the formal
part of the work. A twenty page index completes it.

One outstanding feature of this book is the glossary of terms per-
taining to each chapter at its end. This covers nearly 800 words
in their technical meaning.

In connection with this work should be mentioned Dr.
Snodgrass’s treatment of ‘‘The Abdominal Mechanisms of a
Grasshopper” (Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections, 1935;
vol. 94, no. 6, pp. 1-89). This is a compendious discussion of the
musculature, appendages and external genitalia based on Dissosteira
Carolina as compared with other Orthoptera, — Acrididae, Locus-
tidae, Tettigidae, etc. It is designed to follow his preceding paper
on "The Thoracic Mechanisms of a Grasshopper” (Smithson,
Misc. Coll., vol. 82, no. 2 ,1929). This monograph is naturally a
more detailed treatment of certain points in the larger work.

J. R. T.-B.

30 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

EDITORIAL.

CURIOUS THINGS.

The informed observer of certain present tendencies in descrip-
tive entomology finds himself in a most confused frame of mind.
There are at least four currently advocated imprescriptible princi-
ples of this discipline of the science (and probably very many more
which have not as yet received the imprimatur of our entomolog-
ical ponti flees) . These are :

1— That all descriptive entomologists have a college degree;

2 — That no description shall be valid without a drawing;

3 — That external genitalia must be the criteria of species ;

4 — That internal genitalia must be the criteria of species.

There is an apparently substantial force to these — on the surface.

But in spite of the gorgeous uniforms, the bundles of straw that
stuff these elegant images — eidolons, if you will — persist in showing
at ankle and elbow, with a weird aspect of torticollis above the
shoulders.

Let us consider these ideas in the order of their enumeration.
Look on the degree: Is it any guarantee whatsoever that a divine
spark shall not die ? Is it in any way an assurance that its holder
has either the philosophical criteria or the very practical discrimi-
nation needed to descriptively distinguish one form from its near
congeners ? And granting that he has either or both, his adequacy
depends strictly on an extensive and exact knowledge of the
morphology of an entire group — not merely on the ability to count
antennal joints or such-like minutiae. In short, the man makes
the degree, not the degree the man. In a degree, in fact, we merely
get a certificate that we have done certain limited things — it does
not guarantee any future performance. And more, the lowly
worker without a degree may show a far greater aptitude and gift.
So, why cut him off ? In short, what such a proposition would do
if carried out would be to establish a rigid, self-sufficient, scientific
oligarchy, self-perpetuating, as all oligarchies of whatever strain.
The Republic of Science would lie in ruins at the feet of a dictator.
But *

“The rank is but the Guinea's stamp —

The man’s the gowd for a’ that.”

Let’s put the microscope similarly on proposition no. 2. Let all
entomologists who can draw adequately raise their right hands — ah,
yes; there are a few who are able. But what of all the others?
Must they be debarred from descriptive work because they can’t
wield a satisfactory pencil ? And if they get someone else to do it
for them, is it anywhere implied that these draftsmen shall be

Feb., 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 31

strictly accurate in their delineation and that they have omitted
nothing, added nothing and improved on nothing? Of course, we
always hope for scientific honesty and are most seldom disap-
pointed, but any one who has read thus far can surely bring to mind
an occasional lapse from rectitude. And the vast honest majority
are no more immune from errors in drawing that they are from
errors in writing. And here again we come upon our fundamental
factor — the man.

When we come to numbers 3 and 4, we have the two faces of the
coin — that one of them is correct does not denote that the coin is
genuine. The general fallacy here rests on the idea that all men
are equally endowed with an absolute technique, identical and paral-
lel in all ways ; and that being thus endowed, each man can infallibly
duplicate such technique to the last imponderable degree of accu-
racy. In such wise, in any group of men working on fixed and
unchangeable living beings , all and every one will get absolute, fixed
and positive results. Yet it seems almost a truism to point out to
any group of biologists, that life and living things being a flux, what
we elucidate are merely static points in a continuum ; therefore, we
cannot expect identical results except under absolute identity of all
factors — biologist, specimen, technique — even so ordinary a thing
as light ! If the specimen be the same, each entomologist sees it
differently; and draws it differently, because of the personal equa-
tion of each man. And not only this, but the maturity of imma-
turity of a specimen is a controlling factor of vast importance ; and
how is any one to know this element ?

In fact, how can genitalia, internal or external, be the only criteria
of a species ? As a single element, of no more value than any other
valid structure, and to support other findings, these organs are of
great value ; but to make them the be-all and end-all of descriptive
entomology, that is quite another matter.

In fact, the whole frame of mind revealed in these propositions
is akin to that of the mystic adepts of alchemy, searching for the
Elixir of Life and the Philosopher’s Stone, which last would turn
all metals into gold. And not only that, but the mysteries were
to be revealed only to the initiate, who alone were worthy to know
them; and who alone would enjoy the fruits of their labors in un-
ending life and inexhaustible fortune. The uninitiate could go to
the Devil !

J. R. T.-B.

32 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

PROCEEDINGS OF THE SOCIETY.

Meeting of April ii, 1935.

A regular meeting of the Brooklyn Entomological Society was
held at the Brooklyn Museum on Thursday, April 11, 1935, at 8 : 10
p. m. President Davis in the chair and eight other members pres-
ent, namely, Dr. Tulloch and Messrs. Kaiser, Lemmer, Moennich,
Rau, Sheridan, Shoemaker, and Siepmann ; and the Misses Kaslow
and Lauterstein, Dr. Henry Fox, and Messrs. Dietrich, Gerberg,
Friedland, Hobart, Karish and Stecher.

Mr. William T. Davis spoke on the Orthoptera of New York
State, and reported two species new to the state, both of which were
obtained on Staten Island. One of these was the mantis, Parateno-
dera angustipennis, and the other, a coral-winged locust, Pardalo-
phora phoenicoptera, the latter species being common in the vicin-
ity of Lakehurst, N. J., but not having been previously recorded
from New York. Mr. Davis exhibited specimens of all the Orthop-
tera occurring in the state, 136 species in all, and said, that aside
from the two additional species he reported, and a species that is
found in greenhouses, no additions have been made to the New
York State List in the order Orthoptera.

Dr. Henry Fox said that as far as he knew, Paratenodera angus-
tipennis was the only species of Orthoptera that could be added to
the New Jersey State List.

Dr. Tulloch spoke of his trip into the interior of Alaska which
he made in order to study the mosquito problem for the gold mining
companies. The mosquitoes are so numerous and troublesome in
this region that they appreciably reduce the efficiency of the men
engaged in the mining operations, and an attempt was made to
effect some measure of control, so that the number of days on which
it would be necessary for the men to wear nets could be reduced.

This region, which is near Fairbanks, is above the tree line, and
the vegetation consists largely of tall grass and similar plants. The
land is comparatively flat, but there are numerous ponds, pools and
water holes, some of them originally the diggings of prospectors in
search of gold. These pools furnish ideal breeding places for the
mosquitoes. Dredging operations have tended to reduce the num-
ber of these pools, so that there is a noticeable difference in the
number of mosquitoes at different mining camps.

Experiments were made regarding the mosquito’s preference for
certain colors, but no information of value in their control could be
obtained working along this line. One method of control suggested
was to burn large areas of grass, permitting the sun to get in and

Feb., 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 33

dry up the pools. This afforded a slight measure of control, but
did not afford a complete solution to the mosquito problem.

Dr. Tulloch illustrated his talk with lantern slides showing the
mosquitoes, topography, roads and mining operations of this region.
Mr. Sheridan moved that the society vote Dr. Tulloch a vote of
thanks for his entertaining lecture, which motion was duly seconded
and carried.

The meeting adjourned at io: 20 p. m.

Carl G. Siepmann,

Secretary.

Meeting of May 16, 1935.

A regular meeting of the Brooklyn Entomological Society was
held at the Brooklyn Museum on Thursday, May 16, 1935, at
8:15 p.m.

President Davis in the chair and twelve other members present,
namely, Messrs. Cleff, Engelhardt, Lacey, Lemmer, McElvare,
Moennich, Ragot, Rau, Risch, Shoemaker, Siepmann and Dr.
Tulloch; also, Mrs. Shoemaker, Dr. Henry Fox, and Messrs.
Angell, Dietrich, Friedland, Gerber, Halbert, Heitzmann, Placek,
Richter, Schwartzberg, Jerome Sherman and Stecher.

The minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved.
Mr. Engelhardt presented the report of the Treasurer and read a
letter from the editor, which were placed on file.

Mr. Davis reported Tibicen lyric en var. engelhardtii Davis as
having been collected by Mr. Roy Latham at Orient. This is a
new record for Long Island.

Dr. Henry Fox spoke on the distribution and natural spread of
the Japanese beetle, illustrating his talk with lantern slides. In
order to understand the present distribution of the Japanese beetle,
he said, it must be recalled that it has been and is being disseminated
by two methods ; first, natural spread or flight, and second, artificial
conveyance. Human agency is by far the most important factor
facilitating the spread of the beetle, and it is on this account it is
found in scattered territories, usually in towns and cities close to
railroad yards where shipments have been unloaded. The beetle
has a strong tendency to say where it is and is a very slow spreader.
By the end of 1934 the greatest distance the beetle had spread by
natural means was to Cape May, N. J., a distance of 75 miles in
15 years. To the northeast the greatest spread has been to Rock-
away Beach, L. I., only 70 miles. The natural spread has been
more rapid toward the east and less so toward the west, probably
due to the direction of the prevailing summer winds, but the spread
of the beetle has been limited on the east by the ocean. The greatest

34 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

spread by artificial means, on the other hand, has been to St. Louis,
Mo., a distance of approximately 800 miles.

Owing to these two methods of dissemination, the area of appar-
ent infestation consists of an area of continuous infestation, due to
the natural spread, and a much more extensive area of discon-
tinuous or localized infestation due to the development of new
colonies from individuals carried by artificial means.

In 1919 the area of infestation was limited to the extreme western
part of Burlington County, N. J., a small area between Riverton and
Morristown, only a limited part of Camden County, and a little
colony on the banks of the Delaware northeast of Philadelphia.
By 1925 the area of infestation extended north to Mercer County,
eastward to the western part of Ocean County, and southward to
northern Atlantic County and the middle of Gloucester County.
The region of heaviest infestation was localized near the area of
original infestation. The natural spread was very slow, especially
when compared, for instance, with the Mexican Bean Beetle, which
spread from Alabama in 1920 to New York City in 1928. The
spread eastward was noticeably greater than to the west, being in-
termediate to the north and the south. The greater spread east-
ward is all the more remarkable because most of the region east
of Riverton, N. J., consists of pine barrens, which are not congenial
to the Japanese Beetle which is partial to lush vegetation such as
pastures, golf courses, lawns and parks.

In 1926 a faint lightening of the degree of infestation was evident
in the center of the original area ; it was heaviest in a zone forming
a ring around the original center. This formation of a ring
around the original center, and a lightening of the area of heaviest
infestation after a few years is characteristic of the spread of the
Japanese Beetle. The spread eastward was practically to the ocean ;
to the west the city of Philadelphia acted as a barrier to the spread
of the beetle. All large cities, while favoring the artificial spread
of the beetle to new centers, hinder the natural spread of the insect.

By 1927 further spread of the beetle was evident, reaching north-
ern Delaware on the south. The area of infestation in the New
Jersey Pine Barren region was spotty, due to lack of suitable con-
ditions in parts of this region.

By 1928 the original area of infestation was cleared up, the
heaviest infestation was reduced from a band around the original
area to broken fragments.

In 1930 much artificial spread of the beetle was evident in New
Jersey, especially in parts adjacent to New York City, and new
colonies were being formed. A further tendency of the heavy
zones of infestation to break into fragments was noted.

Feb., 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 35

In 1931 the area of greatest concentration was seen avoiding the
pine barrens and going in a northeasterly direction towards Middle-
sex County.

In 1932 the lower part of Cumberland County and a part of
Salem County were in the regions of heaviest infestation. Local
colonies were springing up in Delaware due to artificial dissemi-
nation.

In 1933 beetles were carried to the sea and cast up on the sea-
shore of Long Island. Some may have survived and started new
colonies. The western edge of the infested area, in Pennsylvania,
was sinuous in shape, due to the hilly nature of the country. Hills
are not favorable to the spread of the beetle, and it has a tendency
to follow the valleys. The following year the Elkton and eastern
spreads of the Japanese Beetle were joining. Cumberland and
lower Salem counties were the areas of heaviest infestation.

The spread of the Japanese Beetle is very likely to be limited to
east of the 100th meridian. Further west conditions are very
different from those of Japan. Our western states are dry through
much or the whole of the year, and the Pacific Coast has dry sum-
mers. A dry summer fails to supply enough moisture to the eggs
and young larvae and may prove fatal to the beetle. Dry winters,
such as occur west of the Great Lakes down to Iowa may be char-
acterized by a spell of severe cold coincident with the absence of
snow. This absence of a protective coat of snow during a cold spell
would be fatal to the larvae in the ground.

The Japanese Beetle occurs in Brooklyn, Greenwood Cemetery
being heavily infested and Prospect Park lightly so. Dr. Fox said
that Brooklyn may expect an augmentation of this infestation dur-
ing the next few years.

Mr. Ragot distributed copies of the Entomological Exchange
Bulletin announcing the offiering for sale of the collection of
Coleoptera made by the late Mr. Charles Schaeffer. Mr. Ragot
intends to publish this bulletin now and then to list entomological
material for sale or exchange or to assist collectors to locate needed
specimens.

The meeting adjourned at 10: 20 p. m.

Carl Geo. Siepmann,

Secretary.

36 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

EXCHANGES

This one page is intended only for wants and exchanges, not
for advertisements of articles for sale. Notices not exceeding
THREE lines free to subscribers. Over lines charged for at
15 cents per line per insertion.

Old notices will be discontinued as space for new ones is
needed.

COLEOPTERA.- — Am interested in exchanging Coleoptera.
Carl G. Siepmann, R. F. D. No. 1, Box 92, Rahway, N. J.

DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. — Have many desirable west-
ern species to exchange, including Argynnis atossa, macaria , mor-
monia, malcolmi, nokomis ; Melitaea neumoegeni; Lycaena speci-
osa; etc. Send lists. Dr. John A. Comstock, Los Angeles Mu-
seum, Exposition Park, Los Angeles, Calif.

CATOPINI: Catops ( Choleva ), Prionochaeta, Ptomaphagus.

• — Wanted to borrow all possible specimens of these genera from
North America for a revisional study. Correspondence solicited.
— Melville H. Hatch, Dept, of Zoology, Univ. of Wash., Seattle,
Wash.

HISTERIDAE — Desire to obtain material, all localities, for
identification, by purchase or exchange of other families. Chas.
A. Ballou, Jr., 77 Beekman St., New York, N. Y.

. BUY OR EXCHANGE: Pinned Microlepidoptera and papered
Pieridae of North America. Full data with all specimens. Named
material of all groups offered. Alexander B. Klots, College of the
City of New York, New York City.

WILL COLLECT for cash all ORDERS OF INSECTS, pro-
viding I receive sufficient orders prior to collecting to justify my
proceeding. Have many specimens in stock at all times for sale.
Louise Knobel, Hope, Arkansas.

EXCHANGE OR FOR SALE. — Catocala herodias (Ger-
hardi), Graptolitha viridipallens and others. Wanted: Rare N. A.
Macro-Lepidoptera. F. Lemmer, Lakehurst, N. J.

Vol. XXXI

APRIL, 1936

BULLETIN

No. 2

OF THE

Brooklyn Entomological
Society

NEW SERIES

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE

J. R. de la T ORRE-BUEN O, Editor

CARL GEO. SIEPMANN GEO. P. ENGELHARDT

Published for the Society by the

Science Press Printing Co.,

Lime and Green Sts., Lancaster, Pa.,

Price, 60 cents Subscription, $2.50 per year

Mailed April 16, 1936

Entered as second-class matter January 21, 1919, at the post office at Lancaster, Pa.,
under the Act of March 3, 1879

The Brooklyn Entomological Society

Meetings are held on the second Thursday after the first Tuesday of each
month from October to June, inclusive, at the Central Museum, Eastern
Parkway and Washington Ave., Brooklyn. The annual dues are $2.00.

OFFICERS, 1936
Honorary President
CHARLES W. LENG

President
W. T. DAVIS
Vice-President

J. R. DE LA TORRE-BUENO
Recording Secretary
CARL GEO. SIEPMANN
Corresponding Secretary

FREDERICK LEMMER

Treasurer

G. P. ENGELHARDT
28 Club way
Hartsdale, N. Y.

Librarian
H. E. WILFORD
Curator

J. M. SHERIDAN

Delegate to Council of New York
Academy of Sciences
G. P. ENGELHARDT

CONTENTS

REVIEW OF NOMARE TUS LE CONTE, Van Dyke 37

DISTRIBUTION OF TERMITES THROUGH GREENHOUSE

PLANTS, Kutchka 45

FOSTER H. BENJAMIN, Engelhard* 48

DESERT IN BLOOM, Engelhardt 49

RARE APHODIUS, Leech 56

NEW GENERA OF LEAFHOPPERS RELATED TO THAMNO-

TETTIX, Ball 57

NEW AMERICAN THYSANOPTERA, Moulton 61

NOTE ON TRIGONURUS, Hopping 65

UNUSUAL BUTTERFLY RECORDS, Calkins 66

NEW ECITOPHILOUS N. AM. PHORID, Brues 68

FOOD PLANTS OF EXITIANUS, Ball 71

A. N. CAUDELL, G. P. E 72

OLFACTORY POWERS OF NECROPHILOUS BEETLE, Abbott 73

BOOK NOTES : CATALOGUE OF SCUTELLEROIDEA, J. R. T.-B. ... 76

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF IMMATURE STAGES OF N. A. COLE-

OPTERA, J. R. T.-B 77

^EDITORIAL: NATIONALISTIC SCIENCE, J. R. T.-B 1 78

PROCEEDINGS OF THE SOCIETY, Siepmann 79

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Published in

February, April, June, October and December of each year

Subscription price, domestic, $2.50 per year; foreign, $2.75 in advance; single
copies, 60 cents. Advertising rates on application. Short articles, notes and
observations of interest to entomologists are solicited. Authors will receive 25
reprints free if ordered in advance of publication. Address subscriptions and
all communications to

J. R. de la TORRE-BUENO, Editor,

311 East 4th St., Tucson, Ariz.

BULLETIN

OF THE

BROOKLYN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Vol. XXXI April, 1936 No. 2

A REVIEW OF THE SUBGENUS NOMARETUS LE
CONTE OF THE GENUS SCAPHINOTUS
DEJEAN (COLEOPTERA-CARABIDAE).

By Edwin C. Van Dyke, University of California,
Berkeley, California.

Nomaretus was established by Le Conte1 in 1853 as a genus of
the tribe Cychrini for the reception of Cychrus bilobus Say and two
new species, fissicollis and debilis, the chief differential characters
being the presence of only two completely glabrous basal segments
to the antennae as against the usual four glabrous segments and
but eleven more or less complete striae to each elytron in contrast
to fourteen. In 1859, Le Conte described cavicollis as a fourth spe-
cies; and following this, Horn, imperfectus in i860; Schwarz,
hubbardi and incompletus in 1895, Beutenmueller, schwarzi in 1913 ;
and Casey, tenuis in 1914. In 1907 Roeschke2 made a careful study
and revision of the tribe Cychrini from the world standpoint. In
this work, he placed N omaretus as a subgenus of the genus Scaphi-
notus of Dejean, retaining all of the species in the subgenus that
had been previously placed there. Later Casey (1914) established
the genus Maronetus for the smaller, non-metallic species which
had but two marginal setae to the pronotum. Thus Nomaretus
was left with but three species as shown in the Leng Catalogue. A
fourth species will be added in this paper.

I consider that Roeschke was right in assigning but three North
American genera to the tribe Cychrini ; Cychrus, Scaphinotus and
Sphaeroderus. These three are readily separated by fundamental
characters. All of the other groups listed by Leng as genera were
placed by Roeschke as subgenera of Scaphinotus and correctly so,

1 Tr. Am. Phil. Soc. (2) X, 1853, p. 399.

2 Monographic der Carabiden-Tribus Cychrini, Anns. Mus.
Hungarici V, 1907, pp. 99-277, Tab. IV.

38 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

for though they differ more or less one from another, their differ-
ences are but of a minor nature. They gradually grade into each
other or at least very closely approach one another. Nomaretus
Le Conte is one of these subgenera. Pseudonomaretus Roeschke
and Maronetus Casey are moderately close relatives but distinct
entities, and therefore placed as independent subgenera. These
three subgenera, like all of the subgenera of Scaphinotus were
evolved in different parts of the country. Pseudonomaretus had
its origin and evolution in the region of eastern Washington and
northern Idaho, in a region which undoubtedly persisted as a sort
of island within a sea of ice during the Great Ice Age. Maronetus
is restricted to the middle and southern Alleghanies. This terri-
tory was also but little affected by the Ice Age so was able to pre-
serve the highly specialized and delicate members of this subgenus.
Nomaretus was also probably restricted to a great degree to a
definite territory, the great Ozark Uplift, during the period. Most
of the present day species are to be found in the neighborhood of
this region. Only one has wandered far afiield. This species,
hilohus , was no doubt more mobile, so was able to follow the re-
treating ice northward to the region of the Great Lakes and even
eastward into the mountains of New York and the White Moun-
tains of New Hampshire. None of the members of the genus were
ever members of the true Atlantic or Alleghany faunas. Noma-
retus serus Scudd. from the Oligocene deposits of Florissant, Colo-
rado, in spite of the fact that Scudder compared it with imperfectus
Horn, now placed in the subgenus Maronetus , I believe must have
belonged to the true Nomaretus. The illustration given by Scud-
der looks more like a member of the latter subgenus than one of
Maronetus. Besides I do not believe that any member of the latter
could ever have extended as far west from the Alleghanies and not
leave a modern representative somewhere in intermediate territory.

Nomaretus as now limited might be defined by having the head
elongate ; genae simple, not dilated and without a tooth or incisure
in front of the eyes ; clypeus without lateral grooves ; labrum deeply
bilobed, with inner margin of emargination entirely confined to it,
not invading clypeus, and with four setae ; antennae with, at most,
two and a half of the basal segments glabrous; pronotum with
more than two marginal setae (multisetose) ; elytra with eleven
complete striae to each elytron ; elytral epipleura coarsely
punctured; and male tarsi dilated.

The most distinctive character of this subgenus is the multisetose
margin of the pronotum, a character which it alone possesses, and

April, 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 39

which is always indicated by the setal punctures even if the setae
are removed. Other special features are the reduction in number
of complete elytral striae to about eleven and the reduction in num-
ber of glabrous antennal segments. The most closely related sub-
genera, Pseudonomaretus and Maronetus both have the lateral
pronotal setae two in number, one at the middle of the sides and
one at the hind angles as is usual in other Cychrini and four basal
segments of the antennae glabrous. In the first subgenus, the num-
ber of elytral striae is greater than eleven and in the second gener-
ally much less. The species of Nomaretus are all brilliantly
metallic above, of a cupreous or violet color, rather small and super-
ficially suggesting ridingsi Bland of the subgenus Irachroa or
canadensis of the genus Sphaeroderus.

Key to Species.

1. Elytral striae deeply impressed, the strial punctures moderate

in size and somewhat approximate; prothorax one-third
broader than long, with sides broadly rounded in front, less
arcuate and convergent behind, with obtuse or feebly
rounded hind angles, and the disk smooth in front . . bilohus
Elytral striae feeble or at least not deeply impressed, the strial
punctures large and well spaced 2

2. Prothorax quite transverse, almost one-third broader than long,

the sides rather evenly arcuate throughout, with broadly
rounded hind angles, disk smooth in front; elytral striae
very feeble but with strial punctures very large and in most

cases widely separated liebecki

Prothorax cordiform, but little broader than long, with sides
distinctly convergent posteriorly and hind angles obtuse and
subangulate; the elytral striae regularly and feebly im-
pressed and with strial punctures moderately large and well

separated 3

3. Disk of pronotum smooth in front fissicollis

Disk of pronotum with numerous setigerous punctures in front.

cavicollis

Scaphinotus (N omaretus) bilobus (Say). Plate III, figs. 4, 4a.

Of moderate size, black, pronotum and elytra metallic violet
or aeneous. Head with post ocular constriction deep, the first
and second antennal segments and basal half of third glabrous.
Prothorax broadly cordate, one-third broader than long, apex
feebly emarginate, sides broadly rounded in front, feebly

40 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

arcuate and convergent behind, hind angles subangulate and
very obtuse, base distinctly emarginate and but little less broad
than apex, disk with median line deeply impressed, the areas
on either side convex, smooth and without punctures, basal
impression large, irregularly and coarsely punctured, the lateral
grooves with numerous setiferous punctures (setae often re-
moved) . Elytra elliptical, humeri well rounded but moderately
prominent, striae deeply impressed and crenulate, the strial
punctures rather small and somewhat approximate. Propleura
sparsely, irregularly punctured below in front and behind, and
epipleura coarsely, more or less confluently punctured and
rugose. Length 13-14 mm., breadth 5.5 mm. Front tarsi in
males broadly dilated, a large triangular area at apical half of
first segment and segments 2-4 papillose beneath, the fourth
less distinctly so.

This species is the largest of the subgenus, averaging about 14
mm. in length, and the most northern in distribution. Its dis-
tinctive features are the breadth of the prothorax, smooth and
shining pronotal disk in front, sharply impressed longitudinal line,
deep elytral striae with rather fine, approximate punctures and
rugose epipleura with confluent punctures. A greater area of the
third antennal segment is glabrous than in other species and a much
greater area of the first tarsal segment of the front legs in males
papillose beneath than in any of the species except fissicollis. Say’s
original localities “Missouri” no doubt referred to what is now
northern Nebraska, and “Northwestern Territory” to the present
Minnesota. Other known localities are the Lake Superior region,
Marquette, Michipicoten Island and Isle Royal; Canada; Ohio;
the Catskills, Whiteface and Wallface Mountains, and near
Buffalo, New York ; and the White Mountains of New Hampshire.

Scaphinotus (Nomaretus) liebecki Van Dyke n. sp. Plate
III, figs. 1, ia.

Rather small, simulating fissicollis in size, piceous with pro-
notum and elytra, a brilliant metallic violet. Head with post
ocular constriction moderately deep, first and second antennal
segments and base of third segment glabrous. Prothorax
almost a third broader than long, broadest in front of middle,
apex slightly emarginate, sides broadly and rather evenly
arcuate, but feebly convergent behind, hind angles broadly
rounded, base transverse and almost as broad as apex, disk with
median longitudinal line sharply impressed, the area on either

April, 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 41

side convex, smooth and without punctures, basal impression
large and coarsely punctured and lateral grooves with numer-
ous setigerous punctures though but two setae to each side
remain on the type specimen. Elytra elliptical, humeri broadly
rounded, striae obscurely impressed but the strial punctures
large and in most cases widely spaced. Propleura behind and
epipleura coarsely punctured but not rugose and with punctures
well separated. Length 12 mm.* breadth 4.75 mm.

Front tarsi of male moderately dilated though less so than
in either bilobus or fissicollis and with but a small triangular
area at apex of first segment papillose beneath and segments
2-4 as usual fully papillose beneath.

Holotype (No. 4110 Mus. C. A. S. Ent.), a male bearing the
label “Tex.” received from Charles Liebeck, for whom it is named
as a token of regard and in recognition of his able entomological
work and numerous favors. Two other specimens likewise labeled
“Tex.” received from Charles Leng are designated as paratypes.
These latter also carry a Schaupp tag, so I judge were collected by
him.

This species may have been seen before but confused with the
other species. It is of the same general size as fissicollis and cavi-
collis and in color and appearance also somewhat similar. It dif-
fers from these primarily by having a much more transverse
prothorax, not cordiform, less sulcate dorsally, with the sides rather
evenly arcuate, not almost straight and convergent behind, by the
base being almost as broad as apex, and the hand angles broadly
rounded, not subangulate, the humeri slightly more evident, the
striae hardly impressed, evidently so in the others, and the strial
'punctures larger and in general more widely spaced. The epipleura
are also less wrinkled and the punctures more evenly separated.
From cavicollis it also differs by lacking pronotal setigerous punc-
tures on the disk. The larger size, more narrowed prothorax
behind, subangulate hind angles, deep elytral striae, smaller and
approximate strial punctures, and rugose epipleura with more or
less confluent punctures, will readily separate bilobus from this
species. It is possible that all Texas specimens of Nomaretus are
of this species.

Scaphinotus (N omaretus) fissicollis Le Conte. Plate III, figs.
3> 3a.

Medium sized or small, black with front of head, pronotum
and elytra a brilliant metallic violet. Head with post ocular

42 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

constriction marked, first and second antennal segments and
base of third glabrous. Prothorax cordate, but slightly
broader than long, apex slightly emarginate, sides broadly
rounded in front, almost straight and convergent behind, hind
angles obtuse and subangulate or slightly rounded at apices,
base feebly emarginate or almost transverse and about three
fourths breadth of apex, disk broadly sulcate and with deeply
impressed median longitudinal line, the lateral areas convex,
smooth and impunctate, basal impression deep and irregularly,
coarsely punctured, lateral grooves with numerous setigerous
punctures. Elytra elliptical, humeri reduced, striae feebly
impressed but strial punctures rather large, deep and separated.
Propleura irregularly punctured behind and epipleura coarsely,
not closely punctured and moderately rugose. Length 11-12
mm., breadth 4-4.5 mm.

Male front tarsi moderately dilated with a triangular area
extending from just beyond middle to apex of first segment
and the greater portions of segments 2-4 papillose beneath.

This species is in general one of the smaller species, most closely
resembling cavicollis, especially as regards the narrow cordate pro-
thorax, but differs primarily in having the front portion of the disk
without punctures. The elytra are also slightly narrower and more
elliptical and the strial punctures somewhat finer. It ranges from
southern Illinois through eastern Kansas (Argentine) and western
Missouri (Kansas City, Peeveley), to Texas. The last mentioned
locality is taken from the general literature. It is probable that the
specimens bearing this locality label are really liebecki. I am in-
debted to Dr. P. J. Darlington, Junior, for carefully reexamining
the type of this species for me.

Scaphinotus ( Nomaretus ) cavicollis Le Conte. Plate III, figs.

2, 2a.

Medium sized or rather small, black with front of head, pro-
notum and elytra a brilliant metallic violet. Head with post
ocular constriction pronounced, first and second antennal seg-
ments and generally base of third glabrous. Prothorax cor-
date, but slightly broader than long, apex feebly emarginate,
sides arcuate, markedly in front, almost straight and conver-
gent behind, hind angles subangulate and obtuse at apices, base
almost transverse, disk broadly, shallowly sulcate. Median
longitudinal line finely impressed, lateral areas more or less
smooth and shining behind, irregularly pitted with setigerous

April, 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 43

punctures in front, basal impression deep and irregularly,
coarsely punctured, lateral grooves with numerous setigerous
punctures. Elytra elliptical, humeri reduced, striae somewhat
feebly though distinctly impressed and strial punctures coarse
and separated. Propleura coarsely punctured behind, epi-
pleura very coarsely and irregularly punctured and feebly
rugose. Length 11-12 mm., breadth 4.5-5 mm.

Male front tarsi moderately dilated with a small triangular
area at the apex of the first segment and the greater portion
of segments 2-4 papillose beneath.

This species is always readily separated from its fellows by the
fact that the pronotum is more or less irregularly punctured in
front. As regards its size, shape of prothorax and elytra, it closely
approaches fissicollis. Its male tarsal characters are much like
those of liebecki. Its area of distribution is throughout eastern
Kansas (Fort Riley, Douglas County, Lawrence), western Mis-
souri (Kansas City), Arkansas (Rodgers), eastern Texas and
Louisiana (Vowells Mills).

Explanation of Plate III.

Fig. 1. Scaphinotus (Nomaretus) liebecki n. sp.

Fig. ia. Male front tarsus of liebecki n. sp.

Fig. 2. Scaphinotus ( Nomaretus ) cavicollis LeConte.

Fig. 2a. Male front tarsus of cavicollis LeConte.

Fig. 3. Scaphinotus (N omaretus) fissicollis LeConte.

Fig. 3a. Male front tarsus of fissicollis LeConte.

Fig. 4. Scaphinotus ( Nomaretus ) bilobus (Say).

Fig. 4a. Male front tarsus of bilobus (Say).

Drawn by Mrs. Frieda Abernathy.

Bull. B. E. S., Vol. XXXI, No. 1

Plate III

April, 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 45

THE PROBABLE DISTRIBUTION OF TERMITES
THROUGH GREENHOUSE PLANTS.

By Gordon MacMillan Kutchka, Carnegie Museum,
Pittsburgh, Pa.

It is of general knowledge that the commoner forms of green-
house insects are distributed from greenhouse to greenhouse and
to homes through the agencies of potted plants. Other forms of
insect life, especially the household pests, have been, unintention-
ally, distributed by man, and more so since the time that he took
to ocean navigation and land transportation on a commercial basis.

Yet this type of distribution from one continent to another, as
in the case of Reticulitermes flavipes (Kollar) from America to
Europe, and Reticulitermes lucifugus (Rossi) from Europe to
America, can be explained by involuntary migration in ships. In
unpacking several cases of chemicals received from Germany at
Leland Stanford University, Berkeley, Cal., a few years ago, scores
of termites were exposed when the wooden boxes were broken up.

The distribution of termites has occurred mainly through the
commercial transportation of lumber and lumber products. Their
route of migration has been from tropical through the semi-trop-
ical regions to the temperate zone, until* today, they have become a
menace to home owners and to persons owning large buildings.
The fact that these insects may be distributed through the agency
of potted plants seems to me to be a new clue to their present day
spread.

During the Christmas season of 1934 the author’s mother re-
ceived a rather large Poinsettia as a gift. After having the plant
in the house for nearly two weeks, she called my attention to some
“grubs” that were crawling around the saucer in which the plant
was sitting. Upon examination it was discovered that there
“grubs” were workers of Reticulitermes flavipes. A few days later
the Poinsettia was removed from the pot and examined. At the
end of this procedure 1 13 specimens, no workers and 3 soldiers,
had been gathered. This colony of termites had housed itself in
the more compact soil around the roots of the Poinsettia and ferns.
The loose soil contained small particles of wood and other sources
of cellulose upon which the insects were able to subsist. It was
impossible to trace directly the source of infestation in the plant
from the greenhouse in which it was grown, as, upon investigation,
there were too many houses and the superintendent of the green-
house informed me that they occasionally found some of these

46 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

insects in the boards of the benches. When such a discovery was
made, the infested part of the bench was removed and destroyed.

In this particular case the Poinsettia may have been sitting on a
board already infested with termites, from which they entered the
pot through the drain hole, or some of the soil may have contained
some of these insects. This condition was mentioned by C. L.
Marlatt (1908), one time head of the Bureau of Entomology of
the United States Department of Agriculture. He stated that in
one instance termites, coming from the wooden benches, entered
potted plants through the drain hole of the pot.

In a probable case the termites would remain in the flower pot
until all the available forms of nutrition had been consumed, even
going so far as to hollow out the stem of the Poinsettia. These
insects would then start to migrate to other sources of food, most
likely the stand upon which the infested plant had been placed.

Throughout the various references pertaining to this species of
insect there are a few instances that are positive proof for the
distribution of it through commercial agencies. These are quoted
as interesting examples, but do not bear any direct relationship to
the general theme of this paper.

J. C. Mellis, in his work on St. Helena, enters into a lengthy dis-
cussion on the enormous destruction of property on this island by
a species of termite, Eutermes tenuis (Hagan). It is believed that
his species was introduced in 1840 from a captured slave ship, as
this insect was unknown on the island prior to that year. When
this condemned slaver was dismantled at Jamestown, the timber
was infested with this species of termite, a very common form
found in Brazil.

In 1878 a Spanish man-of-war, returning from the Philippines,
was completely destroyed by termites in the Port of Ferrol, Spain.
This man-of-war was infested by a termite found in one of the
many Philippine timber producing trees. V. L. Seoane (1878)
noted that it was only the ships constructed of European wood that
were attacked by these termites when in the Philippines, while
those built of native timber were immune from the attacks.

The first mention of the possible distribution of termites by
greenhouse plants was made in 1876 in an article published by Dr.
H. A. Hagen in the American Naturalist. The North American
termite* Reticulitermes flavipes, was found in hot-houses at Schoen-
brunn, belonging to Emperor Joseph of Austria. These insects
were believed to have been imported with plants from South Amer-
ica, the termites being found in the wooden tubs in which the plants

April, 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 47

had been sent. But this supposition is erroneous, as this species
of termite has not been observed south of the North American
continent.

There are many assertions of termintes being found in hot-
houses, not only in the wood of the benches, but also in well-
manured soil and even in some of the plants growing in the
benches. This type of soil is less compact and warm and contains
the right amount of moisture needed for the medium in which the
internal protozoa live.

Many entomologists and florists of the last half of the nineteenth
century have reported, in various publications, the damage that
termites have done to greenhouse plants. Those greenhouse plants
attacked by these insects were mainly of the pithy kind, such as
geraniums ; such plants being easily attacked on account of the con-
stituence of the main stem. In attacks of this kind every part of
the plant except the outer skin and leaves is eaten, leaving only
the hollow stem.

But these attacks of termites on living plants in the more tem-
perate regions are typically sporadic and local, and are not known
to be of economic significance. These cases owe their occurrence
largely to the presence of unprotected dead wood through which
the termites make their original entry.

Although the presence of termites in the pots of greenhouse
plants and in the plants themselves is not considered to be of an
economic significance, yet it is a very wise policy to destroy the
termite-infested plant and pot to prevent the probable infestation
of the house and furniture with these extremely destructive insects.
If such an infestation should occur through this medium, not only
the infested house, but also the greenhouse, the source of infesta-
tion, should be treated to prevent future infestation in neighboring
houses through swarming, and to check the damage already begun
in the infested area. But it can be said, with much assurance, that
the actual infestation of homes and household property by termites
through the agency of greenhouse plants is very slight, and that
home owners need have no fear in purchasing potted plants at any
neighborhood floral shop.

Bibliography.

Hagen, H. A., 1878, The Probable Danger from White Ants,
Am. Nat., vol. 10, pp. 401-410.

, 1885, White Ants Destroying Living Trees, Can. Ent.,

vol. 1 7, pp. 134-136.

48 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXXI

Joutel, L. H., 1894, Some Notes on the Ravage of the White
Ant, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., vol. 1, pp. 89-90.

Kellogg, V. L., 1908, American Insects, p. 108.

Kofoid, C. A., 1934, Termites and Termite Control, chapt. 26.
Marlatt, C. L., 1902, 1908, U. S. D. A. Ent. Circ. 50, 2nd.
Series.

Mellis, J. C., 1875, St. Helena.

Scudder, S. H., 1887, Further Injury to Living Plants by
White Ants, Can. Ent. vol. 19, pp. 217-218.

-7 , 1891, More Damage by White Ants in New England,

Psyche, vol. 6, pp. 15-16.

Seoane, V. L., 1878, C. R. Ent. Belg., vol. 21, p. ccxxv.

FOSTER H. BENJAMIN.

Our Society, in full measure, shares with all entomologists the
regret over the death of Foster H. Benjamin, one of the foremost
students of North American Lepidoptera, which occurred on
January 25.

This, however, expresses only in part our real feeling over the
ending of an intimate association, which had its beginning 30 or
more years ago. He was born in Brooklyn, and while still in the
elementary grades, he was already interested in butterflies and
moths; Foster H. Benjamin brought his collection and his troubles
to the Children’s Museum for thorough discussion and adjustment.
His serious and painstaking application to this subject called for
and received every possible assistance on almost daily visits, first
to the Children’s Museum and later to the Brooklyn Museum,
until after his graduation from High School when he continued his
studies at Cornell University.

His subsequent career and activities in the service of the Gov-
ernment will no doubt be recorded officially and more fully than
we can do. His untimely death at not much over 40 years cuts
short a career of great promise. We feel the deepest sorrow.

George P. Engelhardt,
Hartsdale, N. Y.

April, 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 49

THE DESERT IN BLOOM.

By George P. Engelhardt, Hartsdale, New York.

(Excerpts from a discourse delivered at the meeting of the Brook-
lyn Entomological Society, December 12, 1935.)

A number of transcontinental collecting trips by the speaker in
the past had for their primary purpose biological field investiga-
tions of the family Aegeriidae, or clear-wing moths, and hence were
conducted during the Summer and early Fall. Thus there had
been little opportunity for seeing something of the wild spring
flowers, for which western deserts are famous. This then was the
chief object of a journey begun at the end of March, 1935. A bet-
ter year could not have been chosen. Preceded by copious winter
rains, spring flowers appeared in a profusion and splendor not ex-
perienced in many years. The trip turned out to be a veritable
botanical pilgrimage.

As usual, when travelling west over the southern route, a stop
was made at Mobile, Ala., to visit with my good friends, Drs. H.
P. Loding and Thos. S. Van Aller. It was still Azalea time and
the city looked as if it had been painted red. We drove through
the residential sections following the arrows marked “Azalea
Trail” and then proceeded to the Bellingrath Gardens on Fowl
River, 22 miles outside the city limits. On this large estate thou-
sands of Azaleas, Camillias, Rhododendrons and other flowering
shrubs have been gathered from all parts of the world. In the
grouping of these plants full advantage has been taken of natural
settings along the river banks, on the knoll above it with ancient,
moss draped live oaks, in open glens and narrow ravines and around
placid lagoons, mirroring the blaze of colors. These gardens have
become the Mecca of nature lovers in the South.

At San Antonio, Texas, an outing with Mr. H. B. Parks, State
Apiculturist, had to be curtailed on account of heavy rain. Our
special quest had been for a Megathymus butterfly, discovered by
Mr. Parks breeding in the crown and root of the Agave manfreda ,
a low-growing, small plant with fleshy leaves and a flower stalk
2-3 feet high. Only one example of this butterfly has been ob-
tained so far and it is likely to be an undescribed species. This
specimen has been submitted to Dr. John A. Comstock of the Los
Angeles Museum. The foodplant is restricted to Texas. It is
quite common in the Nueces River region and occurs in scattered
colonies near San Antonio. By the time we had found a colony

50 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society VoI.XXXI

showing signs of infestation the rain soaked black adobe soil of the
place had become like glue, sticking to one’s shoes in clods weigh-
ing many pounds. Work had to be discontinued. It was observed
that the larvae, boring in the leafy crown of the plants, upon reach-
ing full growth, ascend and hollow out the flower stalks for some
distance, where they prepare a circular exit hole, which again is
protected by a closed tube of chips and silk, extruding one half inch
or more.

The Megathymus butterflies, also known as the Yucca borers,
are looked upon by most collectors as great rarities. Very swift
in flight and extremely wary, they are not easily captured. Of the
ten or more species recorded from North America two are found
in the southern States ; the others are western. Biologically they
fall into two main divisions — those that bore in yucca, attacking the
crown root and stalk, and those that bore in Agave, usually confin-
ing themselves to the fleshy leaves, several larvae often tunnelling
in one leaf, when the plants are large enough. Their presence is
easily recognized by perforations and frass, thrown out in pellets.
Dr. John A. Comstock of Los Angeles and Commander C. M.
Dammers of Riverside have done splendid work on the life histories
of California species, but much field work remains to be done in the
Rocky Mountain regions, in Arizona and in Texas.

A week’s sojourn at Tucson, Arizona, primarily signified a joy-
ous reunion with our Editor in Chief, J. R. de la Torre-Bueno, and
in meeting faculty members of the University, all men well versed
in the flora and fauna of their state ; hence sources of much informa-
tion on excursions afield. Owen Bryant, one of our Society’s
members of long standing, was found in his new residence in the
foothills outside the city limits, busily engaged on the rearrange-
ment of his enormous collections from British Columbia and the
Arctic regions, to which now he is adding much western material,
including nightly captures in trap lights on his porch.

Tucson is favorably located for diversified collecting. On the
level, sweeping valley floor one can meander comfortably among
the scattered shrubby and usually thorny vegetation. Opuntias, —
nopal and cholla cacti — were blooming early in April. Ocotillos
displayed their flaming torches on long, slender rods and the white,
bell shaped flowers of yucca in heavy clusters reached far above the
narrow lance-shaped leaves. There were open stretches, miles and
miles of them, covered with purple lupine, yellow poppies and pink
verbena. Sahuaros, the giants of all cacti, appear to favor the foot-
hills and steep, rockbound slopes. There they stand, weird yet
fascinating, their massive trunks, 30 or more feet in height, like

April, 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 51

totem poles or huge many-branched candelabra. One wonders how
old they are. Probably as old as or older than the gnarled oaks
and junipers, which grow in the canyons. The horizon in every
direction is formed by stark, jagged mountain ranges, some of the
highest still showing patches of snow along their serrated summits.
As seen from the valley, they give no indication of the fine wood-
lands and meadows to be found in high elevations.

An early Spring, an abundance of flowers, and warm sunny
weather one would expect to be accompanied by lots of insects. To
some extent this is true, particularly so of Hymenoptera and Dip-
tera, but among the other orders the representation is disappoint-
ing. After all, the season for early spring flowers in hot, arid
regions is brief, almost ephemeral and not always dependable. As
a consequence, many insects after hibernation enter another period
of estivation, completing their development when the rains of late
Summer or early Fall have set in. Their date of emergence is apt
to be much later than that of identical or related species living in
a moist, temperate climate.

On trips with Prof. A. A. Nichol, University of Arizona Range
Ecologist, and one of the best all around naturalists I have ever
met, we made special search for a clear wing moth (Aegeriidae)
known to breed in the basal stalks of a mistletoe, common on oaks
in canyons of the Santa Rita Mountains and in the Oro Blanco
Mountains near the Mexican border. Numerous cuttings obtained
and mailed east, showed fresh borings not only of the clear wing
moth, but also of beetles — Cerambycids and Buprestids, but from
the whole lot only one insect emerged in July and that a fine, large,
black clerid beetle. Which of the several boring insects served as
prey to the clerid could not be determined. Better results, no
doubt, would have been obtained, had the cutting been collected in
July instead of April. Closer study of mistletoe and its insect
guests should result in discoveries of much interest.

On the way to Ruby, a mining settlement in the Oro Blanco
Mountains, we observed on shrubs of catsclaw (Mimosa), round,
woody galls and protruding from them the empty pupal shells of
the little black clear wing, Synanthedon prosopis , evidently emerged
during March. From galls taken along only one example came out
within a few days. It is the only Aegeriid collected so early in the
Spring. In the Davis Mountains of Texas, this species does not
emerge until late May and June. The name " prosopis ” is mislead-
ing, as the insect does not breed in galls on Prosopis (Mesquite).
Another observation of interest was the number of Agapema co-
coons, in some instances clusters of a hundred or more, congregated

52 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

in the midst of bushes so thorny as to afford a safe retreat from the
attacks of enemies, whether biped or quadruped, feathered or furred.
The moths are out during the fall.

At Yuma, J. L. E. Lauderdale, State Entomologist, kindly ar-
ranged a number of outings comprising the principal points in the
topography of his region. We collected among the dense thickets
along the banks of the Colorado River and crossed into California
for a view of the famous sand dunes, which in places rise to a height
of 200 feet and, bare of vegetation, stretch along for many miles like
the waves in a heaving sea. In the movies, these sand dunes serve
generally to illustrate scenes in the Sahara Desert. South of Yuma
we visited the mesa, now transformed into orchards, producing
citrus fruit, particularly grape fruit, unexcelled in quality and flavor
and in cheapness.

Mr. Lauderdale had been on the lookout for a kind of nocturnal
lizard, belonging to the family of Geckos, of which a single speci-
men, possibly a new species, had been left at his office. We hoped
to find it among the ruins of old adobe buildings not far from the
Gila River. But this ended in disappointment. We only ran
across a four foot rattlesnake.

Entomologically, our best discovery was made on the return to
town, when along an irrigation ditch we found in the roots of a
mallow ( Sphaeralcea incana) the larvae of an Aegeriid in various
stages of growth. Subsequently, upon breeding from cuttings sent
east, it turned out to be Zenodoxus palmi, a large, handsome
species, known up to recent years only by the unique type, labelled
“Arizona” and described 50 years ago.

On the day of departure, with the train for California not due
until well after midnight, the long evening was spent profitably by
collecting insects at light under the loggia of the Hotel Del Ming,
opposite the depot. Quite a harvest of interesting moths, Myrme-
leonids, Orthoptera and other insects was obtained.

A warm welcome awaited me at Riverside, Calif., by my good
friend, Fred Winters, of the Mission Inn. He introduced me to
Mr. and Mrs. John L. Sperry and to Commander C. M. Dammers,
all entomologists of long experience. Commander Dammers, co-
operating with Dr. John A. Comstock of the Los Angeles Museum,
is doing excellent work on the life histories of California butterflies
and moths. His drawings and paintings bespeak high artistic abil-
ity. The collection of Mr. and Mrs. Sperry excels in long, beauti-
ful series of North American Lepidoptera. Especially noteworthy
are their series of butterflies obtainable only above timberline and
in the Arctics. Mr. Winters, in his limited spare time, continues

April, 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 53

his hobby of long standing — the water beetles of the family Hydro-
philidae.

When at Riverside no one should neglect a visit to the Citrus
Experiment Station, just outside the city limits. In every respect
— buildings, equipment, working facilities and natural setting — it is
the finest institution of its kind.

A trip into the Mojave Desert with Commander Dammers and
Mr. Winters on April 12 will stand out always as a memorable
event. On a previous visit in midsummer this same desert left an
impression of utmost desolation. Vast, parched stretches, as far as
the eye could see ; heaps of black volcanic rock, deposited in chaos ;
dry lakes, their alkali encrusted surfaces glistening blindingly in a
burning sun ; nowhere a vestige of green vegetation. What a con-
trast in the Spring of 1935 !

Encouraged by rain, plant life, which otherwise may remain dor-
mant for years, covered the desert in an amazingly colorful profu-
sion. It seemed worth crossing the continent to see. Joshua trees,
in colonies here and there, featured their grotesqueness, but other-
wise the flora comprised mostly low growing plants, some of the
loveliest only an inch or two high. The nearest approach to the
display of desert spring flowers may be found in Alpine meadows
or in regions of the Arctic. For exquisite beauty these two
extremes have no rivals.

Insects, it was noted again, were not numerous — Hymenoptera
and Diptera to be sure, but so few butterflies. On white and on
yellow blossoms, suggesting dandelions, we found, often mated,
two pretty, small species of moths, since determined by Foster H.
Benjamin as Heliosa pictipennis and Heliophana modicella, new
variety. Often, also, there would be a whir, caused by the hawk-
moth, Clerio lineata , taking flight. The caterpillars of this moth,
according to reports, occurred in agricultural districts in such num-
bers as to form armies, which, marching to new feeding grounds,
were trapped in trenches and destroyed, bushels at a time. The
fine examples of the rare hawkmoth, Euproserpinus phaeton
(shown at the meeting), were collected by Commander Dammers
in February. Digging down to the roots of false buckwheat
( Eriogonum ) in search for Aegeriid larvae, we unearthed a colony
of 7 or 8 large, red-banded mutillids, all females. Congregating in
this way does not appear to be a well established habit for this fam-
ily of wasps.

On entering Commander Dammers’ attractive home in the orange
grove on Victoria Avenue, one is at once aware — here lives a nat-
uralist. His equipment for entomological research is elaborate and

54 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

practical. His breeding experiments are carried on indoors, as well
as out of doors, and many foodplants are growing in his garden.
After returning from the Mojave Desert, we had several successful
trips reconnoitering for good plants of clear wing moths. Boring
in the vines of Clematis ligusticifolia , we found the larvae of
Alcathoe verrugo, race californicus , an orange colored moth de-
scribed from Central America, but represented by geographical
races northward along the Pacific Coast into Southern California.
The moths are extant from late June to August. Very few exam-
ples had ever been collected prior to the breeding of a large number
from Arroyo Seco, So. Pasadena, several years ago. The same lot
of pupae produced not only the normal orange form, but also a
number, both sexes, which were lustrous, deep black, and so con-
trasting, that ordinarily, in the absence of intermediates, one would
assign them to a different species. During the past summer, Com-
mander Dammers and his friend, Theo. W. Hower of Orange,
Calif., bred a large number of this borer, including several inter-
grades, beautifully connecting the orange and black color phases.
This establishes beyond a doubt, that only one species is being dealt
with. The black phase will be known as Alcathoe verrugo califor-
nicus corvinus.

The next base for field work was placed at Sacramento with H.
H. Keifer of the State Department of Agriculture cooperating.
His division had received from nurserymen, living plants of roses
infested by borers in the rootstock. The borers, easily recognized
as larvae of an Aegeriid moth, when bred through by Mr. Keifer
in June, proved to be Synanthedon bibionipennis — the strawberry
crown root borer, very destructive to cultivated strawberries and,
to a lesser extent, to raspberries and loganberries on the Pacific
Coast. Its attacks on roses had not been reported before. The
insect is strictly western. P otentillae , as recently discovered, are
its native foodplants. This should be included when remedial
measures are considered.

Sacramento, notorious for summer heat, is a delightful city in
the Spring. The park surrounding the State Capitol has splendid
large trees, native and foreign, and they are labeled. So many of
the ornamental shrubs and trees in California have been introduced,
one wonders where they all come from.

Field work included trips into the mining sections of Eldorado
County and to the petrified forest and the hot spring region at
Calistosa in Napa County, where most of the California apples
grow. It is a wonderful sight to pass through in apple blossom
time. Among the wild flowers, lupine and poppy predominated.

April, 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 55

Forest fires have been very destructive. While in our northern
states fireweed ( Epilobium angustifolium) takes possession of
burnt over districts, in California, poppies follow the lanes of fire,
covering the hills and mountain slopes with a golden glow.

Collections obtained at this time were rather limited and miscel-
laneous. In moist places, usually among white and lavender flower-
ing bushes of Ceanothus, a black and white striped moth simply
swarmed. Its extraordinarily long antennae, several times as long
as the wing spread, readily placed it as a member of the Microp-
terygidae, an ancient family, considered a connecting link between
the Trichoptera and Lepidoptera. None of the eastern species is
so abundant.

At the California Academy of Sciences in Golden Gate Park, San
Francisco, in the absence of E. P. Van Duzee, Curator of Ento-
mology, I was welcomed by the Director, Dr. F. M. MacFarland.
The Museum and the Steinhart Aquarium adjoining, if not among
the largest, are second to none in the attractive, logical arrangement
of their collections. A new hall devoted to habitat groups of Afri-
can big game mammals was nearing completion. Dr. E. C. Van
Dyke was found at the University of California, Berkeley, prepar-
ing for a collecting trip to Utah and Arizona. Then followed a long
jump south with a short stop at Laguna Beach. Here lives the
former editor of the Brooklyn Entomological Society, R. P. Dow.
Years have not changed friend Bob. He remains the same tall,
striking individual, long mustached and still signing himself —
fideliter Dow.

At the San Diego Natural History Museum in Balboa Park one
misses the Curator of Insects, the late Wm. S. Wright. It will
not be easy to fill his place. From willow cuttings obtained in an
arroyo near the park entrance were bred, some weeks later, fine
examples of the Aegeriid moth, Paranthrene robiniae. In this
same gully also were plenty of the butterfly Apodemia mormo vir-
gulti, easily captured about their foodplant — false buckwheat
(Eriogonum) .

Only one more collecting locality remains to be mentioned. This
is Jacumba, a small mountain town, elevation 2000 to 3000 feet, best
reached by bus over the San Diego-Imperial Valley Highway.
The Mexican border, a barbed wire fence, is within stone’s throw.
The chief attraction is an evil smelling and worse tasting hot sul-
phur spring, accredited with remedial properties. A comfortable
hotel, a tourist camp, stores and saloons are strung along the high-
way.

56 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

Ever since traversing this region with Wm. T. Davis by train
5 or 6 years ago, I have retained memories of many tunnels and,
in between, glimpses into deep canyons, their desolation heightened
in the light of a full moon. Not a good prospect for collecting to
be sure, yet somehow the place held a fascination and, if there were
any insects, they should reflect the effects of so extreme a desert
environment. Hence the stop at Jacumba. The deep, trailless
canyons were found too distant for exploration in the time available.
Daylight collecting in the vicinity of the town would have been
fairly good, had it not been for the astonishing abundance of the
butterfly Vanessa cardui, which, flying, fluttering, or resting every-
where, prevented concentration on anything else. What is the por-
tent of such numbers? Was it a migration? The best collecting
was done at night on the concrete arches of the tourist camp, which
served as a resting place for insects attracted to the lights. A fine
lot of moths — bombycids, noctuids and geometrids — not yet deter-
mined, were obtained.

Often I have been asked :- — Why don’t you stay and settle in
California? Here you can live in comfort and enjoyment and here
you can have close at hand any kind of environment and any kind
of climate at any time of the year. It is a temptation. However,
now at the end of April there is another Spring under way across
the Continent. And what could be lovelier than the verdure clad
hills of New York and Connecticut in early Summer and in the
Fall ? I feel the urge and hurry home to start work in my garden.

A Rare Aphodius. — Two examples of a dull reddish and
curiously Aegialia- like Aphodius submitted to Mr. W. J. Brown
of Ottawa have been determined as Aphodius decipiens Horn.
Mr. Brown remarks that they are probably the only specimens
known with the exception of the type. My examples were col-
lected at Salmon Arm, B. C., in May, 1932 ; one was flying, and the
other was just inside the burrow of a Columbia Ground Squirrel
[Citellus columbianus columbianus (Ord)]. A third specimen
was taken in a similar location in May, 1935 — Hugh B. Leech.

April, 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 57

SOME NEW GENERA OF LEAFHOPPERS
RELATED TO THAMNOTETTIX.

By E. D. Ball, University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona.

The tree and shrub inhabiting leafhoppers that have been re-
ferred in the past to the genus Thamnotettix are widely separated
from the type of that genus and belong to a number of very dis-
tinct groups, part of which are herein named and defined.

Genus Idiodonus Ball n. gen.

Head narrower than pronotum, the vertex short, blunt, ob-
tusely rounding and rounding over to front. Head as seen
from the side very deep, deeper than the length of vertex and
pronotum, face inflated, convex, the upper portion nearly
vertical. Elytra long, venation simple, one cross nervure, the
anteapicals long and narrow. Whole insect coffin-shaped, the
elytra appressed and nearly vertical posteriorly. Species red-
dish, tawny, coppery or cinereous peppered with red. Vertex
with two round spots just over the margin or peppered with
red or both, often a narrow ivory band on pronotum and ivory
lines on claval sutures. Usually a broad ivory or subhyaline
margin to elytra, no “saddle.”

Type of the genus Thamnotettix kennicotti Uhler.

This genus will include a very distinct group of tree or shrub
inhabiting forms, including the list from kennecotti to kirkaldyi,
which usually show metallic coloring and red spotting, a blunt
head with two spots, a narrow ivory collar and triangle and a hya-
line costa. The external genitalia are so near alike as to be of
little assistance in separating species.

Genus Colladonus Ball n. gen.

Resembling Thamnotettix in venation and general form.
Head conical, much narrower than pronotum, longer and more
pointed but not as deep as in Idiodonus. Elytra appressed
posteriorly giving a triangular appearance. Female segment
usually deeply emarginate with a strap-shaped projection;
male plates together long spoon-shaped. General color black,
brown, or golden with metallic iridescence, usually with two
black spots on vertex, an ivory collar or saddle or both and a
hyaline or ivory costal area.

Type of the genus Thamnotettix collaris Ball.

58 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

This genus will include the group of highly ornamented typically
tree and shrub feeding forms from clitellarius to belli, the greater
number of which can be recognized at once by the broad collar or
saddle or both.

Genus Conodonus Ball n. gen.

Resembling Colladonus in the narrow conical head, the
closely appressed elytra and in the metallic golden and brown
colors but entirely lacking the spots on vertex margins, the
collar, the saddle and with only a trace, if any, of the
hyaline costal area. They all have the excavated female seg-
ment and the elongated spoon-shaped male plates.

Type of the genus Thamnotettix flavocapitatus Van Duzee.

This genus includes another group of typically tree and shrub
inhabiting species that, like flavocapitata and juanata, are almost
uniform in coloring throughout while aureolus is brown with white
elytra.

Genus Gloridonus Ball n. gen.

Resembling Conodonus but with a broader head, head as
broad as the pronotum, bluntly conically pointed, acutely
angled with the face. Elytra long, appressed, but inclined to
flare a little towards apex. Venation typical Thamnotettix
type. Genitalia widely differing from the “strap and spoon”
type of Conodonus. The female segment truncate or emar-
ginate in which case the emargination is heavily black bor-
dered; male plates nearly flat long triangular or short, the
spines on the last abdominal segment often long, exceeding
the pygofers and plates. The styles of the type species are
much like the horns on a water buffalo and curve around the
tips of the plates.

Type of the genus Thamnotettix gloriosus Ball.

This genus includes the “g” group of iridescent golden or green-
ish tree or shrub inhabiting species nearly all of which have the
ovipositors black in sharp contrast.

Genus Doleranus Ball n. gen.

Smaller, narrower and more conically headed than typical
Thamnotettix with the simple venation of that genus but with
the central anteapical cell somewhat constricted and then
enlarged before the apex, the apical cells shorter than in
Conodonus. The face has a large number of short arcs, the

April, 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 59

vertex a broken submarginal brown line and traces of cres-
cents, pot hooks or ovals on each side of the disc. The pro-
notum has an irregular row of submarginal spots. The scu-
tellum has two dots on the disc and the elytra have the veins
margined with dark or the pigment aggregated into a few
spots mostly on or adjacent to cross nervures and junctions.
Any or all of these markings may be obscure. The female
segment is usually emarginate but without a strap-like pro-
jection. The male plates are short or triangular but not
folded up into a spoon-like structure.

Type of the genus Thamnotettix longula G. & B.

This group which includes perspicillatus O. & B. and a number
of southwestern species, has affinities with Recilia Edw. on one
hand and the recently described Arundanus of De Long on the
other. The latter genus not only has the central anteapical cell
constricted but also divided, and two cross nervures as well, while
this group still retains the simple venation.

Genus Ollarianus Ball n. gen.

Resembling Doleranus but with a shorter broader head as
wide as the pronotum. The vertex nearly twice as wide as the
median length, nearly parallel margined. Resembling Eutettix
but with the face rounder, the vertex shorter, with an inverted
crescent of four black spots, the two outer ones larger and
adjacent to the ocelli. There are usually two round black
spots on the pronotum behind the eyes and a smaller pair on
the margin of the scutellum before the apex. The species are
golden or golden-green iridescent with the elytra subhyaline.

Type of the genus Eutettix halli Van Duzee.

This is another southwestern group containing a number of
species, that is apparently related to Recilia Edw. and has branched
off from a Doleranus perspicillatus-like ancestry to approach the
Eutettix type of structure while retaining the spotting of the
ancestral group.

Genus Allygianus Ball n. gen.

Large heavy bodied smoky brown or golden iridescent.
Somewhat resembling Allygus but differing materially in most
structural characters and entirely lacking the almost Phlepsius-
like vermiculations of that group. Head as wide as pronotum
but not as wide as the broad slightly flaring elytra. Vertex
relatively short, broad and almost flat, acutely angled with

60 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXXI

the straight profile of face. Elytra inclined to be broad and
flaring, venation strong with several cross nervures between
the sectors and a large number of strong cross nervures on
both clavus and corium. The nervures broadly and definitely
light with dark margins, forming a large number of conspicu-
ous quadrangular cells instead of weak and obscure, and
inclines to have oblique cross-nervures as in Allygus.

Type of the genus Thamnotettix gutturosus Ball.

This is a small but very distinct western group without any
very close affinities in the European or North American faunas.

Genus Pasadenus Ball n. gen.

Resembling Allygianus in the broad flat vertex and angle
with face. Elytra still longer and more flaring, with broad
almost truncate apices. Venation weak and obscure, much
obscured by the distinct pattern of markings. Several cross-
nervures between the sectors and weak reticulations on apical
part of corium. Female segment emarginate but lacking the
strap of Colladonus. Species highly ornamented, three brown
bands, an ivory head and claval “saddle.”

Type of the genus Thamnotettix pasadenus Ball.

Another very distinct western group which resembles the spe-
cies of Colladonus but widely separated by structure, venation and
genitalia.

Genus Friscananus Ball n. gen.

Small narrow headed species with conically pointed vertices
and appressed elytra. Resembling Colladonus but with two
or more cross-nervures between the sectors, a constricted cen-
tral anteapical which is usually divided. In this character it
approaches Arundinus De Long but that group has broader
elytra with definite venation while these are irregularly reticu-
late and have the more conical vertices and the “strap and
spoon” genitalia of Colladonus.

Type of the genus Thamnotettix intricatus Ball.

Another small western group of closely related forms approach-
ing Aligia in some characters but apparently from a very different
line of development.

April, 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 61

NEW AMERICAN THYSANOPTERA

By Dudley Moulton

The present paper adds six new species of thrips to our North
American fauna, five belonging to the genus Frankliniella Karny
and one to the genus Isochaetothrips Moulton. A number of
species belonging to this latter genus have been described from Aus-
tralia and South America but the species included here is the first
to be recognized from North America.

Frankliniella fulvus n. sp.

Female holotype: predominating color smoky brown includ-
ing antenna, legs and wings, with antennal segments one, three,
four and five lighter, the last three especially at their bases.
Spines dark brown.

Total body length 1.32 mm., head length .117 mm., width
.168 mm. Segments of antenna: III, 50 (20) ; IV, 50; V,
36; VI, 46; VII, 8; VIII, 10 microns. Length of spines:
interocellar 46, postocular 30, on anterior angles of prothorax
63, on anterior margin 33, on posterior angles, outer 70, inner
83, on ninth abdominal segment, median 140, next adjoining
130, median on tenth 143 microns.

Pedicel of third antennal segment with distinct swelling in
distal half. Spines on fore wings, fore vein 21, hind vein 17.
Comb on eighth abdominal segment wanting.

Male allotype smaller and lighter in color, eighth abdominal seg-
ment armed as in tritici.

Type material: Female holotype, male allotype, 32 female and
five male paratypes, taken in many wild and cultivated flowers. All
types in author’s collection (M. Nos. 2076, 2643).

Type locality, Fargo, North Dakota. Paratypes from Newton,
New Jersey, South Dakota, Iowa, Illinois and Massachusetts.

This species may be separated from tritici Fitch by its brownish
head, thorax, antennae and wings and by the longer prothoraic and
terminal spines.

Frankliniella spinosus n. sp.

Female holotype: Color, uniformly clear yellowish including
legs and wings, with thorax somewhat darker ; antennal seg-
ments one to five and basal half of six clear yellow, distal half
of six and style brownish yellow. All spines clear yellow.

62 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

Total body length .92 mm.; head length .09 mm., width .14
mm. Segments of antenna: length (width), I, 23; II, 33
(23); III, 46 (18); IV, 43; V, 36, VI, 46; VII, 10;
VIII, 16; total 250 microns. Length of spines in microns:
interocellar 48, postocular 26, on anterior angles of prothorax
53, on anterior margin 50, at posterior angles, outer 73, inner
73, on ninth abdominal segment, median 106, next adjoining
1 16, median on tenth 103.

Base of third antennal segment simple, all spines relatively
long; spines on fore wings, fore vein 17, hind vein 13. Comb
on eighth abdominal segment complete, long.

Male allotype similar in color and shape but smaller. Comb
on eighth abdominal segment complete, median heavy short
spines clear yellow, a smaller pair outward and posterior to
these.

Type material : female holotype, male allotype, two female and
one male paratypes, taken on corn May 10, 1924, by A. W. Morrill.
Types in author’s collection (No. 983).

Type locality: Cajeme, Mexico.

This species may be separated from exigua Hood by its clear yel-
low antennal segments one to five ; in exigua two is brownish, and
three to five are shaded distally. Also the major spines on thorax
and tip of abdomen in exigua are brown.

Frankliniella inornatus n. sp.

Female holotype : color clear yellow including legs and wings
with pterothorax and tip of abdomen shaded with dull orange.
First antennal segment clear, two and six to eight brown, three
yellow in basal half, light grayish brown in distal half, four and
five yellowish in basal third, grayish brown in outer two-thirds.
Spines brown. Ocellar crescents orange.

Total body length 1.16 mm., head length .106 mm., width
.146 mm. Segments of antenna length (width), II, 33; III,
43 (20); IV, 40 (20) ; V, 33; VI, 46; VII, 6; VIII, 10
microns. Length of spines, interocellar 30, postocular 26, on
anterior angles of prothorax 43, on anterior margin 43, on pos-
terior angles outer 60, inner 63, on ninth abdominal segment
median 73, next adjoining 76, median on tenth segment 100
microns.

Pedicel of third antennal segment simple, hind vein of fore
wing with 1 5 spines, comb on eighth abdominal segment want-
ing in the middle.

April, 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 63

Type material : female holotype and male allotype, taken in
flowers of Mangifera indica, April 7, 1927 (L. C. Scaramuzza) (M.
No. 1849). Types in author’s collection.

Type locality, Baragua, Cuba.

This species is closely related to occidentalis Pergande but sepa-
rated by the shorter and more compact antennal segments and
shorter spines. It may be separated from gilmorei Morgan by the
brown coloring of antennal segments, two to five ; these are yellow
in gilmorei.

Frankliniella andrei n. sp.

Female holotype: color blackish brown including all seg-
ments of antennae; legs dark brown with all tarsi and tips of
all tibiae lighter, yellowish brown ; wings pads brown.

Total body length .95 mm. ; head length .093 mm., width
.146 mm. Segments of antenna length (width) II, 33 (24) ;
III, 46 (20); IV, 40; V, 36; VI, 50; VII, 10; VIII, 13
microns. Length of spines : interocellar 50, postocular 33, on
anterior angles of prothorax 60, on anterior margin 53, on pos-
terior angles 60-66, on posterior angles of ninth abdominal
segment 106, median dorsal 100, on tenth segment 120
microns.

Wings reduced to pads. Comb on eighth abdominal seg-
ment complete but irregular, the setae arising from enlarged
irregular bases, sometimes two or three setae from a single
base.

Type material : female holotype and eight female paratypes taken
from moss, November to December, 1932, 1933, at Waterville,
Ottumwa and McGregor, Iowa. Named in honor of the collector,
Mr. Floyd Andre. Types in author’s collection (No. 5185).

Andrei is most closely related to ob scums Moulton but is sepa-
rated by its lighter colored tarsi and tips of all tibiae, shorter spines
on prothorax and by irregular and partially incomplete comb on
eighth abdominal segment.

Frankliniella grandis n. sp.

Female holotype: Head and thorax yellowish brown with
legs of similar color but with femora and tibiae darkened at the
sides. Antennal segments two and six to eight dark brown,
one and three to five lighter with four and five darkened in
outer portions. Fore wings uniformly brown, spines brown.
Abdomen dark brown with segments nine and ten darkened at
the sides but lighter in the middle.

64 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXXI

Total body length 1.5 mm.; head length .117 mm., width
.176 mm. Segments of antenna, length (width) III, 60 (23) ;
IV, 53; V, 40; VI, 56; VII, 10; VIII, 15 microns. Length
of spines : interocellar 66, postocular 43, on anterior angles of
prothorax 93, on anterior margin 90, on posterior angles outer,
93, inner 100, on ninth abdominal segment median 123, next
adjoining 150, median on tenth 150 microns.

Pedicel of third antennal segment simple as in intonsa Try-
bom. Spines on fore wings, fore vein 19, hind vein 14.
Comb on eighth abdominal segment complete but short. Sev-
eral paratypes are uniformly light brown but with antenna and
tip of abdomen dark colored as in the holotype.

Male allotype smaller and much lighter in color.

Type material: Female holotype, male allotype and seven female
paratypes taken on wild sunflower, wild aster and golden rod in
August, 1927 (J. C. Munro) (M. No. 2267, 2270). All types in
author’s collection.

Type locality, Fargo, North Dakota.

This species has the general color and appearance of fulvus
Moulton but is easily separated by the simple pedicel of third anten-
nal segment and the much longer spines on anterior margin of pro-
thorax. It belongs in the occidentalis group but is distinguished by
the longer terminal body spines.

Isochaetothrips davidsoni n. sp.

Female holotype: Color dark brown including all femora,
middle and hind tibiae and antennal segments 1, 2, 6-8; with
2 somewhat lighter at the tip and 6 at the base ; segments 3
and 4 clear yellow, 5 light yellowish brown ; fore tibiae yellow
but darkened on the sides, all tarsi yellow; wings uniformly
light brown; prominent body spines brown, those on wings
almost clear.

Total body length 1.1 mm. ; head length .096 mm., width .13
mm.; prothorax length .153 mm., width .18 mm.; antennal
segments length (width) I, 16 (25) ; II, 30 (23) ; III, 43
(20) ; IV, 36 (21 ) ; V, 50 ( 16) ; VI, 43 ( 16) ; VII, 10 ; VIII,
13 microns. Length of spines : all head spines minute, on pos-
terior angles of prothorax, outer 40, inner 33 (?), median
spines on metanotum 50, on posterior angles of ninth abdom-
inal segment 113, median dorsal, 66, in tenth segment 100
microns.

April, 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 65

Sides of head straight and almost parallel. Spines on poste-
rior angles of prothorax short, series of five on either side
along posterior margin inward from angle spines with second
and fourth distinctly longer. Median spines on metanotum
long, placed immediately behind anterior margin and 20 mi-
crons apart. Comb on eighth abdominal segment complete
but sparse, composed of about ten setae, these with enlarged
bases. Tip of abdomen narrowed and pointed. Fore wings
with three basal followed by 1 5 evenly placed spines, hind vein
with 14 spines.

This is the first member of this genus to be recorded from North
America and may be separated from unicolor Moulton, found in
South America, by the clear yellow third and fourth antennal seg-
ments, these are uniformly light brown in unicolor.

Type material: female holotype taken August 22, 1928, (V. G.
Davidson), from an unknown host. Type in author’s collection
(No. 3343).

Type locality : Craters of the Moon, Idaho.

A Note on the Genus Trigonurus Muls. — In checking over Dr.
Van Dyke’s very excellent revision, published in the Bull. Brook.
Ent. Soc., Dec., 1934, p. 177, I find that we have a series of four-
teen of his Trigonorus dilaticollis. This was described from an
unique specimen taken under the bark of the coast redwood,
Sequoia sempervirens. One of our specimens was taken at Pender
Harbour, B. C., in 1928, and thirteen in 1933 at Steelhead, B. C.
This would suggest a distribution from B. C. to California in the
coastal region, and other hosts, as the Sequoias, are not found in
B. C. — Ralph Hopping, Vernon, B. C.

66 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society V61.XXXI

SOME UNUSUAL BUTTERFLY RECORDS TAKEN IN
SCOTT COUNTY, KANSAS.

By Virgil F. Calkins, Scott City, Kansas.

For a period of about 15 days during the latter part of the month
of June and the fore part of July the author took several new species
and forms of butterflies not previously recorded from Kansas. A
list of these species are as follows :

Papilio idaeus Fab. 6/29/35 ; Leptotes theonus floridensis
Morr. J 7/4/35; Phoebis argante Fab. § 7/2/35; Papilio thoas
nealces R. & J. J 7/5/35 ; Pieris monuste L. $ 7/6/ 35 ; Chiomara
asychis Cram. 7/6/35; Anartia jatrophae Joh. 7/1 1/35;
Athena petreus Cram. £ (syn. Megalura peleus Sulz.) 8/6/35. A
specimen of Timet es chiron Fabr. was observed July 2 feeding on
Alfalfa ; it escaped the edge of the net frame and was not captured.

Due to the climatic conditions prevailing at the time of capture
of the above unlocal species, perhaps a bit of explanation would not
seem out of place. During the period of time in which most of the
above were taken, severe wind storms prevailed almost continually
from the South in the Great Plains section. Scott County, Kansas,
incidentally, was one of the counties in west Kansas that suffered
so severely from dust earlier in the spring in the “dust-ridden” ter-
ritory commonly referred to throughout the nation as the “great
dust bowl.”

Belated spring showers, not falling until June after the dust
plague had ceased, brought out many late flowers that in normal
seasons would have blossomed in May when the dust storms were
at their height, and held in check the growth of all vegetation
throughout the territory referred to as the “dust bowl,” which com-
prised, largely, the entire Great Plains section of central United
States.

The first capture of note was a member of the genus Papilio. As
it was not figured by Dr. Holland in his last work, the specimen
was sent to Lawrence, Kansas, for identification, and through the
kindness of Mr. William D. Field who made comparisons with
plates and data in SEITZ, the insect proved to represent a male
specimen of Papilio anchisiades idaeus F. ( pandion Fldr., — pando-
nius Stgr.). In Seitz’ work, idaeus F. is given as a race of the
species Papilio anchisiades.

Dr. Holland, in the revised edition of “The Butterfly Book,”
mentions that a single stray specimen of P. idaeus Fabr. ( pandion
Felder) is in the possession of a collector at Marfa, Texas, seventy

April, 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 67

miles north of the Mexican boundary. He further says that on the
strength of such a unique specimen, we might regard the species as
a straggler in our southern territory, but in his opinion he evidently
did not put much credence in it as it was a wind blown specimen,
and, as such, was hardly entitled to be listed as a species in our
boreal fauna for this reason.

Personally, I can see no good reason why a wind blown species
should not be given a place in our fauna, or in check lists. There
is no doubt but what many neotropical forms now listed in our
boreal region from extreme southern points are only occasional to
our southern boundaries, and are not known, positively, to breed
within our region. There is, however, the strong possibility that
such wind blown species brought northward on the brunt of a high
wind could find identical, or similar, food plants upon which to ex-
ist and should climate and other factors be in their favor, could they
not eventually become domiciled? The common Monarch, Danais
plexippus L., for example, cannot survive the rigors of winter in
our northern climate, but it comes northward to us in spring and
finds suitable vegetation upon which to lay eggs for one or more
broods before cold weather kills off the existing adults or they are
forced to migrate southward to warmer climes. Perhaps some of
the stray neotropical forms now included in our nearctic, or boreal,
list may only occur in one or two summer broods, the advent of cold
weather making it impossible for the development of more. If, in
order to include a species in our fauna, it should first be proved to
breed within our region, as Dr. Holland’s opinion seemingly would
indicate, I believe that many of our extreme southern forms would
have to be questioned as the earlier stages of some of them are not,
as yet, fully known.

The effect of wind on the occurrence of Lepidoptera is a subject
not fully appreciated — especially as it concerns the species and
forms to be found at various times in the Great Plains Region, and
it should be more generally studied elsewhere for what bearing it
might have in regard to general distribution records in other
regions.

The following species and forms previously recorded from Scott
County perhaps owe their occurrence to the force of the wind:
Papilio daunus Bdv. ; Papilio brucei Edw. ; Papilio hollandi Edw. ;
Ascia amaryllis josepha G. & S. ; Phoebis philea Joh. ; Aphrissa
statira jada butleri Scud. ; Anteos clorinde Godt. ; Kricogonia lyside
Godt. ; Heliconius charithonius L. ; Phyciodes vesta Edw. ; Antha-
nassa texana seminole Skin. ; Chlosyne lacinia adjutrix Scud. ;

68 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

Mestra amymone Men.; Victorina steneles L. ; Anaea morrisoni
Holl. ; Grais stigmaticus Mab. ; Copaeodes aurantiaca Hew. ; Am-
blyscirtes nysa Edw. ; Thanaos funeralis Scud. & Burg. ; and Lero-
dea eufala Edw.

Of these species, only badly tattered stray specimens have been
taken with the exception of A. statira jada butleri, K. lyside , P.
vesta, A. texana seminole, A. nysa, T. funeralis, and Ler. eufala, of
which from i to 6 specimens each have been taken the past two or
three years, some of them in excellent condition, which would seem
to indicate that some of them may not be wind blown entirely.

A NEW ECITOPHILOUS NORTH AMERICAN
PHORID FLY.

By Charles T. Brues, Biological Laboratories,

Harvard University

In the American Naturalist for May 19021 the present writer
published an account of a very remarkable subapterous phorid fly
from nests of Eciton opacithorax near Austin, Texas. This was
described as Xanionotum hystrix, and formed the type of a new
genus, of which the male was at that time unknown. For many
years no further species of this genus were discovered, until in
1923 when Borgmeier2 described a Brazilian phorid as Schmitzia
(type, S'. spiniceps) which has been considered a synonym of
Xanionotum by both Borgmeier and Schmitz. Further, in 1924
Borgmeier added Ecitocantha which has likewise been suppressed
as another synonym of Xanionotum. In a review of the genus
published in 19323 Borgmeier includes ten species of Xanionotum,
all from Brazil and Mexico, except the single Texan form.

Recently I was very much surprised to receive from Professor
M. R. Smith of the Mississippi State College two specimens of a
species of Xanionotum which he collected last spring with Eciton
schmitti in Mississippi. These appear to represent an undescribed
species, most closely related to the Brazilian X. wasmanni Schmitz
and the Texan X. hystrix Brues. It is a great pleasure to be able

1 Vol. 36, p. 376.

2 Zeits. Deutscher Ver. Wiss. u. Kunst, Sao Paulo, Jahrg. 3, p.
168.

3 Revista Entom., vol. 2, pp. 369-380.

April, 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 69

to name this new species in honor of its discoverer who has done

much to further a knowledge of the ant-fauna of his home state.

Xanionotum smithii sp. nov.

?. Length, in well expanded condition, 1.7 mm. Thorax,
head and legs pale brownish yellow. The front black, except
for a yellow median stripe that is widened above to include
the middle pair of ocellar bristles, each of which is set in a
black spot. Abdomen whitish, the small second tergite dark;
abdominal bristles and the basal series of comb-like bristles
from which they arise, black. Front with four long, practically
equal postantennal bristles, each almost as long as the height
of the front, the upper pair not much farther apart than the
lower pair ; antial bristles at the level of the upper postanten-
nals, three times as far from them as from the lowest lateral
bristle, directed strongly inwards and upwards. Preocellar
bristles apparently represented by only the lateral one on each
side which is just above and inside the upper angle of the eye;
four large ocellar bristles, the lateral ones near to, but above and
median to the lateral preocellar bristle. There are thus ten fron-
tal bristles in addition to the postantennals. Eyes small, oval,
about two- thirds as long as the third antennal joint. Antennae
.broadly ovate, with a stout, shortly pubescent arista. Palpi
narrow and rather long, bristly on the underside of their apical
half, the bristles strong, about as long as the width of the
• antenna. Labella of proboscis forming a conspicuous, flat-
tened, pyriform, acutely pointed plate with a deep dorsal
median excavation. Cheeks each with a single stout, down-
wardly directed bristle. Mesonotum with two long, stout dor-
socentral bristles ; humeri each with a strong laterally extended
bristle ; propleura with a small one near the base of the coxa.
Wing vestiges with a short, slender erect bristle at base above
and with about ten long, upwardly and backwardly curved
bristles, each nearly twice as long as the wing. Legs quite
stout, the tarsi all noticeably thickened; basal joint of front
tarsi one-half as long as, and nearly as thick as the tibia;
middle and hind tibiae each with a single stout anterodorsal
bristle very close to the base and more or less distinctly fringed
with minute bristles on each side of a dorsal glabrous strip,
this latter more clearly marked on the middle than on the hind
tibiae ; first joint of hind tarsi with about ten transverse combs
of very minute bristles. Abdomen membranous, except for the

70 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

small plate of the second segment ; this is triangular, with the
base broadly and deeply notched and is about as large as the
third antennal joint. Four rows of enormous bristles on the
dorsal side of the abdomen as in X. hystrix Brues and X. was-
manni Schmitz, their attachments forming transverse comb-
like plates as figured by Schmitz for the latter species. Bristles
of basal rows longer, most of those in all rows extending about
to the apex of the abdomen when the latter is moderately dis-
tended ; first row with about 38-40 bristles, second with about
52-54; third and fourth with nearly as many as the second.
Behind these is a row of much shorter bristles arising directly
from the membrane; terminal segments and appendages
sparsely, minutely bristly.

Type and one female paratype from State College, Mississippi,
May 31, 1935, taken from a trail of legionary ants, Eciton schmitti
Emery, “moving rather briskly along with the column of ants”
(M. R. Smith).

This species agrees with X. hystrix Brues and X. wasmanni
Schmitz in possessing only one pair of dorsocentral bristles and in
the very numerous abdominal bristles. These are much more
closely placed than in X. hystrix , but not so numerous as in X.
wasmanni. The middle and hind tibiae each bear a strong bristle
at the base as in wasmanni. I have reexamined my two specimens
of hystrix , but can find no trace of a bristle at the base of the tibiae.
Nevertheless, it seems that these must have been broken off,
although in both specimens of the new species, also preserved in
alcohol, they are present on all four tibiae. This point can be deter-
mined definitely only after further Texan material has been ex-
amined. The close similarity of the three species, however, makes
it seem improbable that the tibial chaetotaxy should differ so greatly
among them.

X. hystrix , X. wasmanni and X. smithii differ considerably from
the other members of the genus in appearance as the enormous
bristles which form four rows across the back of the abdomen are
so densely placed that the flies resemble microscopic hedgehogs. In
the other species the bristles are extremely long, but not numerous
and the flies are much less extraordinary in appearance.

April, 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 71

THE FOOD PLANTS OF THE LEAFHOPPERS OF
THE GENUS EXITIANUS.

By E. D. Ball, University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona.

This genus was founded by the writer to include a single widely
distributed species E. obscurinervis Stab The author’s later collec-
tions and food plant studies indicate that there are four distinct
species of this genus occurring in Arizona, which can be separated
by the following key:

A. Ovipositor definitely exserted extending much beyond the

spines on the pygofers.

B. Ovipositor rarely as long as the elytra. Species rather slender,

gray I. obscurinervis Stal

BB. Ovipositor extremely long, usually longer than the elytra.
Species broad, heavily black marked, the males often nearly

black 2. picatus Gibson

AA. Ovipositor not extending beyond the spines on the pygofers.

C. Pale cinereous, the face yellow, the elytra unmarked except for

the brown nervures, a pair of black spots on vertex and
another pair on the lateral margins of the pronotum.

3. armus Ball

CC. Heavily and somewhat irregularly marked with rich brown
above and below, the cross nervures brown margined.

4. kinoanus Ball

E. obscurinervis Stal. Osborn has shown that this widely dis-
tributed species feeds on Bermuda Grass and spreads from there to
other vegetation.

E. picatus Gibson ( miniaturatus Gibson) has been found almost
exclusively on a “five finger” or Crab grass ( Digitaria sanguinalis) ,
in damp and shaded situations. This species occurs in Hayti, Gua-
temala, Mexico, and as far north as southern Arizona.

E. armus Ball. This strikingly marked species feeds on the
evergreen desert hackberry ( Celtis pallida ) in Southern Arizona
and Northern Sonora, Mexico.

Exitianus kinoanus Ball n. sp.

Smaller and narrower than in armus with irregular dark
brown markings including a pair of large crescents on the basal
areas of vertex. Length female 4 mm.; width 1.1 mm.

Vertex scarcely twice wider than long, rounding over to
front with a very slight median production. Front wider

72 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

below than in armus. The elytra narrower than in armus with
the inner claval veins shorter, but much longer than in obscuri-
nervis. The subcosta thickened and corrugated towards the
apex. Female segment nearly truncate posteriorly with the
median fourth definitely triangularly produced. Male plates
broader at the base than in armus, then roundingly narrowing
into long, attenuate, slightly divergent, apices.

Color rusty straw marked with brown, the vertex lighter
with a cloud on the margin, a crescent extending from the
ocelli back over the disc, emphasized in two pairs of spots. A
pair of large round spots on the posterior disc usually emar-
ginate behind. Pronotum irregularly marked with brown the
anterior margin lighter with about 6 round spots. Scutellum
pale, a pair of round dots on disc, and the larger, subangular
areas brown. Elytra, milky subhyaline with brown nervures.
The cross nervures and angles broadly marked or clouded.
Face dark lined in the female, all dark in the male. The dark-
est examples have the disc of the elytra, smoky with two or
three rows of milky dots.

Holotype female, allotype male, and a pair of paratypes, Gillespie
Dam. Apr. 13, ’33 ; four paratypes, Tucson; one Roosevelt Dam;
one Baboquivari Mts. ; two Bisbee ; all in Arizona, and two Kino
Bay, Sonora, Mex. ; all taken from mesquite by the writer.

A. N. Caudell. — As we go to press, we learn of the death on
March 1st of Mr. A. N, Caudell, Curator of Orthoptera in the
United States National Museum. — G. P. E.

April, 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 73

ON THE OLFACTORY POWERS OF A
NECROPHILOUS BEETLE.

By Cyril E. Abbott, Morgan Park, 111.

Creophilus villosus Grav. furnishes almost ideal material for
experimental work on olfaction. The beetles can be easily handled
in small cages, and live for months in captivity, even breeding
under such conditions.

Materials and Methods

An experimental cage was made from a wooden box with internal
dimensions of 18" x n^"x ioj". Two partitions divided this into
three chambers, each having a separate cover consisting of a wooden
frame covered with wire screen. Each partition was perforated by
three openings i" in diameter, at the respective distances of 2", 4",
and 6" from the end of the chamber ; each set being placed at the
opposite end of the central chamber from the other. The openings
were 6J" from the floor of the cage, which was filled with sand to
this depth in all chambers. Each end chamber contained a glass
jar 5^" high and 2 internal diameter, buried in the sand to its
rim, and containing, one a damp cloth, the other about 1 oz. of de-
caying meat. Each jar was covered with paper, cross-cut nearly
to the rim of the jar, but covered with enough sand to make it nearly
invisible.

Experiments were conducted on two successive years (1934-35)
during the month of May. Specimens taken in the morning were
allowed to remain in the collecting jar until afternoon. They were
removed singly; the antennae were “plucked” from every alternate
specimen, and the wounds covered with shellac. (In a few cases,
to be mentioned hereafter, the antennae were simply covered with
shellac). Both normal and amputated specimens were counted,
and a record kept of the number of each. In this way equal num-
bers of normal and of amputated specimens were obtained ; extra
specimens were held over for the following test.

Both normal and treated specimens were then placed in the cen-
tral chamber of the experimental cage, the outlets to which had pre-
viously been closed with cork stoppers. About two hours later
these plugs were removed.

Twenty-four hours later the plugs were replaced, any specimens
running free in the end chambers were returned to the middle sec-
tion, and the trap jars were removed. A record was then made of
both amputated and normal specimens in each of the trap jars.

74 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

These specimens were then discarded. At the end of four days,
after collecting the usual data, the sand was removed from all of the
chambers, thoroughly mixed, and returned to the box, which, in the
meantime, had been cleansed with warm water. The position of
the trap jars was then reversed. Experiments then proceeded as
before.

In 1935 certain specimens, instead of having the antennae re-
moved, were treated by covering those organs with shellac. Since,
however, it was necessary, in order to prevent the insects from
removing the material, to amputate the anterior legs, it is unlikely
that this method was more reliable than the other. For purposes
of comparison, however, all results are given.

Besides the record of the number of beetles introduced into the
cage, and the number taken from the traps, an attempt was made to
account for those found in the sand of the end chambers. But this
data probably had no value except to indicate the number of beetles
that did not respond to the traps.

Results

The results for amputated and for normal specimens were as
follows :

Test jar

Control jar

No. specimens % No. specimens %

Normal 125 51 .25 116 47-56

Amputated ... 51 37-74 83 61.41

The shellacked specimens gave the following results :

Test jar Control jar

No. specimens % No. specimens %

00 25 100

(The significance of the peculiar results of shellacked specimens
will be given in a later paper.)

Interpretation

Disregarding the shellacked specimens, which behaved rather
abnormally, there was a difference of 13.15% in favor of the nor-
mal specimens regarding the extent to which they were attracted
to decaying animal matter. The difference in total response be-
tween normal and amputated specimens for the control trap
amounted to 13.90% in favor of the normal specimens. The dif-

April, 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 75

ference in responsiveness toward both traps between normal and
amputated specimens was 62.66% in favor of the normal specimens.

Thus the amputation of antennae appeared to decrease the re-
sponsiveness of the beetles by nearly half. It is this reduction of
activity which, in some cases, has doubtless been interpreted as a
reduction of olfactory powers. On the other hand, this amputation
does not otherwise affect the behavior of the beetles, since several
amputated specimens were not only kept alive without difficulty
four weeks, but also copulated and deposited fertile eggs. The
large number of beetles taken in the control trap indicates that the
Creophili are attracted somewhat by moisture.

Conclusions

1. Experiment indicates that the antennae of Creophilus villosus
Grav. are not exclusively olfactory in function.

2. Amputation of the antennae decreases the activity of this
species almost by half.

3. The Creophili are attracted to some extent by moisture.

“In your literature, you said there was a nip in the air after
sundown/’ complained the summer boarder. Whereupon the pro-
prietor of the hotel snickered, “Well, it’s the truth, ain’t it? Look
at them mosquitoes.” — Newspaper.

76 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

BOOK NOTES.

An Abridged Catalogue of Certain Scutelleroidea (Platas-
pidae, Scutelleridae and Pentatomidae) of China, Chosen,
Indo-China and Taiwan, by William E. Hoffmann, Lignan
University Science Bulletin, no. 7; pp. i-iv+ 1-294 (Issued Au-
gust 21, 1935). (Published by Lignan University, Canton, China.
Price, $1.50 Mexican.)

This is essentially a contribution to zoogeography limited to a
definite and restricted group of insects — certain of the Families of
the Scutelleroidea. Its interest, naturally, is for two groups of
students — hemipterists interested in geographic distribution and
zoogeographers per se. But likewise, since geographic distribu-
tion is one of the keys to the mystery of the origin of species, this
work is of value to the students of evolution. It is not possible
within our brief limits to do more than very roughly sketch its
contents.

We quote from the Introduction, which summarizes the whole
work, a few pertinent citations which explain it as the author sees
is, and as this reviewer sees it also. “Although the present work
supplements Kirkaldy’s Catalogue, its value is by no means limited
to use in that connection. This bulletin may be of use to special-
ists, and also to individuals outside of the territory covered. . . . ”

“As may be seen by reference to the Table of Contents, this
bulletin contains (besides the introduction and systematic cata-
logue) the following divisions: a discussion (with table of sta-
tistics) of the relation between Kirkaldy’s Catalogue and the present
bulletin; an alphabetical list of genera and species (wherein the
forms not included in Kirkaldy’s Catalogue are marked by aster-
isks) ; the annotated bibliography of 540 titles; and appendix con-
cerning faunal subregions and the classification of political areas and
localities (with a table indicating the numerical distribution of the
species and varieties catalogued herein, in the various countries and
provinces noted in the title of this bulletin) ; a second appendix
listing about 600 miscellaneous place-names, their locations and
their respective faunal subregions ; and an index to genera and
species (both those accepted in this bulletin and those synonymized
or otherwise not accepted).”

This is really a very worthy faunistic study ; nothing like it has
been published in any language on the Heteropterous fauna of the
vastness which is China. Indeed, Dr. Hoffmann is to be con-
gratulated on having produced a fundamental work. And in spite
of many handicaps, the whole work is remarkably free from typo-

April, 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 77

graphical errors; as to erroneous citations, the lack of adequate
libraries has caused some few, but not many more than have been
perpetrated in places where vast accumulations of works were at
hand.

The price named, $1.50 Mexican, translated into U. S. means
less than 7S cents.

J. R. T.-B.

A Contribution to a Bibliography of the Described Immature

Stages of North American Coleoptera, by J. S. Wade; pp.

1-113. (Mimeographed; dated September, 1935.)

To any coleopterists whose interests lie in the biology and higher
systematics of the Coleoptera, this will be found an invaluable ref-
erence book. The vast literature in all Orders is so scattered and
its various phases so inchoate, that such works as Dr. Wade’s are
labor-savers of the first degree. The presentation of the species is
purely alphabetical, according to genera ; there is no attempt at any
systematic arrangement under any of the higher groupings ; which
renders the work very readily usable. In fact, it is a true index
to genera and species in regard to immature stages. Dr. Wade
points out that there seems to be no other work of a similar nature
published since Wm. Beutenmuller’s 1891 paper — a stretch of 44
years ! It seems incredible that in an Order so intensively studied,
so little attention should have been given to one of the necessary
aspects of research into its biology. After all, it is necessary to
know what has been done and where, as a guide to what needs to
be done or to what is still undone.

In these days of high printing costs and of scanty funds for those
things which the “practical” man deems visionary, or, at best, use-
less, it has been necessary to reproduce the job on the mimeograph.
It does not appear anywhere in it who the modest publishers are ;
nor how much it costs ; nor where it may be secured and how. Ob-
viously, to get it, one should address Dr. J. S. Wade, Bureau of
Entomology, at Washington.

J. R. T.-B.

78 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

EDITORIAL.

NATIONALISTIC SCIENCE

It is a truism to consider science to transcend all limitations.
If it be in any way not universal and for all, in that measure it
ceases to be scientific. Science is independent of religion, politics,
race, nationality, social system. It must be a free, untrammeled,
uncontrolled approach to an objective solution of the secrets of
the universe, unbiased by any preconceptions, else the Well of
Truth is poisoned at its source. In science, all are elect — the
prince and the scullion, the believer and the atheist, the financier
and the pauper. No one is greater than any other. Each stands
only on his accomplishment. But since the last unlamented war,
all is changed ! The fierce nationalism that taints all world thought
is crawling into the pure temple of austere Science undefiled. Are
we going into European science and American science, with an
eternal division of rightness and wrongness between the two, as
broad as the ocean that divides them? Are we to have English,
American, Russian, Japanese, French, German Science, each alone
right and any others wrong?

Time was when there was some approach to a universal language
of science in Latin; then German, French and English became
acceptable. Then the debacle. Now, with self-assertive national-
ism upon us, one must endeavor to cope not only with the Sanskrit
derivatives, but also with the Turanian tongues, even unto their
minutest ramifications.

And all these considerations depend upon the vast mass of ento-
mological writing now going on in all European languages and in
the, to us, more alien Asiatic. Who can hope to know what is
being done, when the facts and conclusions are hidden in Russian,
Polish, Czecho- Slovak, Hungarian, Egyptian, Turkish, Japanese,
Chinese ?

A case to point the argument : An extensive work has been pub-
lished in Russian, on the flies of European Russia — nearly 800
pages, dealing with 60 genera and 3,000 species of non-nemato-
cerous Diptera. What new light this may contain, what changes
it may make in this vast assemblage, are to us of America and West-
ern Europe as if they were not !

This is a nationalistic and class science at its worst, even though
it be urged that it was done to give the unlearned an opportunity
at the treasures of Science.

I offer no remedy. There is none, in this atmosphere of hatreds.

P. S. — A recent number of Science carries an advertisement of
certain scientific works, to show Soviet science to the world. It is
thus categorically stated in the advertisement ! J. R. T.-B.

April, 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 79

PROCEEDINGS OF THE SOCIETY.

Meeting of October io, 1935.

A regular meeting of the Brooklyn Entomological Society was
held at the Brooklyn Museum on Thursday, October 10, 1935.
The meeting was called to order at 8 : 00 p. m. with President Davis
in the chair and seven other members present, namely Messrs En-
gelhardt, Nicolay, Ragot, Rau, Shoemaker, Siepmann and Will-
ford ; also Messrs. Adelman, Crowe, Fisco, Friedland, Heitz-
mann and Stecher, Mrs. Nicolay and Mrs. Shoemaker and a
reporter from the Brooklyn Daily Eagle .

The minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved.
Mr. Engelhardt presented the usual report of the Treasurer, which
was ordered placed on file; he also read a letter from Mr. Torre-
Bueno.

Mr. Davis read the text of a new “Articles of Incorporation”
which had been drawn up, and read excerpts from the old charter
where changes were made. The society had originally been incor-
porated in 1885 for a period of fifty years, so that its present charter
expires this year. The new Articles of Incorporation had been
signed by Messrs. Leng, Davis, Engelhardt, Shoemaker and Siep-
mann, Mr. Leng having been a signer of the original charter granted
fifty years ago.

A motion was made and seconded that the Society be re-incor-
porated ; and that the new Charter Mr. Davis had read be adopted ;
which motion was unanimously carried.

Mr. Engelhardt reported that a species of Loblolly Bay in the
Brooklyn Botanical Garden had been completely defoliated by
Cecropia caterpillars during the past season, while other shrubs
nearby were not attacked. There are several species of Loblolly
Bay native to the southern states. The one cultivated in the
Brooklyn Botanical Garden has been called Gordonia alatamaha ,
named for the river of that name in Georgia where it was discovered
by John Bartram in 1765 growing in swampy regions as trees and
shrubs. At present this Gordonia is reported as being no longer
found in its original native haunts in Georgia, the only surviving
examples being cultivated descendants, one, a large old tree in the
Bartram Garden, neighboring Benjamin Franklin’s estate in Phila-
delphia and others of smaller growth in Botanical gardens, includ-
ing that in Brooklyn. Some of the cultivated specimens from the
north were returned and carefully planted in their native soil but
they failed to grow. Mr. Engelhardt also exhibited a series of
specimens of Enodia portlandia Hbn. from Hartsdale, New York,
and one specimen of the same species from Millinocket, Maine. He
also presented a short paper on “Entomological Observations at
Hartsdale, Westchester County, New York,” which will be pub-
lished separately in the Bulletin.

80 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

Mr. Wilford reported that he had caught about a dozen specimens
of Thecla liparops at Hewitt, N. J., and that he considered this
number pretty good. Mr. Crow exhibited three boxes of Cole-
optera and Lepidoptera, and Mr. Fisco showed some Coleoptera.

Mr. Shoemaker said that he obtained 17 species of Catocala in
the Bronx Woods during the past season, though they were scarce
compared with last year. On the other hand, he never saw Ce-
cropias so common in Brooklyn as this year. On digging up the
iris in his garden, he found them infested with a borer, which he
bred, obtaining an excellent series of the iris rootborer, Macro-
noctua onusta.

Mr. Nicolay said that he had been collecting at Mr. Desert Island,
Maine, and that he obtained the Carabid Beetle, Nomaretus bilobus
in bottles at sea-level. Both Mr. Nicolay and Mr. Wilford com-
mented upon the discontinuance of railroad service to Greenwood
Lake, and regretted that this popular collecting ground could no
longer be reached by collectors who could not go there by car.

Mr. Rau exhibited several species of scale insects, two of them,
Chionaspis elongatus Green and Aspidiotus secretus Green, being
new to the United States. Both occur on bamboo in the New York
Botanical Garden. He also obtained Cerataphis lataniae Boisd.
from the same locality, which species is not recorded in the 1921
survey of scale insects in the New York Botanical Garden. He
said that Pseudococcus comstocki , occurring on the umbrella
catalpa, was quite a pest locally. Mr. Rau also spoke briefly upon
the different methods of control employed against scale insects. In
Florida diseases are effective, while in California parasites have
been found more useful, due to the difference in humidity.

Mr. Davis exhibited six new cicadas from the Western United
States which he has described in the September number of the Jour-
nal of the New York Entomological Society. He commented
upon the difficulty sometimes encountered in separating the differ-
ent species, and said that it wa^ a great advantage to have large
series. With only two or three specimens it is hard to tell where
you are at, but with a large series the species can be separated pretty
well.

Mr. Hans Stecher spoke of his experience with Black Widow
spiders, saying that it was difficult to induce the spiders to bite when
handling them. Mr. Rau added that the California Department of
Agriculture has recently published a 20-page bulletin on the Black
Widow. Mr. Ragot said that he had been in Julian, North Caro-
lina, during the middle of August ; that the weather was dry, col-
lecting poor, and the Black Widow common.

Adjourned at 10 : 00 p. m.

Carl Geo. Siepmann,

Secretary.

Vol. XXXI

JUNE, 1936

BULLETIN

No. 3

OF THE

Brooklyn Entomological

Society

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE

J. R. de la T ORRE-BUEN O, Editor

CARL GEO. SIEPMANN GEO. P. ENGELHARDT

Published for the Society by the
Science Press Printing Co.,

Lime and Green Sts., Lancaster, Pa.,

Price, 60 cents Subscription, $2.50 per year

Mailed June 29, 1936

Entered as second-class matter January 21, 1919, at the post office at Lancaster, Pa.,
under the Act of March 3, 1879

The Brooklyn Entomological Society

Meetings are held on the second Thursday after the first Tuesday of each
month from October to June, inclusive, at the Central Museum, Eastern
Parkway and Washington Ave., Brooklyn. The annual dues are $2.00.

OFFICERS, 1936
Honorary President
CHARLES W. LENG

President
W. T. DAVIS
Vice-President

J. R. DE LA TORRE-BUENO
Recording Secretary
CARL GEO. SIEPMANN
Corresponding Secretary

FREDERICK LEMMER

Treasurer

G. P. ENGELHARDT
28 Club way
Hartsdale, N. Y.

Librarian
H. E. WILFORD
Curator

J. M. SHERIDAN

Delegate to Council of New YorTc
Academy of Sciences
G. P. ENGELHARDT

CONTENTS

SWIMMING PLUME IN EHAGOVELIA, Coker, Millsaps and Eice 81

NOTES ON NEMOTELUS, James 86

WESTERN ANTHOPHORIDAE, Michener 92

NEW CATOCALA, Brower 2:. 96

CYMATODERA CALIFORNICA FROM MISTLETOE, Engelhardt 98

BIOLOGICAL STUDY OF LYGAEUS KALMII, Simanton and Andre 99
DATA ON BIOLOGY AND ECOLOGY OF STRIGODERMA ARBO-

REA, Hoffmann ...:.. 108

CISSIA MITCHELLI IN N. J., Engelhardt 110

PERMANENT PRESERVATION OF INSECTS, Wormser and Hayes... Ill

LEPIDOPTERA IN THE HEART OF NEW YORK CITY, Dietz 129

BOOK NOTES : BIOLOGY OF MAYFLIES, J. R. T.-B 130

EDITORIAL : WE WEEP, J. R. T.-B 132

HEAVY, HEAVY SCIENCE, Anon 132

PROCEEDINGS OF THE SOCIETY, Siepniann 133

EXCHANGES 140

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Published in

February* April, June, October and December of each year

Subscription price, domestic, $2.50 per year ; foreign, $2.75 in advance ; single
copies, 60 cents. Advertising rates on application. Short articles, notes and
observations of interest to entomologists are solicited. Authors will receive 25
reprints free if ordered in advance of publication. Address subscriptions and
all communications to

J. R. de la TORRE-BUENO, Editor,

311 East hth St., Tucson, Ariz.

BULLETIN

OF THE

BROOKLYN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Vol. XXXI June, 1936 No. 3

SWIMMING PLUME AND CLAWS OF THE BROAD-

SHOULDERED WATER-STRIDER RHAGOVELIA
FLAVICINTA BUENO (HEMIPTERA).

R. E. Coker, Vera Millsaps and Ruby Rice
University of North Carolina

One of the most notable of specialized animal structures, and
one that has received comparatively little attention, is found in
broad-shouldered water-striders of the genus Rhagovelia, which
possess in a cleft of the terminal segment of the middle tarsus an
elaborate “swimming plume” accompanied by long flat bladelike
chitinous structures regarded as modified claws. We have found
no description of the claws other than the brief characterization
by Mayr (1865) : unguiculi 2 longissimi parum curvati” ; nor have
we encountered a description or figure of the swimming plume
corresponding in detail to what we see in examples of Rhagovelia
of the region of Chapel Hill, N. C. Only de la Torre-Bueno
(1907) seems to have given attention to the mode of employment
of the plumes by the insect as it runs on the water. He gives
good figures of the swimming plume when closed and when spread
for action, but the claws are not shown and in none of his figures
does the plume appear in such a position as to reveal the mode of
connection of the hairs. Gould (1931 and 1934) does not describe
the claws but shows them in his figures for Rhagovelia obesa (1931,
PL 5, fig. 10) ; here again, the arrangement of the hairs in the
plume is not definitely brought out, or, at least, it is not clearly
such as we find in our examples.

A more detailed description and illustrations of these remark-
ably specialized structures seem, therefore, to be desirable.

Dr. Gould has kindly identified specimens sent him as R. flav-
icinta Bueno while suggesting the possibility that flavicincta is a
synonym of obesa Uhler (our original identification). We wish to

81

Ml 3 1981

82 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

thank Mr. de la Torre-Bueno and Drs. Hungerford, and Gould
for helpful comments regarding the claws of Rhagovelia in general.

The middle tarsus consists of three joints, a very short inner
one, a longer middle one, and a distal one cleft more than two-thirds
of the way to its base (fig. i, e) . The swimming plume and claws
are attached in the bottom of the cleft. When not in use, the
plume appears as a mere tuft of hairs protruding from the side of
the cleft; when, however, it is extended in fanlike fashion, as
shown in figure I, d and f, it presents a very different appearance.
The 17-20 plumose hairs are not a simple cluster arising from a
common point, but they branch off one by one from the basal half
of a common stem, which, through the greater part of its length,
is not essentially different from one of the other hairs, fig. 1, /
and g) . Actually, the plan of the plume is a little more complex
than might be inferred from the statement just made. The stem
is attached to the limb between and below the modified claws.
Beyond a short, thick, conical, sharply curved and unbranched base
(fig. 1, g) it divides into two branches, one of which, bent sharply
upward, bears only 3 or 4 hairs, the other, curving downward and
outward, bears 12 to 16 or more hairs. A short, sharp, recurved
spine on the distal curvature of the base and a longer and stouter
spine, arising from the limb near the base and extending parallel
to the claws, seem to be characteristic features. Along with the
fan of feathery hairs, which Gould regards as a modified pulvillus,
are two bladelike structures, the modified claws. When the plume
is extended, these blades, one on each side of the cleft, may not
be visible at all, but, when the hairs are spread, as we have observed
them, one blade extends outward alongside the fan, and almost at
right angles to the axis of the tarsus, while the other remains
largely concealed within the cleft, except for a narrow margin
showing just without the cleft and on the opposite side from the
fan of hairs. Presumably this latter claw must at times be ex-
tended further outward, but we have never seen it so and have
often had difficulty in detecting its presence at all, even when all
other tarsal appurtenances were conspicuously displayed. The first
mentioned platelike claw (fig. 1, h, right) is broad at the base, but
tapers roughly to a blunt point. Its margin is slightly concave on
one side and convex and variously notched on the other, which,
in the extended position, is turned toward the tip of the tarsus.
The other blade is also slightly curved, less tapering and generally,
but not always, deeply notched at the tip (fig. 1, h, left) ; it is
more variable in form than is the pointed claw.

June, 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 83

The blades are brownish amber in color, and each has, running
from the base to the tip, a darker or lighter median strip of stippled
or mottled appearance, bounded by dark lines and representing the
cavity of the claw. The claws are so very brittle that it is difficult
to remove them without breaking them.

The use of the swimming plume is well described by de la Torre-
Bueno (1907), who found that when the insect was running on the
water, the middle tarsus was actually thrust through the surface
film so that the plume of hairs was employed as a paddle ; thus
the water strider of this genus does in fact swim in the water and
run on the surface at the same time. The possible use of the claws
in locomotion remains to be studied, but it may not be without
significance that they are obviously paddle-like in form, and that
the position of at least one of them is usually such as to afford
support for the plume.

The habitat of the bugs is swift water, or the eddies alongside,
where the current must frequently be contended with. Gould
(1:933) says that, with the exception of two species of marine
habit, all members of the genus live upon the ripples or rapids
in small streams of running water, where they await food brought
them by the current.

Chief References

Gould, George E. — 1931, The Rhagovelia of the Western
Hemisphere, with notes on world distribution (Hemiptera-
Veliidae). Kansas University Science Bulletin, 20 (Whole
series 32), p. 5-61 (5 pis.)

1:933, Some notes on the genus Rhagovelia with descriptions of
of new species. Annals of the Entomological Society of
America, 26, 465-471, 1 PI.

1934, A new genus of Veliidae (Hemiptera). Journal of the
Entomological Society, 7: 56-61.

Hungerford, H. B. — 1919, The biology and ecology of aquatic
and semi-aquatic Hemiptera. Kansas University Science Bul-
letin, 11, p. 1-328 (33 pis.).

Mayr, Dr. Gustav L. — 1865, Diagnosen neuer Hemipteren.
Verhandlungen d. zoologisch-botanischen Gesellschaft in
Wien. 429-446.

Torre-Bueno, J. R. de la. — 1907, On Rhagovelia obesa Uhler.
The Canadian Entomologist, 39, p. 61-64. (3 Text figures).

1923, “Family Veliidae, in Hemiptera or Sucking Insects of
Connecticut, Part IV of Guide to the Insects of Connecticut.

84 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

State Geological and Natural History Survey, Bulletin No. 34,
Hartford.

Uhler, P. R. — 1871, Notices of some Heteroptera in the collec-
tion of Dr. T. W. Harris. Proceedings of the Boston Society
of Natural History, 14, p. 93-109.

1878, Notices of the Hemiptera Heteroptera in the collection of
the late T. W. Harris, M.D., Ibid. 19, p. 365-446.

Explanation of Plate IV.

Fig. 1. Rhagovelia flavicinta Bueno

a. Hind legs of male, showing claws and pulvillus. (x 27)

b. First leg, showing claws and pulvillus. (x 27)

c. Tarsus and lower end of tibia of first leg, more

enlarged, (x 54)

d. Middle leg showing swimming plume (pulvillus) and

claws; one claw mostly concealed in notch of distal
segment, (x 27)

e. Deeply notched distal segment of tarsus of middle leg,

from which claws and swimming plume have been
removed.

f. Swimming plume and one of the claws, more enlarged.

g. Base of swimming plume and claws, (x 220)

h. The two claws of middle tarsus, (x 54)

h

86 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

NOTES ON NEMOTELUS (DIPT., STRATIO-
MYIDAE).

By Maurice T. James, Colorado College, Fort Collins, Colo.

The genus Nemotelus has been divided by certain European
authors into the two subgenera Nemotelus s.s. and Nematotelus
O.S., the latter being distinguished by the unicolorous abdomen
and the lack of vein R4. When applied to our species, this com-
bination fails to hold, though there is a strong correlation between
the bicolored or white (male) abdomen and the presence of vein
R4. Moreover, the presence of this vein does seem to be a signifi-
cant character. I am therefore maintaining this subgeneric termi-
nology in this paper, at least as a useful concept. The final value
of such a division must depend on further research.

This genus is badly in need of monographic treatment, especially
in regard to those species referred to Nematotelus. A study of the
male genitalia would no doubt be valuable here. It is the purpose
of this paper to describe three species that seem to be unquestion-
ably distinct, and to key the species referable to Nemotelus s.s.

Nemotelus (Nematotelus) albimarginatus, n. sp.

Related to N. arator Mel., but readily distinguished by the white
abdominal markings. The greater length of the facial prominence,
the more robust form, and the difference in abdominal patterns will
readily distinguish it from N. lambda James, the only other species
with which it might be confused.

Male. Shining black, with creamy-white markings. Facial
prominence of moderate length, its apex distant from the eyes
by about the length of the antennae; eyes almost contiguous.
Antennae black; the terminal segment (6th) of the flagellum
much shorter than the fourth. Thorax with conspicuous white
pile; humeri, the broad pleural margins, and the supra-alar
calli conspicuously creamy-white ; knob of halteres white.
Abdomen white-pilose, the pile slightly less dense than on the
thorax ; black, its broad lateral margin, both dorsally and ven-
trally, except on the first segment, the apices of segment five
dorsally and of three, four, and five ventrally, and all of seg-
ment six, creamy- white ; genitalia yellow. Coxae, trochanters,
femora except the apical third, and a median annulus on the
hind tibiae, black ; legs otherwise yellow. Wings hyaline ;
strong veins yellow, the others barely discernible from the
membrane ; R4 absent. Length, 5 mm.

June, 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 87

Holotype: male, Kingston, Utah, June 19, 1935 (C. J. Soren-
son). Utah State College Collection.

Paratypes, 4 males, same data; male, Yakima, Wash., July 8,
1935 (E. I. Beamer).

Nemotelus (Nematotelus) fulvicornis, new name

N. flavicornis James, Amer. Mus., Nov. 571 : 7, 1932 (nec.
Johnson).

Through some error, this species was published as flavicornis,
whereas fulvicornis was intended. Because of the preoccupation
of the published name, the correction must be made.

Nemotelus ( Nematotelus ) lambda James

James, Jour. Kans. Ent. Soc., 6: 70-71, 1933. The female is
here described for the first time.

Female: A handsome little species. General ground color
black; a pair of prominent ivory-colored spots on the front,
just above the base of the antennae; these spots are almost
confluent on the median line; the posterior ocular orbits also
prominently ivory-colored on the lower half, black on the up-
per; genae black. Facial prominence very short. Proboscis
short, straight. Thorax black ; humeri and the margins of the
pleura, from the humeri to the wing bases, white. Scutellum
black. Pleura and pectus with a somewhat brownish tinge.
Halteres white. Abdomen black, bordered laterally and api-
cally by a narrow but very definite white margin ; venter black
with a somewhat brownish cast, and bordered laterally and
apically with white ; segment two bordered with white basally,
this border widened medially; segments three and four with
narrow white apices. Femora black, their apices whitish;
tibiae yellow, their bases whitish ; the hind tibiae darkened to
almost black; tarsi whitish. Wings clear hyaline, the veins
whitish. L., 4.5 mm.

Allotype: female, Jemez Springs Mts., N. M., May. Purdue
University Collection.

Key to Nemotelus s.s.

1. Vein R4 absent subgenus N ematotelus

Vein R4 present (subgenus Nemotelus) 2

2. Lower section of proboscis shorter than the head, more or less

thickened, either straight or upturned 3

88 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXXi

Lower section of proboscis at least as long as the head, slender,
rigid, and arcuate; labellae inconspicuous; abdomen, in
both sexes, marked with white or yellow 6

3. Lower section of proboscis almost the length of the head;

labellae not especially well-developed 4

Lower section of proboscis not more than half the length of the
head ; labellae fleshy 5

4. Humeri entirely white; tibiae entirely pale; comparatively

slender species; abdomen of female red, marked with

white rufoabdominalis Cole

Humeri each with a small yellow spot; tibiae largely black;
more robust species; abdomen of female black, marked
with white . montanus, n. sp.

5. Abdomen, in both sexes, entirely black bruesii Mel.

Abdomen of male largely white, that of female marked with

white bonnarius Johns.

6. Antennae exceptionally long ; the second segment twice as long

as wide, and the style usually erect. . quadrinotatus Johns.
Antennae of normal length ; the second segment about as long
as wide ; style usually forming an angle with the rest of
the flagellum 7

7. Humeri, and usually an area around them, white 8

Each humerus at most with a small white or yellow spot . . 10

8. Female with either a broad apical pale band or with paired tri-

angles on segments 2, 3, and 4; eastern species; length,

4 mm. or less 9

Female with a single apical pale triangle each on segments 2,
3, and 4 ; western species ; length, about 5 mm.

knowltoni, n. sp.

9. Facial prominence extending beyond base of antennae two-

thirds their length; pale abdominal bands of female not

divided abdominalis Adams

Facial prominence extending to no more than the middle of
the antennae ; pale abdominal bands of female each divided
into two triangles bellulus Mel.

10. Legs wholly yellow immaculatus Johns.

At least the femora largely black 1 1

11. Facial prominence black; abdomen of female black, with a

median row of white apical triangles on segments 2, 3,

and 4 12

Facial prominence white above ; abdomen of female brown,
with paired yellow apical triangles on segments 2, 3,
and 4 albirostris Macq.

June, 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 89

12. Tibiae usually black; basal half of abdominal segment 5, in
male, black; female with the white triangle on segment

4 usually not expanded laterally kansensis Adams

Tibiae usually pale ; abdomen of male immaculate ; the white
apical triangle of segment 4 usually expanded laterally to
the margin trinotatus Mel.

Johnson has considered N. acutirostris Lw. and N. wheeleri Mel.
as synonyms of N. albirostris Macq. He is probably right in doing
so. N. plesius Curran must be very close to N. kansensis Adams.
I can not distinguish it from the description, but I have not seen
Curran’s types.

Nemotelus (Nemotelus) knowltoni, n. sp.

Nearest to rufoabdominalis Cole; but the proboscis is longer, the
legs are darker in color, there is less pale coloration on the head,
the antennae are black, and the abdomen of the female is in large
part black. It is less robust than kansensis Adams and abdominalis
Mel., although about the same length ; it may readily be distin-
guished from those species by the conspicuously white humeri, the
yellow tibiae and tarsi, and the white markings on the head.

Male. Head and thorax black, except the frontal triangle,
the humeri, and the narrow lateral lines of the pleura, which
are ivory white. Eyes contiguous, antennae black ; the apical
segment of the flagellum (6th) longer than the fourth and the
short fifth together. Proboscis long, the labellae longer than
the head, rigid, and arcuate. Thorax rather densely white-
pilose, especially on the dorsum. Knobs of halteres white,
abdomen wholly white, coxae, trochanters, and femora, except
their apices, black; legs otherwise yellow. Wings hyaline;
veins white ; R4 present ; length, 5 mm.

Female. Head with pile similar in density to that of the
thorax ; a pair of frontal spots and an area on the facial promi-
nence anterior to the antennae, white. Abdomen black; the
lateral and apical margins and a median apical triangle on each
of segments 2, 3, and 4, white; venter brownish, with an in-
definite median area on segments 1 and 2, and the apices of
segments 3, 4, and 5, whitish. Otherwise, except sexually,
as in the male.

Holotype: Male, St. George, Utah, May 24, 1919. Utah State
College Collection.

Allotype: Female, same data.

Paratypes : 4 males, same data.

90 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

Nemotelus ( Nemotelus ) rufoabdominalis Cole

Cole, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. (4) 12: 459.

Two males, bearing the same data as several females, which the
author has compared with Cole’s type, are herein described.

Male. Head black ; a small spot on the frontal triangle and
the upper part of the facial prominence beyond the base of the
antennae, white. Antennae yellow, darkened apically; style
almost as long as the flagellum proper, and set at an angle to
the rest of the flagellum. Thorax black, conspicuously white
pilose, the pile of the dorsum appressed ; humeri, lateral mar-
gins from humeri to wing bases, knobs of halteres, and abdo-
men, white. Legs yellow, the tarsi becoming whitish; the
femora, except their broad apices, and a median region on each
hind tibia brownish.

Allotype: Male, Salt River Mts., Ariz., 1300', May 9, 1926 (A.
A. Nichol). In the author’s collection.

Another male and several females, same data.

A useful character to distinguish this species from kansensis,
knozvltoni , and other related ones, is the form of the lower section
of the proboscis. This segment in rufoabdominalis is shorter than
the head, gradually decreases in thickness from the elbow to the
apex, and curves upward, not downward, at the apex. In these
latter two respects, rufoabdominalis also differs from the following
species, which also has this segment moderately short.

Nemotelus (Nemotelus) montanus, n. sp.

This species was listed as N. notatus L. in my paper on the
Stratiomyidae of Colorado and Utah (Jour. Kans. Ent. Soc., Jan.
and April, 1936), but it is not that species; it differs in the struc-
ture of the proboscis, the greater pilosity of the thorax, etc. The
proboscis suggests N. pantherinus L., but the facial prominence is
longer in that species and the pale markings are different. Struc-
turally, however, it resembles these species more closely than it does
any Nearctic species known to me.

Female. Head, proboscis, and antennae black; a cream-
colored triangular spot on each side, above the antennae, ad-
jacent to the eyes ; facial prominence extending in front of the
eyes slightly less than their diameter. Lower section of pro-
boscis slightly shorter than the head, uniformly thickened, the
labellae poorly developed. Thorax black ; a small cream-
colored spot on each humerus. Abdomen black, with the

June, 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 91

lateral margin and an apical, median triangle on segments two,
three, four, and five ; the lateral margin gives off processes
running inward at the apices of segments three and four, meet-
ing the median triangle on four; the apex of the triangle on
five is rounded. Venter black ; a basal median triangle on seg-
ment two. Whole body unusually densely clothed with white
pile ; on the dorsum of the thorax this pile almost conceals the
background. Coxae, trochanter, femora except apices, most
of the posterior, the median half of the middle, and a median
band of the anterior tibiae, black ; legs otherwise yellow.
Wings hyaline, vein R4 present, strong veins yellow. Length,
5 mm.

Holotype: Female, along Mosquito Creek, Alma, Colo., July 12,
1927 (S. C. McCampbell). Colorado State College Collection.

The following records extend the known geographical range of
the species involved.

N. bruesii Mel. Louisa Co., Iowa, July 7, 1932.

N. bonnarius Johns. 1 male, Gallatin Valley, Mont., July 9, 1903;
1 male, Copperopolis, Mont., July 23, 1902; 1 female, Florence,
Mont., July 3, 1912; several males and females, Hennepin and
Ramsey Counties, Minnesota.

N. quadrinotatus Johns. 1 male, Donna, Texas (J. W. Monk) ;
1 female, Brownsville, Texas, July 20, 1933 (R. Nabours, C.
Sabrosky).

N. kansensis Adams. Numerous specimens from Kansas, Minne-
sota, and South Dakota; 1 female, Boulder, Colo., July 5, 1933 (M.
T. James).

92 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

SOME WESTERN ANTHOPHORIDAE (HYMEN.).

By Charles D. Michener, Pasadena, California.

Anthophora chlorops n. sp.

Female: Like A . pacifica Cress. (A. ignava Cress.) but
tegulae testaceous ; apex and posterior side of fore and middle
tibiae pale haired, the rest of middle tibiae with pubescence pale
in some lights; abdomen not bluish; sternites with more pale
hairs; eyes distinctly green (apparently black in A. pacifica) ;
hairs of last tergite and apex of fifth dark reddish, quite fer-
ruginous close to sides of pygidial area (these all black in
pacifica) ; hair on under sides of fore and middle femora pale,
somewhat mixed with dark on middle femora (pubescence of
under side of middle femora black, of fore femora mixed with
black, in pacifica) ; apex of hind femora with white hairs just
above knee plate (black in pacifica) ; head larger and facial line
a little longer in comparison to transfacial than in pacifica ; hind
tibial spurs large and stout, as long as hind metatarsus, when
the latter is measured to base of second tarsal joint.

North Yakima, Washington, May 23, 1903 (Eldred Jenne).

For comparisons with other related species see a key to the
species of this group which will be published elsewhere. The type
is in Prof. T. D. A. Cockerell’s collection.

Anthophora gohrmanae Cockerell

Two females and a male from Denver, Colorado, May 2, 1902,
are evidently typical A. gohrmanae, the male being almost exactly
like the type.

Four females from Denver (above data), a male from Montrose,
Colorado, May 5, 1901, and a male from Grand Junction, Colorado,
May 8, 1901, represent a distinct form, as follows:

Anthophora gohrmanae coloradensis n. var.

Male (type) : Similar to typical A. gohrmanae Ckll. but
lower sides of face with some black hairs (only two or three
in gohrmanae) ; lateral face marks more deeply notched above ;
cheeks with more black hairs near eye margin; scutum with
some black hairs medianly ; fore tibiae with some black hairs ;
spine of hind metatarsus usually smaller; third tergite practi-
cally without light hair ; fourth and fifth tergites with less pale
than in gohrmanae ; mandible with a larger yellow spot than
in the type of gohrmanae.

June, 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 93

Female: A few black hairs on sides of face, but variable and
intergrading with typical A. gohrmanae.

Montrose is the type locality. The type is in Prof. Cockerell’s
collection.

In both A. gohrmanae and A. g. coloradensis (males) there is
considerable black hair at sides of vertex, overlooked by Cockerell.

I suspect that A. g. coloradensis is a sort of northern subspecies
of A. gohrmanae, differing from typical gohrmanae by average
characters rather than by differences found in every individual.

Anthophora nigritula Cockerell

Male : Length 7^ mm. ; similar to female but more slender ;
scape yellow beneath except at apex ; flagellum less reddish
beneath; number of tergites with black bases varies from two
to four ; apex of abdomen bilobed, the lobes rounded and
reddish; seventh segment with dark lateral teeth; hair on
under sides of tarsi ferruginous ; face narrow ; no black hairs
on head or thorax.

Tokopah Valley, Sequoia National Park, California, August 20
to 26, 1933, one on a small Eriogonum, the others on Aster adscen-
dens; Mineral King, Tulare County, California, September 3, 1933,
on Aster; Erwin Lake, San Bernardino County, California, August
22, 1932 (all Michener, Coll.). One female from the latter locality
has more black hair than usual. The male runs to 14 in Cockerell’s
Key to Micr anthophora (1906).

Anthophora erythrothorax n. sp.

Female: Length 9 to 10 mm.; black, the mandibles except
for the apical part, most of the labrum, and a broad band on
the lower part of the clypeus extending upward to a slight point
in the middle yellow; antennae all black, the first joint of the
flagellum nearly as long as the next three ; mandibles bidentate ;
eyes strongly convergent below, the distance between their
lower parts equals about three fifths the length of an eye;
scutum dull, very finely and rather indistinctly but closely
punctate ; scutellum similar, with a raised, shiny, sparsely punc-
tate, basal median area ; hair of head and thorax, particularly
the latter, bright fulvous, sparser on the head, intermixed with
black on the vertex, and replaced by black on the sparsely
haired disks of the scutum and scutellum ; tegulae ferruginous ;
wings nearly clear, the veins black, first recurrent joining
second submarginal cell at the beginning of the last third ; legs

94 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

black, the small joints of the tarsi reddish, the hairs fulvous,
brighter and lighter on the under side of tarsi, distal comb of
hind basitarsus black ; hind knee plate large, wide and rounded
below, narrowed above, longer than wide ; abdomen black with
broad fulvous hair bands, undulate on their posterior edges
after the manner of those of A. curta Prov. ; fifth segment with
dark fuscous hair, the median posterior spot black ; first tergite
entirely covered with appressed pubescence (in A. curta it has
only an apical band) ; venter of abdomen slightly rufescent,
with apical segmental fringes of pale ferruginous hair.

Mill Creek, San Bernardino Mountains, California (type local-
ity), August 31, 1930 (Michener). A paler specimen is from
Tokopah Valley, Sequoia National Park, California, August 23,
1933 (Michener).

This species runs out at 4 of group D in Cockerell’s key (1906).
This and the next are the reddest Micranthophora which I have
seen. The knee plate of A. curta (female) is much broader than
long and rather small.

Anthophora rhodothorax n. sp.

Female: In general appearance like A. erythrothorax Mich,
but quite different, really closer to A. curta. There is a trans-
verse yellow supraclypeal mark ; clypeal band not extending
upwards in the middle; posterior knee plate as in A. curta;
tegulae black; first recurrent vein joining second submarginal
cell in the middle; hair on under side of tarsi ferruginous;
abdomen marked as in curta except for the bright fulvous
color; abdominal bands unbroken; first joint of flagellum
shorter than in either A. curta or erythrothorax.

This runs to A. curta Prov. in Cockerell’s key (1906). It
differs in the bright coloration, presence of a supraclypeal
mark, etc. If the male were unknown it would be placed close
to curta. I think there can be little doubt about the correct
association of the sexes, although the male is very different
from male curta.

Male (type) : Length nearly 9 mm.; similar to the female;
face very narrow, narrowest just below the bases of the an-
tennae ; width of clypeus only \ the length of an eye. In addi-
tion to the yellow of the female, the under side of the scape,
except at the extreme tip, is yellow. Vertex without black
hairs, and disks of scutum and scutellum with only a very little,
nearly all of the hair being bright fulvous, even brighter than

June, 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 95

in the female and in A. erythrothorax ; abdomen much as in
the female, but first tergite covered with appressed pubescence
except for a small median area, bands of segments five and six
widened by the ferruginous or fulvous color of the integument
beneath and beyond them; last segment deeply bilobed, the
lobes reddish; sides of this segment with rather slender dark
teeth.

Idyllwild, San Jacinto Mountains (Riverside County), Califor-
nia, August 12, 1934, on Aster sp. ? (Michener).

Emphoropsis salviae n. sp.

Male: Length 13 mm. ; black, the clypeus (except two small
spots), a line above clypeus, and lateral face marks white;
pubescence black, mixed with fulvous on face, replaced by
fulvous on vertex, dorsum of thorax (back to the postscutel-
lum, and not extending down on sides below level of tubercle),
and first tergite, the scutum with some black hairs intermixed ;
pygidial area dull, considerably narrower than in E. birkmanni
Ckll.

La Crescenta, California, on Salvia mellifera, April 20, 1935
(Michener).

In Cockerell’s key (1905) this runs to the quite different E. inter-
spersa Ckll. It is perhaps closest to E. birkmanni Ckll., which has
brighter red hair, not mixed with black on dorsum of thorax, etc.
It is possible, but improbable, that this is the male of E. pascoensis
(Ckll.).

96 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES AND A NEW
FORM OF CATOCALA (LEP., NOCTUIDAE).

By A. E. Brower, Bar Harbor, Maine.

The species of Catocala which is described is quite distinct from
any of the recognized species, and no description known to the au-
thor will fit. Thanks are due to persons in charge of the specimens
in other collections for the privilege of studying material in their
care.

Catocala grisatra n. sp.

Head and thorax gray with darker markings ; patagia with
median blackish crescent ; tegulae margined with black, heavily
on shoulder; a double posterior thoracic tuft, blackish anteri-
orly, with whitish scales centrally, posterior portion tipped
with brownish. Abdomen yellowish brown. Fore wings
powdery dull bluish gray with darker markings ; basal half-line
strongly angulate, outwardly angulate behind costa and on
radius, strongly angled basally in median portion, then sharply
outward and sharply turned to end at the basal dash ; trans-
verse anterior line strongly oblique, with prominent outward
teeth on the radius and median, curving basally in submedian
fold, thence with an outward curve to inner margin ; transverse
posterior line strongly oblique from costa, the usual pair of
teeth short, the upper one much broader and also longest,
toothed and scalloped to inner margin, in submedian fold heavy
black and running basally to approach rather closely the trans-
verse anterior line, thence strongly bowed outwardly to inner
margin, an open loop forms the medium-sized subreniform;
a brownish fuscous filling beyond the transverse posterior line
margined by the zigzag silvery-gray subterminal line ; reni-
form slightly darker than ground ringed with pale or silvery-
gray, regular ovate in shape ; median shade outwardly oblique
to reniform, prominent on costa; subapical shade well devel-
oped, broadening and ending abruptly at reniform ; bend of
transverse posterior line in submedian fold darker filled ; basal
dash prominent but short ; black marginal crescents filled out-
wardly with patches of pale scales ; fringes dark beyond the
veins. Hind wings bright yellow with broad outer and median
black bands, the outer band narrowly divided near anal angle
cutting off a broad patch, median band angulate rather uniform
in width and broadly and bluntly terminating some distance

June, 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 97

before the inner margin ; the apical yellowish patch nearly ab-
sent but yellow develops into patches at base of whitish fringes
which alternate with fuscous fringe patches. Beneath, yellow-
ish with broad outer and narrow median dark bands. Allo-
type female somewhat more contrasting on primaries than
male. The female from Florida browner and more contrast-
ing, with lighter subreniform. Expanse ; holotype male and
allotype female 48 mm. ; paratype female 55 mm.

Type localities: Athens, Georgia, and Florida.

Types: Holotype male, Athens, Ga., June 14, 1926 (A. G.
Richards, Jr.) in author’s collection; Allotype female, Athens, Ga.,
June 24, 1926 (B. Maguire), in Carnegie Museum; Paratype
female, Florida (Strecker collection) in Field Museum of Natural
History.

This Catocala has primaries which in color and pattern are almost
exactly like miniature primaries of Catocala ulalume Stkr. (The
author refers to ulalume Stkr., which is closely related in larval and
imaginal characters to dejecta and insolabilis, and not to the ulalume
of authors.) Both the fore and hind tibiae are unspined. It will
probably prove to be an oak-feeder. The male genitalia bear a gen-
eral resemblance to those of Catocala crataegi. Strecker placed his
specimen with clintoni , apparently thinking it might be helene
Pilate.

Fig. 1. — Catocala grisatra n. sp.
Paratype $ ; actual size, 55 mm.

Catocala arnica form curvifascia new form.

The form of Catocala arnica Hbn. with the curved dark shade
running from below the apex of the primaries in a deep curve to the

98 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXXl

middle of the costa is unnamed, and the name curvifascia is pro-
posed for it. Androphila Gn. was long applied to this form but,
as Barnes and McDunnough have pointed out in their “Illustrations
of the North American Species of the Genus Catocala,” that name
is not tenable. A pale specimen of this form is illustrated in the
above mentioned work on Plate IX, figure 13. Many inquiries as
to the name of this well-marked form have led me to propose this
name. The types have the ground color mottled with gray and
brown as does typical arnica.

Type locality : Willard (Greene Co.), Missouri.

Types: Holotype male, Willard, Mo., June 26; Allotype female,
Willard, Mo., June 25 ; both by A. E. Brower; types to be depos-
ited in the U. S. National Museum. Paratypes : eighteen males
and ten females; Willard, Missouri, June, July and August; part
will be distributed to museums.

The Clerid Beetle, Cymatodera californica, bred from Mis-
letoe in Arizona. — One specimen of this beetle emerged on
July 16, 1935, from a number of basal cuttings of the mistletoe,
Phoradendrum villosum , found growing in abundance on oaks in
Florida canyon of the U. S. Range Experiment Station, Santa Rita
Mountains, Arizona, in early April, 1935.

These parasitic plants are subject to the attacks of boring insects
of various kinds. The cuttings showed unmistakable evidence of
the work of Cerambycid and Buprestid beetles and of an unknown
species of an Aegeriid moth. However, having been collected too
early in the season, nothing else but the clerid beetle emerged. Just
which one of the boring insects served as a host could not be
determined.

Mr. A. J. Mutchler very kindly named the beetle. He points out
its small size, only 14 mm. for a male example, whereas Horn
gives 19 mm. for this sex. Feeding upon a starving host, most
likely, accounts for the small size. — Geo. P. Engelhardt, Harts-
dale, N. Y.

June, 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 99

A BIOLOGICAL STUDY OF LYGAEUS KALMII STAL
(HEMIPTERA-LYGAEIDAE).

By William A. Simanton* and Floyd Andre (Co-authorship).

From the Department of Zoology and Entomology, Iowa State
College, Ames, Iowa.

INTRODUCTION.

While making a search for an hemipterous insect suitable for
experimental work in the laboratory, the writers became interested
in a rather large lygaeid known as Lygaeus kalmii Stal. As this
species appeared to be a desirable form to use in studying problems
of insect physiology and toxicology (Simanton and Andre, 1935),
a large number were reared for experimental purposes. A review
of the literature revealed that very little is known concerning the
Eabits of the various species of the genus Lygaeus. During the
past three years both field and laboratory studies were conducted
on the life history and ecological relationships of this species. The
data and observations obtained during this period, together with a
description of the life stages are presented in this paper.

RELATIONSHIPS AND HISTORICAL.

Lygaeus kalmii belongs to the hemipterous family Lygaeidae
and to the subfamily Lygaeinae. The genus, Lygaeus, contains a
number of species, so much alike morphologically that color mark-
ings are used to a great extent in separating the various species.
This has resulted in much controversy upon the precise nomen-
clature of certain forms, especially since some of the species in
question show rather wide color variations. The particular spe-
cies here concerned is an example of such intra-specific color varia-
tion. Indeed, the question has arisen whether Lygaeus kalmii
should be separated into varieties or into two distinct species (Van
Duzee 1923, Parshley 1923, 1924). For the most part the writers
have dealt with these as the same species in the present paper and
have not separated them into varieties, although some data have
been collected that might be employed in a varietal separation.

Numerous other citations appear in the literature which deal
with collecting records of this species, especially a paper by Town-
send (1887) who calls attention to the early papers upon the feed-

* Gulf Research & Development Co., P. O. Box 2038, Pitts-
burgh, Pa.

100 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

ing habits of L. kalmii under the name of Lygaeus turcicus Fab.
and gives some brief notes as to its habits in Michigan.

LIFE HISTORY.

I. Natural Conditions.

Food — Under field conditions both nymphs and adults of L.
kalmii feed on the juices of green milkweed plants during the
growing season. In Iowa the species of milkweed most frequented
by them are Asclepias syriaca L., and A. verticillata L. However,
during the late fall and early spring these insects have the ability
to survive on the matured seeds, and dehisced pods of milkweed
plants.

The Eggs — The ova of L. kalmii are deposited in the field in
various situations depending on the season of the year. Egg depo-
sition begins in the vicinity of Ames, Iowa, early in April shortly
after the overwintering adults become active. The females may
deposit their ova in fallen milkweed pods or leaves or they may
drop them promiscuously on the ground. Sometimes the eggs are
partly inserted in the cottony material of the old pods, and may be
deposited singly or in groups of 30 or more.

As the weather becomes warmer and after the milkweeds have
grown to considerable size the eggs are often deposited in masses
on the leaves or about the pods of the growing plants. They are
not, so far as we can ascertain, inserted in the plant tissue.

The Nymphs — The nymphs of Lygaeus kalmii begin moving
about soon after they hatch. They are noticeably gregarious in
habit, however, and tend to gather into more or less small aggre-
gations. Nymphs in the field during the early spring feed on the
old pods, stems, and seeds of dead milkweed plants. Some have
been observed to suck the stems of bluegrass, apparently in an
effort to secure moisture. Later in the season the nymphs feed
almost entirely on the juices of growing milkweeds.

If one approaches a plant on which nymphs are feeding, they
will drop to the ground and scatter in all directions, a character-
istic no doubt which helps to protect them from their predators.

There are five nymphal instars during the development of L.
kalmii. Preceding each there is a short quiescent period, lasting
for from 5 to 10 minutes. During ecdysis the skin ruptures along
the dorsal line, the split reaching from the eyes to the second seg-
ment of the abdomen. The whole molting period lasts for about
20 minutes, and at this time the nymph is in a very helpless condi-

June, 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 101

tion and at the mercy of its predators as well as of members of its
own species which not infrequently show cannibalistic tendencies.

The Adults — Adults may be found at all seasons of the year.
With the advent of warm weather in the spring, mating and egg-
laying begin and one may find gravid females from early April to
the middle of October. Adults taken as late as November i have
started to mate and to lay eggs within two weeks after being
brought into the laboratory and confined at a temperature of 30° C.

Seasonal Life History — During the growing season of 1933
there were two complete generations and a partial third. This
would not be the normal expected thing, however, as we had an
unusually warm season, a rather early spring and a late fall ; and
nymphs in the field were not killed until about Nov. 1.

Briefly, the seasonal life history is as follows: Adults of the
second generation pass the winter largely in old patches of milk-
weed preferring those areas somewhat protected by grasses. Some
adults overwinter in dead leaves, trash and fence-rows, and the
like. Mating and egg-laying of the Over-wintering adults occur
early in April. Each female may lay from a few to as many as
1600 eggs. This egg-laying period may extend over a month or
more depending on the season. The first new adults appear about
the last week in June. Within a few days these mate and begin
egg-laying for the second generation which matures during early
August. Ordinarily these adults lay a few eggs but nymphs hatch-
ing from them do not mature.

LIFE HISTORY IN THE LABORATORY.

For the purpose of studying the bionomic factors of Lygaeus
kalmii , many cages, some containing individuals and others confin-
ing aggregations, were observed under both constant conditions of
temperature and humidity and in an out-of-door screened insec-
tary. The investigations at constant conditions were conducted
at temperatures of 29.5 0 C. and 73 per cent relative humidity
(saturated sodium chloride solution), 34.50 C. and 76 per cent
relative humidity, and in the case of the egg records also at 24.5 0
C. and 67 per cent relative humidity.

Egg records were obtained from twelve females, four pairs at
each of the above temperatures. The cages used were lamp chim-
neys closed at both ends by means of cheesecloth securely fastened
with rubber bands. A number of threshed milkweed seed ( As -
clepias syriaca L. and A. verticillata L.), a small vial of water with
a cellucotton plug, and a ball of cotton to serve as a medium for

102 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

oviposition were placed in each cage. Only a single pair of bugs
was confined in one cage. The yellowish egg masses usually in-
serted deeply in the cotton were removed daily and the number of
eggs recorded. Observations were also taken on the lengths of
pre-coital and pre-oviposition periods.

Following a pre-coital period of three days and a pre-oviposition
period of about four days, oviposition occurred over an average
time of thirty-eight days at 24. 50 C., thirty-two days at 29.50 C.
and twenty-four days at 34.5 0 C. The twelve females laid from a
minimum of 807 to a maximum of 1482 with an average of 1029
eggs. The average for the four females at 24.50 C. was 1246, for
the four females at 29. 50 C., 1140, and for the four females at
34. 50 C., 1001. The average size of the egg masses was forty-
eight eggs.

Information on the time of incubation and duration of nymphal
instars was obtained for constant temperatures of 29. 50 C., 34.50
C., and under out-of-door conditions. Eggs of known age and
source were placed separately in shell vials that were later plugged
with cotton. Six or eight milkweed seeds in each vial were suffi-
cient to rear the individual bugs through the five instars. A wad
of moistened cellucotton in each vial, renewed at frequent inter-
vals, supplied the necessary water. The following table shows the
duration of incubation and nymphal stadia and gives the compara-
tive rate of growth at 29.5 0 C., and 34.5 0 C., as well as for out-of-
door conditions.

Table.

Duration of Life Stages of L. kalmii Stal in Days

bfl

bo +■*

T3

_r!

W 3

Temperature

Egg

First

Instar

Secon

Instar

Third

Instar

Fourtl

Instar

Fifth

Instar

_ T3
£<

H 2

Min

3

3

2

3

3

4

18

29.5° c.

Max

4

4

4

5

6

6

29

(30 bugs)

Ave

3-5

3-1

3

4

3-5

3-8

20.9

34-5° C.

Min

Max

3

3

2

4

2

4

3

4

3

4

3

3

16

22

(12 bugs)

Ave

3

3-6

3-i

3-6

3-1

3

19.4

Out-of-

Min

7

6

5

5

5

4

32

door

Max

8

9

9

9

9

9

53

(15 bugs)

Ave

7-5

74

6.8

6.8

74

6.8

42.7

June, 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 103

During the life history studies, records were taken of the sex of
each individual reared. The records of 116 adults showed 58
males and 58 females, this being indicative of a 50 : 50 sex ratio.

DESCRIPTION OF LIFE STAGES.

Egg.

The Egg — The ova are strictly of the lygaeid type and ovoid in
outline. When fresh they are straw colored and about 1.21 mm.
long and 0.56 mm. wide at the widest portion, which is slightly
above the middle. The shell is smooth and without evidence of
hexagonal sculpturing and the chorial processes around the upper
end are ten in number, small in size, evenly spaced, shaped like an
inverted bowl, and concolorous with the remainder of the shell
membrane.

Instars.

During their development from egg to adult, the nymphs pass
through five nymphal instars. A brief description of each follows,
and these descriptions have been limited to the variety angustomar-
ginatus (dark eastern form).

First Instar — (Fig. 2, Plate V). Shiny, entirely naked, ex-
cept for numerous fine short hairs on antennae and legs. An-
tennae and legs grayish brown, except portions separating
antennal and the two tarsal segments, which are lighter, and
tip of segment 4 of antennae, which is darker. Head, and
prothorax brownish, except for lateral margin and mid-dorsal
line, which are reddish-orange and concolorous with general
body color. Eyes reddish.

Abdomen with lateral margins and two stripes on either side
of mid-dorsal reddish area orange-yellow; the other two in-
tervening stripes reddish-orange and concolorous with the
mid-dorsal line. Genital spot, repugnatorial glands, and spira-
cles blackish. Rostrum reaching nearly to the tip of abdomen
in newly hatched individuals.

Width across eyes 12; length 32; width across widest por-
tion of abdomen 14. Antennae four-segmented, the segments
in the proportions I : II : III : IV : : 2.5 : 3.5 : 3 : 8.5.

Second Instar — (Fig. 3, Plate V). Antennae, legs and
dorsal portion of head as well as spots on thorax, genitals,
stink glands darker than in first instar. Eyes reddish at outer
border but darker towards interior. Orange and reddish lines
on abdomen darker.

104 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xzxi

Width across eyes 18; length 58; width across widest por-
tion of abdomen 32. Antennal segments as 4:7:6: 11.

Third Instar — (Fig. 4, Plate V). Nymph darker than in
two previous stages. Segment 4 of antennae more promi-
nently darkened towards apex. Forewings distinctly visible
and dark brown in color. Spiracles and repugnatorial glands
more shiny black. Otherwise the nymph is similar to two
previous instars.

Width across eyes .92 mm. ; length 4.00 mm. ; width at
widest portion of abdomen 1.^2 mm. Segments of antennae
as 5: 11:9: 17.

Fourth Instar — (Fig. 5, Plate V). Eyes more prominently
darkened toward center. Mesothoracic wings reaching to seg-
ment 2 of abdomen ; metathoracic wings visible along interior
margins of them. White area along anterior, 'posterior and
lateral borders of pronotum and around entire abdomen to
genitalia more pronounced.

Width across eyes 1.20 mm. ; length 4.40 mm. ; width across
widest portion of abdomen 1.88 mm. which is at segment 4.
Antennal segments as 8 : 15 : 13 : 22.

Fifth Instar — (Fig. 6, Plate V). Antennae shiny black
except at extreme bases and apices of the segments. Head
black except for small areas in front of and behind eyes
which have a brownish to orange hue, the former being about
the size of the eyes and the latter shaped like a 30-60 triangle
and smaller. Dorsal streak on head about 3 times as wide
across as the distance across an eye. Eyes darker than in pre-
vious instars and concolorous with darker portions of head.

Pronotum orange, a faint streak of white along anterior and
posterior margins — in some specimens entirely covered with
orange. Two large brownish-black spots to each side of cen-
ter line of pronotum which vary in size with the specimens
examined but are as long as segment 1 of antennae and to
as wide.

Mesothoracic wings black, reaching to segment 3 of abdo-
men, the under pair being visible on the inner margin.

Abdomen orange, with two lighter streaks to each side ot
center line; genital area, spiracles, repugnatory openings, and
legs, black.

Width across eyes 1.64 mm.; length 6.82 mm.; width at
widest portion of abdomen 3.80 mm. (segment 4). Antennal
segments as 13:27:20: 30.

Adult — Elongate and oblong. Black and red with pale mar-
gins on the margins of the membrane and white spots on the
disk in some individuals; on others these are entirely lacking.

June, 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 105

Clavus black. Prominent red spot on the vertex of the head.
Front lobe of pronotum entirely black; hind lobe with a broad
red band across the middle. Corium reddish except for an
irregular black spot behind the middle and reaching almost to
the margin. Scutellum, sterna, antennae and legs black. Ab-
domen red. Two rows of black spots are evident along the
middle and another at the margin of each side of the abdomen.
Genital plates and sixth abdominal segment black. Rostrum
reaches coxae. Side margins of pronotum rounded. Trans-
verse elevation is visible in front of the middle of the scu-
tellum.

Width across eyes 1.72 mm.; length 8.00-11.50 mm.; width
4.00 mm. Antennal segments in the proportion as I : II : III :
IV:: 16:37:28:33.

COLOR MARKINGS.

Early in the course of this investigation considerable variation
was noticed in the color of the nymphs. The coloration often
varied from gray to bright red. It was also noticed that both the
eastern and western forms of Lygaeus kalmii occurred in approxi-
mately equal numbers throughout the State of Iowa. One thou-
sand specimens were counted at random in the field at several local-
ities in the State and it was found that 49% were distinctly of the
eastern type, 49% distinctly of the western type and 2% ques-
tionable.

In the laboratory virgin females of each form were mated with
males of like coloring and observations made of the resulting off-
spring during their entire development. A second generation (FJ
was reared from typical specimens of each form and observations
were made on these offspring.

Five pairs of adults of each form were placed together in a large
cage supplied with food and water, and allowed to reproduce
unmolested.

From data accumulated in the manner described above the fol-
lowing results were obtained.

Eastern forms (no spots on membrane) produced 83 individ-
uals, 71 of which were entirely without spots, 10 with a faint spot
and 2 with distinct spots on the membrane.

The F2 generation from unmarked eastern forms produced 20
adults all of which were unmarked.

Western form (2 distinct spots on membrane) produced 63 in-
dividuals all with distinct spots. The F2 generation produced 74

106 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

distinctly spotted specimens a*nd i with faint spots. An Fs group
showed 47 typical and 3 with faint 'spots.

Adults of the two forms Avill interbreed freely in the rearing
cages, producing a variety of intermediate forms in addition to
distinct types.

PARASITES.

During July and August, 1935, approximately 80 per cent of the
adults of Lygaeus kalmii collected in the field were parasitized by
a Tachinid fly belonging to the genus Leucostoma. As a result of
this the adults of kalmii became quite scarce, and during early
September were rather difficult to find. Several hundred eggs col-
lected from the field at various times of the year were hatched in
the laboratory in an effort to rear egg parasites. However, none
were found at any time.

References.

Barber, H. G. 1921. Revision of the Genus Lygaeus Fab.

(Hemiptera-Heteroptera). Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 23, 63-68.
Parshley, H. M. 1923. The Distribution and Forms of
Lygaeus kalmii Stal, with Remarks on Insect Zoogeography
(Hemiptera, Lygaeidae). Can. Ent., 55, 81-84.

. 1924. A Controversial Note on Some Species of

Lygaeus (Hemiptera, Lygaeidae). Can. Ent., 56, 18-19.
Simanton, W. and Andre, Floyd. 1935. Two Hemiptera
for Use as Experimental Insects in Insecticide Studies. Jr.
Econ. Ent., 28, No. 4, 695-696.

Stal, C. 1874. Enumeratio Hemipterorum. Kongl. Vet.

Akad. Handl., 4, 107 (1870-1876).

Townsend, C. H. T. 1887. In the Life-History of Lygaeus
turcicus Fab. Ent. Amer., 3, 53.

Van Duzee, E. P. 1917. Catalogue of the Hemiptera of
America North of Mexico, excepting the Aphididae, Coccidae
and Aleyrodidae. Univ. Calif. Pubs. Ent., 2 : 148.

. 1923. Notes on Lygaeus kalmii Stal and Allies

(Hemiptera). Can. Ent., 55, 214.

Weiss, H. B., and Dickerson, E. L. 1921. Notes on the
Milkweed Insects in New Jersey. Jr. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 29,

123-145*

108 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXXi

ADDITIONAL DATA ON THE BIOLOGY AND ECOL-
OGY OF STRIGODERMA ARBORICOLA FAB.
(SCARABAEIDAE-COLEOPTERA).*

By Clarence H. Hoffmann, Morristown, N. J.

During the years 1932 to 1935, the writer made a number of
observations on the biology and ecology of Strigoderma arboricola
in Minnesota. All rearings were undertaken in 1932 and cul-
minated early the following year. Mated pairs were isolated in
four-ounce salve tins supplied with damp soil and a few rose
blossoms for food. The soil was examined daily after oviposition
began, and the eggs obtained were transferred to cavities in
dampened soil within two-ounce salve boxes and covered with soil
to conserve moisture. Following hatching, the grubs were placed
in jelly glasses containing blue grass sod in which later transforma-
tions occurred. These containers were kept in a basement room
which maintained a rather uniform temperature of 230 C.

Habitat . — According to the observations and literature cited by
Hayes (1921), S. arboricola is recorded as having been captured
on the flowers of the following plants: wild and cultivated roses,
red clover, Opuntia humifusa, Monarda punctata, blackberry, water
willow, Dianthera americana Linn., cactus, timothy, elderberry,
dewberry, dog fennel, Verbena stricta, wild parsnip, Plantago ,
Saponaria, Tephrosia, and Erigeron. In Minnesota, I have taken
adults on the flowers of both wild and cultivated roses, water lily,
Phleum pratense L., Achillea millefolium L., Amorpha canescens
Pursh., fireweed, and peony. When abundant, the adults of this
species cause considerable damage to cultivated roses by destroying
the buds and flowers through feeding activities. Large numbers
of adults were also taken on wild rose blossoms, especially on
those plants growing along roadsides. On June 25, 1932, 41
females and 34 males were taken on the blossoms of wild rose
plants which were growing on one side of a sand dune blow-out.
This collection was made about eleven o’clock in the morning, and
the beetles were taken only on those plants exposed to the direct
rays of the sun. The beetles also frequent bogs and feed exten-
sively on the petals of water lily blossoms. As many as 18 adults
were collected from a single blossom on June 28, 1932.

Egg Stage. — The eggs of .S', arboricola when freshly laid are
elongate-oval in shape and pearly-white in color. Measurements

* Paper no. 1420 of the Scientific Journal Series of the Minne-
sota Agricultural Experiment Station.

June, 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 109

of six of these eggs averaged 1.49 mm. in length and .96 mm. in
width. As development proceeds the eggs increase in size and
assume a more globose form. Shortly before hatching the eggs
became minutely alutaceous, cretaceous in color, and measure 1.88
mm. long and 1.52 mm. wide. The average duration of the egg
stage for 36 eggs was 17 days, with extremes of 11 and 25 days.
Hatching occurred the last part of July and the first part of
August.

Larval Stage. — Hayes (1921) reared four larvae to maturity
and found that the duration of the larval stage varied from 326 to
331 days. These grubs were fed bran until the second molt after
which wheat grains were substituted. The three grubs I reared to
maturity required from 160 to 164 days to complete their larval
development on blue grass sod. Adult emergence occurred about
the middle of January. This was a surprisingly early date inasmuch
as the length of the developmental period of other scarabaeid larvae
( Trichiotinus and Pelidnota) reared under the same laboratory
conditions was accelerated only a few weeks in contradistinction
to conditions in nature.

On September 15, 1932, a practically mature larva was collected
beneath horse dung in a pasture near Anoka, Minnesota. This
grub became an adult in January, paired with a laboratory reared
male, and deposited fertile eggs. The above record, I believe, is
the only recorded instance of a larva of this species being taken in
nature. Whether this particular grub passed its early development
in the manure or upon the roots of nearby vegetation can only be
conjectured. Thus, the feeding habits of the larvae have not been
determined under field conditions; therefore, the economic status
of this stage is unknown.

Prepupal and Pupal Stages. — Shortly before prepupation, the
larvae cease feeding and form elongate, slightly curved earthen
cells, which are about 30 mm. long, 10 mm. wide, and 9 mm.
deep. Within these cells, a prepupal period of approximately 6
days and a pupal period of about 13 days are passed. The pupae
of S', arboricola vary from 9 to 12 mm. in length and from 4.5 to
6 mm. in width. Recently transformed pupae are light brown in
color but they gradually darken as the adult colors are assumed.

Adult Stage. — In Minnesota, adults of this species were collected
in Pope, Ramsey, Hennepin, and Anoka counties. Mating, which
may be consummated in two minutes or require as long as 15
minutes, has been observed to take place on wild rose blossoms
during the latter part of June. Following a preoviposition period
of 11 days, fertile females deposited their eggs singly in the soil.

110 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

Fecundity records maintained for 14 females show that they
deposited an average of 4.4 eggs (minimum 1, maximum, 14 eggs)
during their life under laboratory conditions. The average span of
life of 21 beetles kept under the same conditions was 18.8 days,
with extremes of 11 and 31 days.

Literature Cited

Hayes, W. P. 1921. Strigoderma arhoricola Fab. — its life cycle
(Scarab. Coleop.). Canadian Entomologist 53(6): 121-124.

Cissia mitchelli in New Jersey. — The Satyrid butterfly,
Cissia mitchelli French, is recorded in the N. J. List of Insects,
J. B. Smith, 1899, from Dover, N. J., in June, with the remark “it
seems to be rare.” This record appears again in the subsequent list
issued in 1909, indicating C. W. Johnson as the collector and the
statement “no other recent captures.” Holland’s Butterfly Books
says it has been collected near Lake Hopatcong. All these records
are based on the single capture by Johnson, approximately 40
years ago. The butterfly has not been turned up again in New
Jersey, nor has it ever been recorded from New York State. What
became of Johnson’s specimen is not known. It has not been
deposited in a museum collection.

This answers an inquiry by W. S. Me Alpine, of Birmingham,
Mich., regarding the status of Cissia mitchelli in New Jersey. Mr.
McAlpine has been collecting this butterfly in Michigan. He has
obtained eggs and is carrying over winter a number of the larvae.
When Mr. McAlpine has completed his life history investigation,
we hope to publish it in the Bulletin.

The habitat of Cissia mitchelli in Michigan, according to Mr. Mc-
Alpine, is along very narrow grassy strips bordering small water
courses in the midst of a dense tamarack swamp. This almost
inaccessible haunt undoubtedly has had considerable bearing on the
scarcity of the butterfly in collections. It has been collected also in
Ohio. Any additional records would be appreciated by Mr.
McAlpine. — Geo. P. Engelhardt, Hartsdale, N. Y.

June, 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 111

THE PERMANENT PRESERVATION OF INSECTS.

By Walter S. Wormser and Wm. P. Hayes, University
of Illinois.1

Introduction.

Throughout the entirety of technique papers very little mention
has been made of the method of hermetically sealing insect speci-
mens in glass tubes, and there is available at the present time no
single article organizing and presenting the specific operations in
the procedure. Although the paper of Kelsheimer2 deals with this
subject, it emphasizes preservative methods rather than actual pro-
cedure in the preparation of such mounts.

Because this work has been carried on at the University of Illi-
nois since its inauguration by R. D. Glasgow, and because many
later improvements upon those already noted have been devised
which facilitate ease of manipulation and insure uniformity, beauty,
and permanency to materials of widely diverse natures, it is be-
lieved that a description setting forth these improved methods, con-
cerning which numerous inquiries are received, and stating in detail
the progressive steps in the operation, will prove of value to all who
wish to incorporate beauty and permanency in their material.

It has been noted by many that the art of glass manipulation has
the conspicuous disadvantage of being to a great extent incommu-
nicable. Nevertheless, if the methods here propounded are at-
tended upon by diligence and exactitude on the part of the worker ;
and if precautions here indicated, which experience has shown to be
necessary, are mastered, the technician will be in a position to
modify and to introduce new details of manipulation as individual
desire or need might dictate.

Requisite Materials.

The essential equipment for hermetic preparations includes :

Blast Lamp. A burner of the type shown in figure 12 common
in chemical laboratories and sold by all biological supply houses, is
preferable. Many types are on the market and the worker must

1 Contribution from the Entomological Laboratories of the Uni-
versity of Illinois, No. 179.

2 Kelsheimer, E. G. The Preservation of Immature Insects.
Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. Vol. 21, pp. 436-444, 1928.

112 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

familiarize himself with the demands peculiar to the burner em-
ployed. In general, however, all approximate the fundamental
plan in the burner illustrated. There is an outer pipe (A) contain-
ing an inner pipe (B) which is connected with the air-conductor
(C). Gas passes in from D into the intermediate space between
pipes A and B, and is driven by the rapid currents of air from all
sides into the collar (E) before it attains the state of combustion.
In addition to the gross variations of flames secured by the gas and
air valves (D and C), by moving the collar the relative access of
gas and air may be minutely regulated. Pulling it out produces a
finely pointed flame. Pushing it in produces a broad, brush-like
flame. Thus are secured flames sufficiently varied and precise to
meet the demands of all work encountered.3 This burner is at-
tached to a stand (G) by a double ball and socket joint which allows
the flame to be played in any desired direction.

End-Ligature Tubes: These are specially processed tubes of the
test tube type, exhibiting greater clarity and a minimum of distor-
tion, especially so at the closed end, where the specimen is lodged.
Varying diameters may be secured ranging from one-sixteenth of
an inch to four inches, in one-sixteenth inch increments.

Preserving Fluid: Where specimens are not to be mounted dry,
they will require some agent for the maintenance of their natural
appearance; the material will of course determine the fluid to be
used. For insects, varying concentrations of alcohols, from 70-
90%, are employed, 83-85% being the stock solution most fre-
quently used, due to its yielding the greatest efficiency of preserva-
tion as well as giving the least aberration when used with the
general types of glass supplied in the ligature tubes.

For plant specimens which illustrate insect damage and for bo-
tanical material in general the following preservative is recom-
mended : —

(A) Prepare a solution containing:

50 pts. glacial acetic acid
50 pts. water

Add crystals of copper acetate to form a saturated
solution.

3 For a more complete discussion of the nature of blast-lamps and
their sundry flames consult H. Ebert : “Anleitung zum Glasblasen,”
Johann Barth, Leipzig — 1921, no pp. ; F. C. Frary, C. S. Taylor,
and J. D. Edwards: u Laboratory Glass Blowing ” McGraw-Hill,
New York; R. Threlfall: “On Laboratory Arts,” Macmillan, Lon-
don, 1898, 330 pp., 1928, 107 pp.

June, 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 113

(B) Prepare a second solution containing:

14 pts. formaldehyde
86 pts. water

Boil the plant gently for ten minutes in solution A. Remove and
preserve in solution B. The green coloring now obtained in the
treated plant will prove to be indefinitely stable, being due, of
course, to the replacement of the magnesium salts of the chloro-
phyll by the copper salt of solution A. It is only rarely that the
preserved specimen is off-color, attaining at such times a deeper
than normal green.4

For a solution of calcium chloride and formalin (much less ex-
pensive than the costly alcohol-glycerine) to preserve the natural
colors of injected dissections as well as original colors of animal
tissues, small invertebrata, etc., consult : E. Souchon, “Anatomical
Record/’ Vol. 18; No. 4, p. 36, 1920.

Labels: All labels should be uniform, preferably printed in large
blocks with the name of the institution, department, or individual
to whom they belong, and reasonable space for essential data. A
recommended size is For classroom use it is suggested

that the specimens be preserved in the form of unknowns, the code
number, or the code number plus the habitat, being the only entry
upon the label. The departmental records should include under
the corresponding code number full information as to the taxonomy
and collection data of the specimen, as well as the data and date of
preservation, in order that whenever early deterioration or exces-
sive breakage occurs due to a fault in the mounting process this
may be traced, and thus prevented in future mounts.

Additional Accessories: Medical cotton of a fine grade is re-
quired for use as plugs in restricting the specimen to the lower half
of the tube as described later on. Glue of a non-smearing nature
is employed to fix specimens in place in certain types of mounts as
later described. Where used in liquid-mounts it must also be
alcohol-proof. Glass files or knives should be handy and in good
quantity. A sharp, clean file insures efficiency of procedure in all
glass work.

Procedure.

The methods of mounting and sealing vary with the requirements
imposed by the specimen, or by the use to which it is to be put.

4 For additional preservatives and botanical metho;ds consult:
“Encyklopadie der Mikroskopischen Technik,” Urban & Schwarg-
enberg. Berlin — 1903.

114 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

There are, however, certain preliminary essentials, required for all
types, to which a brief discussion must be devoted.

Tubes are selected upon two criteria. The specimen is either to
be held in place by the confining glass walls, or is to be mechani-
cally supported midway between the walls. If the insect is to be
held by the walls it should lightly contact the glass, the tube’s diame-
ter exceeding that of the specimen by not more than the space
requisite for insertion. If supported midway between the walls the
tube’s diameter should exceed that of the specimen by at least one-
fourth inch.

The tubes are washed thoroughly, rinsed in alcohol, and set aside
in closed containers to await further use.

The essential data is entered upon the labels, which, if intended
for dry mounts, are set aside until needed. However, if they are
to be used in liquid mounts they must first be soaked in 70% alco-
hol until the soluble excess of printer’s ink has been extracted.
Failure to previously soak printed labels results in their subse-
quently discoloring the liquid in the tube. In both dry and liquid
mounts the label should be inserted in the tube between the cotton
plug and the wall of the tube.

The specimens must be washed thoroughly in alcohol to remove
any grit, frass, or other extraneous material that might tend to
become dislodged in the tube after a period of use. Great care
should be exercised in this preparatory step to insure the longevity
of the original clarity of the mount. Specimens to be mounted dry
should first be washed in warm alcohols of medium concentration,
then placed into absolute alcohol until ready for insertion. Mate-
rial from the field often harbors spores which, not being destroyed,
germinate within the tube nullifying all previous and subsequent
labors. The warm alcohol acts to destroy any such material ; the
absolute alcohol prevents the retention of any moisture by the speci-
men which might later condense upon the inner surface of the tube
and destroy visibility.

The individual tubes are then removed from their containers, and
the intended point of attack by the flame is indicated by an ink mark.
This point is arrived at from a consideration of the length of the
specimen, plus the length of the plug used, plus the distance re-
quired to insure the non-scorching of the cotton plug. This dis-
tance from the plug is usually twice the diameter of the tube.

At this point in the procedure different processes follow, depend-
ing on whether dry mounts or liquid mounts are to be made. The
manipulations in all of the above preliminaries, and in the earlier
stages of each of the following procedures, may be carried on prac-

June, 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 115

tically simultaneously, one or more being passive while another is
being worked upon. Only a little experience is needed here to
show the worker how much valuable time might be saved by thus
telescoping his activity.

Dry Mounts: Cotton strips for plugs are cut at a width corre-
sponding to the length of the label. Plugs are formed by tightly
rolling the cotton strip and cutting it at a point where it will be
loose enough for insertion, yet tight enough to lodge securely once
in place. Onto these plugs the labels are fastened with a smear of
glue, merely enough being used to keep the label in place during
its insertion into the tube. The specimen is then inserted loosely
into the tube, the head always towards the closed end, to be fol-
lowed by the plug with its superimposed label towards the observer
when the specimen is to the left. The plug should be pushed in
far enough to prevent the insect from moving. The intended
point of constriction is checked, and the tube is now ready for
the sealing processes described farther on.

Liquid Mounts: In the use of a liquid preservative the problem
of an air bubble is omnipresent. Forever between the observer
and the specimen, the bubble is not only exasperating, but makes
accurate observation an impossibility. To eliminate this problem,
a glass valve (Fig. io) designed by R. D. Glasgow is substituted
for the plug used in the dry mount, about which cotton is wrapped
and glued in place, and the label is then imposed upon the cotton.
The valve is so inserted that the constricted end is away from the
specimen. All air in that part of the tube beyond the specimen
compartment will be unable to pass back through the neck (A)
but rather will lodge in the elbow area (E) ; this is invariable. On
the other hand any bubbles which might accumulate in the speci-
men compartment (from interstices in the cotton), will pass freely
through the larger aperture (S), if aided by gentle tapping and
shaking of the tube. The initial amount of air present at the seal-
ing of the tube, together with any additional air that might be
displaced at a later date, is thus always potentially relegated to
that portion of the tube where it is of no significance. The method
of making the valve is described later after the sealing processes
are considered.

In rolling the cotton around the valve it should be made to over-
lap at the wide end neatly and uniformly and only to a slight
degree, so that when the valve is in place it will be retracted within
a pocket formed by the cotton. In this way there is no possibility
of the formation of an elbow area in the specimen compartment.
Whenever, in the insertion process, the valve is pushed beyond the

116 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXXi

surrounding collar of cotton, it is best to remove the entire valve,
rewind new cotton, and reinsert. A valve with its wide end beyond
the cotton is worthless. The cotton should now be neatly trimmed
at the shoulder, the marked point of constriction checked, this time
measuring from the end of the valve rather than from the cotton,
and the tube is now ready for the sealing processes.

Although the mastery of the method of hermetically sealing
specimens lies in the mastery of the manipulation of the tube in
the flame, now to be described ; once this is secured it becomes of
secondary importance only. The ultimate worth and beauty of the
mount will depend upon the mounting procedures : i.e., whether the
specimens, the glass and the liquid are clean, whether those speci-
mens that are cemented are secure and unsmeared and whether the
cotton and label lie neatly in place, and the cotton is trimmed to
the exact proportions. All of these minor mechanics when executed
with finesse and care bring out the true worth of good material
well prepared.

The Sealing Processes.

A general manipulatory knowledge of the flame in which the
glass is to be worked is fundamental if the tubes are to be suc-
cessfully fashioned. The work in hand determines the size and
heat of the flame, the larger the diameter of the tube, the larger
the flame required. In considering the operation of the blast burner
we have seen that flame variations from a sharp, short needle-point
to a very wide brush can be secured. Five minutes spent with
the burner in experimental adjustments will prove more profitable
than pages of description. The one concrete suggestion at this
point is that, in all instances, the burner should be regulated so as
to provide a smooth, regular flame of well-defined parts. When
the glass seems to melt too quickly, by getting out of control and
“folding” upon itself, reduce the rapidity of the flame to a point
where you are not hurried by the rate of the melting process. By
rapidity of the flame is here meant the BTU values supplied per
given time, and not the relative proportions of compressed air and
gas composing a given flame. In other words, in “slowing down a
flame” reduce the gas and air supply in equal proportions. On the
other hand in cooling a flame have the reduction of the amount of
gas supplied exceed the reduction of the supply of air. Dexterity
attends upon experiences and in time flames of speeds and heats
will be used which were impossible to employ when first beginning
the work. This, of course, is a goal towards which to strive, for

June, 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 117

the faster the flame used the quicker is the work accomplished, an
important item in laboratories where time is a factor.

There are three, fundamental, glass blowing manipulations
involved in the sealing of the specimen tube : ( i ) rotating the tube,
(2) constricting the tube, and (3) drawing out the tube. The mas-
tery of these three operations is the mastery of the method itself.
In passing, it should be noted that not of little importance is the
practice secured by the laboratory worker in the fundamental opera-
tions of glass manipulation, for this forms an invaluable asset to
any investigator with ingenuity.

Rotation of the Tube. In order to secure even heating at the
point of the flame’s attack, the tube must present its entire cir-
cumference to the flame. This is accomplished by slowly rotating
the tube in the flame, holding it at the horizontal with the ends
resting ventrally on the second finger, which is, curled in nearer to
the body than is the first. The palms should be facing each other
and the fingers curled in to face the body. The tube is thus held
laterally by the first finger, and dorso-laterally by the thumb. Rota-
tion is accomplished by rolling the tube between the first and second
fingers and thumb of each hand. By moving the thumb upwards
at a sixty degree angle the rotation is incited, and by accompanying
this thumb movement with a simultaneous counter movement of the
first finger the rotation is continued. The rotation thus consists
of a series of short light touches, each one moving the tube only a
part of the way around. The tube is steadied and held in its
initial position by being couched in the angle formed by the first
and second fingers, the activity of the second finger being otherwise
only variably supplementary. It will be found that the second
finger is automatically used to steady the rotating tube. When
tubes exceed a diameter of an inch and a half, more fingers will
of course be brought into play. However, since the majority of
the preparation work will be done with tubes of smaller diameters,
and since the successful handling of large bore tubes is contingent
upon a previous mastery of sealing the smaller diameters, it is
unnecessary to enter into a discussion of manipulations involved
in large pieces of work. The principles are identical with those
embodied in this discussion.

In the beginning, practice will be needed in order to attain a
proper coordination and dexterity of the fingers ; this is to insure
both ends of the tube being revolved at the same angular velocity,
notwithstanding their differences in weight. The slightest dis-
crepancy between the rate of rotation and the two portions of the
tube will result in the twisting, crumpling, and distortion of the

118 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

heated strip. If, as is usually the case, this twisting persists even
after many trials, attempt to correct the distortion by reducing the
rate of rotation of that side which has the greatest velocity. It will
be found that the glass will prove more amenable to restoration,
even after having been considerably distorted, than is usually
thought possible. There are very few instances of one side “getting
ahead of the other” that cannot be remedied by changing the rate of
rotation of either hand.

Rotation is essential throughout the entire process of constrict-
ing, drawing out, and sealing the tube. Not only does it insure
even heating, as mentioned above, but it also equalizes the effect of
gravity upon the hot, soft, glass in the process of constriction where
it would otherwise fall out of shape. In drawing out the constricted
tube, continued rotation keeps the melted part corrected aligned
with the central axis, thus insuring the symmetry of the constric-
tion. Throughout all of these operations, with the exception of the
initial rotation, warming of the tube should proceed leisurely.
Slow, steady revolutions allow the operator full mastery of all
operations, and until such time as perfectly coordinated rotation of
the tube becomes automatic the operator should confine his activity
to slow rotations in slow flames.

Constriction of the Tube: The tube, with the specimen end held
in the left hand, the open end in the right, is introduced slowly into
the flame, first merely above it in the hot air, then shortly in front
of it, until reduction is indicated by a yellowing of the flame, and
finally it is plunged directly into apposition with the oxidizing
point. During all of these operations it is moved back and forth
along its axis in order to warm the glass on either side of the in-
tended constriction. Upon being plunged into contact with the
oxidizing point this horizontal motion ceases, leaving rotation, as
described above, as the only movement of the tube. The tube is
held steadily and rigidly, without pulling or pushing, to the point of
the oxidizing flame, which, after a brief moment, will begin to cut
its way into the glass. As this cutting process proceeds (Figures
1-4) the tube must be continually moved down upon the flame in
order to keep the point of the inner oxidizing flame always in con-
tact with the glass, and to keep the outer cone playing heavily upon
the shoulders of the incipient constriction. As the cutting-in proc-
ess of the flame continues the difficulty of the rotating process
increases. The hot, molten glass, at the point of attack, tends to
yield to the heat, thus giving no support to the hands as they at-
tempt to continue the rotation. This difficulty must be coped with
by taking up most of the weight of either side in the respective hand

June, 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 119

and not depending upon the one hand to counterbalance the other
as they do when the center is not molten. Rotation can here pro-
ceed only at the slowest possible rate yet it must proceed regularly.
When the constricting glass is perceived to be on the verge of meet-
ing in the center, the tube is removed from the flame, instantane-
ously shifted to the vertical, with the right hand on top, and is now
ready to be drawn out.

In following out the above procedure, there exists a difference
of opinion as to what part of the flame the tube should be held in
during the final moments of the constriction. It cannot be held
within the oxidizing inner cone, for the flame will then constrict
the glass at the two points coinciding with the circumference of the
cone. If held away from the oxidizing point the constricting proc-
ess will proceed less rapidly. Undoubtedly when first becoming
acquainted with the operation holding it away from the oxidizing
point is best. However, once dexterity, even to a small degree, is
acquired, all work should be done right on the oxidizing point.
This not only adds to the speed in which the work is accomplished
but also to the sharpness and neatness of the resulting constriction.

Drawing Out the Tube: Having removed the tube from the flame
and shifted it to the vertical position, in order to utilize gravity as
an assistance rather than fight against it, the two parts of the tube
must be pulled apart so that the glass at the region of attack, which
is now a thick molten mass, might be thinned out. The usual ten-
dency is to pull both ends immediately and violently apart, thereby
producing a constricted region of some twelve inches or more whose
walls are much thinner than are those of the main tube. Actually,
however, a constricted portion of one inch is not only sufficient but
much the simpler and more gratifying procedure. Having turned
the tube to the vertical hold it there for a moment without pulling
apart. This will give the constricted portion time to partially set,
and upon pulling apart a moment later it will be seen that one or
two inches is the maximum distance that the two parts will sepa-
rate (Fig. 4). In following this procedure the wall of the con-
stricted part will usually always be thicker than that of the main
tube, a feature adding to the strength of the work. Though the
glass walls can be made so thick as to reduce the center bore to one
of capillary dimension, care must be taken not to close the tube
entirely. The insertion of the preservative, and the final sealing
are to follow.

The constricted portion is now filed and broken to leave a short
stub-like neck. Long needle-necks invite easy breakage; short
stubs are practically fool-proof. The tube is then ready for the final

120 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

sealing process. If a dry mount is being prepared the sealing proc-
ess is now ready to follow. However, if the mount is of the liquid
type, having a liquid preservative, the fluid must first be inserted.
This is accomplished by simply placing the tube within one of a
slightly larger diameter that has been previously filled with alcohol,
and applying the end of a suction pump or simple water aspirator
to the outer tube (Fig. 5). In the absence of a suction apparatus
the filling may be accomplished merely by oral suction produced by
placing the mouth over the larger tube and taking in several short,
sharp breaths. This method has been found to be superior in many
points to that wherein the liquid is poured into an atomizer bulb,
the bulb placed over the neck and the liquid squirted in. When
tubes are encountered whose walls have been constricted to a point
where only a fine capillary has been left in the center, the liquid will
enter only after long and laborious forcing, if at all. The vacuum
method of course allows one to thicken the walls of the bridge (i.e.,
the constricted portion) to almost a solid piece of glass, without
hindering the filling process in the least. The tubes are now ready
to be sealed.

In sealing the tube, hold it at the vertical, having adjusted the
burner to throw its flame horizontally. Carefully warm the ex-
treme tip, then thrust it into the oxidizing point and rotate. The
inner bore will first be seen to fold in upon itself (Figs. 6 and 7),
gradually completing its closure. Just at that point where the two
sides of the inner bore meet (Fig. 8), forming in themselves a
miniature bottle-neck, remove the tube from the flame. The addi-
tional melting that occurs between the time the tube is removed and
final cooling sets in is usually sufficient to completely close over the
hole (Fig. 9). Failure to extract in time results in a “dumb-bell-
tip” formation, structurally very weak, and frequently quite unat-
tractive. Where sealing is done with alcohol mounts the following
precaution must be kept in mind. When the tube is extracted too
late the tip will blow off rather than form a dumb-bell figure, due
to the pressure of the now heated and consequently volatilizing alco-
hol. This merely consists of a popping of the extreme tip bubble,
that forms with extreme rapidity, but it leaves the tip of the tube
in a sufficiently distorted condition to necessitate the entire repeti-
tion of the sealing process, unless enough space has been allowed in
the initial filing of the neck to allow for a shortening and a re-seal-
ing. This factor will only trouble the beginning worker. A few
experiences will fit him to seal hundreds of tubes without extracting
a single one too late. The level or amount of the alcohol to be put
in a tube deserves consideration. The more alcohol present the

June, 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 121

smaller will be the air bubble, and yet the closer the liquid is to the
tip the quicker will it become heated to volatilization and endanger
the success of the final sealing. In general the shoulder is the high-
est mark to which the larger tubes can be filled, and in smaller ones,
where capillarity enters as a factor in carrying the alcohol up to the
tip, the distance from the tip should be increased as experience in-
structs. It follows, that when the work is first attempted these dis-
tances should be increased, and that when ample dexterity is
attained they may be decreased to within the minimum limitations
attainable.

The tube, now sealed, should be allowed to cool, then inverted
and tested with the tongue. The absence of any tell-tale alcohol
taste confirms the soundness of the seal. The tubes are now ready
for storage, display, or filing in the collection. With even the
hardest of class-room usage they should last for a number of years.

Making the Valve and Valve Rod: Valves (Fig. n) are pre-
pared from stock ligature tubes or other glass tubing in a sufficient
assortment of sizes to answer to the needs of the specimens to be
mounted. There should be a series of valves available for each
tube size in order to prevent the necessity of using small valves in
large carrying tubes, the results of such procedure being already
noted. In drawing out the valve proceed as if constricting a speci-
men tube, drawing it out, however, at the incipient constriction
(Fig. 2) rather than allowing the glass walls to be deeply cut. The
bridge and the main tube should be so filed as to produce short-
necked valves having a length equal to that of the label employed,
at least two valves being thus obtained from each tube.

In preparing and using the valve certain precautions should be
noted. In choosing the tubing from which to draw the valve select
a size only slightly under that of the carrying tube, which allows
only the necessary space for a thin layer of cotton and the label.
To use a small valve in a large tube, making up the difference with
a thick roll of cotton, would be to create an elbow area in the speci-
men compartment, thus defeating the entire purpose, for though no
air would pass into the specimen portion, likewise none could pass
out of it. Where tubing of inch diameter or less is used no
valve need be employed. Merely roll and insert the label without
a plug which, because of the high surface tension and capillary
nature of small bore tubes, will effectively check the passage of
the bubble into the specimen compartment at the horizontal, and
will allow it only a very slow access at the vertical.

In suspending alcohol specimens rigidly within the center of
the tube in liquid mounts a glass rod, melted onto the valve (Fig.

122 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

1 1 ) , is used as a means of suspension. A glass rod, of a size suffi-
ciently strong to support the weight of the specimen and yet not
large enough to distort it upon piercing the body, is selected. To
fuse the rod to the valve, warm both up slowly in front of a small,
slow flame, rotating all the while until a yellow flame indicates
the appearance of reduction. Move the valve out to the colder
regions of the flame at the same time thrusting the solid rod into
the oxidizing point, keeping it there until it attains a state of
fluidity. At least one-half inch of the rod should be so affected.
Now, keeping both the valve and the rod in the flame, quickly lay
the molten end of the rod immediately within the rim of the valve,
pressing gently to effect a complete fusion of the two elements,
at the same time applying pressure in order to bend the rod upwards
at a 6o-degree inclination from its point of contact. At the point
where the central axis of the valve crosses the rod, rebend the
rod so that its long axis lies in the axis of the valve. Thus the
specimen impaled upon the rod will lie in the center of the tube.
By applying the flame at the desired length pull the rod into a
needle-point. The rod when thus completed should be nearly the
entire length of the larvae to be mounted or half the length of
adults.

Having mastered the fundamental operative procedures in the
hermetic process we may focus our attention upon the secondary
and supporting operations, the proper execution of which deter-
mines the relative effectiveness and general appearance that is to
be attained. Within a very short period the rotating, constricting
and sealing processes will be relegated to the automatic, leaving the
energies free to an extensive development of different ways of
mounting and displaying the materials to be included within a
given tube.

Types of Specimen Mounts.

Here again we encounter the question, namely, whether or not
the specimen requires a liquid preservative. The insect may be
inserted freely in the tube, being kept in position either by (i)
lateral confinement afforded by the glass walls, or by (2) a cephalic
and caudal confinement afforded by the tube’s end and the cotton
plug. Besides being the most simple and easily executed method,
this usually fulfills most requirements equally as well, if not better,
than any of the following more complicated methods. Where
twigs, for example, that illustrate insect damage, pathological ab-
normalities, or structural deformities and oddities are to be

June, 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 123

mounted they need merely to be inserted, held in place between the
end of the tube and the cotton plug, and the mount is completed by
the sealing of the tube. The most important consideration to note
in this method is that of having the specimen held stationary
within the tube. Specimens which move around promiscuously do
not last long, nor can they always be observed in the desired
position.

The alcohol specimen may be freely inserted as described above
for the dry type. Here, especially, must the carrying tube’s diam-
eter not exceed that of the specimen by more than the amount re-
quired for insertion. Failure to adhere to this will not only result
in the continual floating of the specimen, but, when the discrepancy
has been sufficient, in the specimens falling into and becoming
hidden by the valve. Where it is desired that small specimens,
because of tortuousness or other reasons, be mounted in large
carrying tubes the second method, described below, should be fol-
lowed. For small larvae, pupae, and eggs that do not adhere in
large masses, and for small alcohol specimens in general the method
wherein a rolled label is substituted for a valve in a tube of capil-
lary bore, should be employed.

It is sometimes desirable to suspend the specimen midway be-
tween the walls to insure absolute rigidity of position, coupled with
freedom from the surrounding tube. This is accomplished by
impaling the specimen upon a steel needle, or a glass rod drawn
out to a needle-point, with its base inserted tightly in the cotton
plug. This method is best used where the nature of the specimen
precludes its being held in place by the lateral glass walls without
injury or distortion, as, for example, in those alate forms where
the wings extend beyond the body margin, or in the case of mounted
specimens where the legs so protrude. The specimen may be im-
paled upon the side by bending the needle into an elbow, or it may
be placed in a direct line with the long axis of the pin by inserting
the pin through the posterior end. By twisting minuten pins around
the steel needle, so that they arise at right angles from it, an entire
series may be mounted within a single tube.

In the case of wet mounts, it is perhaps more often desirable to
suspend the specimen. Soft bodied specimens that assume any
tortuousness or other irregularity of outline, densely setaceous
larvae, or specimens whose appendages extend beyond the body
wall, which can not be held in place by the glass walls without suf-
fering distortion, should always be mounted in this way. It is
important that the carrying tube should be of a diameter exceeding
that of the specimen by at least one-half inch.

124 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXXi

Here the glass rod fused onto the rim of the valve finds its great-
est use. The rod should be tipped liberally with an adhesive and
carefully inserted through the posterior end of the specimen. By
exerting proper care in the selection of the diameter of the rod to
be employed there will occur no distortion of anal structures. As
minuten pins were attached as secondary branches of the steel
needle in the dry mount described above so, too, may glass needle-
points be attached by fusion as secondaries to the main rod. How-
ever, the type described, that of having the rod support the speci-
men by piercing the anus and extending well forward inside the
body, is the most useful and will be the one most frequently em-
ployed. The many possible variations will become quite apparent
to the technician as soon as the requisite dexterity is secured, and
the need of a different type is demanded by the specimen at hand.

The specimens may be mounted in duplicate (normally quadru-
plicate) on cardboard strips, the strip being held in place by the
glass walls, and the specimens being fastened upon it by means of
a colorless and smearless adhesive, to exhibit dorsal, ventral, dex-
tral, and sinistral aspects. This method is preferable to that of
free insertion for the mounting of small, dry, fragile specimens,
due to its minimizing the effect of all shock. It presents an effective
display medium for educational purposes especially where the card-
board strips embody printed legends as to taxonomy, habitat, and
other relevant data.

A slight modification is used where Microlepidoptera are to be
mounted. The specimen, being spread and mounted with a minuten
pin, is inserted into a celluloid strip in place of cardboard, in order
to make visible the ventral as well as the dorsal aspects. Extreme
care should be exercised in cutting the celluloid strips and in select-
ing the pins to be used. The strip must be sufficiently tight to
lodge firmly in place once inserted, and yet it cannot be so tight
that it will buckle. Its anterior end should be rounded in a manner
to conform with the tube’s end. The pins must clear the glass both
above and below, for their movement would destroy the specimen
in short time. It might be found desirable to extend this method
to include the mounting of many types of dry specimens which are
required to be at a distance from the walls.

The cardboard strip is not well adapted for alcohol mounts. It
will be remembered that its use in dry mounts is of value (i) in
making negligible the destruction suffered by the free insertion of
small, brittle specimens, and (2) in providing suitable background
for inconspicuous structures. Since the factor of brittleness is

June, 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 125

non-existent in fluid mounts, and since structures small enough to
need the aid of background are also too small to allow of sufficient
mucilage in alcohol, this method should not be used in alcohol
mounts.

There is a single exception to this, namely, the life-history
mount. In this instance the various stages of development, together
with the host wherever possible, are fastened upon a single strip of
glazed cardboard, and the relevant information is placed below
each specimen. These life-history tubes find their greatest use in
exhibition cases, and in display material of all kinds. For prac-
tical field purpose nothing can compete with the handiness of a
single tube, small enough to carry in the vest-pocket, yet embodying
all stages and host relationships of a species. However where in-
stitutions desire to adapt this system to their instructional material,
and classroom requirements are primary, it is better to preserve
each stage in a separate series of tubes. In this way single stages
of the life history may be separately considered, or when desired,
all may be presented together. In this way, also, the preparation of
life-history series need not be delayed by the absence of one or
more stages in the collection, but rather the entire teaching collec-
tion will be a potential group of life-history series.

In preserving all dry material, there is the ever-present danger of
moisture escaping from the sealed specimen and subsequently con-
densing to cloud over the inside of the tube and render observation
impossible. To cope with this, all specimens should be thoroughly
dehydrated in absolute alcohol, and in the case of small specimens
mounted in capillary tubes, where the ease of clouding is intensified,
a drying agent, such as calcium chloride, should be incorporated
within the mount as follows : Draw out one tube that has been con-
stricted so that the bridge formed is of a diameter only slightly
larger than that of the specimen. The walls should be drawn thin
to give greater visibility, and the bridge should be long or short
depending upon the number of individuals to be included. The
constricted portion is filed to the desired length, and then sealed
off, the specimens being placed within the narrow end thus formed,
and separated off from the main tube by a small plug of cotton
necked tightly into the shoulder area. The body of the tube be-
hind the plug is then filled with calcium chloride up to within a
short distance from the end, and the end is sealed over. The mount
is inserted into a larger carrying tube after first wrapping the body
of the first tube in cotton, and superimposing a label. The carrying
tube is then sealed as usual.

126 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXXl

The preceding discussion setting forth the three main types of
mounts has merely hinted at the possibilities that are available in
the mounting procedure. There has been no attempt at a logical
exhaustion of the potentialities implied in the principles of the
technique ; these alone, together with immediately relevant pre-
cautions, have constituted the foregoing discussion. It is believed,
that equipped with these first principles, the adroit biologist will
be able to mold them into conformity with his own particular labo-
ratory, classroom, or museum requirements.

Miscellaneous Notes.

In the preparation of specimens where it is necessary to use glue
or shellac, the writers have found the material known as rubber
cement, a product commonly sold on the market, to be useful mate-
rial in the laboratory. In fastening specimens to a background
of cardboard or celluloid in alcohol mounts this material is highly
useful because it is insoluble in alcohol and considerably cheaper
than Murryite Cement commonly used. In the mounting of small
specimens on cardboard points it is to be recommended because of
its almost complete invisibility when applied. Even a sloppy
mounting job appears well done because it is not apparent on the
point, and if smeared on the insect the parts are not obscured.
When the material has dried it leaves a transparent coating that
may easily be removed. We have immersed entire insects in
rubber cement and after drying, it is a simple task to remove the
coating. Specimens of scale-covered snout beetles so treated did
not lose their scales when the material was removed. Because
of these properties it is a most useful material to employ when
repairing insects whose heads, wings, or legs have been broken
off. In the fastening of illustrations to cardboard, in the prepara-
tion of plates of illustrations for publications, rubber cement is
greatly to be recommended, especially to beginners, because it
adheres well, dries quickly and messy places where the material
may run out from under the illustration may be more easily cleaned,
than in the case with glue, by merely rubbing with a clean cloth or
finger. Another use for rubber cement is as a label varnish where
microscope slides are to marked with ink or wax crayon. A coat-
ing of rubber cement over the label is quite transparent and pre-
vents the writing from being rubbed or erased. We have, in a
small way, tested it as a protection for specimens from dermestids.
Since insects that are completely encrusted with rubber cement
are not injured by the coating and the parts are visible, we have
placed a few specimens in vials with dermestid larvae and after

Bull. B. E. S., Yol. XXXI, No. 3

Plate YI

128 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXXi

being so exposed for over a month were not infested by the der-
mestids.

In our laboratories we often recommend as a substitute for glass
the use of microscope cover slips made of a clear grade of celluloid,
what we call a “poor man’s cover slip.” These may be cut with
scissors into round, square or oblong cover slips and used with
such mounting media as balsam or euparol. Slides made with
such cover slips have been kept now for four years without any
deterioration. This type of cover slip may be used for dry mounts
of such objects as insect wings, legs or antennae by fastening the
cover slip to the slide by means of a gummed paper slide label which
previously had a round or square space, as large as desired, cut
out of the center of the label. The celluloid cover slip may be cut
round or square and should be somewhat smaller than the gummed
label whose edges should, overlap the cover slip so that when
moistened it will adhere to both the cover slip and the slide. Such
dry mounts have the advantage of being readily accessible. By
scraping the overlapping edges of the gummed label the specimens
may be easily removed or turned over for examination, which is
not possible with balsam or other permanent mounts. These,
nevertheless, are as permanent a mount as balsam.

Explanation of Plate VI.

Figs. 1-3, Successive steps in the constriction process. Fig. 4,
Tube drawn out (note thickness of walls). Fig. 5, Method of
filling specimen tube with preservative. Suction results in the dis-
placement of the air by the alcohol. Figs. 6-9, Successive steps in
the final sealing of the tip. Fig. 10, Completed specimen tube.
Fig. 11, Valve-rod used for suspending specimen in tube. Fig. 12,
Blast lamp.

June, 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 129

COLLECTING LEPIDOPTERA IN THE HEART
OF NEW YORK CITY.

By Henry J. Dietz, New York City.

The writer’s experience of collecting moths in some of the small
parks in the lower, densely populated parts of New York City may
be surprising and of interest to many entomologists.

Union Square Park, Madison Square Park and Bryant Park
stand out for many specimens of a goodly number of species of
Catocalae, obtained there during the seasons of 1905 to 1912.

On a morning in early August, 1905, I captured 18 specimens,
all freshly emerged, of Catocala palaeogama and later in the same
month 10 specimens of C. relicta, the latter comprising the various
color forms of this beautiful species. The presence of C. relicta in
Madison Square Park I connected with its favorite foodplant, silver
poplar, Populus alba. I noticed that all the specimens encoun-
tered were resting on the bark of trees head up, not head down,
as is the habit with most catocalae. It is one of the species occur-
ring quite late in the season. Another peculiarity noted is, that I
never found C. relicta resting on the trunks of white birch, as it
should do in all fairness to the propagandists of protective colora-
tion. Rather have I found it a conspicuous object, resting against
a dark background.

C. cerogama , a feeder on basswood and linden, I caught in con-
siderable numbers a few years later.

Altogether I have in my collection the following species of
Catocalae, labelled and dated as caught in downtown New York
City Parks: — palaeogama, unyuga, vidua, basalis, ilia and relicta.
These records cannot be refuted, even by collector friends inclined
to brand me as a sort of entomological Munchausen.

My observations on the occasional flights of southern butter-
flies, such as Papilio cresphontes and Catopsilia eubule in city parks
must be accepted without the tangible evidence of captured speci-
mens. Even if provided with a net, under the circumstances, I
lacked in nerve to use in the face of certain ridicule and the possi-
bility of arrest for causing the unlawful assemblage of a mob.

130 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

BOOK NOTES.

The Biology of Mayflies with a Systematic Account of the
North American Species, by James G. Needham, Jay R. Traver
and Yin-Chi Hsu, assisted by Specialists in Certain Subjects;
pp. i-xvi + 1-759, 1 colored plate, and plate of portraits, unnum-
bered ; and plates I-XL, and text figures 1-168. (The Comstock
Publishing Co., Ithaca, N. Y., $7.50.)

Here we have the book that every observer of the ways of nature
plans to write some day, for his particular field. It is the ripe fruit
of Dr. Needham’s questing of Nature’s secrets. Needless to say,
an adequate review of such a work calls for a like expertness and
knowledge. The writer is equipped with neither in the ephemerid
field, so our readers must take the will for the deed; and accept
only a factual statement of content.

This Biology naturally divides into two parts — the first, the
biology proper; and the second a complete taxonomic survey of
the species as they occur with us in North America, the nymphal
stages also being included in this systematic account. There are
numerous keys to the eggs, to the gills of Ephemerella, to families,
to subfamilies, genera and species, throughout the work. The
prefatorial note, as is usual courtesy, acknowledges aid received
from many sources; but it also contains a paragraph, the implica-
tions of which will be discussed subsequently.

The Introduction surveys briefly the fundamental studies of
mayflies by the older authors. The first chapter details the life of
a mayfly, the common bandwing, Callibaetis fluctuans , from egg
to adult. The following twelve chapters cover the structure and
morphology of mayflies, adult and naiad. In the next three are
considered mayfly phylogeny; casualties and enemies of mayflies;
and the values and uses of these insects, both economic and edu-
cational. A chapter on collecting, preserving and rearing follows ;
and the final chapter of this part of the book relates to their classi-
fication.

The second part of the work — which is also the more extensive —
contains the systematic account of the North American species in
both adult and nymphal stages. There is a general bibliography of
some 9 pages in length; and appended to Chapters XI and XII are
special bibliographies on thoracic structures. The complete Index
fills ten pages. There are 40 plates in black of structures of certain
of the species, with one colored plate and one black plate of por-
traits, of five of the founders of the study of ephemerids (the last
two are not numbered) ; plus 168 text figures. A very useful part

June, 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 131

of the work are the “Verification Tables” scattered throughout,
as a character-check on the keys.

This is altogether a most significant landmark in the knowledge
of the insect fauna of North America. Dr. Needham and his co-
authors merit the gratitude of all students of insects, their develop-
ment, habits and classification.

We indicated in our opening remarks that we would revert to
a significant statement in the prefatory remarks by Dr. Needham
himself. This is it : “As senior author I wish to assume responsi-
bility for the omission from the text of names of first describers
after the names of species. These are no part of the names of
species. They are retained only where needed for systematic ref-
erence. Where so retained, I omit also the parentheses now com-
monly used to indicate the shift of a species from the original genus.
For me, a name is a name, and not an historical sign board.” To
those familiar with Dr. Needham’s iconoclastic and forthright views
on nomenclature, this is no news. If other entomologists would
condescend to become literate on these points, a very general chorus
of protests would arise to join in his. We must, of course, except
the adepts in (and addicts to) linguistics and archeology. They
would naturally emit sundry sour notes. But after all, let us ask
ourselves this : What is the purpose of entomology ? The knowl-
edge of insects in all phases? Classic Latinity? Or bibliographic
research into musty ancient tomes as to who said which and what
in the baptizing of newly discovered forms? No matter how much
you atomize perfume on it, Cimex lectularius still has an evil odor ;
and no matter what you call it, it still bites ! Ars longa, vita brevis.
If, like questing terriers, we poke out noses into every smelly
cranny, we will never chase down the game ! If, as once was sug-
gested, we got away from the nomenclatorial maze (I almost said
mess), and numbered insects instead of naming them, what a howl
would arise from the crusted semi-servile conservatives ! On the
other hand, if we compromised and instead of saying (or writing)
Callibaetis i, we called it Callibaetis prima, it would most assuredly
be acceptable to the keenest linguistic and nomenclatural sharp.
And naturally, we could then endlessly run down the line to
C. vigentimilla; and everybody would be happy. Of course, this
is ridiculous ! The writer knows it. But every geometrician
among our readers has a name for it.

After all, a name is only a convenient shorthand to distinguish
one entity from another in our communications about it. So, as
the Latins had it : Stet.

J. R. T.-B.

132 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

EDITORIAL

WE WEEP !

We have, for dark purposes of our own, been perusing Dr. Cur-
ran’s North American Diptera; and from this editor’s standpoint —
we being in sweet ignorance on the fine points of Dipterology — we
understood the plain language of the Bibliography. From this we
gathered that there is no medium of publication for monographic
work on American insects. We have been assuming all along, for
ten years, that ENTOMOLOGICA AMERICANA was just that !
And we further found that ENTOMOLOGICA AMERICANA
was an irregular publication ! We had somehow been under the
impression that we were issuing four numbers a year with very
fair regularity — you have to, if your journal is entered as Second
Class Matter in the U. S. Post Office.

These two statements in a book so widely used as Dr. Curran’s
certainly do not benefit our publication to any degree ; and this mild
protest will reach but few of the readers of North American Dip-
tera. But, at any rate, we are on record.

J. R. T.-B.

HEAVY, HEAVY SCIENCE.

In a letter to the editor of the London Times, nerve center of
British indignation, Francis D. Acland quotes from an unnamed
technical writer the subjoined sentence:

It would appear from what evidence is available that the act of
oviposition is immediately stimulated by the crepuscular diminu-
tion in the intensity of illumination and the rise in relative humidity
as the diurnal temperature decreases.

Out of this muddy mass of thirty-six words Mr. Acland manages
an excellent translation in a dozen : “Egg-laying seems to be stimu-
lated by twilight and the dampness of evening.” The writer of the
technical jargon quoted above was writing about a moth, but that
seems insufficient excuse for the horrible pseudo-English that he
produced. In many instances scientific writers have as an excuse
the fact that a long, jaw-breaking word has the one meaning that
must be conveyed, but perhaps a great many of them are as sus-
ceptible to exposure as the author of the sentence about the moth.
— N. Y. Sun, 2-18-36.

June, 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 133

PROCEEDINGS OF THE SOCIETY.

Meeting of November 14, 1935.

A regular meeting of the Brooklyn Entomological Society was
held at the Brooklyn Museum on Thursday, November 14, 1935, at
8.00 p. m.

President Davis in the Chair and six other members present, viz.,
Messrs. Cleff, Engelhardt, McElvare, Sheridan, Shoemaker and
Siepmann, and Messrs. Crowe, Dietrich, Dietz, Farrelly, Halbert,
Fisco, Kislink, Lubell, Pollard, Ptacek, and Stecher, Dr. Proctor,
and Miss Dietz, Mrs. Kislink, Miss O’Connor and Mrs. Shoe-
maker.

The minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved.
Mr. Engelhardt reported briefly as Treasurer, and read abstracts
from a letter from Mr. Torre-Bueno.

Mr. William T. Davis stated that yesterday, November 13, was
the last of nineteen consecutive warm days and the temperature
reached 68 degrees. There were many butterflies near the docks
at Tompkinsville, Staten Island, most of them Colias eury theme.
A few years ago this was an uncommon butterfly on the Island but
is now one of the most plentiful. There were but two Colias philo-
dice seen; a small Monarch butterfly that visited many of the
clusters of seed heads of golden rods in search of flowers which it
didn’t find, and also two Junonia coenia or Buck-Eye butterflies
that were found close together and flying but feebly. These were
collected.

Mr. Shoemaker exhibited his collection of Catocalas from the
Bronx Park, collected during the past several years. The material
was beautifully mounted and labelled, and comprised 27 species
and 9 forms. Mr. Shoemaker commented upon the relative abun-
dance of the various species in the park, the approximate number
of specimens seen being as follows:

Catocala innubens. . (2)
form scintillans. (1)

C. piatrix. (2)

C. epione. (12)

C. antinympha. (5)

C. habilis. (12)

C. flebilis. (10)

C. residua. (3). Rare in Bronx Park, though generally
not rare elsewhere.

134 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Yol.XXXi

C. retecta. 84 last year; one this year, none in previous
years.

C. dejecta. 7 last year, one this year.

C. vidua. (4)

C. palaeogama. The commonest species in the Bronx
Park. On some days one sees a couple of hundred,
form annida. (50)
form phalanga. (10)

C. subnata. (25)

C. neogama. (3)

C. ilia. The second commonest species in the Bronx
Park. Several hundred specimens seen ; often six or
seven on a tree,
form cons pic ua. (30 or 40)
form confusa. (4)

C. cerogama. (20)

C. relicta. (2)

form clara. (3)

C. part a. (20)

C. grotiana. Only one specimen seen during all the years
collected there.

C. meskei. (8). Two this year, six last year, none seen
in previous years.

C. unijuga. (15)

C. amatrix. (12)

C. andromedae. ( tristis ) (6)

C. coccinata. Scarce; one taken in 1923 and another
July 1935.

C. ultronia. ( 3 )

form lucinda. (2)
form celia . (2)

C. arnica, (around 200). Occurs by dozens.

C. arnica variety. (30)

Euparthenos nubilis. (4)

Allotria elonympha. (2)

In 1934 Mr. Shoemaker made his first trip to Bronx Park on
July 16; in 1935 on July 11. This year, Mr. Shoemaker said, he
had noticed that many of the Catocalas had little pieces nipped out
of the wing, as if it were done by a bat. Mr. Engelhardt said that
this was very likely the work of bats, as Catocalas are very slow
fliers at night.

Mr. Pollard spoke on the subject of Observations on the Gypsy
Moth in Southern Maine. In the vicinity of Denmark, Maine, this

June, 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 135

moth is very common and is rapidly becoming a serious pest. Mr.
Pollard was surprised to find that in this region it feeds exclusively
upon grey birch, with only a few scattered specimens on the white
or canoe birch. In Massachusetts, however, where the moth was
first introduced, it feeds upon almost every forest tree. Mr. Pol-
lard also noted that the larvae, when they are ready to pupate, have
adopted the habit of clustering on the triangular patches on the
trunks of the birch trees, about eighty to a hundred in a group.
The cocoons are spun in masses ; they are tenuous affairs with only
a few casual strands of silk to hold them together. This cocoon
offers little protection to the pupa inside, and it seems to make no
difference whether the pupa is removed from the cocoon, as moths
will emerge from pupae which have been taken from their cocoons.
The male and female pupae are readily distinguished by their dif-
ference in size. The male pupae are more numerous, and outnum-
ber the females two to one. The adult males fly continuously dur-
ing the daytime, but do not fly at night ; they differ in this respect
from most of our day-flying moths, which fly also at night. The
female moth does not fly; she crawls to a comfortable spot on a
tree and stays there permanently. Though she has strong wings
she has lost the power of flight completely, and if tossed into the
air, will fall to the ground like a plummet without even an attempt
to flutter. There is a tendency in this family of moths to lose the
power of flight in the female ; in some of the species the female is
wingless. The eggs are laid in a dense mass, cemented with a
gummy material like varnish, which is impervious to the weather,
and probably keeps out all parasites as well. The Gypsy Moth
mates only once; the male then dies, and the female begins to lay
eggs after 24 hours. The young larvae are not social ; nor do the
caterpillars travel to pupate. Since the females cannot fly, the
question arose: How does this species spread? Mr. Pollard said
that about the only way it could spread was by the larvae crawling
from tree to tree in search of food. According to Mr. Pollard, in
this country the moth is smaller in size than in Europe, the males,
especially, being small.

Mr. Dietrich said that there had been some spraying for the
Gypsy Moth in Pelham Park, N. Y., during the past summer.

Mr. Engelhardt told of his visit to Maine during July. Several
days at Bar Harbor were devoted to outings, kindly provided by
Dr. A. E. Brower, in charge of the Entomological Laboratory and
by Mr. William Proctor, well known for his biological surveys of
the Island of Mount Desert. This island is famous for its pic-

136 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

turesque scenery of mountains, lakes and bays along a rugged
coast. An inspection trip with Dr. Brower afforded opportunities
of getting acquainted with inland sections of the State, including a
visit to the Agricultural College at Orono and a week end on
Mount Katahdin. Lumbering, the most important industry of
Maine in the past, has left its imprints everywhere. Virgin stands
of timber now are limited to regions difficult of access. The pres-
ent forests, although still very extensive, represent largely second
and third growths, suitable chiefly for pulp wood, of which the
short, peeled cuttings choke lakes and streams leading to mills.
Nature abused is bound to be followed by evil consequences. There
have been forest fires of great destruction and insect pests and
plant diseases call for constant attention on the part of the men
trained in the forest service. The forest tent caterpillar, Malaco-
soma disstria, in localized districts, is taking a toll amounting to the
defoliation of hundreds of acres of deciduous trees; conifers are
subjected to the attacks of bark beetles, sawflies, gall forming
aphids, etc. In a fine grove of beeches the trees were found dying
from a blight, the nature of which is still under investigation.
Driving along the highway a scarcity of butterflies and other in-
sects was noted. Only in places abounding in flowering plants,
such as dogbane and wild sarsaparilla did they congregate in num-
bers. Mount Katahdin, since its incorporation as a State Park
and Game Preserve, has been rendered easy of access by the con-
struction of roads connecting with trails at the base of the moun-
tain. Mr. Engelhardt approached by way of Togue Pond, parking
the car at Depot Camp on the northeastern slope and packing in
only two days supply of food, as they had obtained reservation of
bunks and blankets at the Dudley log cabin, six miles by trail to
Chimney Pond. Here the mountain forms an imposing cirque with
Chimney Pond and Dudley’s Camp at the bottom of a semicircle
facing precipitous walls 2000 feet high. Their first ascent, at noon,
July 13, was made over the short saddle trail, only three miles, yet
two hours of tough climbing. On the morning of the next day
they took the longer and harder Dudley Trail, which after Pamola
Peak follows the very rim of the cirque, known as the Knife Edge,
for in places it is only one or two feet wide, with stupendous chasms
on either side. The highest point is reached at Baxter Peak, eleva-
tion 5267 feet. Weather conditions were fair. Storm clouds inter-
spersed with sunshine; strong winds, but no rain. Insects, fairly
common during sunshine on the high, boulder strewn parts of the
mountain, it was noted, represented largely migration flights from

June, 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 137

lower elevations. True alpine species have their haunts in the
above timber line meadows extending for several miles along the
western slope at about 4500 feet. Here is the home of the butter-
fly Oeneis katahdin , considered a valid species, restricted in its
habitat to this mountain. A fine, long series secured strongly sug-
gests a close relationship to Oeneis semidea found above timber
line in the neighboring White Mountains. The view from Mount
Katahdin is of surpassing beauty provided weather conditions are
favorable. Range after range of wooded mountains stretch far
into the horizon. In between are hundreds of lakes, glistening like
mirrors in the late afternoon sun. However, only too often one
encounters only clouds and rain.

Mr. Proctor spoke of the excellence of Mt. Desert Island, Maine,
as a collecting ground for entomologists. Many species of insects,
as in the Tipulidae, for example, occur on Mt. Desert Island at an
elevation of 800 to 1,300 feet which would be found elsewhere in
Maine or in the White Mountains only on the tops of mountains
at much higher elevations. Another peculiarity of the island is
that a great many species of insects are found there, but many of
them have a decidedly local distribution for so small a place, being
found in one particular part of the island and not elsewhere. Many
stray species occur, which are not found on the mainland near by.
The collector can go from one place to the next on the island, and
get an entirely new line of insects. Mr. Proctor highly recom-
mended this locality to the entomologist, especially where close
collecting in some particular family is intended, and said that many
quite unexpected things can be turned up. Mr. Proctor said that
he had used lights for collecting and had satisfactory results. He
generally used the ordinary electric light bulbs, but recently tried
the blue bulbs which are recommended for this purpose. With the
blue lamps he obtained many species which did not come to the
ordinary type of lamp. One of the best ways to get beetles, Mr.
Proctor said, was to wrap up a cantaloupe loosely in some brown
wrapping paper and let it remain outside for two days. In reply
to a suggestion that the difference in the insects found in different
parts of the island might be due to the soil, Mr. Proctor said that
the island was mostly granite. Most of the woods are coniferous,
and the difference in the type of forest offers no explanation either.

The meeting adjourned at 10:55 P- m-

Carl Geo. Siepmann,

Secretary.

138 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

Meeting of December 12, 1935.

A regular meeting of the Brooklyn Entomological Society was
held at the Brooklyn Museum on Thursday, December 12, 1935,
at 8 : 15 p. m.

President William T. Davis in the chair and eight other members
present, viz. : Dr. Proctor, and Messrs. Cleff, Engelhardt, McElvare,
Sheridan, Shoemaker, Siepmann and Wilford, and Messrs. Noah
Bower, Henry Dietrich, Henry J. Dietz, Merman J. Erb, James J.
Farrelly, Jr., Richard Fisco, Ira M. Friedland, Sidney A. Hassel
and Hans L. Stecher, and Miss Dietz, Mrs. Shoemaker, Mrs.
Dietrich and a reporter from the Brooklyn Daily Eagle.

The minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved.
The secretary showed the two loose-leaf notebooks which contain
the minutes and reports of the Treasurer and of the Publication
Committee from January, 1931, to December, 1935. Mr. Engel-
hardt presented a brief Treasurer’s report, and read excerpts from
a letter from Mr. Torre-Bueno.

Mr. Engelhardt proposed for membership Dr. William Proctor,
430 Park Avenue, New York, New York, who was duly elected
a member.

Mr. Davis appointed a nominating committee, to consist of
Messrs. Sheridan, Wilford and Cleff. Mr. Davis also reported
that the society’s new Certificate of Incorporation had been signed
by Judge Norton and was now in Albany awaiting approval.

Mr. Brower reported that he had taken three specimens of
Dasymutilla vesta var. sappho at Lakehurst, N. J., and that the
previous most northerly record was North Carolina.

A specimen of the cicada, Tibicen lyric en with an anchor-shaped
mark on the pronotum was exhibited by Mr. Davis. The specimen
was taken by Mr. Dietrich at Pelham Bay Park, July, 1935. This
form is very common in the Piedmont highland regions, but is very
rare locally.

Mr. Richard Fisco exhibited specimens of beetles of the families
Scarabaeidae, Cerambycidae and Lucanidae.

Mr. Dietz presented a paper on collecting Catocalas and other
Lepidoptera in the Bronx Park. He especially collected among the
hemlocks in the sunken meadows at the northern end of the Botan-
ical Garden. Catocala palaeogama was a very common species,
there often being as many as six on a tree, especially on hemlock.

Mr. Engelhardt presented a paper on “The Desert in Bloom,”
published separately in the Bulletin. Specimens of the insects
collected, including some Cleridae bred from mistletoe, as well as
photographs and post-card views of the region were shown. The

June, 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 139

extreme effects of the desert environment were particularly notice-
able in the clearwing moths of the genus Xenodoxus.

Mr. Davis exhibited specimens of the Cicada, Diceroprocta
swalei, and the variety castanea Davis. The variety castanea occurs
mainly in the Santa Rita Mountains, Arizona, but all the specimens
he had seen from other localities, as San Capitan, etc., were typical
specimens and not castanea.

The meeting adjourned at 10:05 P- m-

Carl Geo. Siepmann,

Secretary.

Meeting of January 16, 1936.

A regular meeting of the Brooklyn Entomological Society was
held at the Brooklyn Museum on Thursday, January 16, 1936,
at 8:10 p. m.

President William T. Davis in the chair and seven other members
present, namely, Messrs, Dietz, Engelhardt, Kaiser, McElvare,
Sheridan, Siepmann and Willford; also Miss Dietz, and Messrs.
Peter Crowe, Henry Dietrich, Richard Fisco, Werner Marchand,
Joseph Ptacek and Hans L. Stecher.

The minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved.
An article from the Brooklyn Daily Eagle was read by the sercetary
and placed on file.

An annual report for 1935 and a detailed account of receipts and
expenditures for 1935 was presented by the Treasurer and ordered
placed on file.

Mr. Davis commented upon Mr. Engelhardt’s good work as
Treasurer and said that the society was greatly indebted to him
for handling its affairs so well in these trying times.

Mr. Engelhardt next read the Annual Report of the Publication
Committee, which was ordered placed on file.

Mr. Sheridan proposed that the society give a vote of apprecia-
tion and thanks to the Treasurer, Mr. Engelhardt, and to the editor,
Mr. Torre-Bueno, for their excellent work. The motion was sec-
onded and unanimously carried.

Mr. Engelhardt said that the society should try to arrange occa-
sional programs of general entomological interest to invite the
attendance of amateur and non-technical entomologists. The sub-
ject of encouraging beginners and young collectors to attend the
meetings was next discussed by those present, Mr. Wilford sug-
gesting some sort of a junior membership.

Mr. Sheridan reported for the Nominating Committee, and
recommended the reelection of the existing officers, as follows :
(Continued in October Number.)

140 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

EXCHANGES

This one page is intended only for wants and exchanges, not
for advertisements of articles for sale. Notices not exceeding
THREE lines free to subscribers. Over lines charged for at
15 cents per line per insertion.

Old notices will be discontinued as space for new ones is
needed.

COLEOPTERA. — Am interested in exchanging Coleoptera.
Carl G. Siepmann, R. F. D. No. 1, Box 92, Rahway, N. J.

DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. — Have many desirable west-
ern species to exchange, including Argynnis atossa , macaria, mor-
monia, malcolmi, nokomis; Melitaea neumoegeni; Lycaena speci-
osa; etc. Send lists. Dr. John A. Comstock, Los Angeles Mu-
seum, Exposition Park, Los Angeles, Calif.

CATOPINI: Catops ( Choleva ), Prionochaeta , Ptomaphagus.

• — Wanted to borrow all possible specimens of these genera from
North America for a revisional study. Correspondence solicited.
— Melville H. Hatch, Dept, of Zoology, Univ. of Wash., Seattle,
Wash.

HISTERIDAE — Desire to obtain material, all localities, for
identification, by purchase or exchange of other families. Chas.
A. Ballou, Jr., 77 Beekman St., New York, N. Y.

BUY OR EXCHANGE: Pinned Microlepidoptera and papered
Pieridae of North America. Full data with all specimens. Named
material of all groups offered. Alexander B. Klots, College of the
City of New York, New York City.

WILL COLLECT for cash all ORDERS OF INSECTS, pro-
viding I receive sufficient orders prior to collecting to justify my
proceeding. Have many specimens in stock at all times for sale.
Louise Knobel, Hope, Arkansas.

EXCHANGE OR FOR SALE. — Catocala herodias (Ger-
hardi), Graptolitha viridipallens and others. Wanted: Rare N. A.
Macro-Lepidoptera. ' F. Lemmer, Lakehurst, N. J.

WANTED. — North American CHRYSIDIDAE for exchange
or determination, with privilege of retaining duplicates. W. G.
Bodenstein, Dept. Entomology, Cornell University, Ithaca, New
York.

FOR SALE. — Indian butterflies, Moths, Sphingidae, Beetles,
living Cocoons, etc. For particulars write to The Himalayan But-
terfly Co., Shillong, Assam, India.

Vol. XXXI

OCTOBER, 1936

BULLETIN

No. 4

\

OF THE

Brooklyn Entomological

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE

J. R. de la TQRRE-BUEN O, Editor

CARL GEO. SIEPMANN GEO. P. ENGELHARDT

Published for the Society by the

Science Press Printing Co.,

Lime and Green Sts., Lancaster, Pa.,

Price, 60 cents Subscription, $2.50 per year

Mailed October 8, 1936

Entered as second-class matter January 21, 1919, at the post office at Lancaster, Pa.,
under the Act of March 3, 1879

The Brooklyn Entomological Society

Meetings are held on the second Thursday after the first Tuesday of each
month from October to June, inclusive, at the Central Museum, Eastern
Parkway and Washington Ave., Brooklyn. The annual dues are $2.00.

OFFICERS, 1936
Honorary President
CHARLES W. LENG

President
W. T. DAVIS
Vice-President

J. R. de la TORRE-BUENO
Recording Secretary
CARL GEO. SIEPMANN
Corresponding Secretary
FREDERICK LEMMER

Treasurer

G. P. ENGELHARDT
28 Club way
Hartsdale, N. Y.

Librarian
H. E. WILFORD
Curator

J. M. SHERIDAN

Delegate to Council of New Yorlc
Academy of Sciences
G. P. ENGELHARDT

CONTENTS

INTERPRETATION OF SEGMENTS OF MALE DIPTERA,

Crampton : 141

PTEROSTICHUS AND NEW COLPODES FROM ARIZONA,

Darlington 150

TERMITES AND DROUGHT, Rau ; 153

INTERRELATIONSHIPS OF LYCAENA, Klots 154

NEW OMMATIUS, WITH KEY TO SPECIES, Wilcox 172

SPRUCE ON GASPE, N. Y. Sun 11 176

NEW POTAMOBATES FROM PERU, Ilungerford §1 3 78

EDITORIAL: PUBLICATION AND ITS DIFFICULTIES, J. R.

T.-B ...' .'. 180

BOOK NOTES: J. R. T.-B 181

PROTECTIVE VAPORS OF THASUS GIGAS, Torre-Bueno (R.) and

Ambrose i/.y.!1 184

PROCEEDINGS OF THE SOCIETY, Siepmann 185

EXCHANGES .1, ; H 187

ANNOUNCEMENT: SMITH’S “GLOSSARY” 188

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Published in

February, April, June, October and December of each year

Subscription price, domestic, $2.50 per year ; foreign, $2.75 in advance ; single
copies, 60 cents. Advertising rates on application. Short articles, notes and
observations of interest to entomologists are solicited. Authors will receive 25
reprints free if ordered in advance of publication. Address subscriptions and
all communications to

J. R. de la TORRE-BTJENO, Editor,

311 East Jfth St., Tucson, Aris.

BULLETIN

OF THE

BROOKLYN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Vol. XXXI October, 1936 No. 4

SUGGESTIONS FOR A NEW INTERPRETATION
OF THE POSTABDOMEN IN MALE
CYCLORRHAPHOUS DIPTERA.

By G. C. Crampton, Massachusetts State College, Amherst, Mass.

A study of the terminal abdominal segments of male Cyclor-
rhapha has indicated that the generally accepted views concerning
the interpretation of the segments of the postabdomen of these
Diptera need revising. A detailed discussion of the terminalia of
male Cyclorrhapha in general will be published elsewhere, but the
main points brought out by this study may be briefly indicated here.

The normal relation of the sternites to the tergites in the post-
abdomen of one of the Nematocera in which there is no torsion
of the terminal abdominal segments, is illustrated by the bibionid
Dilophus shown in Fig. 1. The spiracles of the eighth abdominal
segment are atrophied in this bibionid, the last pair of abdominal
spiracles being those of the seventh segment — as is typical of male
Diptera in general. The eighth abdominal sternite 8s is considerably
enlarged in the bibionid shown in Fig. 1, and this condition persists
in the higher Diptera, since the inverted eighth abdominal sternite
is usually the largest pregenital sternite of the postabdomen of
male Cyclorrhapha.

The Orthorrhapha Brachycera occupy a position intermediate
between the Nematocera and the Cyclorrhapha, and some of them,
such as the dolichopodid Argyra shown in Fig. 2, illustrate a stage
in the development of the cyclorrhaphous type of male terminalia.
Thus in the dolichopodid shown in Fig. 2, the ninth segment pt has
undergone a complete circumversion, and the eighth sternite 8s has
become drawn up into the insect’s left side, although the eighth
sternite is not completely inverted in the dolichopodid shown in
Fig. 2, as it is in typical male Cyclorrhapha. The seventh sternite

141

142 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

is not “lateroverted” (or displaced into the insect’s left side) in the
dolichopodid shown in Fig. 2, as it is in male Cyclorrhapha, but the
fifth abdominal sternite gs is “cleft” posteriorly in this dolichopo-
did, as it is in many muscoid flies.

The Syrphidae occupy a position at the base of the lines of
descent of the Cyclorrhapha in general, and some Syrphidae, such
as Sericomyia chrysotoxoides, illustrate the beginnings of the
modifications characteristic of the higher Cyclorrhapha, since the
ninth abdominal segment of Sericomyia is twisted about, and the
eighth sternite is almost completely inverted, while the seventh
sternite is slightly displaced into the insect’s left side, but the
seventh sternite is not united with the inverted eighth sternite in
Sericomyia.

In a higher syrphid such as Paragus tibialis, the seventh sternite
becomes more pronouncedly displaced into the insect’s left side
than it is in the lower syrphids, but the seventh sternite is still
distinct from the inverted eighth sternite in Paragus tibialis. In
the other species of Paragus , however, (as in the case in Paragus
bicolor, shown in Fig. 3) the lateroverted seventh sternite ys unites
with the inverted eighth sternite 8s, and the two sternites are
separated only by a faint incomplete suture.

The sixth sternite 6s is asymmetrically developed in the higher
syrphid shown in Fig. 3, being well developed only in the insect’s
left side — as is also the case in the higher Cyclorrhapha next to
be considered. The fifth sternite gs is narrowed mesally in this
syrphid, and is developed only laterally (on each side) thus sug-
gesting the beginning of the formation of the bilobed fifth sternite
typical of male muscoid flies.

The higher Syrphidae thus presage, so to speak, the modifications
of the terminal abdominal segments characteristic of the higher
Cyclorrhapha, and such features as the asymmetrically developed
sixth sternite 6s, the united lateroverted seventh sternite ?s and
inverted eighth sternite 8s, etc., of the higher syrphid in Fig. 3, are
strikingly suggestive of the modifications of the corresponding
sternites in the higher Cyclorrhapha shown in Figs. 4 and 6.

In the helomyzid Neoleria crassipes shown in Fig. 4, the relation
of the parts of the postabdomen to each other clearly indicates a
modification in the direction of the development of the parts
characteristic of typical male muscoid Diptera, but the parts remain
in a more primitive condition in this helomyzid than is the case in
typical muscoid flies, and it is an easy matter to compare the sixth,
seventh and eighth sternites (bearing the labels 6s, ?s and 8s in

Oct., 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 143

Fig. 4) of Neoleria, with the corresponding sternites in such a
syrphid as the one shown in Fig. 3.

In the helomyzid shown in Fig. 4, the ninth segment gt (together
with the proctiger, or anus-bearing terminal region) has under-
gone a complete circumversion in a clockwise direction (as the
insect is viewed from behind), as is typical of the Cyclorrhapha
in general, in which the circumversion of the parts is indicated by
a looping up of the vas deferens, or ejaculatory duct, over the top
of the hindgut before it discharges through the ventrally located
intromittent organ of the male. The rotated ninth segment pro-
jects more directly backward in Neoleria (and in the higher
Cyclorrhapha in general) than it does in the syrphid shown in Fig.
3, in which the ninth segment is twisted about, and projects later-
ally, instead of projecting more rigidly backward.

The eighth sternite 8s is completely inverted in the helomyzid
shown in Fig. 4, as in the case in the higher Cyclorrhapha in
general. The seventh sternite Js is lateroverted, or is drawn up
into the insect’s left side, in Neoleria , but the seventh sternite is
merely attached by one corner to the inverted eighth sternite,
instead of being broadly joined to the latter, in this helomyzid.

The sixth sternite 6s is asymmetrical (being well developed only
in the insect’s left side) in the helomyzid shown in Fig. 4, and the
sixth sternite has become attached by one corner to the lateroverted
seventh sternite js, as the asymmetrical sixth sternite tends to do
in the muscoid flies and their relatives. The sixth sternite 6s,
however, retains its normal relation to the reduced sixth tergite 6t
in Neoleria, and it is an easy matter to compare the sixth, seventh
and eighth sternites of the helomyzid shown in Fig. 4, with the
corresponding parts in a more primitive cyclorrhaphan, such as the
syrphid shown in Fig. 3, or with a more specialized cyclorrhaphan,
such as the anthomyiid shown in Fig. 6.

In the anthomyiid Hylemyia antiqua shown in Fig. 6, the parts
of the postabdomen have become more closely united than is the
case in the helomyzid shown in Fig. 4, but it is very easy to com-
pare the asymmetrical sixth sternite 6s, the lateroverted seventh
sternite Js, the inverted eighth sternite 8s, and the reduced sixth
tergite 6t, of the anthomyiid shown in Fig. 6, with the correspond-
ing parts of the helomyzid shown in Fig. 4.

The ninth segment gt (together with the proctiger) has under-
gone a complete circumversion in Hylemyia, as is indicated by a
looping up of the vas deferens, etc., over the top of the hindgut,
and the same is true of the Cyclorrhapha in general.

144 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

The lateroverted seventh sternite, ys, has united with the
inverted eighth sternite, 8s, in the anthomyiid shown in Fig. 6, but
the two sternites are separated by an incomplete suture in this
insect. The size of the demarked area of the seventh sternite in
Fig. 6, indicates that the seventh sternite undergoes considerable
reduction in uniting with the inverted eighth sternite in the
anthomyiids and in the muscoid Diptera in general. The area
labelled ys in Fig. 6 bears the left spiracle of the seventh abdominal
segment, and since the spiracles are typically located in the tergites
in the muscoid flies, it is evident that a small upper portion of the
region labelled ys in Fig. 6 is formed by the vestigial tergite of the
seventh abdominal segment.

The sixth sternite 6s is asymmetrically developed in the antho-
myiid shown in Fig. 6, and the sixth sternite forms a slender
transverse band bordering the genital pouch (into which the
aedeagus is thrust in repose) in this insect, as is also the case in
the muscoid flies in general. The sixth sternite is attached by one
corner to the area representing the lateroverted seventh sternite ys
in the anthomyiid shown in Fig. 6 (as is characteristic of the
muscoid flies in general), and the sixth sternite is frequently mis-
taken for the eighth sternite in the higher Cyclorrhapha, although
the sixth sternite 6s is situated below the reduced sixth tergite 6t
in Fig. 6, and the spiracle of the sixth abdominal segment lies in
the membrane between the sixth tergite and the narrow sclerite in
question, as would be expected if this sclerite represents the sixth
sternite in these insects.

The fifth sternite $s is bilobed in Hylemyia, as it is in typical
muscoid flies (although the fifth sternite is not bilobed in the
helomyzid shown in Fig. 4), and the fifth tergite $t is well
developed and forms the last tergite of the preabdomen in
Hylemyia, as is typical of the Muscoidea in general.

The modifications of the sixth, seventh and eighth sternites,
bearing the labels 6s, ys and 8s in the anthomyiid shown in Fig. 6,
represent a condition intermediate between that exhibited by the
corresponding parts in the helomyzid shown in Fig. 4, and those
of the calliphorid fly shown in Fig. 5, which has been selected to
illustrate the parts of the male terminalia in a typical muscoid fly.

In the calliphorid Phormia regina shown in Fig. 5, and in the
Muscoidea in general, the ninth segment pt (together with the proc-
tiger, or anus-bearing terminal region) has undergone a complete
circumversion, as is indicated by a looping up of the vas deferens
over the top of the hindgut.

Oct., 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 145

In the Sarcophagidae and related flies, the ninth segment is
usually referred to as the “second genital segment,” while the
segmental complex bearing the label ys -f- 8s in Fig. 5, is usually
called the “first genital segment” by the students of the Sarco-
phagidae and related flies. The so-called first genital “segment,”
however, is a segmental complex largely composed of the later-
overted seventh sternite and the inverted eighth sternite, as may
be seen by comparing the region bearing the label ys -|- 8s in Fig. 5,
with the parts bearing the labels ys and 8s in Figs. 6, 4 and 3 ; and
the position of the spiracles will also aid in comparing the parts in
these flies.

The sclerite bearing the label ys -f- 8s in Fig. 5 is regarded as a
“tergite” by everyone who has attempted to identify it in the
muscoid flies, and even in Snodgrass’ recent “Principles of Insect
Morphology” it is referred to as the eighth tergite in these flies,
while the sixth sternite, labelled 6s in Fig. 5, is regarded as the
true eighth sternite by Snodgrass. If, however, the crevice between
the lateroverted seventh sternite ys and the inverted eighth ster-
nite 8s of Fig. 4 were to become closed, a condition like that
shown in Fig. 6 would result, and if the suture between the later-
overted seventh sternite ys and the inverted eighth sternite 8s in
Fig. 6 were to drop out, a condition like that shown in Fig. 5
would result, so that by tracing the parts from Fig. 5 to Fig. 6,
and on back through Fig. 4 to Fig. 3, etc., it is readily seen that
the structure regarded as a pregenital “tergite” in such a muscoid
fly as the one shown in Fig. 5, is in reality a composite region
composed of the seventh and eighth sternites, which become
drawn up into the dorsal region when the ninth segment undergoes
a circumversion.

The validity of the claim that the seventh sternite becomes
drawn up into the insect’s left side, and that the eighth sternite
becomes inverted when a circumversion of the ninth segment takes
place, rests wholly upon the assumption that the torsion of the
parts of the postabdomen has taken place in a clockwise direction
(i.e., from left to right, as the insect is viewed from behind), since
a torsion in the opposite direction would produce a wholly different
arrangement of the parts from that described above. There is
abundant proof that the torsion has taken place in a clockwise
direction in the Cyclorrhapha, however, since the looping-up of the
vas deferens over the top of the hindgut always takes place from
left to right, indicating that the torsion of the parts has been from
left to right in every case. Schraeder, 1927, has observed such a

146 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

circumversion of the terminalia in the pupal stage of the typical
muscoid fly Calliphora, in which the arrangement of the parts is
exactly like that occurring in the rest of the Muscoidea and their
relatives, and the natural inference is that such a circumversion of
the terminalia takes place in the pupal stages of the Cyclorrhapha
in general. Furthermore, it is easy to trace the clockwise torsion
of the parts in a series of Syrphidae, and since the sternites of
such a syrphid as the one shown in Fig. 3 are clearly homologous
with the sternites bearing the same labels in the series of flies
shown in Figs. 4, 6 and 5, it is evident that the interpretation of
the parts proposed above is fully supported by all of the available
evidence.

The fact that the sixth sternite 6s of the calliphorid fly shown in
Fig. 5 is attached by one corner to the supposed eighth “tergite,”
bearing the label ys -f- 8s in Fig. 5, has caused some investigators
to interpret it as the “eighth’' sternite in the muscoid flies. The
evidence of comparative anatomy, however, clearly supports the
view that the sclerites bearing the labels 6t and 6s in the calliphorid
shown in Fig. 5 represent the tergite and sternite of the sixth
abdominal segment, as may be seen by tracing the parts in the
series of flies shown in Figs. 5, 6, 4 and 3, which lead back to the
lower syrphid types in which the tergite and sternite of the sixth
abdominal segment are normally developed. The sixth sternite 6s
is asymmetrical in the calliphorid shown in Fig. 5, being well devel-
oped only in the insect’s left side, as is also the case with the sixth
sternite in the anthomyiid shown in Fig. 6 (compare also Figs. 4
and 3) ; and the narrow sixth sternite forms a stiffening border
for the genital pouch in these flies.

The fifth sternite $s, or last sternite of the preabdomen, is
bilobed posteriorly in Phormia , and this condition is typical of the
muscoid flies in general. The fifth tergite $t is large in Phormia,
and forms the last tergite of the preabdomen, as it does in the
muscoid flies, in which the fifth tergite is the last “visible” tergite
of the abdomen. The fifth pair of spiracles is borne in the fifth
tergite and serves to identify it when there is a fusion of the
segments in the basal region of the abdomen.

A reduction in the segments of the abdomen takes place in
various ways in the Cyclorrhapha. In the muscoid flies the first
and second tergites frequently unite, but the composite basal
tergite bears two pairs of spiracles in such cases, and the first two
sternites usually remain distinct, so that it is usually possible to
count the segments in the ventral region, when the basal tergites

Oct., 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 147

unite. The reduction of the segments of the postabdomen is
usually brought about by the union of the seventh and eighth
segments in the higher Cyclorrhapha, and the sixth tergite may
becomes atrophied while the sixth sternite may unite with the
seventh in some cases, and in some Cyclorrhapha other segments
may drop out, etc.

The anus-bearing, non-segmental telson, and the cercus-bearing
eleventh segment, apparently unite with the tenth abdominal seg-
ment, to form the proctiger, or anus-bearing segmental complex
behind the ninth tergite pt of Figs. 5, 6, etc., which is usually
referred to as the “tenth” segment alone by the students of the
higher Diptera, even when they identify its appendages ce with the
cerci of lower insects. The cerci, however, are appendages of the
eleventh abdominal segment, and if the appendages of the anus-
bearing terminal region represent true cerci (and these structures
in the Diptera are evidently homologus with the structures gener-
ally interpreted as true cerci in the Mecoptera and their relatives)
then the cercus-bearing eleventh abdominal segment must also
enter into the composition of the terminal anus-bearing structure
(or proctiger), and on this account, the latter cannot be interpreted
as the tenth abdominal segment alone, as some investigators are
inclined to believe.

The surstyli labelled ss in the higher Diptera shown in Figs. 3,
4, 5 and 6, are appendages of the ninth tergite pt, and should not
be homologized with the parts of the male genital forceps labelled
cx and st in a lower dipteron such as the one shown in Fig. 1, as is
done by Awati, 1915, Hendel, 1928, Patton, 1932, and other
students of the higher Diptera. It is not the surstyli ss, but rather
the anterior and posterior gonapophyses labelled a and b in the
higher Diptera shown in Figs. 5 and 6, that represent the segments
of the genital forceps labelled cx and st in the lower dipteron
shown in Fig. 1, as may be seen by comparing the corresponding
parts in one of the lower representatives of the Cyclorrhapha, such
as a syrphid, etc., with the parts in a bombyliid, leptid, and other
lower forms leading back to the Nematocera.

The genital forceps bearing the labels cx and st in the lower
dipteron shown in Fig. 1, are homologous with the parameres of
male Hymenoptera, Coleoptera, etc., and if the structure labelled
a and b in the higher Diptera shown in Figs. 5 and 6 are homol-
ogous with the parts labelled cx and st in Fig. 1, it is quite correct
to designate the structures labelled a and b in Figs. 5 and 6, as the
parameres also, as is done by Hendel, 1928, Patton, 1932, and

148 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

other students of the higher Diptera, although these investigators
apparently do not realize all that is implied in this interpretation,
when they proceed to homologize the surstylii ss with the genital
forceps of the lower Diptera, even when they interpret the anterior
and posterior gonapophyses of the higher Diptera as parameres !

A more detailed comparison of the gonapophyses, etc., of the
lower Cyclorrhapha, such as the Syrphidae, etc., with the parts of
the genital forceps of the Bombyliidae, Asilidae, Dolichopodidae,
Empidae, Leptidae, and other forms leading back to the Nema-
tocera, will be discussed in a later paper, since it is the purpose of
the present discussion merely to present very briefly, the evidence
for a new interpretation of the segmentation of the postabdomen
of the higher Diptera, suggested by a recent study of the terminalia
of male cyclorrhaphous Diptera.

Abbreviations Used in Plate.

a — Anterior gonapophysis (compare with cx of Fig. i). ae —
Aedeagus or phallosome. b — Posterior gonapophysis (compare
with st of Fig. i). c — Genital spine, ce — Cercus. cx — So-called
“coxite” or basal segment of parameres. s — Sternite. ss- — Sur-
styli. st — So-called “stylus” or distal segment of parameres.
t — Tergite.

Explanation of Plate VII.

Fig. i. — A bibionid Dilophus sp. Fig. 2. — A dolichopodid
Argyra sp. Fig. 3. — A syrphid Paragus bicolor. Fig. 4. — A
helomyzid Neoleria eras sipes. Fig. 5. — A calliphorid Phormia
regina. Fig. 6. — An anthomyiid Hylemyia antiqua. All figures
represent lateral views of the terminal abdominal structures of
male insects.

Bull. B. E. S., Yol. XXXI, No. 4

Plate YII

i)

150 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

AN INTERESTING PTEROSTICHUS AND A
NEW COLPODES FROM ARIZONA
(COLEOPTERA: CARABIDAE)

By P. J. Darlington, Jr., Museum of Comparative
Zoology, Cambridge, Mass.

The following two fine species of Carabidae have been lent me
for study by Mr. H. C. Fall. Both were taken in the Baboquivari
Mts., extreme southern Arizona, about the middle of the state from
east to west, by the late Mr. O. C. Poling.

Pterostichus (Ithytolus) arizonicus Schffr. (fig. i).

Schaeffer 1910, Sci. Bull. Mus. Brooklyn. Inst. Arts Sci. 1,

Casey 1913, Memoirs 4, 129.

Redescription: Form as figured, moderately convex; brown-
ish piceous, appendages slightly more rufescent ; upper surface
finely and lightly alutaceous, moderately shining. Head mod-
erately elongate ; eyes not very prominent ; mandibles moder-
ately elongate and arcuate, not striate, without bristle in scrobe ;
front with 2 strong, linear, slightly arcuate longitudinal im-
pressions; 2 setae over each eye; ligula narrow basally, ex-
panded at extreme apex, bisetose, not carinate ; mentum tooth
rather small, emarginate at apex ; antennae moderate, 3rd seg-
ment (by measurement) about 3 times as long as greatest
width, 2nd about one-half length 3rd, 1st slightly shorter than
3rd, somewhat stouter, first 3 segments glabrous, outer ones
somewhat flattened; palpi moderately elongate, slender with
subapical segment about equal to apical, bisetose in front.
Prothorax with side margins fine, each with seta at base and

393-

Oct., 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 151

one-third from apex ; no basal nor apical margins ; single linear
basal fovea each side; middle groove fine, transverse impres-
sions practically obsolete ; surface of disk moderately convex,
not punctate, faintly transversely wrinkled near middle. Elytra
with humeri moderate; humeral margin distinctly, though a
little obtusely, angulate, not dentate; margin only faintly
sinuate before apex (seen from above) but with strong internal
plica; apices conjointly moderately rounded, sutural angles
about right, not dentate; striae fine on disk, deeper apically,
impunctate; no scutellar stria but an ocellate puncture at ex-
treme base 2nd interval ; intervals nearly flat on disk, without
dorsal punctures. Metepisterna moderately elongate, much
narrowed posteriorly; inner wings well developed. Proster-
num margined at apex. Front of mesosternum and first ven-
tral segment with light punctuation ; lower surface otherwise
impunctate. Middle and hind tibiae sulcate externally, rather
spiny ; first 3 segments middle and hind tarsi sulcate each side
above ; 4th tarsal segment not dilated, only slightly emarginate ;
tarsi sparsely pubescent above, first 4 joints middle and hind
tarsi with rather densely pubescent soles. Male with front
tarsi moderately dilated, segments not distinctly oblique, first
3 biseriately squamulose below; last vernal with 1 setigerous
puncture each side near apex. Length 10; width 3.8 mm.

Arizona: Tucson (type, U. S. N. M.) and Baboquivari Mts.
(Poling collector, collection H. C. Fall). My description has been
drawn from the second specimen, which, however, I have compared
with the type.

Schaeffer was seriously in error in referring this species tc
Gastrellarius. There is a certain superficial similarity, but Gastrel-
larius contains only species with vestigial inner wings (a character
not of itself of much importance) and relatively short and broad
metepisterna, with tarsi not pubescent above and middle of soles
also naked, and with mentum tooth entire. There are other dif-
ferences, but they need not be listed. Casey placed the species
(which he evidently did not know) “provisionally” in Leptoferonia,,
but this is no more fortunate, for Leptoferonia is another group with
short, broad metepisterna, and with tarsi naked above and on middle
of soles, and has a very different appearance. In my opinion,
arizonicus does not belong to any subgenus or group previously
known from the United States, but to Ithytolus Bates (now called a
subgenus of Pterostichus) of Guatemala and southern Mexico.
Arizonicus has about the same appearance as the species of Ithy -

152 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

tolus , to judge from the figure of L anomalus Bates in Biologia
(PI. 13, fig. 15), an appearance almost as suggestive of certain
Agoni as of Pterostichus. The exceptionally strong internal fold
of the elytra, the hairy tarsi, and the full inner wings agree with
Ithytolus. On the other hand arizonicus lacks the broad 4th tarsal
joint of typical Ithytolus and differs somewhat in other ways. Ap-
parently only 3 specimens (2 species) of Ithytolus have been known
all 55. I have seen none.

Colpodes falli n. sp. (fig. 2).

Form as figured, moderately convex; dark blue above,
slightly purplish, especially on elytra ; lightly alutaceous, espe-
cially on elytra; lower surface and appendages piceous black.
Head elongate; eyes not very prominent; 2 setae over each
eye; front bi-impressed anteriorly; mentum tooth strong,
rounded-acute; antennae very slender, 3rd segment 8 or 9
times long as wide. Prothorax with moderate, explanate side
margins; seta each side at base but none anteriorly; basal
foveae moderate, rounded; sides of disk (inside margin)
slightly depressed from foveae to in front of middle; disk
slightly convex, middle groove narrow but well impressed
except at extreme base and apex; basal and apical transverse
impressions less well defined ; surface finely, transversely
reticulate-wrinkled, lightly punctate in basal foveae. Elytra
with humeri slightly narrowed, humeral marginal line obtusely
angulate; side margins slightly sinuate near apex; apices
not much produced, conjointly rather narrowly rounded;
sutural angles finely denticulate ; striae fine, very faintly
punctulate; intervals nearly flat, 3rd 3-punctate, 1st puncture
nearly on 3rd striae about 1/6 from base, 2nd and 3rd
nearly on 2nd stria near middle and one-fourth from apex.
Metepisterna elongate but not strongly so ; inner wings appar-
ently vestigial, possibly dimorphic. Tibiae strongly sulcate on
outer edge; basal segment of front and first 3 segments of
middle and hind tarsi rather strongly sulcate each side above ;
4th segment all tarsi rather deeply emarginate, but with outer
lobe no longer than inner. Male front tarsi narrowly dilated,
first 4 segments biseriately squamulose; last ventral with 1
setigerous puncture each side near apex. Length 1 5 ; width
5.5 mm.

Type J1, Baboquivari Mts., Arizona, April, 1924, Poling collec-
tor ; unique, in collection H. C. Fall.

Oct., 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 153

This is only the third Colpodes to be known north of Mexico,
not counting Anchomenus marginatus Lee. ( cf . Chaudoir, 1859,
Ann. Soc. Ent. France 3 (7), 328), which seems out of place in this
genus. From C. longiceps Schffr. (1910, Sci. Bull. Mus. Brooklyn
Inst. Arts Sci. 1, 394; Casey, 1920, Memoirs 9, 29) of the Hua-
chuca Mts., Arizona, falli differs (from description) in larger size,
shallow rather than deeply elytral striae, less prominent eyes, non-
cordate prothorax, and in having 1 instead of 4 setae each side <§
last ventral. C. rufiventris Van Dyke (1926, Pan- Pacific Ent. 2,
120) of Mt. Washington, Arizona (also known to me only from
description) is nigropiceous with rufous elytral margins, and is only
10.5 mm. long. None of these species seems to be the same as any
of the 1 50 or so species of Colpodes of Mexico and Central Amer-
ica. It is a characteristic of this great, nearly tropicopolitan genus
that many of the species are flightless and confined to single moun-
tains or isolated mountain ranges, as the Arizona species seem to
be.

Termites and the Drought. — The present drought recalls my
experience with termites during the drought of 1930. In 1929 I
discovered termites in the wooden foundation of my home. They
were alive and quite numerous in the places that I had torn open.
In 1931, when I replaced the wooden portion of the foundation
with concrete, I was very much surprised to find that there were
no termites in the old galleries, nor was there evidence of any
recent activity. I concluded, therefore, that the severe drought of
the year before (1930) had played havoc with them. Since it is
necessary for termites to have a moist subterranean environment,
it is quite likely that periods of drought act as a natural check to
their increase. Specimens taken about my premises have been
identified by Mr. T. E. Snider as Reticulitermes flampes Kohl,
and it is quite likely that those referred to above are of the same
species. — Phil Rau, Kirkwood, Mo.

154 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

THE INTERRELATIONSHIPS OF THE SPECIES OF
THE GENUS LYCAENA FABRICIUS
(LEPIDOPTERA, LYCAENIDAE).

By Alexander B. Klots, College of the City of New York.

Some years ago Dr. A. Glenn Richards, Jr., and the author began
work together on a study of the male genitalia of the species of
Lycaena , with the special purpose of finding our what these organs
might show regarding the interrelationships of the species. Since
then various changes of residence have prevented the completion
of this study as a joint undertaking; the present writer has finally
succeeded in bringing the task to a point of at least approximate
completion.

Obviously to be of the greatest value, such a study could not be
confined to the Nearctic species, although these constitute the
major interest of the writer. Accordingly the majority of the
species of the world have been included; it is believed that the
small minority that were unobtainable are not of great phylogenetic
significance.

The writer is greatly indebted to Dr. Richards, who contributed
much of the material and made many of the dissections, to the
American Museum of Natural History, to Cornell University and
Mr. W. P. Comstock for the loan of specimens, to Dr. W. Schaus
for his very kind gift of a specimen of the rare L. pyrrhias
Godman & Salvin, and to Dr. J. McDunnough and Messrs. N. D.
Riley and Foster H. Benjamin for aid in clearing up synonymic
tangles. All of Dr. Richards’ and the author’s specimens have been
deposited in the American Museum.

Structures of the Male Genitalia.

(see especially figs, i, 2 & 8).

The genitalia of the species of Lycaena are of the conventional,
rather specialized, Lycaenid type, differing strongly in the dorsal
structures from most other butterflies. The homologies of these
structures with the similarly located organs of the majority of
other Lepidoptera are somewhat uncertain, and so the terms
“labides” and “fakes” have been used here. It is probable that
the labides are developments of the tegumen, while the falces may
represent modifications of the uncus; but careful comparative and
embroyological studies should be made to determine these points.

The labides (lab), rounded, hairy lobes, are nearly always well
developed, as are also the falces (fal), which are long, sharp,

Oct., 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 155

heavily chitinized and strongly curved. The tegumen (teg) evi-
dently constitutes the dorsal part of the genitalic “ring”, while the
extent of the vinculum is, in most cases, obvious. The caudal
edges of the tegumen are folded in toward the mid-line beneath the
anus, and are often more or less chitinized there, forming a sub-
scaphium (ssc) which supports the anus.

This infolding continues cephalad and centrad as a membrane
which envelops the oedeagus (oed), and is continuous with a
similar fold that extends from the region of the bases of the
harpes. In this latter fold there is considerable chitinization for
the support of the oedeagus. For simplicity the term “juxta”
(jux) has been used for the single, ventral, median portion of this
oedeagus support, which lies between the sacculi of the harpes and
fastens them together ; and the term “anellus” (an) has been used
for the expanded, paired, upper parts. These latter consist of two
paired folds; the inner ones, which are the larger, form more or
less of a trough for the support of the oedeagus; the outer ones
consist of two arms which articulate with the upper, basal angles
of the two harpes. Possible the latter may represent homologues
of the transtilla in other Lepidoptera.

The oedeagus is more or less open dorsally, being thus for its
terminal portion in the form of a trough; the ejaculatory duct
(ej. d.) opens from it on the dorsal side, usually at about two-
thirds from the base, and is provided with a single, triangular
cornutus.

In the majority of the Nearctic species the saccus is very small;
in many of the Palaearctic species it is of considerable length.

The harpe shows a great deal of modification, both in shape and
in the development of chitinized ridges and teeth which are
especially prominent in some of the Palaearctic species ( hippothoe ,
sarthus, virgaureae, etc.). Occasionally it is greatly reduced in
size, as in li. On the whole the developments of the harpe appear
to be largely specific, and so cannot be used as safely in determining
the relationships of the species groups as other less mutable
characters.

Taxonomy.

It would be fallacious to expect a study such as the present one,
based largely on a single set of organs, to furnish all the data
necessary for the working of a complete phylogeny. The male
genitalia appear to be almost invariably distinctive for each species,
and to furnish excellent characters for species differentiation; but
in many species they fail to give any reliable clue to relationship

156 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

with other members of the genus. In such cases the author has
chosen to follow the path of discretion and refrain from arbitrary
action based on guesswork, merely presenting the data for future
consideration when material may be available for comparative
studies of female genitalia and early stages.

In other cases, however, there occur such definite similarities of
structure as to clearly indicate almost undoubted relationships.
Systematic changes based on such cases have been made, even
though they represent a considerable departure from the hitherto
accepted classification. Previous ideas of the relationships of the
Coppers have been based almost entirely on wing shape, color and
pattern, characters which are notoriously changeable and therefore
likely to be unreliable for phylogenetic purposes. While such
characters have been by no means ignored in the present work,
they have not been considered as important as definite similarities
or differences in the genitalia. Thus, because of a very close
resemblance of all its genitalic structures to those of a number of
Palaearctic species, cupreus Edw. has been placed in the typically
Palaearctic subgenus; and similarly sarthus Stgr., caspius Led.
and athamanthis Ev. have been placed in the typically Nearctic
subgenus.

Just what categories to use in formulating an intrageneric classi-
fication of Lycaena has been considerable of a problem. Certainly,
because of insufficient dissimilarities and the presence of many
annectant forms, not more than one genus would seem justified.
Largely because of the presence in the Palaearctic of a number of
single, isolated species, the exact relationships of which are at
present indeterminable, the use of a number of subgenera alone
was ruled out. Such a procedure would result in a dispropor-
tionate ratio of subgenera to species, and would necessitate the
proposal of a considerable number of new names of doubtful
worth.

It was finally decided to make use of but two subgenera, L.
( Lycaena ) for the series of typically Palaearctic species, and L.
( Tharsalea ) for the typically Nearctic series. In L. ( Lycaena )
must be included only one species of Nearctic distribution, cupreus
Edw., and the sole Neotropical Copper, pyrrhias Godm. & Salv.,
besides the North American race hypophlaeas of the Palaearctic
phlaeas L. Conversely only three species of Palaearctic occurrence
are included in L. {Tharsalea) .

In each subgenus the species have been divided into “species
groups/' In the Palaearctic series this seems a bit awkward

Oct., 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 157

because of the presence of a number of isolated species, each of
which, showing no definite resemblance to any other, must be
placed in a species group by itself. But in view of the close
similarity of structure between members of some of the larger
species groups, nothing else could well be done; and the result is
probably far more natural than would be the case if any of these
isolated species had been “lumped” together.

The linear arrangement of the species groups is largely one of
convenience only, and is not to be construed as representing
throughout any theories of relationship and phylogeny. In some
cases, such as the placing of kasyapa between the thersamon and
dispar groups, the arrangement expresses a relationship, as is
brought out in the discussion of the groups. But in much of the
remainder of the Palaearctic series, and in the larger part of the
Nearctic, interrelationships are so inconclusively shown by the
genitalia that it seems the part of wisdom to do nothing definite in
this respect.

Check-List of Species Studied.

Genus Lycaena Fabricius, type Papilio phlaeas L.

Subgenus Lycaena
thersamon group
thersamon Esp.
phoebus Blach.
solskyii Ersch.
thetis Klug
kasyapa group
kasyapa Moore
dispar group
(i dispar L.)

(a) rutilus Wernb.
splendens Stgr.
or us Cram.
pavana Koll.
standfussi Gr.-Grsch.
phoenicurus group
phoenicurus Led.

pyrrhias group ( Iophanes Draudt)
pyrrhias Godm. & Salv.
alciphron group
alciphron Rott.
cupreus Edw.

(a) snowi Edw.

158 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

virgaureae group {He odes Dalman)
virgaureae L.
dorilis Hufn.

phlaeas group {Lycaena Fabr. sens, strict.)
phlaeas L.

(a) abbotti Holland

(b) Feildeni McLach.

(c) hypo phlaeas Bdv.
amphidamas group

amphidamas Esp.
li group
li Oberth.
pang Oberth.
boldenarum group
boldenarum White
salustius group
salustius Fabr.
enysii Butler
hippothoe group
hip pot hoe L.

Subgenus Tharsalea Scudder, type Polyommatus arota Bdv.
sgrthus group
sarthus Stdgr.
c as plus Led.
athamanthis group
( athamanthis Ev.)

(a) alexandra Piing.

arota group {Tharsalea Scud. sens, strict.)
arota Bdv.

(a) virginiensis Edw.
hermes group
hermes Edw.

xanthoides group {Gaeides Scud. & Chalceria Scud.) .
xanthoides Bdv.

(a) dione Scud.
edit ha Mead
rubidus Behr
(a) sirius Edw.
gorgon group
gorgon Bdv.
heteronea Bdv.

(a) gravenotata Klots

Oct., 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 159

thoe group
thoe Guer.

epixanthe group ( Epidemia Scud.)
epixanthe Bdv. & Lee.

(a) amicetus Scud.
anthelle Dbldy non pub.
phaedrus Hall
d ore as Kirby

amicetus Dbldy. non pub.
anthelle Scud.
florus Edw.

(a) helloides Bdv.
nivalis Bdv.
mariposa Reak.

Discussions of Groups
thersamon group (fig. i)

The most outstanding characteristics of this group are : the very
long, pointed lobes of the anellus; the moderately long, heavy
juxta; the short saccus; the harpe, broad at base, tapering to a
moderately slender tip which is armed in some species with small,
infolded teeth or rugosities.

In these characters the species agree well with one another, and
form a compact group of evidently closely related forms. They
are also well connected together in color and pattern. Structurally
they are dififerentiated best by the shape of the harpe, which fur-
nishes excellent characters.

kasyapa group

In kasyapa the lobes of the anellus are considerably shorter and
broader, and the saccus is longer than in the thersamon group ; in
these characters it approaches the dispar group. The juxta is,
however, very short, more so than in any of the thersamon species.
This would preclude placing it in the dispar group with which,
however, it evidently forms an annectant.

dispar group (fig. 2)

The most outstanding characteristics of this group are : the long,
slender juxta; the moderately long saccus; the reduction in width
of the tegumen, labides and falces. The harpe usually broadens
somewhat at the tip, and is there armed with short, infolded teeth.

In these characters dispar, splendens, pavana and orus agree

160 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

well with each other, and are evidently closely interrelated. They
differ from each other mainly in the shape of the harpe, which is
longest and narrowest in dispar, and shortest and broadest in orus ;
in the shape of the oedeagus, which is very similar in dispar,
pavana and splendens, but is comparatively little curved in orus;
and in the length of the saccus, which is longest in dispar and short-
est in orus. Distally the harpe of both orus and standfussi is some-
what more produced dorsally than ventrally, much as is shown in
pyrrhias (fig. 3) and a number of other species. The juxta of
standfussi is comparatively shorter than in the other three species.
It seems as if orus represents a transitional form between dispar
and splendens on the one hand and standfussi on the other, and
then as if standfussi still further connects the group to the thersa-
mon group. In this connection the fundamentally similar under-
side patterns of orus and standfussi are noteworthy.

phoenicurus group (fig. 4)

In its very short saccus and reduced anellus lobes, phoenicurus
differs strongly from the dispar group; its juxta is also rather
peculiar, being long but fused for a considerable distance with the
sacculi of the harpes. In general its structures appear to show
somewhat of a relationship to the dispar group, sufficient to war-
rant postulation of at least a slight degree of relationship.

pyrrhias group (fig. 3)

In pyrrhias the juxta is very short, which would seem to preclude
a close relationship to the dispar and thersamon groups. The very
long lobes of the anellus would seem, however, to place it some-
where in this vicinity, just as the slender, upcurved oedeagus also
shows that it cannot be very closely related to any of the character-
istic Nearctic species. In view of its peculiarities of structure, as
well as of its peculiar position as the only Neotropical Lycaena,
pyrrhias well deserves a position in a species group by itself. Its
relationship is undoubtedly with the Palaearctic rather than with
the Nearctic series, and is possibly rather ancient.

alciphron group (fig. 7)

The two members of this group, alciphron and cupreus, are very
alike in genitalia; they differ essentially only in the length of the
juxta, which is slightly longer and more curved in alciphron, and in
the shape of the distal part of the harpe. Both agree with the
virgaureae group in the possession of a spine near the dorsal mar-
gin of the harpe; but from this group they differ strongly in the

Oct., 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 161

shape of the harpe, in the toothing of the distal part of the harpe,
and in their longer saccus. Because of fundamental similarities in
these three features they would seem to be more closely related to
the dispar group, in spite of the dorsal spine on the harpe and the
much smaller lobes of the anellus. As might be expected, alciphron
is slightly more like the dispar group than is cupreus.

The two North American forms, cupreus and snowi, are so
much alike in genitalic structure that I hesitate to recognize them
as separate species. The harpe of snowi appears to average slightly
shorter and broader than that of cupreus’, the dorsal, subterminal
tooth on the harpe of cupreus averages larger than that of snowi.
Careful study of the early stages, of the distribution, and of large
series of the two forms must be made. For the present I am treat-
ing snowi as a race of cupreus , which is all that the genitalic struc-
tures warrant.

virgaureae group (fig. 6)

In the two species placed here, virgaureae and dorilis, the geni-
talia are so very similar that there can be no doubt that a very close
relationship exists between the two. The harpe is wide, strongly
“spoon-shaped,” and bears a strong, triangular, infolded flap near
the tip and slightly above the ventral margin; a strong, heavily
chitinized spine points inward from its dorsal margin. In both the
saccus is very short, and the falces are considerably reduced in
size, while the labides are not.

Virgaureae and dorilis differ structurally from each other mainly
in the shape and size of the anellus lobes ; in dorilis these are slightly
longer and more pointed than in virgaureae.

The shape of the harpe, as well as other structures, is so dis-
tinctly different from the condition found in the alciphron group,
that I believe that the dorsal spine, which occurs in both groups,
cannot be taken as an evidence of relationship; it may well have
been developed independently.

phlaeas group (fig. 5)

Phlaeas shows no very distinctive structural characters, and may
be regarded as comparatively unspecialized. The harpe is rather
wider and somewhat less heavily chitinized than in the majority of
other Coppers, and bears an infolded, chitinized ridge near the
tip ; it is thus similar to that of virgaureae, but shows no trace of
the dorsal spine characteristic of that species. Possibly there is a
relationship.

162 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society VoLXXXI

In studying a considerable series of specimens no constant differ-
ence was found between the genitalia of p. phlaeas , p. hypophlaeas ,
and p . abhotti. Even color and pattern differences between the
two are relatively slight; so that the placing of hypophlaeas as a
race seems thoroughly justified. Feildeni is, of course, another
race, from the far Arctic regions; Holland’s placing of it as a
separate species is an example of extreme “splitting.”

amphidamas group (fig. 8)

Like phlaeas , amphidamas shows no outstandingly distinctive
characteristics such as would aid in determining its relationships
to other species of Lycaena. The small, sharply triangular lobes
of the anellus are rather different from those of any other species ;
likewise peculiar is the development of a small but heavily chi-
tinized subscaphium. Except for this latter structure it is not
unlike the two species studied of the li group, being rather closer
to pang than to li.

li group (fig. 9)

The two species here included, li and pang , show in addition to
the very distinctive pattern of the under side of the secondaries,
a characteristic reduction in the size of the harpe that sets them
apart from the other species of Lycaena. The latter character is
more noticeable in li than in pang. In pang the tegumen is propor-
tionately much broader than in li, which may point out a connection
to the following three species groups. The distal portion of the
oedeagus of pang is considerably reduced in size.

Probably tseng Oberth. and ouang Oberth. also belong in this
group.

boldenarum group (fig. io)

The most characteristic feature of the genitalia of boldenarum
is in the structure of the lobes of the anellus, which are long, broad,
and rounded at their ends ; the tegumen is very broad, and the distal
portion of the oedeagus considerably reduced in size. In one speci-
men examined there appear to be three cornuti. On the basis of
the genitalia, no definite relationship of boldenarum to other Cop-
pers can be traced with any security. Its small size, peculiar
coloring and pattern, and geographic distribution also set it apart.

salustius group

Genitalically the species of this group show no distinctive char-
acteristic such as would aid in determining their relationships. In
general they resemble the other comparatively unspecialized species

Oct., 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 163

such as phlaeas and amphidamas. They are distinct from each
other, differing in the shape of the harpe and the size and shape
of the lobes of the anellus. Unquestionably they show no particu-
lar relationship to boldenarum. Possibly a careful study of their
early stages will furnish a clue to their relationship.

hippothoe group (fig. n)

Outstanding characteristics of hippothoe are: the very heavy
oedeagus, the base of which is very strongly bent dorsad ; the great
specialization of the harpe, which has developed two distal proc-
esses each bearing a long, strong spine; the very peculiar shape of
the juxta and anellus ; the long saccus. Excepting the saccus, noth-
ing resembling these occurs in any other species of Lycaena studied,
save that there is a certain similarity in the harpe of the sarthus
group. These distinctive specializations of the genitalia render
futile any guesswork at the relationships of hippothoe based on
these organs.

sarthus group (fig. 12)

With this group begins the subgenus composed of species, mostly
Nearctic, in which the oedeagus is strongly bent ventrad. In all
of these the saccus is short and weak, and the juxta and anellus,
especially the former, somewhat reduced. Without doubt sarthus
and caspius belong here, rather than with the other Palaearctic
species in L. (Lycaena), as far as genitalic characters are con-
cerned.

Sarthus and caspius are structurally very much alike, differing
mainly only in the shape of the harpe which in caspius is a little
more slender. The writer has only a few specimens for compari-
son, but is under a very strong impression that the two forms may
be really members of a single species.

athamanthis group (fig. 26)

Athamanthis undoubtedly has close Nearctic relationships, as is
evidenced by the structure of nearly all the parts of the male geni-
talia, but especially by the heavy, downcurved oedeagus and the
shape and armature of the harpe. The position of the fakes sug-
gests a possible relationship to the arota group. The anellus lobes
are rather like those of the xanthoides group, but are also similar
to those of a number of Palaearctic species. The saccus is a trifle
longer than that of any Nearctic species. These characters are
rather indeterminate as regards exact relationships, so that beyond
placing it here in the typically Nearctic subgenus nothing more
can definitely be done for the present.

164 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

arota group (figs. 13, 14)

The chief characters which separate arota and virginiensis from
the other species of Lycaena are the long, slender, unarmed harpe
and the position of the fakes, which are so strongly curved toward
the meson that they practically lie in a transverse plane. In spite
of their common possession of a tail at the anal angle of the sec-
ondary (a most untrustworthy character in Lycaena), arota and
virginiensis show no close relationship at all to hermes, and Scud-
der’s inclusion of all three in the genus Tharsalea would seem to
have been unwarranted. There would be more justification for the
separation of arota and virginiensis from all of the other Nearctic
species of Lycaena, including hermes, using Tharsalea as a sub-
genus for them alone.

I have been unable to find any constant genitalic difference be-
tween arota and virginiensis (the specimens figured are extremes,
but are connected by every degree of intergradation in other speci-
mens), and I therefore strongly suspect that they are really mem-
bers of a single species. Virginiensis may represent a color form
which has become dominant east of the Sierras, forming a “race”
there, though constituting only a color form in California. Such
an explanation is perfectly in accord with genetical theory.

hermes group (fig. 15)

Structurally hermes is distinguished by the rather considerable
development of the subscaphium (a character which likewise occurs
in the gorgon group) and by the extreme reduction of the juxta.
The lobes of the anellus, though lightly chitinized, and rounded,
are of good size for a Nearctic species. The harpe is very similar
in shape and armature to that of the following two species groups.
Evidently hermes is, structurally at least, far closer to gorgon and
heteronea than to its tailed Nearctic congeners.

xanthoides group (figs. 16-19)

The species here included are characterized by the structure of
the anellus lobes, which are larger than in any others of the typi-
cally Nearctic series, and are pointed cau dally; and by a somewhat
less wide tegumen than is shown by most of the other Nearctic
species. The juxta shows the double-curved condition also char-
acteristic of the other related groups, but is considerably heavier
than in any other Nearctic group. The fakes are bent at nearly a
right angle, a condition also found in the gorgon and epixanthe
groups, and very different from the more gentle and gradual curve
characteristic of the majority of the Palaearctic species.

Oct., 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 165

The species are best separated from one another by the shape
and armature of the harpe; in this respect editha appears to be
closer to xanthoides than to rubidus.

No constant g^nitalic difference has been noticed between r.
rubidus and r. sirius, forms which are unquestionable races of a
single species.

Genitalically xanthoides and dione differ only in the teeth on the
inner surface of the harpe, which appear to average slightly smaller
in xanthoides than in dione ; and in the juxta, which averages
slightly thicker in dione than in xanthoides. These differences are
extremely slight, and I suspect that study of a large series would
show them to be of no value. Accordingly dione has been placed
as a race of xanthoides.

gorgon group (figs. 20, 21)

The two species of this group are characterized by the small,
rounded lobes of the anellus, the narrow, tapering harpe, and the
rather wide tegumen. The caudal margins of the latter are folded
toward the mid-line to form a rather strongly chitinized subscaph-
ium for the support of the anus. Structurally the two species are
distinguishable from each other by the shape and armature of the
harpe, and by the rather narrower tegumen of heteronea. They
are probably more closely related to the species of the epixanthe
group than to any others.

thoe group (fig. 27)

The relationship of thoe to the other typically Nearctic species
is evidently close, but its exact position is a matter of some doubt.
The shape of the harpe is similar to that of rubidus , but the lobes
of the anellus are rounded and not pointed as in the latter species.
The falces are rather more gently curved than in the majority of
Nearctic species. For the present it seems best to place it in a
species group by itself.

epixanthe group (figs. 22-26)

The four species placed here are evidently closely interrelated.
They are easily distinguishable from each other by the shape of
the harpe, but great care must be exercised in using this character,
for a very slight degree of distortion, or difference in the angle at
which this structure is viewed, may cause it to appear of a very
different shape.

There has been considerable confusion in the literature with re-
gard to dorcas and epixanthe, a part of which can be cleared up

166 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

here. Boisduval apparently applied MSS. names to northern ex-
amples of both these species, but these were never published by
him. These were amicetus for an epixanthe form (presumably)
and anthelle for a dorcas form ; the chirotype of the latter is in the
U. S. National Museum, ex. Boisduval, Oberthur and Barnes col-
lections, and is, according to Mr. Benjamin, a dorcas. Both of
these Boisduval MSS. names were listed by Doubleday (List Lep.
Brit. Mus., 2: 55), but as nomina nuda , unaccompanied by any
description or diagnosis ; they were therefore not officially pub-
lished by Doubleday, and his mere listing of them was insufficient
to validate them. Perhaps this is as well, for he very evidently had
reversed Boisduval’s application of them. This is shown by the
fact that three of the four specimens which he mentioned under
the designation of “Polyommatus anthelle Boisduval MS.” are still
in the British Museum, and are certainly epixanthe according to
Mr. N. D. Riley, who very kindly examined them for me. Pre-
sumably Doubleday’s other series, which he designated as “ami-
cetus” were dorcas; these specimens have been lost.

The first validation of these names, as pointed out by Barnes
and Benjamin, was by Scudder (1876, Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Hist.
S'. 128). Here Scudder agreed with Boisduval, since anthelle is
placed as a synonym of dorcas , and amicetus as a synonym of epi-
xanthe. It is very doubtful if the former is worth retaining as a
race, but the latter certainly is. In that case phaedrus Hall, de-
scribed from Nova Scotia and Newfoundland, must be placed as a
synonym of amicetus. The type locality of phaedrus is, of course,
that of the holotype — Nova Scotia — but phaedrus does not differ
appreciably from Newfoundland examples. On what material
Scudder based his allocation of these names will probably always
remain in doubt. The writer searched the collection of the Museum
of Comparative Zoology, where Scudder’s collection reposes, but
was unable to find any material more pertinent than one Labrador
specimen of dorcas from the Scudder collection.

Between dorcas and helloides no constant genitalic difference
could be found, although a considerable series of each was studied.
They are accordingly placed as members of a single species. They
cannot, however, be regarded as strictly geographic subspecies, for
there is a large overlap of their ranges. However, as shown by
McDunnough (Can. Ent. 1922, 44: 136), the ecological ranges
occupied by the two forms are quite constantly different, and it is
probable that they have different food-plants. In this respect the
writer’s own observations in Colorado and Wyoming agree well
with those cited by McDunnough for Alberta.

Oct., 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 167

To the majority of workers such a difference in habitat and prob-
able difference in food-plant, combined with a large overlap in
geographic distribution, may seem to constitute a reason for con-
sidering the two forms as separate species without further ado.
With this viewpoint the present writer cannot agree. He can see
no reason for holding to the idea that two strains can diverge only
under the influence of differing geographic environments, and when
separated by a geographic barrier.

Probably in addition to geographic subspecies there can be
formed host subspecies, as influenced by a combination of space-
isolation, environmental and food factors, food- plant subspecies ,
habitat subspecies , and various others, as well as combinations of
more than one type. In the divergence of two strains there must
be at least two primary factors, viz., the origin of inheritable dif-
ferences to cause the divergence, and the presence of some sort of
a barrier to prevent subsequent mixing of the strains, and conse-
quent relegation of them to the status of mere variant (Mendelian)
forms. The new inheritable character may affect any part or parts
of the anatomy, ecology or genetics of the organism ; dependent on
this expression, and its “survival value,” is our classification of the
diverging strain as one or another kind of “subspecies.”

Considering the problem of species differentiation in this light, it
is seen that dorcas and helloides may well be considered as mem-
bers of a single species ; separated from each other by some barrier
(genetical?) of which at present we know nothing, they have di-
verged along ecological rather than along structural lines.

The essential question, of course, is one of where to draw the
line between “species” and “subspecies”; for both are essentially
the same, differing only in degree. This question must at present
be answered for himself by every worker in every different group
of organisms, and will probably be answered differently by most
workers in the same group. Obviously one of the best criteria
that can be applied within so small a category as a genus, a group
of closely related organisms, is the degree of structural differentia-
tion between what are admittedly closely related, but obviously
distinct, species in that genus.

Applying this criterion in the present case we see that in the
great majority of instances, forms which evidently are closely re-
lated yet distinct species, are invariably easily and constantly sepa-
rable by genitalic characters. Examples of this in Lycaena are the
differences between the four species of the epixanthe group, be-
tween gorgon and heteronea, between xanthoides, editha and rubi-
dus, between the species of the thersamon group, etc. These would

168 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

all seem to point to the necessity of our considering that the pres-
ence of some degree of structural differentiation is a necessary cri-
terion of the separation of “species” in this genus. The writer
therefore feels that his “lumping” of arota and virginiensis , of
xanthoides and dione, of cupreus and snowi, and of dorcas and
helloides is justified.

Summary

Study of the male genitalia of Lycaena furnishes data as to the
interrelationships of many, but not all, of the species, and points
to the following general conclusions :

(1) All of the species should be included in a single genus.

(2) The greater number of the Palaearctic species are more
closely related to each other than to the majority of the Nearctic
species, and vice versa ; this is shown by similarities of structure
and by the presence of annectant forms. For the Palaearctic series
the nymotypical subgenus L. ( Lycaena ) is used; for the Nearctic
series the subgenus L. ( Tharsalea ) Scudder. No further sub-
generic divisions seem warranted at present.

.(3) In the majority of cases, species that are distinctly sepa-
rable from each other by well-marked color and pattern differences
also show distinct and constant genitalic differences. It is there-
fore considered that the presence of genitalic differences may be
established as a criterion of species separation in this genus.

Explanation of Figures.

All figures are based on tracings made with a camera lucida. No
constant scale of enlargement was followed. The following abbre-
viations have been used :
an = anellus
ej.d. = ejaculatory duct
fal = falx
jux = juxta
lab = labis
oed = oedeagus
sac = saccus
scls = sacculus
ssc = subscaphium
teg = tegumen
vine = vinculum

Bull. B. E. S., Vol. XXXI, No. 4

Plate YIII

170 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society VoI.XXXI

Plate VIII.

Fig. i — Lycaena ( Lycaena ) thersamon Esp.

a

2

u

ii

dispar rutilus Wernb.

a

3—

a

ii

pyrrhias Godm. & Salv.

a

4—

u

ii

phoenicurus Led.

a

5—

ii

ii

phlaeas L.

a

6—

u

ii

virgaureae L.

a

7—

ii

ii

cupreus cupreus Edw.

a

8—

ii

ii

amphidamas Esp.

a

9—

ii

ii

Ii Oberth.

a

IO —

ii

ii

boldenarum White

a

ii —

ii

“

thoe L.

a

12

ii

( Tharsalea ) sarthus Stgr.

a

13—

ii

ii

arota Bdv.

a

14—

ii

ii

a. virginiensis Edw.

a

i5—

ii

ii

hermes Edw.

Plate IX.

Fig. 1 6 — Lycaena

( Tharsalea ) r. ruhidus Behr.

ii

i7—

ii

ii

x. xanthoides Bdv.

a

18—

ii

ii

x . dione Scud.

ii

19—

ii

ii

editha Mead.

ii

20 —

ii

ii

g ctrgon Bdv.

ii

21 —

ii

ii

h. heteronea Bdv.

a

22 —

ii

ii

e. epixanthe Bdv. & Lee.

a

23—

ii

ii

nivalis Bdv.

a

24—

ii

ii

mariposa Reak.

u

25—

ii

ii

h. helloides Bdv.

u

26 —

ii

ii

athamanthis alexandra Piing.

a

27—

ii

ii

thoe Guer.

Bull. B. E. S., Yol. XXXI, No. 4

Plate IX

16

rub'idus

17

xaotVioides

18

dione

editbck

<jor<jon

tuvcdis

be-teronao.

24

mari^oso.

atViatnantVjia

a\cxa^>dra

dorcas^cMo'ideS

172 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

NEW OMMATIUS WITH A KEY TO THE SPECIES
(DIPTERA, ASILIDAE)

By J. Wilcox, Division of Truck Crop and Garden Insect Investi-
gations, Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine,
United States Department of Agriculture,

Puyallup, Washington. 1

In this paper on the genus Ommatius Wiedemann, two species
are described as new, a key to the species known to occur in the
United States is given, and figures of the male genitalia of those
species represented by male specimens are included to facilitate the
determination of the species. A single specimen each of two other
species which may be new is at hand, but they are not described as
further collecting may show them to be variations of 0. tibialis Say.
One, from Texas (San Antonio, VI-13 '33, G. P. Engelhardt),
has the femora wholly yellowish but with male genitalia similar to
those of tibialis , and the other, from Florida (Ft. Lauderdale, VI-
23 ’33, Marston Bates), has the apices of the femora black and the
male forceps apically more acute and slender than in tibialis;
Williston2 mentions a similar specimen from Georgia. References
to the descriptions of the species described since the Aldrich Cata-
logue are given in the key ; Williston2 gives a description of tibialis.

The genus Ommatius Wiedemann belongs in the subfamily Asi-
linae and differs from the other genera in having the style of the
antennae long and pectinate below ;3 the metanotal slopes are bare.
Curran4 has given a key to the American species and described sev-
eral new species, none of which, however, were from the United
States.

Key to the Species of Ommatius

1. Marginal scutellar bristles present 2

Marginal scutellar bristles absent 5

2. Legs wholly black except the tibiae narrowly reddish at the
base ; bristles of the body and legs largely white ; abdomen
wholly black in ground color; length 7-8 mm. (Ariz.)

beameri, n. sp.

1 The writer is indebted to Dr. R. H. Beamer, University of Kan-
sas, and to Mr. E. P. Van Duzee, California Academy of Sciences,
for the loan of specimens, and to Dr. Marston Bates, Mr. G. P.
Engelhardt, and Mr. D. K. Duncan, for supplying specimens.

2 Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. XII : 76, 1885.

3 Curran, North American Diptera: 166, fig. 27, 1934.

4 Amer. Mus. Novitates No. 327: 1-6, 1928.

Oct., 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 173

At least the fore and middle femora largely, and the tibiae
largely, yellowish ; bristles largely black ; abdomen largely
yellowish or brownish in ground color ; larger species . . 3

3. Mesonotum anteriorly with numerous erect hairs about as long

as the first antennal joint and posteriorly with numerous
longer hairs ; basal petiole of the fourth posterior cell twice
as long as the anterior cross vein; length 18-19 mm*

(Ariz.) baboquivari, n. sp.

Mesonotum anteriorly with very sparse, short hairs and pos-
teriorly without longer hairs except in the dorsocentral
rows and below the supra-alars ; petiole at base of the
fourth posterior cell at most subequal in length to the ante-
rior cross vein ; smaller species 4

4. Third vein branching at or before the discal cross vein ; femora

of both sexes, if blackish, blackish on the apical fourth
only; length 9-1 1 mm. (N. C., Miss., Ark., Okla.) (Jour.
Elisha Mitchell Scien. Soc. XLIII: 205, 1928).

gemma Brimley

Third vein branching well beyond the discal cross vein; basal
two-thirds of the male hind femora black and the middle
half of the female hind femora brownish; length 11-13
mm. (Ariz.) (Canad. Ent. XLIII: 129, 1911).

pretiosus Banks

5. Mesonotum with the broad central stripe and a broad stripe on

either side, bisected by the transverse suture, shining
black ; male femora largely black, female femora yellowish,
the apical fourth black ; wings glassy hyaline ; length 9-1 1
mm. (Ariz.) (Canad. Ent. XLIII: 128-129, 1911)

maculatus Banks

Mesonotum wholly pollinose 6

6. Fore femora entirely and the middle femora, except at the tip,

yellowish; segments 1 and 8 of the abdomen reddish;
length 11-12.5 mm. (Ariz.) (Amer. Mus. Novitates No.

813: 9, 1935) 5? bromleyi Pritchard

At least the anterior side of the fore and middle femora black ;
abdomen wholly black in ground color 7

7. Femora entirely black except the hind femora narrowly reddish

at the base ; male costa not at all thickened or clouded ;
length 9-1 1 mm. (Ariz.) (Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXIV :

69, 1916) parvulus Schaeffer

Posterior side of the fore and riiiddle femora yellowish; male
costa broadly thickened and the adjacent cells clouded
brown; length 12-16 mm. (Eastern States and West to
Kans., Okla., and Tex.) tibialis Say

174 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

Ommatius beamed, n. sp.

Male: Length 7 mm. Face densely white pollinose, front
and vertex thinly brownish pollinose, the occiput densely gray
pollinose, the palpi, proboscis, and ocellar tubercle shining
black. Hairs and bristles white, the mystax dense, the ocellar
tubercle with about 8 weak erect bristles. Antennae black, the
joints subequal in length, the first joint white haired and the
second largely black haired, the style about 5 times as long as
the third joint and with about 16 long black hairs below.

Mesonotum black, gray pollinose, the central and lateral
stripes brownish; hairs long white, as long as the 3 antennal
joints together, the lateral stripes bare of hairs; bristles white,
2 presutural, 1 supraalar, 1 postalar, and 3 strong posterior
dorsocentral. Scutellum gray pollinose and long white haired
with 4 white marginal bristles. Pleura and coxae densely gray
pollinose and white pilose.

Abdomen black, gray pollinose and fine white haired. Geni-
talia small, shining black, and densely white haired.

Legs black, the tibiae narrowly brownish at base; hairs
white ; bristles white, some of those on the tarsi black ; claws
black, broadly reddish basally; pulvilli yellowish. A double
row of bristles below on the hind femora, the anterior bristles
being finer and longer than the posterior ones.

Squamae brownish, the margin and fringe white. Halteres
yellowish white, the base and lower stem brown. Wings hya-
line, the veins brown, yellowish basally ; the basal petiole of the
fourth posterior cell slightly longer than the anterior cross
vein ; anterior cross vein at the middle of the discal cell ; third
vein branched beyond the discal cross vein.

Female: Length 8 mm. Similar. Hairs of the mystax not
as dense as in the male and only 2 scutellar bristles present.
Abdomen (segments 1-8) wholly pollinose.

Holotype: Male, Patagonia, Ariz., VIII-21 ’35 (R. H. Beamer),
in the Snow Collection, University of Kansas.

Allotype: Female, same data, in the Snow Collection, University
of Kansas.

Paratypes : 2 females, same data, in the writer’s collection.

Ommatius baboquivari, n. sp.

Male: Length 19 mm. Head densely yellowish white polli-
nose, the palpi brown and the proboscis black. Hairs white
except 6 longer bristles in the mystax and 2 short, fine, erect
bristles on the ocellar tubercle, black. First two joints of the

Oct., 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 175

antennae yellow, the third and the style brown ; first two joints
white haired, the style 6\ times as long as the third joint and
with about 16 ventral hairs.

Mesonotum densely yellowish gray pollinose, the central
stripe and lateral spots indistinctly brown. The numerous
erect hairs black except those on the humeri and lateral mar-
gins yellowish, anteriorly the hairs about as long as the first
antennal joint and posteriorly about as long as the 3 joints
together. Bristles black, 2 presutural, 1 supra-alar, 2 postalar,
and 3-4 fine posterior dorsocentral. Scutellum, metanotum,
pleura, and coxae densely yellowish pollinose; scutellum with
a pair of black marginal bristles and a few erect black hairs
apically; pleura and coxae white haired. The coxae, pleura,
and humeri are apparently yellowish in ground color.

Abdomen brownish in ground color and thinly yellowish
gray pollinose ; hairs yellowish, long on the sides of segments
1-3, short recumbent otherwise, the narrow dorsum of seg-
ments 1-8, and segments 7-8 posteriorly, black haired. Seg-
ment 1 with 2-3 black lateral bristles, and the remaining seg-
ments with a posterior row of weaker bristles, yellowish on
segments 2-5, black on segments 6-8. Venter yellowish gray
pollinose, segments 1-3 with numerous fine erect yellowish
hairs ; segments 4-7 with numerous erect stout brownish
bristles, those on segments 4-5 pointed apically and those on
segments 6-7 blunt apically; segment 8 with long, fine black
and yellow hairs. Genitalia shining yellowish red, as long as
segments 6-8 together, bare, the upper forceps basally with
black hairs, the cerci short black pilose above and yellowish
pilose below.

Legs entirely yellowish, the hind femora with a small brown
spot posteriorly at about two-thirds its length. Femora
largely black haired, the hairs ventrally and posteriorly on the
fore femora, the middle femora except dorsally, and the hind
femora except the basal half dorsally and ventrally, yellowish.
Tibiae short black haired and with long yellowish hairs pos-
teriorly on the fore tibiae, and ventrally on the middle and hind
tibiae. Tarsi black haired ; claws black, narrowly reddish at
base; pulvilli yellow. Bristles black, the fore and middle
femora without ventral bristles, the hind femora below with a
double row of 3 bristles each, hind trochanters each with 2
weak black bristles.

Squamae and halteres yellow, the former with a yellowish
fringe. Wings hyaline, grayish villous apically, the veins dark

176 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

brown, the fourth posterior cell basally with a petiole about
twice as long as the anterior cross vein, anterior cross vein at
about seven-twelfths the length of the discal cell, the third vein
branched well beyond the discal cross vein.

Female: Length 18 mm. Similar. Largely greased and in
this condition the humeri, lateral margins of the mesonotum,
postalar calli, scutellum, metanotum laterally, and the pleura
and coxae except a black spot below on the meso sternum and
metasternum, yellowish in ground color. Hairs on the second
antennal joint black, 2 of the occipital bristles on either side
black, the hairs of the mesonotum shorter than in the male, and
the scutellum yellowish haired. Venter of abdomen with short,
fine recumbent yellow hairs, segments 7-8 shining brownish
and largely black haired. Femora and tibiae lacking the long
yellowish hairs of the male.

Holotype: Male, Baboquivari Mts., Ariz., VII-19 ’32 (R. H.
Beamer), in the Snow Collection, University of Kansas.

Allotype: Female, Baboquivari Mts., Ariz., IX-i to 15 ’23 (O.
C. Poling), in the California Academy of Sciences.

Paratypes: 1 male, same data as allotype, VIII-i ’24, in the Cali-
fornia Academy of Sciences ; and 1 female, El Oro Mine, Babo-
quivari Mts., Ariz., VIII-16 ’32, 4,000 feet (D. K. Duncan), in
the writer’s collection.

This is apparently the largest species found in the United States,
while beameri is apparently the smallest.

Explanation of Plate X.

Male genitalia of Ommatius species ; in each case the upper figure
shows a dorsal view with the apex toward the bottom of the page,
and the lower figure shows a lateral view with the apex toward the
left-hand side of the page ; all are drawn to the same scale.

Spruce on the Gaspe peninsula had been heavily attacked
over an area of about 2,000 square miles in 1931 by the European
spruce sawfly. In 1933 the area was 4,000 square miles, and now
it is nearly 6,000. — N. Y. Sun.

178 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society V°l- XXXI

A NEW POTAMOBATES FROM PERU, S. A.
(HEMIPTERA, GERRIDAE).

By H. B. Hungerford, Lawrence, Kansas*

This interesting genus of water striders extends from Mexico to
Peru. Two species have been described from Mexico, one from
Costa Rica, one from Panama, one from Colombia, South America,
one from Ecuador and the following from Peru, South America,
which represents the farthest southern record known to date :

Potamobates peruvianus n. sp.

Size: Length of winged male, 12 mm.; length of wingless
male 10.5 mm. ; length of winged female 12 mm. ; length of
wingless female 9.3 mm. The females somewhat plumper than
the males.

Color: Body black above; venter pale. Head light brown
above with a diamond shaped black spot, antennae dark brown
to black, beak black-tipped. In the winged forms the anterior
lobe of the pronotum is marked by a pale brown more or less
diamond shaped spot and the posterior lobe has the humeri, a
broad band on the rounded posterior margin and a thin line
on lateral margins pale brown. Hemelytra dark with costal
margins brown. In the wingless forms the anterior lobe of
pronotum has a pale brown triangular spot on dorsum and a
silvery patch on the side behind each eye; the mesonotum
entirely black except for a silvery triangular patch above the
meso-acetabula and, in a few specimens, two small brown spots
on the dorsum ; lateral margins with longitudinal silvery stripe
and silvery patches on meso- and meta-acetabula ; abdominal
dorsum black except for some silvery pubescence laterally ; all
the coxae, and dorsal side of front trochanters and femora pale
like the venter ; front legs otherwise black, middle and hind legs
brown, the femora longitudinally striped, above and below with
black lines ; lateral margins of abdomen and caudo-lateral mar-
gins of first genital segment of the male black.

Structural characteristics: Antennal formula of male holo-
type : 1st : 2nd : 3rd : 4th : : 9 : 3.3 : 3.4 : 4.4. Tip of beak barely
attaining anterior margin of front coxae. Pronotum of wing-
less male a little longer than half the width and shorter than
the length of the head. Posterior lobe of pronotum in winged

* Contribution from the Department of Entomology, University
of Kansas.

Oct., 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 179

form with a longitudinal median carina, humeri elevated and
connected transversely by a low ridge; rear margin broadly
rounded. Mesonotum of wingless male a little more than three
times the length of pronotum measured on dorsal line ; a faint
median depressed line on caudal third of mesonotum. Meta-
notum as long as the pronotum. Front legs short with anterior
femora incrassate, somewhat more incrassate in the males than
in the females. Front tarsus of male a little more than one-
fourth the length of the tibia ; the first tarsal segment one-third
as long as the second. Intermediate and posterior legs long
and slender. Formula for intermediate leg of male: femur:
tibia : tarsus : : 16: 11:6, first tarsal segment three times the
second. Formula for posterior leg: femur : tibia : tarsus : :
16:9.25:1.25. Posterior tarsus small, first segment longer
than the second. The last abdominal tergite of male about as
long as the three preceding. In the male the connexivum is
triangularly produced behind. In the female the connexivum
is produced into a long, finger-like process, thicker in its distal
half and somewhat incurved and slightly longer than the last
two tergites. The first genital segment of the male measured
on the median dorsal lines as long as four preceding abdominal
tergites. The general shape of this segment like that in P. tri-
dentatus Esaki and P. zvilliamsi Hungerford but having a
single large marginal tooth instead of two, this occupying the
position of the distal one in those species. The hook-like tooth
of the second genital is shaped much like that of P. williamsi
Hungerford. The female genital segments much as in above
species. The incision of the posterior margin of the sixth ven-
tral segment of female decidedly asymetrical.

Location of types : Holotype, allotype, holomorphotype, allomor-
photype, and various paratypes in the Francis Huntington Snow
Entomological Museum, University of Kansas. Paratypes sent to
U. S. N. M., British Museum, Doctor Carl Drake, and Professor
T. Esaki. This species described from seven winged specimens, 3
males and 2 females labeled, “Peru S. A. Sept. 5, 1935 F. Woyt-
kowski, vicinity Sani Beni, 840 meters above sea level, River Sani
Beni.” and a pair labeled “Peru, S. A. Nov. 4, 1935 F. Woytkowski
vicinity Rio Negro, 790 meters above sea level on the river” and
58 wingless forms labeled Peru, S. A. Sept. 5, 1935 F. Woytkowski,
vicinity Sani Beni, 840 meters above sea level, River Sani Beni,”
12 wingless, labeled like thost of November 4th above, and 15 taken
in May from the vicinity of San Pedro, 900 meters above sea level
from jungle pools by the same collector. Holotype, allotype, holo-

180 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

morphotype, and allomorphotype from the collections of September
5‘h, 1935.

Comparative Notes : This species is much like P. tridentatus
Esaki and P. williamsi Hungerford but lacks any median brown
stripe on the mesonotum of the wingless forms. The first genital
of the male has only one large marginal tooth instead of two. The
female like the two species above has long finger-like projections of
the connexiva but they are somewhat thickened distally.

EDITORIAL

PUBLICATION AND ITS DIFFICULTIES.

In another part of this number will be found the notices of two
recent works — Balduf’s “Bionomics of Entomophagous Coleoptera”
and Weiss’s “Pioneer Century of American Entomology.” These
are two important works, the fruits of vast labor and research,
which the authors themselves have had to publish at their own
cost and risk — no commercial publishers could be found to under-
take either, because, forsooth, there was no money in them! But
this attitude is too well-known to cause astonishment. Business is
dedicated to the proposition of making money.

Still, it might seem that publishers might once in a while act as
patrons of the sciences by taking an occasional risk of loss. Either
of these two works could have been printed in a limited edition for
not to exceed $1500 apiece; a sale of 500 copies at $3 would have
covered. But the overhead, the advertising, the publisher’s profit,
the retailer’s profit would add another $1500 to the cost of printing
at least. Yet, either of these works could have been priced to retail
at $6 and still have found the same sale. And further, the nature of
the two works is such that there would be a steady continuing small
sale.

And so, the author has to dig into his own pockets to publish his
work, or suppress work of great interest and importance; not to
mention the terrible waste of energy from all the research and labor
required to round out and complete the data scattered through
countless publications, spread over years — in Dr. Weiss’s case,
centuries.

Meantime, our entomological works and publications are making
heavy weather. Those on whom they depend — professional or not
— are sharing the common lack of wealth ; and alas ! cannot do what
they would. J. R. T.-B.

Oct., 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 181

BOOK NOTES.

The Bionomics of Entomophagous Coleoptera, by Walter

Valentine Balduf. Pp. one not numbered + 1-220, figs. 1-108.

(John S. Swift & Co., Inc., Chicago, 111., 1935. $4.50).

This is one of those invaluable source works devoted to a single
Order of insects and bringing together so far as is humanly possible,
all that has been published with regard to one single aspect of their
biology. It is, of course, limited by the stated purpose; but no
other aspect of habits is omitted, from embryological development
through the entire life-cycle, so far as known. For life is a whole,
not a thing of delimited and isolated cubby-holes, each apart from
all the others. Life is a weave, no single thread of which can reveal
the broad pattern, but every thread must be considered in relation
to all the others, in order to approximate a final truth.

The treatment is by families, serially arranged according to the
best and latest generally accepted catalogues. The figures are ex-
cellent and well reproduced, from drawings by Mrs. Balduf. There
is an extensive bibliography arranged under families, which takes
up some 17 pages. The Index takes up 35 pages ; the insect names
are arranged alphabetically according to genera; and under each
species, also alphabetically, are the several topics dealt with for that
species ; author names are included in this index, also in alphabetical
order.

Dr. Balduf is to be congratulated on this work ; through it, he lays
all coleopterists as well as students of insect bionomics under a deep
debt of gratitude.

The Pioneer Century of American Entomology, by Harry B.

Weiss. Pp. 1-320. (Published by the author, New Brunswick,
N.J. $4.25).

Dr. Weiss, in this work, brings into the field of living men those
who in this country labored in a fallow field and established the
broad lines of American Entomology. In these pages, we meet the
great and the small, the remembered and the forgotten — men
remembered by their work, or immortalized (we hope) in ento-
mology by a name attached to an insect.

Dr. Weiss begins his account with the early travellers from 1588
to 1723, although he mentions the scattered comments of the
Spanish explorers and conquerors as early as 1526. Even in those
days of struggle and trial, there were men who at least attempted to
get some understanding of nature. From 1731 to 1800, we get the
true naturalists, beginning with Mark Catesby and going through
the three Bartrams, Lewis, Byrd, Kalm, Hughes, Ellis, Collinson,
Thaddeus M. Harris, Barton, Burnaby, Peck, up to John Abbott,
.and including many lesser lights.

182 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

From 1800 on we begin to know the true entomologists; bare
names here become persons with all their foibles and greatnesses.
To name them would be to call the roll of the illustrious names
known to every student of insects. Yet we also become acquainted
with such personalities as Latrobe, the architect ; Charles Coates-
worth Pinckney, of Revolutionary fame ; John Torrey, the botanist ;
Rafinesque; Timothy Dwight, president of Yale College; DeKay,
Zimmermann, Lorquin ; and so many others less conspicuous.

There is a short bibliography of sources ; and a complete index of
names.

The first paragraph of Dr. Weiss’s “Postface” demands thought-
ful attention. It reads : “It is a matter for regret that this book
should not appear in printed form. Various commercial publishing
houses, university presses, and several foundations were approached,
but the manuscript was refused. The commercial firms stated that
the market for a history of entomology was not extensive enough to
warrant publication. The university presses wanted the book to be
subsidized. The foundations had no funds.”

What a commentary on our vaunted culture ! Had he written
on “The Scandals of Insect Polyandry,” the commercial publishers
would have stormed his gates. Had he produced a documented
demonstration that human beings have two matching eyes, no uni-
versity press but what would have yearned to father and mother
the great discovery. And as to the foundations, this abstract from
“Science” is not without interest: The Rockefeller Foundation
spent in 1935 the prodigious sum of $12,725,439; of this appropria-
tions in the natural sciences came to $2, 426,125. Reading the list
of the grants, two facts stand out : they were made to rich institu-
tions which should be self-supporting; and they were in general
for well-publicized research in biology, from genetics to hormones.
No less than seven of these grants were to European institutions of
learning! And not one cent (apparently) for entomological
research per se! It might seem as though a small proportion of
such funds might be allocated to pure entomology, say $10,000 —
which is eight one-hundredths of one per cent, or 1/1250, of the
whole. And since some of the greatest work of this foundation —
its yellow-fever research and control work — is based on entomology,
it might seem as though so opulent an institution could easily make
a ten-thousand dollar gesture.

Under the circumstances, Dr. Weiss’s book is one of those
modern reproductions by some photographic process from the typed
original. It is good, but it lacks the dignity of the more formal
printing from type.

Meantime, as the edition is limited to 150 copies, it might be

Oct., 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 183

well if our readers lost no time in getting theirs ; for this is a book
for pleasant reading ; and also for permanent reference.

And finally, the Brooklyn Entomological Society is no Midas,
but it is a Maecenas in its humble way. Our Entomologica
Americana is brought to the attention of authors of such important
works. Arrangements can always be made.

General Entomology, by Robert A. Wardle. Pp. i-vii-1-311,

figs. 1-96. (P. Blakiston’s Son & Co., Inc., Philadelphia, Pa.

1936. $2.25).

This new book of Dr. Wardle’s is difficult to appraise. It is
completely worked out ; it is modern in every aspect ; it is provoca-
tive of thought. With these goes a very great condensation, so great
that a whole vast subject is compressed into 301 pages of text!
As a sharp reflection of the current state of the science, it is destined
to be extremely useful. As a text, however, it will require much
elucidation by the teacher ; not that the work is not lucid — it is,
extremely so — but that to condense so much matter into so re-
stricted a space compels the ruthless pruning of all redundancies.
The backgroundless student will be swamped — not because of ob-
scurity or difficulty, but because each page is replete with facts,
many of which demand antecedent knowledge on many subjects.

There are twelve chapters, the first five dealing with external
anatomy, development and life-cycle, physiology, behavior. The
next seven deal with the several taxonomic groups. Necessarily,
to include this systematic matter in 175 pages makes it imperative
to present only salient facts. For example, the great Order Heter-
optera (Hemiptera herein), whose importance to man is day by day
becoming more appreciated, is compulsorily discussed in only 5
pages ! A key to the families fills one page ; structure and mor-
phology are presented in a little more ; a few remarks on habits fill
another page ; figures take up about the same space ; and general
remarks on the Order fill the remainder. Only three of the eco-
nomic forms are specifically named — Blissus , Anasa and Mur-
gantia; but not one of the parasitic or blood-sucking species that
convey disease producing organisms. This is mentioned merely to
bring out the extreme abridgment demanded by space limitations.

The figures are excellent and well reproduced ; the letterpress
is beautiful ; the paper very good ; and the pleasing and sturdy bind-
ing is water- and vermin-proof.

But I can think of no better conceived and executed work of
this general nature. In fact, a busy entomologist could profitably
read this through to brush up his general knowledge and keep in
touch with current ideas. J. R. T.-B.

184 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

EFFECTS OF THE PROTECTIVE VAPORS OF THE
CO REID BUG THASUS GIGAS ON A
TARANTULA (EURYPELMA SP.).

By Richard T. de la Torre-Bueno and Wilfred G. Ambrose,

Tucson, Ariz.

On the evening of July 23, 1936, an adult Thasus gigas was given
for food to a captive tarantula ( Eurypelma sp.). After scrutinizing
it warily for several minutes, the tarantula pounced on the bug.
After perhaps thirty seconds, the Thasus waving its legs feebly, the
tarantula started to give way, slowly rolling over on its side away
from the Thasus and ineffectively pawing the air with the second
and third legs on one side as if for support. The insect, released,
dragged itself away. The tarantula lay flat on the floor of the
cage, legs drawn up. In a minute or two it was again moving
around, but it was quite sluggish and much the worse for its experi-
ence. When the Thasus was pushed toward the tarantula, the latter
scuttled rapidly away.

The Thasus had received a cut about one quarter inch long on
the venter and an injury to the right hind leg. When first released
by the tarantula, it used this leg with difficulty for a while, but it
gradually became paralyzed and was bent under the body. When
the insect was removed from the jar about twenty minutes after
the attack, the entire leg broke off. During this time the Thasus
had twice rolled over on its back, seemingly dead, but when it was
stirred up was quite as lively as before. Perhaps ten minutes later,
because of humanitarian impulses, the untrained observers, not
attaching any importance to their observations, killed the Thasus.

The next day the tarantula was observed to be very subdued,
lying on the bottom of its jar with legs drawn up close. The left
leg of the first pair, however, was held almost straight up and was
somewhat paralyzed. The left leg of the fourth pair was completely
paralyzed and stiff and was bent under the cephalothorax. The
tarantula was sluggish, and when a hand was brought near, it did
not take alarm as it ordinarily did. Presently it also was killed,
again because of humanitarian impulses.

Thasus gigas is quite common on mesquite {Pro so pis velutina),
especially on the pods, on which it feeds, according to A. A. Nichol,
assistant professor of botany at the University of Arizona.

The tarantula was kept in a desiccating jar about ten inches in
diameter, covered with a perforated piece of paper.

Oct., 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 185

PROCEEDINGS OF THE SOCIETY

Meeting of January 16, 1936.

(Continued from June number).

President, William T. Davis.

Vice-President, Jose R. de la Torre-Bueno.

Treasurer, George P. Engelhardt.

Recording Secretary, Carl G. Siepmann.

Corresponding Secretary, Frederick Lemmer.

Librarian, Herbert Wilford.

Curator, John M. Sheridan.

Delegate to the New York Academy of Sciences, George P.

Engelhardt.

There being no other nominations, a motion was made and sec-
onded that the officers be elected as nominated; the secretary was
directed to cast one ballot for their election, and the officers were
declared unanimously elected.

Mr. Engelhardt reported that Mrs. William T. Bather, wife of
the former President of the Brooklyn Entomological Society, passed
away on January 2, 1936, and proposed that the society notify Mr.
Bather that the society learned with deepest rgret of the death of
Mrs. Bather and extends to Mr. Bather its heartfelt sympathy.
The motion was seconded and carried.

The following new members were proposed by Mr. Engelhardt :

Mr. William G. Bodenstein,

Department of Entomology,

Cornell University,

Ithaca, N. Y.

Home Address: 8733 96th Street,

Woodhaven, N. Y.

Mr. Henry J. Dietz,

3220 Decatur Avenue,

Bronx, New York.

The motions were seconded, and the members were elected by
unanimous vote.

Mr. Engelhardt read a letter from Pedro Denier, Encargado del
Laboratorio de Entomologia del Servicio de Fiscalizacion Algo-
donera, Calle Saenz Pena 87, Resistencia (Chaco), Republic of the
Argentine, who was interested in obtaining Meloid beetles from the
United States by exchange. He also read a letter from Wm.
Clarke-Maclntyre, Banos, Province de Tungurahua, Republic of
Ecuador, who was anxious to enter into arrangements to collect

186 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol. XXXI

insects for collectors who wanted material from this locality. Mr.
Davis spoke on Cicadas and Cicada Killers, illustrating his talk with
photographs and specimens. He prefaced his talk with a reminder
that Brood X of the 17-year locust would appear in 1936. In 1919
this brood, which is the greatest brood known, appeared on the
south shore of Lond Island, at Freeport, Mastick, Patchogue and
below Hicksville. The brood occurs almost all over New Jersey.

Specimens of the Cicada Killer and Cicadas which had been
captured by it, were shown. Mr. Davis read an account of the life
history and habits of this insect, commenting that the Cicada Killer
carries its prey legs up, and not legs down as shown in the figure
in Dr. Howard’s book, the Cicada being easier to hold in this posi-
tion. The egg of the Cicada Killer is usually placed under the
right middle leg of the Cicada, sometimes the left middle leg. The
mating habits of this insect are unusual, the males congregating
within a small area and seizing the females as they fly past. The
Cicada Killer does not confine itself to one species of Cicada, but
will take all species indiscriminatingly. Among other insects which
are known to kill Cicadas are the spider, Miranda aurantia, which
catches the Cicada in its web; Rehnia speciosa , the lubber grass-
hopper, and Proctacanthus nigriventris and other Asilid flies. A
species of mutilla is said to be parasitic on the Cicada Killer,
Sphex speciosus.

Mr. Engelhardt exhibited a series of the Clematis borer, Al-
cathoe verrugo, race calif ornicus Engelh. This handsome clear-
wing moth, originally described from Central America, extends its
range along the Pacific Coast into southern California as far as
Santa Barbara, the northernmost record thus far. Normally deep
orange in coloration it was surprising that out of 100 examples,
more or less, bred during the past several years, about 30 speci-
mens were glossy black, but there were no transitions to connect
the two color phases. The material in hand seemed sufficient to
conclude that transition forms do not occur in this species. This
conclusion has now been proven to be erroneous. Mr. Theo. W.
Hower, of Orange, California, bred a large number of this borer
during the summer of 1935, obtaining the orange and black color
phases in about equal parts and in addition a limited number of
transition forms, beautifully illustrating the gradual blending from
orange to black. Mr. Hower’s fine series, including his intergrade
specimens, were shown.

The meeting adjourned at 10.20 p. m.

Carl Geo. Siepmann,

Secretary .

Oct., 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 187

EXCHANGES

This one page is intended only for wants and exchanges, not
for advertisements of articles for sale. Notices not exceeding
THREE lines free to subscribers. Over lines charged for at
15 cents per line per insertion.

Old notices will be discontinued as space for new ones is
needed.

COLEOPTERA. — Am interested in exchanging Coleoptera.
Carl G. Siepmann, R. F. D. No. 1, Box 92, Rahway, N. J.

DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. — Have many desirable west-
ern species to exchange, including Argynnis atossa , macaria, mor-
monia , malcolmi, nokomis; Melitaea neumoegeni; Lycaena speci-
osa; etc. Send lists. Dr. John A. Comstock, Los Angeles Mu-
seum, Exposition Park, Los Angeles, Calif.

CATOPINI: Catops ( Choleva ), Prionochaeta, Ptomaphagus.

• — Wanted to borrow all possible specimens of these genera from
North America for a revisional study. Correspondence solicited.
— Melville H. Hatch, Dept, of Zoology, Univ. of Wash., Seattle,
Wash.

HISTERIDAE — Desire to obtain material, all localities, for
identification, by purchase or exchange of other families. Chas.
A. Ballou, Jr., 77 Beekman St., New York, N. Y.

BUY OR EXCHANGE: Pinned Microlepidoptera and papered
Pieridae of North America. Full data with all specimens. Named
material of all groups offered. Alexander B. Klots, College of the
City of New York, New York City.

EXCHANGE OR FOR SALE. — Catocala herodias (Ger-
hardi), Graptolitha viridipallens and others. Wanted: Rare N. A.
Macro-Lepidoptera. F. Lemmer, Lakehurst, N. J.

WANTED. — North American CHRYSIDIDAE for exchange
or determination, with privilege of retaining duplicates. W. G.
Bodenstein, Dept. Entomology, Cornell University, Ithaca, New
York.

FOR SALE. — Indian butterflies, Moths, Sphingidae, Beetles,
living Cocoons, etc. For particulars write to The Himalayan But-
terfly Co., Shillong, Assam, India.

LOCALITY PIN LABELS, all alike on a strip. Trimmed, one
cut makes a label. Best, white linen ledger paper. Smallest type —
3-point face. 75c per 1000. Lepidoptera for exchange and sale.
C. V. Blackburn, 7 Emerson St., Stoneham, Mass.

188 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

PUBLICATIONS OF THE BROOKLYN ENTOMO-
LOGICAL SOCIETY.

Explanation of all Technical Terms Used in Entomology.
By John B. Smith, Sc.D. (The Glossary.) Out of
Print.

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society (un-

bound), vols. 8 to date (per vol.) i 2.50

Entomologica Americana, vols. I to date, per volume 4.00

Papilio, vols. 1 and 4, each 3.00

Monograph of Plusia, Ottolengui 50

Orders for publications must be sent with remittance to Li-
brarian, Brooklyn Entomological Society, 28 Clubway, Harts-
dale, N. Y.

ANNOUNCEMENT.

Smith's “Glossary”.

The printings of this well-known work are exhausted.

We have in active preparation a new and much enlarged
edition. This revision will run to between 5,000 and 7,000 terms,
or about two to four thousand more than in the original work.
In the 30 years since Dr. John B. Smith prepared this important
work, entomology has not only grown, but it has also branched
out into other fields — genetics, ecology, and other phases of biology.
Every modern text-book is filled with references to these and other
cognate branches. Not alone these disciplines mentioned, but also
embryology, cytology and the newer work on endocrine glands
have much to do with modern entomology which is rapidly passing
the descriptive stage pure and simple, if it has not already left it.
It must be emphasized that these newer realms of research have
a deep taxonomic bearing — such, for instance, as biological or even
psychological approaches to the problem of origins and affinities
or differences of species.

Biochemistry and biophysics also impinge on the field of ento-
mology.

Consequently, a multiplicity of terms of these sciences is to be
found in modern entomological texts and monographs; and not
always with any definition or explanation or clarifying context.

A selection of such terms is included, as they occur in ento-
mological works.

A further announcement will be made shortly, giving the ap-
proximate time of publication and the price. The first has been
tentatively set for the Spring of 1937 ; and the second at $5. a copy.

Publication Committee of the
Brooklyn Entomological Society.

DECEMBER, 1936

BULLETIN

No. 5

Vol. XXXI

OF THE

Brooklyn Entomological
Society

NEW SERIES

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE

J. R. de la TORRE-BUENO, Editor

CARL GEO. SIEPMANN GEO. P. ENGELHARDT

Published for the Society by the
Science Press Printing Co.,

Lime and Green Sts., Lancaster, Pa.,

Price, 60 cents Subscription, $2.50 per year

Mailed December 30, 1936

Entered as second-class matter January 21, 1919, at the post office at Lancaster, Pa.,
under the Act of March 3, 1879

The Brooklyn Entomological Society

Meetings are held on the second Thursday after the first Tuesday of each
month from October to June, inclusive, at the Central Museum, Eastern
Parkway and Washington Ave., Brooklyn. The annual dues are $2.00.

OFFICERS, 1936
Honorary President
CHARLES W. LENG

President
W. T. DAVIS
Vice-President

J. R. DE LA TORRE-BUENO
Recording Secretary
CARL GEO. SIEPMANN
Corresponding Secretary

FREDERICK LEMMER

Treasurer

G. P. ENGELHARDT
28 Club way
Hartsdale, N. Y.

Librarian
H. E. WILFORD
Curator

J. M. SHERIDAN

Delegate to Council of New York
Academy of Sciences
G. P. ENGELHARDT

CONTENTS

MALES OF N. A. HORSEFLIES, Philip 189

MICROBEMBEX AND CHRYSOPA, Abbott 197

SUBGENERA OF SPHECIUS, Pate 198

BROOD 10, The New Yorker 200

CLIMACIELLA BRUNNEA V. OCCIDENTALS, Hoffmann 202

LOCAL IRRITATION AND OLFACTORY RESPONSE, Abbott 203

PLEASE ,.. 203

MYCETOPHILIDAE OF N. C. AND S. C., Shaw and Townes 204

FOOD PLANTS OF BUGS, Torre-Bueno 208

ALYDUS ON CARRION, Torre-Bueno ... 208

POPULATION STUDY OF CACOECIA CERASIVORANA, Hoffmann 209

CHEMICAL SENSES OF SPIDERS, Abbott 1 212

METHODS AND TECHNIQUE : A DRY KILLING BOTTLE, Bromley 215

BOOK NOTES : PROCEDURE IN TAXONOMY, J. R. T.-B 216

PROCEEDINGS OF THE SOCIETY, Siepmann 217

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Published in

February, April, June, October and December of each year
Subscription price, domestic, $2.50 per year ; foreign, $2.75 in advance ; single
copies, 60 cents. Advertising rates on application. Short articles, notes and
observations of interest to entomologists are solicited. Authors will receive 25
reprints free if ordered in advance of publication. Address subscriptions and
all communications to

J. R. de la TORRE-BUENO, Editor,

311 East Jfth St., Tucson, Ariz.

BULLETIN

OF THE

BROOKLYN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Vol. XXXI December, 1936 No. 5

NOTES ON CERTAIN MALES OF NORTH AMERICAN
HORSEFLIES (TABANIDAE).

By Cornelius B. Philip, Hamilton, Montana.

Male horseflies are never found in collections in the variety, or
abundance of corresponding females owing to their lack of blood
sucking propensities and consequent absence about animal or human
bait; this difference in habits, together with the infrequency of
observed mating and of association of sexes in samples, has re-
sulted in usual description of the females of a given species first.
Osten Sacken considered the males often to have the better diag-
nostic characters, but in certain groups (e.g., the affinis group, dis-
cussed in a later paper) such homogeneity occurs that the males
with their reduced, subovate palpi, more slender antennae, and
holoptic eyes eliminating frontal characters, frequently make spe-
cific recognition in this sex more difficult, especially in a variety of
material where distinctions in size and tinctorial pattern are meagre.

A number of apparently undescribed, or inadequately character-
ized males, have accumulated over a period of years and it appears
opportune to make their descriptions available at this time. In
order that initial descriptions of the opposite sex subsequent to the
original specific establishment may be associated with a definite
specimen, carefully preserved, for later reference and correction if
need be, Mutkowsky’s original conception when he proposed the
term “allotype,” is adhered to rather than the subsequent interpre-
tation reflected in Banks and Caudell’s “Rules of Nomenclature”
of an allotype as a “paratype of the opposite sex.” There may
easily be (and has been) question of an author’s proper interpre-
tation or association of sexes, but there need be no doubt of the
issue if the basic specimen is available; definite assignment is
equally advantageous for subsequent taxonomic purposes in my
opinion, and apparently in that of the author of the term also,

189

190 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXXl

whether such specimen be paratype or not. This is of most impor-
tance in the case of easily confused species differentiated to a large
extent on frontal characters or minor differences in the antennae
and palpi of the females. One need only to refer to the descrip-
tions of male T. captonis Mart, by Williston (1886, T. comastes )
or by Hine (1904) and wonder, without study of the actual speci-
men before the author, to which of the species of the red-sided
group present in the region, the specimen really belonged, to
realize the value of this procedure.

Specimens discussed below, unless otherwise indicated, are in the
collection of the author. Although size of the appendages of the
head may vary slightly among individuals of a given species, mea-
surements of apical palpal and third antennal segments (including
annuli) are given to provide a more exact comparison for subse-
quent use.

T. aegrotus O. S. Williston (1886) only mentions the male
in a sentence about the eyes. Readily associated with the fe-
male. Head not greatly larger than in the 5, facets little dif-
ferentiated, glabrous; antennae more slender (third segment,
.6x 1.38 mm. in height at the basal tooth, by length respec-
tively) but characteristic in shape; second palpal segments
moderately swollen, .48 x .84 mm. in thickness and height, with
apical, short, downward-pointed nipples. Outer fore tarsal
claws slightly longer than the inner.

T. cymatophorus O. S. Allotype J' — 21.5 mm. Differs from
the $ only in the usual sexual characters. Head not greatly
larger than in J, eyes glabrous, the area of enlarged facets dis-
tinct, occupying about 2/3 the total area of the eyes. Anten-
nae relatively slender, dorsally excised on the third segment,
light brown, a little darker distally. Apical palpal joints of the
same color, and slender (.42X.96 mm. in length and thick-
ness), scattering black hairs among the white, concentrated
mostly on the slightly downward pointed apex. Femora
brownish instead of black. Outer fore tarsal claw about 1/6
longer than the inner. Madison Co., Texas, July 17, 1932.
H. J. Reinhard.

This sex is not rare in collections and has been reared by Jones
and Bradley (1923) and by Schwardt (1931). The pupal case of
a specimen furnished by Schwardt, has strongly rugose frontal
carinae and disc above, the abdominal fringes complete with 3 sizes

Bee., 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 191

of spines not unusually spaced except the longer ones reduced in
numbers dorsally on the preanal segment, the latter without a lat-
eral comb, 4-5 spines in the dorso-lateral and about 20 in the ven-
tral combs, and the “aster” hexagonal much as in T. stygius Say
(see Philip, 1931).

I have seen the males confused with T. reinwar dtii Wied. but the
bare eyes, broader pale incisures and more tapering abdomen, in
addition to its more robust build easily distinguish the present spe-
cies. Cell R5 of the wings in the 3 males before me is more open
than in any of the females studied.

T. dorsifer Wlk. Allotype J1 — 13 mm. Tinctorially very
similar to the $ but darker and more hirsute. Head large,
eyes bare, the upper facets distinctly enlarged, occupying about
2/3 the total area of the eyes. Antennae black, but little nar-
rower than those of the Frontal triangle grayish pollinose,
the apex darker and subshining. Apical palpal segments pal-
lid, rather elongate (.33X.66 mm.) with a slight downward
directed, apical nipple, and a few scattering black hairs among
the many white ones. Disc of thorax marked as in the § and
covered with long, smoky pile and short appressed coppery
hairs which also occur on the scutellum posteriorly ; anteriorly
on the latter, a spot of black pile which extends briefly for-
ward onto the posterior notum. Abdomen more blackish but
with the same pattern as the §, the pale hairs not complete
across the hind margins of any of the segments ; first segment
almost entirely black except for the white hairs in the middle
and on the extreme edge. Venter almost completely covered
with white pile except for sparse black ones, caudad of the
middle of sternite 4. Grand Canyon, Ariz., Phantom Ranch,
about 2500'; July 26, 1934; F. E. Lutz. Obtained through
the kindness of Dr. C. H. Curran.

According to notes made by Hine after study of the types at the
British Museum, T. sexvittatus Big. and T. hyalinipennis Hine are
synonyms.

T. erythraeus Big. Allotype — 13 mm. The antennal struc-
ture and tinctorial characters readily associate the two sexes.
Head and eye facets not enlarged, with very short, sparse hairs
on the eyes. Vertical triangle raised above the upper eye
level, brownish pollinose, with long black hairs. Frontal tri-
angle grayish pollinose with a brownish spot across the apex.

192 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

First 2 segments of the antennae yellow, with coarse black
hairs dorsally and dense black spines on the apex of the first;
latter remarkably incrassate, taller by i /4 than the basal height
of the third segment which is contrasting black, yellowish only
at the extreme base. Palpi dark basally, the apical joints
creamy (\3x.69 mm.), apically produced downward, with
sparse white and a few black hairs. Thorax and appendages
as in the $, outer front tarsal claws slightly elongated. Ab-
domen broadly light brownish on the sides, the middorsal and
lateral pale spots subobsolete. Venter tan, darker caudally,
with a dark central spot anteriorly and pale vestiture. Hua-
chuca Mts., Ariz., July, 1928, F. M. Andrews.

According to Hine, T. ruhescens Bell, is a synonym (see Philip,
1936) and T. abactor Philip from Texas and adjoining states has
been confused with erythraeus, but its hairy eyes (though short
and sparse), very swollen basal antennal segments, and dark
thorax distinguish it. The females are without any evidence of
ocellar tubercles on the vertex, all of which, according to Stone
(correspondence), places the species in Poeciloderas.

T. fratellus Will. Allotype $ — 10.5 mm. Readily asso-
ciated with the 5 except the head much larger, the body more
shining and hirsute, brownish, with the gray maculations of
the thorax and abdomen reduced. Eyes bare, area of enlarged
facets distinct, about 2/3 the total area. Vertical tubercle
reduced considerably below upper eye level. Frontal triangle
narrowly grayish pollinose above insertion of the antennae,
upper portion shining brown, denuded. Antennae dark brown-
ish, shaped as in the § but a little narrower, third segment
.27 x .78 mm. Palpi yellow, rather slender (length and thick-
ness, .27X.51 mm.), a few black hairs apically among the
white. Dorsum of thorax with long, cinereous pile, and
pleura and coxae with contrasting whitish pile. Legs more
brownish than in the §. Abdomen almost black with dark
pile and contrasting, narrow pale incisures; no evidence of
middorsal spots, the lateral ones very reduced. Douglas,
Alaska, July 26, 1901.

I have females varying up to 12 mm. in length. They appear in
the Northwest in latter July and August.

T. gladiator Stone. Allotype <$ — 21 mm. Agrees closely
with the recently described J except for the usual sexual dif-

Dec., 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 193

ferences. Head rather small, eyes glabrous, differentiation
of facets not apparent. Antennae of characteristic shape and
color, the third segment more slender (.54 x 1.38 mm.) basally,
subequal in height to the first segment distally. Palpi very
dark, slender, covered with black hair, the apical segment
.9X.36 mm. in length and thickness. Tongue rather long.
Fore tarsal claws subequal. The median black spots on ab-
dominal tergites 2 to 4 accentuated, touching the anterior
border only on 2. Cell R5 not as coarctate as in the females
studied. Columbia, So. Car., Aug. 19, 1927, A. L. Cook.

Two other males in the Univ. of Kan. collections agree closely.
The appearance is somewhat that of T. sulcifrons but lack of en-
larged eye facets and smaller abdominal and wing maculations
readily separate it.

T. melanocerus Wied. Allotype — .14 mm. Like the $
but the head much larger, the abdomen smaller, more pointed
in proportion, and a more brownish cast to the whole body.
Eyes glabrous, area of enlarged facets occupying about the
total area, flattened on the disc. Antennae, dark brownish, the
third segment (.36 x 1.08 mm.) slightly excised and yellowish
on the extreme base. Apical palpal articles subpyriform
(.45X.9 mm.), thickest in the distal half, yellowish, bluntly
rounded with sparse black and white pile. Frontal triangle
with the apical half brown, contrasting sharply with the pale
lower portion above the antennae. Tibiae with the distal in-
fuscation much more extensive especially on the fore pair and
cell R5 of wings more open than in the $’s studied. Outer
fore tarsal claw slightly elongated. The abdominal triangles
are comparable but the pale incisures much less evident both
dorsally and ventrally. Lakehurst, N. Jersey, July, 1911,
Wm. T. Davis. Determination by Stone.

A male was also reported, but not described, by McAtee and
Walton (1918) from Virginia.

T. proximus Wlk. Allotype $ — 21.5 mm. Agrees closely
in appearance and color detail with the §. Head larger, eyes
bare, the area of enlarged facets distinct, about 2/3 of the
total area and moderately flattened on the disc. Antennae and
palpi of the same color as in the $, the apical segments of the
latter 1.02 mm. in length and .48 mm. in thickness just beyond

194 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

the middle, while the third antennal segment is .54 x 1.47 mm.
Outer fore tarsal claws moderately elongated. Cell R5 of
wings not as coarctate as in the females examined. Rock
Island, Texas, July 17, 1922, Grace O. Wiley.

The combination of enlarged eye facets, reddish antennae, dark
palpi and femora, and maculate wings will distinguish this form
related forms.

T. pygmaeus Will. Allotype — 7 mm. Head very large,
eyes bare, the area of enlarged facets occupying almost 4/5
of the total area, pale, the dark lower area of smaller facets not
following upward along the outer margin in the usual man-
ner. Vertical tubercle (triangle) vestigial, reduced consider-
ably below the eye level. Frontal triangle cinereous on its
lower 2/3, concolorous with the antennae. Third joint of
latter broad (.24 x .48 mm.), not dorsally excavated, annulate
portion short (.18 mm.), the first annulus tall, as though an
integral part of the third joint, the second very distinct, the
apical small and conical. Face whitish pollinose and pilose.
Palpi creamy, the second joints hardly enlarged, (.06X.12
mm.) conical, covered with white hairs and an occasional
black one apically. Thorax and appendages as in the §.
Abdomen dark brownish, yellowish laterally on the first 2
tergites and narrow, pale incisures, pattern indistinct in con-
sequence of rubbing. Kissimmee, Florida, July 13, 1914.
Rev. J. D. McBain, through Mr. Floyd Carroll.

T. sparus Whit. Allotype J' — 10.5 mm. Compared with
pumilus, Macq., body more robust, abdomen less tapering
caudad and less brownish, the triangles more prominent and
laterally more oblique, and eyes (relaxed) without purple
stripes. Head large, area of enlarged facets strongly de-
limited, brown, and occupying about 2/3 the total eye area;
vertical tubercle small, sublinear, and depressed; frontal tri-
angle brown, gray in the apex and crossed by a dark band
continuous with the upper limit of small facets of the eyes.
Antennae dark brown, practically concolorous, slightly paler
distally on the annuli. Face and cheeks whitish with white
pile; palpi yellowish, rather slender and slightly downward
pointed apically, almost no black hairs discernible. All femora
black with grayish pollinosity, and fore tibiae and tarsi con-
trasting black distally (in pumilus this is only evident by
difference in color of the vestiture, hardly of the integument) ,

Bee., 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 195

hind tibial fringe and other hairs except extreme apex white;
outer fore tarsal claw only slightly elongated. Queens, Long
Island, 5-24-1919, F. M. Schott. In the collection of Dr. J.
Bequaert.

The legs of pumilus are more uniformly reddish with more
evidence of black hairs on the hind tibiae. Doubt concerning the
validity of Whitney’s spams and milleri from pumilus was raised
by Bequaert (1934), but it may be added that all the females of
the latter studied by me were not only distinguished by the two
eye bands (relaxed), but the median, frontal callus was broad
(not linear) and detached from the callosity below the antennae
bright red with black annuli rather than uniformly brownish, the
palpi less swollen basally and more bluntly rounded apically, the
femora reddish, and the abdominal spots usually more rounded
and isolated. If milleri is distinct from spams it is only on the
presence of an eye-stripe in life as mentioned by Whitney. I
have milleri from as far north on jthe Atlantic Coast as New York
and as far west as Oklahoma and Kansas.

T. trijunctus Wlk. Allotype J* — 17.5 mm. Similar to the
female in color and markings. Head moderately large, eyes
bare, enlarged facets pale (dried) occupying less than f of
total area and slightly flattened. Frontal triangle yellow
pollinose, brown over apical half. Antennae bright red, third
segment strongly excavated, .51 x 1.5 mm. in height and
length. Palpi fuscous, rather slender, apical segments, .42 x
1. 1 1 mm. Homestead, Florida, June 25, 1918, C. A. Mosier
through kindness of the late Professor Hine.

T. turbidus Wied. Allotype £ — 20 mm. Head very
large, eyes bare, enlarged facets occupying about 3/4 the total
area. Vertical tubercle small, not denuded, reduced below
the upper level of the eyes. Antennae deep brown, like those
of the 2 in shape, but more slender, the first segment distally,
a little taller than the third segment at the dorsal prominence.
Palpi dull brownish, a little swollen (.48 x .96 mm.), apically
pointed, and covered with long blackish hairs. Face, legs and
remainder of the body more or less concolorous, dull brown,
the middorsal abdominal triangles indicated by indefinite
grayish pollinose patches, and no pale borders discernible.
The wings appear somewhat teneral, and lack of suffusion
bordering the veins seen in the J. Florida, through Ward’s
Natural Science Establishment. No date.

196 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

T. zonalis Kby. Allotype J' — 17 mm. Not materially
different from the J except for the almost white and rather
narrow abdominal bands which are usually yellow and
broader in the J. Head subequal in size to that of the 5 the
eyes densely hirsute and facets uniform; vertical triangle
denuded and raised above the upper eye level ; frontal triangle
silvery pollinose. Palpi almost black, covered with black hairs,
the apical joints .36 x .75 mm. Outer front tarsal claws
slightly elongated. International Falls, Minn., July 3-5, 1924.
C. B. Philip, taken while dipping at a roadside pond.

This is one of 2 specimens briefly referred to by me (1931).
It should not be confused with T. nigrotuberculatus Fchld. with
its black antealar tubercles.

Silvius sayi Bren. Allotype J1 — 7 mm. Readily associated
with the recently described female by the accentuated wing
maculations and the infuscated costal cell. Abdomen laterally
and legs with extensive yellowish suffusion, the central pairs
of spots largest anteriorly, the lateral spots missing on the
second tergite. Venter more or less clouded, the 3 rows of
spots rather obscure. Proboscis very long and slender, the
palpi minute and dark. The maculations behind the stigma
confluent and the costal margin beyond the stigma narrowly
infuscated. College Station, Texas, May 28, 1928.

I have another male collected in Galveston in May by F. H.
Snow, and a female from Brownwood in August, both from Texas.

Esenbeckia delta Hine. The original description was based
on 2 males, although the describer gives the length as that of
the female. This must have been an error as no specimens
of the latter sex have been previously available. I have
studied 3 females also from Southern Arizona, one of which
is here described as allotype.

Length, 16 mm.; essentially of the same diffuse, pale
brownish coloration of the male. Front narrow, yellowish
pollinose, excavated ventrally and with a mesal ridge running
upward ; 2 ocelli distinct and raised on a dark tubercle.
Antennae entirely bright yellow, the apical annulus very
slender, elongated and slightly clavate distally. Proboscis
slender, subequal in length to height of head, labellae small,
palpi yellowish, slender, covered with short black hairs except
the lateral furrows in the apical joint. An indistinct row of

Bee., 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 197

elongated, middorsal spots on each adbominal tergite. Wings
with a uniform dilute, suffusion and a pronounced spur at the
fork of R5. Femora a little darker than the rest of the legs.
Douglas, Ariz., Aug. 21, 1933, through the kindness of Mr.
Wyatt Jones.

References.

Bequaert, J. 1933. Notes on the Tabanidae described by the
late C. P. Whitney. Occas. Pap. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 8 :
81-88.

Ferris, G. F. 1928. The principles of systematic entomology.
Stanford Univ. Press, 1928, p. 153.

Hine, J. S. 1904. Tabanidae of western United States and
Canada. Ohio Nat. 5: 217-248.

McAtee, W. L. and Walton, W. R. 1918. District of Colum-
bia Diptera: Tabanidae. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 20: 188-206.

Philip, C. B. 1931. The Tabanidae (horseflies) of Minnesota.
Minn. Agr. Exp. Sta., Tech. Bull. 80, pp. 1-132.

. 1936. New Tabanidae (horseflies) with notes on

certain species of the longus group of Tahanus. Ohio Jour.
Sci. 36: 149-156.

. 1937. Notes on certain males of North American

horseflies (Tabanidae). II. The affinis or “red-sided” group
with a key to the females, (in press) .

Williston, S. W. 1886. Notes and descriptions of North
American Tabanidae. Trans. Kan. Acad. Sci. 10: 129-142.

Microbembex and Chrysopa. — Last July, while staying in a
wooded region near Michigan City, Indiana, I saw a Microbembex
carrying a green lace- wing (Chrysopa). Evidently frightened by
my approach, the wasp disappeared and did not return. Examina-
tion showed that the Chrysopa was quite dead. Now it is known
that Microbembex habitually attacks small Diptera. It has also
been taken for granted that the prey of solitary wasps is recognized
by its form or odor ; prehaps by both. The question raised by this
case is this : since Chrysopa resembles the Diptera neither in form
nor odor, why was it attacked by Microbembex ? It might prove
interesting to scatter some specimens of Chrysopa over bare sandy
areas (where they are not usually found), to discover if the
situation has anything to do with the matter. — Cyril E. Abbott,
Chicago, 111.

198 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

STUDIES IN THE NYSSONINE WASPS.

II. THE SUBGENERA OF SPHECIUS (HYMENOP-
TERA: SPHECIDAE: GORYTINI).

By V. S. L. Pate, Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y.

Recently while making a study of the taxonomy and generic
nomenclature of the Gorytine complex, there was an opportunity
to survey the classification of the cicada-killers of the genus
Sphecius. So far as I am aware, Rohwer1 was the first to call atten-
tion to the fact that this genus belongs to the Nyssonids rather than
to the Stizine-Bembicine group, although it is probably from some
such ancestral type as this that these latter groups have evolved.
Sphecius is unquestionably a Gorytine and according to the struc-
ture of the mesopleura and the head is related to Tanyoprymnus
Cameron, albeit rather remotely. There is no basis, however, for
creating a separate tribe for its reception as Rohwer has done.

Sphecius Dahlbom.

1844. Sphecius Dahlbom, Hymen. Europ., I, p. 154.

Type : Sphex speciosus Drury, 1773 [= Sphecius speciosus
(Drury)]. (Monobasic).

1845. Hogardia Lepeletier, Hist. Nat. Insect., Hymen., Ill, p. 289.

Type: Hogardia rujescens Lepeletier, 1845 [= Stizus
Hogardii Latreille, 1809 = 5'. ( Sphecius ) Hogardii

(Latreille) ]. (Absolute tautonymy.)

1879. Sphecienus Patton, Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., V, p. 345.

Type: Stizus nigricornis Dufour, 1838 [-Sphecienus
nigricornis (Dufour) = Sphecius ( Sphecienus ) nigri-
cornis (Dufour)]. (Original designation.)

Within the genus there are several discrete groups. The typical
Sphecii , of which Hogardia Lepeletier is a synonym, are to be found
only in the New World. In 1879 Patton proposed Sphecienus for
the reception of the Palaearctic species but subsequent authors have
followed Handlirsch in suppressing Patton’s name as a mere
synonym of Sphecius. This has probably been due to the fact that
Patton in his original description gave only the characters of the
males. The females, however, possess characters quite as excellent
as those of the males and I therefore feel there is ample evidence,
as presented in the following analytical table, for retaining Spheci-
enus at least as a subgenus for the palaearctic species.

1 Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1921, LIX, p. 403.

Bee., 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 199

However, if this course is followed, it is necessary to accord some
recognition to the Malagasy, ^Ethiopian and Australian forms
which constitute a distinct group somewhat intermediate between
the typical New World Sphecius and the Palaearctic Sphecienus.
While some of the characters of this complex may seem at first
glance to be rather trivial ones, nevertheless, I feel certain, parti-
cularly in view of the geographic distribution of the group, that it
merits subgeneric rank.

Nothosphecius new subgenus

Type: Stilus grandidieri Saussure, 1887.

The diagnostic pattern of Nothosphecius is a very interesting one.
The males seem to be midway between Sphecienus and Sphecius,
having in common with the former the curved and excavate last
flagellar article and agreeing with the latter in the simple middle
metatarsi. The females, on the other hand, seem to be more closely
related to Sphecius than to Sphecienus, possessing in common with
the former the same type of calcaria on the hind tibiae. The females
of Nothosphecius, however, may be readily distinguished from those
of Sphecius by the fact that only the first segment of the middle
tarsus is asymmetrical whereas in Sphecius the first two segments
are asymmetrical. Moreover, the disc of the clypeus of Notho-
sphecius is flattened and bevelled laterally, while in Sphecius the
clypeus is tumid discally with little or no suggestion of medial
flattening or lateral bevelling.

The following analytical table will serve to characterize Notho-
sphecius and to differentiate it from Sphecius and Sphecienus.

Subgenera of Sphecius.

a. Males with the first segment of the middle tarsi simple and

the last segment of the antennae simple, not excavate
beneath, the last two segments as thick as the preceding
segments of the flagellum ; females with the calcaria of the
hind tibiae flattened, the shorter one broad and spatulate,
the longer one broad and strongly falciform, the first two
segments of the middle tarsi strongly asymmetrical, pro-
duced outwardly at the apex and ending there in a thick
spine; clypeus tumid discally; New World forms.

Sphecius Dahlbom.

b. Males with the first segment of the middle tarsi simple but

with the last segment of the antennae excavate beneath
and curved, the last two flagellar articles abruptly thinner
than the preceding segments ; females with the calcaria of

200 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXXl

the hind tibiae quite similar to Sphecius, flattened, the
shorter one spatulate, the longer one falciform, but with
only the first segment of the middle tarsi strongly asym-
metrical, produced outwardly at the apex and ending there
in a thick spine, clypeus flat discally and bevelled off at
the sides; Malagasy, ^Ethiopian and Australian forms.

Nothosphecius new subgenus,
c. Males with the first segment of the middle tarsi dilated basally,
semicircularly excavate and with an unciform lamellate
process, the last segment of the antennae curved and ex-
cavate beneath ; females with the calcaria of the hind tibiae
simple, acuminate, not flattened, clypeus somewhat flat-
tened discally and slightly bevelled at the sides, first two
segments of the middle tarsi strongly asymmetrical, pro-
duced outwardly at the apex and ending there in a thick
spine ; Palaearctic forms Sphecienus Patton.

BROOD io.

This promises to be a boom year for seventeen-year locusts, so
you might as well know all about them. We know all about them
because we went over to Staten Island and talked with William T.
Davis, a small, shy, grizzled man in his seventy- fourth year who
has more knowledge of locusts than anybody else in the country,
probably. Knows better than to call them locusts, for one thing.
They’re cicadas. The Biblical locusts which plagued Pharaoh were
a species of grasshopper; the early Americans, weak on entomol-
ogy and always on the lookout for portents, got cicadas and locusts
mixed up. Cicadas aren’t so dangerous to vegetation, Mr. Davis
says. This year’s batch of locusts (we’ll call them that, because
you and all your friends will, anyway) is known to the Department
of Agriculture as Brood io. That’s the same Brood io that raised
such hell around here back in 1919, getting wedged into the radiator
fronts of automobiles, sticking on fresh paint, and falling into pans
of Jell-O cooling on the back porch. Every cycle of locusts has its
own number. They turn up every year, in one part of the country
or another, but Brood 10 is about the most numerous in the East.
It will be thick in Ohio, Indiana, parts of Illinois, New Jersey, and
in some counties of New York: Columbia, Kings, Nassau, Queens,
Richmond, and Suffolk. The insects aren’t expected in the city,
and if any strays appear the sparrows will take care of them. Birds
are great enemies of locusts, and so are cats and pigs.

Dec., 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 201

Mr. Davis told us about the life of a locust, which is fascinating
if you don’t have to lead it. They spend sixteen years and some odd
months of their life underground, sucking the juice from the roots
of plants and trees. That’s all they do — suck and suck, like a man
with a malted milk. Then, sometime in May or early June, the
seventeen-year-old grubs all come to the surface, cast their pupal
skins, and start dating one another up. There ensue a few weeks
of great activity, with the locusts mating, cats and pigs eating the
locusts, and Mr. Davis almost going mad with excitement. It’s all
over by the Fourth of July: the females have laid their eggs in the
bark of trees ; the grubs have hatched out, dropped to the ground,
and burrowed under; and the parents have died. In Mississippi
and Louisiana the seventeen-year locusts appear every thirteen
years. Nobody knows why. Mr. Davis would know if anybody
knew, and he doesn’t.

It was back in 1877, when Mr. Davis was only fourteen years
old, that he first became interested in locusts. He woke up one
morning and found Staten Island crawling with them ; right then
he knew that locusts were going to be his life-work. Until 1909
he worked in the New York Produce Exchange, in his spare time
peering at locusts through a microscope, shooting rare specimens
out of trees with bird shot in a sling ; then he retired and went at the
thing full time. Of the hundred-and-seventy-odd species of North
American cicada, Mr. Davis has discovered and named over half.
He’s president-emeritus of the Staten Island Institute of Arts and
Sciences, and has got together for it one of the best cicada collec-
tions in the world. He’s also a fellow of the Entomological Society
of America and past president of the New York Entomological
Society. He is, of course, steeped in cicada lore — told us that
among the American Indians they were a staple article of diet, and
that the early settlers in Pennsylvania had tried them and left
statements that they were as “succulent as oysters.” However,
that’s just lore as far as Mr. Davis is concerned; he’s never tried
them. — Reprinted hy permission from The New Yorker.

202 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society VoI.XXXI

NOTES ON CLIMACIELLA BRUNNEA VAR.
OCCIDENTALIS BANKS (MANTISPIDAE-
NEUROPTERA).

By Clarence H. Hoffmann, Morristown, N. J.

On July 1 6, 1933, Mr. W. B. Owen collected an adult female of
Climaciella brunnea var. occidentalis Banks (Det. A. N. Caudell)
on vegetation along the shore of Bay Lake, Crow County, Minne-
sota.

This female, which was confined in a pint glass fruit jar kept in
a basement room with a temperature of approximately 23 0 C., de-
posited 1,028 eggs on July 16th on one side of the glass container.
In most instances, the eggs were laid side by side in long curved
rows, and the entire lot occupied a space that measured 19 by 12
mm. The eggs, which were laid singly, were attached to fine stalks,
the opposite ends of which were firmly embedded in a copious circle
of mucilaginous secretion. Before hatching the rigid stalk main-
tained the eggs in an upright position, but following hatching the
stalk became kinked. The eggs of this species are elongate-oval,
average 0.6 mm. in length, 0.3 mm. in width, and are light salmon
in color. A small but distinct micropyle is present on the upper
end of the egg. The slender stalk, which varies from .51 mm. to
.75 mm. in length, is not discernible to the naked eye.

Smith [Jour. Kansas Ent. Soc. 7(4) : 123. 1934] found that

the average number of eggs laid by females of Mantispa brunnea
Say was 250 per female, and that hatching occurred 1 1 days later.
Hatching of the 1,028 eggs of C. brunnea var. occidentalis Banks
kept under observation began on August nth, 26 days after depo-
sition. Only 6 eggs of this batch failed to hatch. The newly
hatched larvae clustered about the empty egg shells for about a day,
but they did not feed upon them. Subsequently, they dropped to
the bottom of the fruit jar and mingled with the provided leaves
and vegetable mold. These tiny brown larvae are very active and
quite acrobatic. After walking a short distance, it is not uncom-
mon for the larvae to attach themselves to a substratum apparently
by means of caudal appendages and stand upright, pivot, wave the
body excitedly in a horizontal plane, or even lean backwards so far
as to almost make the body a right angle.

Spider eggs were not available at the time, so an attempt was
made to get the small larvae to feed upon mealy-bug eggs, but they
rejected this food. By August 28th only 4 larvae were alive, but
this might well be expected since the leaves and vegetable mold used

Dec., 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 203

in the container became desiccated. The 4 larvae were re-isolated
in a salve tin and kept at 70 C., where, with little care, they lived
until late December. These observations suggest that the larvae
overwinter free and fast until spring or early summer, at which
time they probably enter certain spider egg-sacs. If this is true,
the life cycle of this species is probably similar to that of the Euro-
pean species styriaca, which was solved after 17 years of observa-
tions and study by Brauer (Verh. d. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien. 19:
831-840, 1 pi. 1869).

LOCAL IRRITATION AND OLFACTORY RESPONSE.

By Cyril E. Abbott, Chicago, 111.

A complaint often made against using certain chemicals for the
testing of feeding responses of insects is that these are or may be
irritating, consequently the responses of the insect are not the
result of olfaction. For many years no one has offered any cri-
terion or method of measurement by which these two stimuli may
be separated. Yet the answer is very simple: determine the tox-
icity of the substance for the insect. This is not an absolute differ-
entiation because some insects react positively to toxic substances,
while other non-toxic substances initiate no responses. Yet it is a
fair assumption that if the substance is not toxic and yet initiates a
response, the latter must be olfactory. For instance, some speci-
mens of Lygaeus kalmii used recently in experiments, gave feeding
responses in a vapor of citral. That this is not due to irritation is
indicated by the fact that when several of the insects were confined
for over half an hour in a saturated atmosphere of the substance
they remained active, and after being released in another cage ex-
hibited no ill effects from the citral. The mere fact that an insect
gives a negative response to a substance does not indicate, how-
ever, that the substance is toxic. Lucilia sericata gives an avoiding
reaction to caproic acid in strong concentrations; yet will live for
a long time in a concentrated atmosphere of this substance.

Please: Send in your renewal for 1937 (Vol. XXXII) on the
enclosed form.

204 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXXi

A PRELIMINARY REPORT OF THE MY CETOPHIL-
IDAE OF NORTH AND SOUTH CAROLINA.

By F. R. Shaw and H. K. Townes, Jr., Amherst, Mass.

During the years 1931-1933, a considerable number of myceto-
philidae were collected by H. K. Townes, jr., in North and South
Carolina. The specimens were all taken by sweeping with a net
along the banks of woodlands streams. Unless otherwise stated
all localities are in Greenville Co., South Carolina. Many of these
species have not been recorded from either of the states in any
previous papers and inasmuch as some species are new, a prelim-
inary report was considered to be in order.

The arrangement of subfamilies and tribes is that suggested
by F. W. Edwards in 1924 in his paper on British Fungus Gnats.

Subfamily Bolitophilinae.

Bolitophila hyhrida Meig. —

Cedar Mt., N. C., Big Pisgah Mt., Haywood Co., N. C., 2700-
4000 feet. July 19-August 24.

B olitophilella cinerea Meig. —

Greenville, CalahanMt., 900-1300 feet. February 26-May 22.

Subfamily Diadocidiinae.

Diadocidia borealis Coq. —

Old Indian Mt., Big Pisgah Mt., Haywood Co., N. C., 1200-
1400 feet. July 16-19.

Diadocidia ferruginosa Meig. —

Old Indian Mt., 1400 ft., June 13.

Subfamily Ceroplatinae.

Ceroplatus clausus Coq. —

Greenville, 950 feet. September 18.

Platyura apicalis Shaw —

Banks of North Saluda River at Old Indian Mt., Greenville,
900-1 100 feet. June 4-13.

Platyura divaricata Loew —

Cedar Mt., N. C., 2700 feet. August 24.

Platyura elegans Coq. —

Venus, Greenville; Old Indian Mt., 900-1300 feet. May 30-
July 20.

Platyura inops Coq. —

Venus, Old Indian Mt., Cedar Mt., N. C., 1100-2900 feet.

Dec., 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 205

June 13— July 14. Greenville, 1000 feet. June 3.

Platyura mendosa Loew —

Old Indian Mt. May 31.

Platyura subterminalis Say—

Greenville, Old Indian Mt., 900-1200 feet. May 14-18.

Subfamily Macrocerinae.

Macrocera clara Loew —

Old Indian Mt. ; Paris Mt. ; Greenville, 900-1400 feet. May
4-31*

Macrocera fisherae Shaw —

Macrocera floridana Johnson —

Greenville; Paris Mt. ; Old Indian Mt. 900-1700 feet.
March 29-October 23.

Macrocera formosa var. indig ena Joh. —

Old Indian Mt. ; Greenville; River Falls 900-1600 feet.
May 22-September 1.

Macrocera immaculata Johnson —

Greenville, 900 feet. May 4-18.

Subfamily Mycomyiini.

TRIBE MYCOMYIINI.

Mycomyia mendax var. b. Joh. —

Mt. Lake Colony; Greenville, 11 00-1800 feet. April 9.
Mycomyia obliqua Say —

River Falls; Old Indian Mt., 1200-2800 feet. June 14-
October 2.

Mycomyia lift oralis var. frequens Joh. —

Cedar Mt., N. C., 2900 feet. July 1.

Mycomyia parascopula Fisher —

Old Indian Mt., 1200 feet. June 11.

Mycomyia sequax Joh. —

Greenville; Old Indian Mt., 950-1300 feet. February 26-
May 31.

Mycomyia tanilla Loew —

Big Pisgah Mt., N. C., 400 feet. July 19.

N eoempheria illustris Joh. —

Greenville, 900 feet. May 4-18.

Noempheria impatiens Joh. —

TRIBE SCIOPHILINI.

Neuratelia scitula Joh. —

Greenville, 900 feet. May 4-18.

206 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

Neuratelia sylvatica Joh. —

Old Indian Mt. May 31.

Syntemna poly zona Loew —

Greenville, 900 feet. April 19.

Paratinia recurva Joh. —

Old Indian Mt., 1200-1400 feet. October 2.

Phthinia tanypus Loew —

Old Indian Mt. ; Greenville; River Falls; Cedar Mt., N. C.,
900-2700 feet. July 24-September 30.

Sciophila habilis Joh. —

Greenville, 1000 feet. April 15.

TRIBE GNORISTINI.

Boletina tricincta Loew —

Old Indian Mt., 1200 feet. April 14.

TRIBE LEIINI.

Leia decora Loew —

Greenville, 900 feet. June 4.

Tetragoneura pimpla Coq. —

River Falls, 2800 feet. October 2.

Subfamily Mycetophilinae.

TRIBE EXECHINI.

Exechia auxilaria Joh. —

Old Indian Mt., 1200 feet. April 1.

Exechia cincinnata Joh. —

Old Indian Mt., 1200 feet. April 1.

Exechia palmata Joh. —

Greenville, 900 feet. March 23.

Exechia umbratica Aldrich —

River Falls, 2800 feet. October 2.

TRIBE MYCETOPHILINI.

Phronia insulsa var. a. Joh. —

Old Indian Mt., 1200 feet. July 16.

Dynatosoma fulvida Coq. —

Old Indian Mt., 1200 feet. September 1.

Mycetophila bipunctata Loew —

Greenville, Big Pisgah Mt., N. C., 900-4000 feet. May 18-
July 19.

Bee., 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 207

Mycetophila falcata Joh. —

Greenville, 900 feet. May 18.

Mycetophila fungorum DeG. —

Paris Mt., Greenville, 900-1400 feet. February 26-June 18.
Mycetophila imitator Joh. —

Greenville, Old Indian Mt., 900-1200 feet. March 23-May 19.
Mycetophila inculta Loew —

Greenville, 900 feet. May 4-September 7.

Mycetophila monochaeta Loew —

Old Indian Mt., Greenville, 900-1200 feet. February 26-
June 13.

Mycetophila perita Joh. —

Greenville 900 feet. June 11.

Zygomyia ignobilis Loew —

Old Indian Mt., 1200 feet. June 13.

Zygomyia ornata Loew —

Big Pisgah Mt., N. C., 4000 feet. 7-19.

Epicypta punctum Stann. —

Old Indian Mt., Greenville, 900-1200 feet. May 4-June 13.

Subfamily Sciarinae.

Sciara townesi Shaw —

Greenville Co. along stream near Highway between West
Greenville and Easley, S. C., 900 feet. May 18.

Sciara ochrolabis Loew —

Cedar Mt., N. C., 2800 feet. July 28.

In addition to the material studied in the preparation of this
paper, the following list of species from North Carolina and South
Carolina was obtained from Dr. O. A. Johansen’s “Mycetophilidae
of North America”.

Paltyura genualis Joh.
Tetragoneura nitida Adams.
N eoempheria nepticula Loew.
N eomepheria impatiens Joh.

N eoempheria indulgens Joh.
Mycomyia sigma Joh.
Acnemia sigma Joh.

Leia striata Loew
Exechia canalicula Joh.
Mycetophila fungorum
(- punctata Meig.)

North Carolina

Lake Toxaway, North Carolina.
Valley of Black Mountins, N. C.
North Carolina
July

Black Mountains, N. C.

Black Mountains, N. C.

Black Mountains, N. C.

North Carolina
North Carolina

North Carolina

208 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

Mycetophila mutica Loew
Mycetophila lenta Joh.

S ciara picea Rubsaamen
Sciara habilis Joh.

Sciara coprophila Lint.

Black Mountains, N. C.
Black Mountains, N. C.

North Carolina
North Carolina
North Carolina

SOME FOOD-PLANTS OF BUGS

By J*vR. de la Torre-Bueno, Tucson, Ariz.

Alydus conspersus Mont., on red clover, at Cayuga Heights,
Ithaca, N. Y., July 13, 1919.

Eustictus necopinus Knight, on small aspens on a hot and dry
spot in Thompson’s Marsh (by the city of White Plains water
pumping station and below the local reservoir), July 4, 1919. This
is the type locality for the species and the specimens in question
were the type specimens.

Halticus citri Ashm. — White Plains, N. Y., Aug. 18, 1918, so
abundant on morning glory as to bleach the leaves; Monarat, Va.,
Aug. 30, 1918, on pokeberry, leaves bleached.

Diaphnidia capitata Van D., from butternut, at Cold Spring Har-
bor, N. Y., July 31, 1920; according to the N. Y. State List, this
appears to be a new food plant.

Diaphnidia pellucida Uhler and D. provancheri Burque, both
from maple (Acer sp.) in White Plains, N. Y., July 27, 1919; the
former also from pussy-willow on July 5, 1920.

Renteria irrorata Say, White Plains, N. Y., Aug. 15, 1917, on
hazel ( Corylus avellana) , a food plant apparently not as yet
reported.

Lygus fagi Knight, from dogwood, White Plains, June 28, 1919.

Neurocolpus nubilus Say, abundant as adults and nymphs on
poison sumach, High Hill, L. I., N. Y., Aug. 2, 1919, which seems
to be an unrecorded food plant; also adults and nymphs, in their
season, on elder (Sambucus) , in great abundance, at Lake Wac-
cabuc, Westchester Co., N. Y. and at Onteora Park, N. Y.

Alydus on Carrion — In White Plains, N. Y., on July 15, 1917, a
specimen of the common Alydus eurinus Say was picked up on a
bone, sucking at the joint cartilage. — J. R. de la Torre-Bueno,
Tucson, Ariz.

Bee., 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 209

A POPULATION STUDY OF CACOECIA CERASX-
VORANA FITCH WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE
TO ITS INSECT PARASITES (TORTRICIDAE-
LEPIDOPTERA).*

Clarence H. Hoffman, Morristown, New Jersey.

During the early summer of 1932, a number of nests containing
C. cerasivorana larvae were collected on choke-cherry near St. Paul,
Minnesota. These nests were placed in breeding cages in a base-
ment room, which was maintained at a temperature of about 23 0
C., and soon thereafter adults of this species as well as many of its
parasites began emerging. The fact that the empty pupal skins
are left projecting from the nest, following moth issuance, sug-
gested that if collections were made at the right time, one could
make an accurate count of the total population of moths emerging
from the nests, the number of living larvae, the parasites, etc. In
this way, it would be possible to make a quantitative population
study of this species in a given micro-habitat, the insects having
been subjected to the natural conditions of their environment.

Literature and Notes on C. cerasivorana. — As determined by
Weed (1900), the eggs are laid in summer in flattened masses on
the bark of choke-cherry near the ground, and after assuming a
dark brown color they are difficult to distinguish from the bark.
The eggs hatch in the spring and the larvae construct their nest
which is usually cone-shaped. The nests observed by the writer
along a roadside near St. Paul, Minnesota, varied greatly in size
and usually enveloped an entire branch or a group of branches of
the choke-cherry. In several instances webs, inside of which the
larvae fed, encircled an entire shrub. Although the choke-cherry
is the principal food plant, this species also feeds upon wild cherry,
apple, raspberry (Patch, 1907), garden cherry, and birch (Britton,
1912). Patch (1907) collected a newly hatched colony on choke-
cherry at Portland, Maine, on June 20 and another on wild cherry
at Orono on June 12. The larvae of both were reared in the in-
sectary on apple leaves and the moths developing from the first
colony had mostly emerged by August 6, while those of the second
colony emerged August 5 to August 12.

* The writer is indebted to C. F. W. Muesebeck, R. A. Cushman,
and A. B. Gahan for the identification of the hymenopterous para-
sites ; to D. G. Hall for the identification of the dipterous parasites,
and to A. Busck for confirming the identification of the moth.

210 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXXI

On June 18, 1932, I collected several nests on choke-cherry near
St. Paul, Minnesota. Some adult moths had already emerged from
these nests under field conditions, but most of the inhabitants were
in the larval stage. An examination of one nest revealed 250
larvae. The other nests were isolated at 23 0 C. Most of the
larvae pupated by June 23, and moth emergence was heaviest from
July 6 to July 15. Just before pupation, the larvae congregate in
the center of the nest, usually in the fork of a branch, to spin rather
loose cocoons. Later, the pupae work their way out and hang sus-
pended from the outer portion of the nest. Following emergence
of the adults, the pupal skins remain projecting from the nest.
There is only one generation each year.

Literature on Parasites of C. cerasivorana. — Patch (1907) took
Pimpla conquisitor at the nest of this tortricid on July 23 at Port-
land, Maine. She reared Exochus albifrons Cr. from nests re-
ceived from Otisfield ; Labronchus sp. from nests collected at Otis-
field, Waldoboro, and Orono; and large numbers of a dipterous
parasite, Dichaetoneura leucoptera Johnson, from nests collected
at various localities.

Methods and Results of Population Study. — Forty- three nests
of C. cerasivorana were collected on July 11, 1932. They repre-
sented the entire population present in a group of choke-cherry
shrubs within a thirty-five foot length of roadside. Thus, by this
late date, most of the moths had already emerged under the natural
conditions of their environment. The branches supporting these
nests were placed in water and kept in a room at 23 0 C. to enable
more adults to emerge and to secure parasites of the species by
means of mass rearing. On July 16, the webs were placed in a
Carrier cabinet regulated at 120 C. to retard the emergence of the
parasites until time was available to examine the material. Within
a week afterward, all of the webs were carefully dissected and a
count of the population taken. Moreover, a large number of
larvae and pupae of different parasites were isolated individually in
small vials and reared to maturity.

This colony of C. cerasivorana comprising 9,255 individuals sub-
jected to the above methods gave the following results: adult emer-
gence, 4102 or 44.3 per cent; live pupae, 271 or 2.9 per cent; dead
pupae, 3657 or 39.5 per cent; live larvae, 68 or .7 per cent; dead
larvae, 320 or 3.5 per cent; hymenopterous parasites, 285 or 3 per
cent, and dipterous parasites, 552 or 6 per cent.

Dipterous Parasites. — Calculations based on 403 specimens show
that about 94 per cent of the dipterous parasitism of C. cerasivorana

Dec., 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 211

was due to Nemorilla maculosa Meig. Emergence of the latter
under laboratory conditions began on July 9 and terminated on
July 31 ; the largest numbers emerging from the 12 to the 20.
Phorocera tortricis Coq., which accounted for about six per cent
of the dipterous parasitism of this ugly-nest caterpillar, emerged
intermittently from July 12 to July 31. Another dipteron obtained
from a C. cerasivorana nest (mass rearing) was Schizocerophaga
leibyi Tns. One puparium was formed on July 14 and the adult
emerged on July 24, 1932.

Hymenopterous Parasites. — According to the results of this
population study, hymenopterous parasitism amounted to three per
cent. One of the most common hymenopterous parasites reared
was Dibrachys cavus (Walk.). This species spends eight or nine
days in the pupal stage, irrespective of host, at 23 0 C. Dibrachys
cavus is not only a primary parasite of C. cerasivorana but also a
secondary parasite, inasmuch as it attacks Phorocera tortricis, Ne-
morilla maculosa, and probably Itoplectis conquisitor (Say), all of
which are primary parasites of the ugly-nest caterpillar. Adult
emergence of D. cavus from all hosts started on July 23 and con-
cluded August 10, 1932. The mean number of adults reared from
28 individuals of C. cerasivorana was 12.9, range 4 to 36; while
the mean number of adults reared from 22 puparia of N. maculosa
was 1 1.4, range 4 to 17. Other hymenopterous parasites reared
from this tortricid were 64 specimens of Itoplectis conquisitor
(Say), 25 individuals of Triclistus curvator (Fab.), 8 specimens
of Bassus agilis (Cress.), and one example of Cremastus epagoges
Cush, (mass rearing).

Literature Cited.

Britton, W. E. 1912. The cherry tent-maker or cherry tor-
trix. Report of the Connecticut Agricultural Experiment Sta-
tion, Eleventh Report of the State Entomologist, 1911, pp.
309-310.

Patch, E. M. 1907. Insect notes for 1907. Maine Agricul-
tural Experiment Station Bulletin No. 148: 264-265.

Weed, C. M. 1900. On the oviposition of Cacoecia cerasi-
vorana. U. S. D. A., Division of Entomology Bulletin 26,
n. s., p. 33.

212 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

ON THE CHEMICAL SENSES OF SPIDERS.

By C. E. Abbott, Chicago, 111.

Several years ago I found that when a bit of cotton wet with
beef extract was brought close to the palpi of Miranda aurantia , the
spider seized the proffered bit and fed from it. This was not due
to vision, for these spiders give no response to living insects unless
these are tangled in the web. It therefore appeared probable that
this reaction was olfactory.

In a recent issue of Entomologica Americana , Kaston has re-
ported a thorough study of the senses of male spiders involved in
mating responses. Although he admits the presence of a chemical
sense in male spiders, Kaston believes that this depends chiefly
upon contact, and that olfaction has little influence on the behavior
of spiders. In his summary he states that, “There is no evidence
that a sense of smell is used in sex recognition by any spiders.”

Although it may appear that the results of the following experi-
ments contradict the findings of Kaston, such is not the case for the
following reasons: (i) with two exceptions, my specimens were
not only a species not used by Kaston, but belonged to a family
(Argiopidae) different from his; (2) they were all females, and
(3) the test substance (beef extract) was in the nature of a food.
Some students have used essential oils for such tests, to which
Kaston properly objects, on the grounds that such substances are
irritating.

In a preliminary test, six specimens of Miranda aurantia,
starved for a period of 48 hrs., were tested by bringing a bit of
cotton soaked in beef extract close to the palpi. Five of the speci-
mens seized the cotton, but since it was not certain that the palpi
had not been touched, the experiment was repeated in a more
thorough manner.

Thirteen specimens were used. Immediately after capture eight
of the specimens were lightly anaesthitized with ethyl acetate and
the palpi removed as close as possible to their point of attachment.
Five specimens were retained in a normal state for controls. After
starving for 24 hrs., the spiders were offered first water and then
beef extract. For this purpose new pipe-cleaners were used; the
wetted end being brought within a distance of 2-5 mm. of the palpi,
where the test substance was kept for 30 seconds. If the animal
did not respond by the end of that time, it was considered negative
to distance stimuli. The palpi were then touched lightly. If still

Bee., 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 213

no response occurred, the test substance was touched to the tarsi.
The experiments were repeated at the end of 48 hrs.

Three of the amputated specimens died between the first and
second tests. This may not have been due entirely to shock, for
spiders deprived of food for any length of time succumb quickly.
The specimens that remained alive reacted normally in other ways,
in fact one of them began to build a cocoon.

The results of these tests are given in the table below :

Specimens

Response to water.

Response to beef extract.

Five, normal.

Starved 24 hrs.
Negative at a distance;
positive when touched.

Positive at distance ; one
specimen only moved
chelicerae.

Eight, amputated.

One responds as a dis-
tance of about 1 mm.,
others negative.

No response; one speci-
men moved chelicerae
slightly.

Five, normal.

Starved 48 hrs.
One responded at a dis-
tance of 1 mm. ; others
only when touched.

Positive at a distance;
three responded when
the substance was 3—5
mm. away.

Five, amputated.

Three positive when
touched ; two entirely
negative.

All negative.

These results require some explanation.

All of the normal spec-

imens invariably responded when the beef extract was brought
within 2 mm. of the palpi ; in some cases they responded at a
greater distance. Usually the spider first extended the palpi to
touch the substance, though in one or two cases this was seized
without the preliminary contact. The specimens deprived of palpi
not only did not respond at a distance, but often made no effort to
feed even when the chelicerae were touched. Occasionally, bring-
ing the extract near the legs resulted in feeble chewing movements.
Even the amputated specimens sometimes gave a feeding reaction
when touched with water, especially if this contact was with the
tarsi. In the case of normal specimens touching the palpi with
water also evoked the response. Only one specimen gave a dis-
tance response to water, and the latter was less than 1 mm. from the

214 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXXl

palpi. One specimen with only the two basal segments of one
palpus intact gave no reaction to the extract, indicating that the
chemical organs of the palpi are chiefly in the terminal segment.

Additional experiments were made on six specimens with the
palpi covered with shellac. These gave a feeding reaction only
when the tarsi were touched. According to Kaston the “slit sense
organs” are pretty generally distributed, occurring on the legs as
well as the palpi, so that to explain the results of my experiments
one must assume either that the palpi possess additional organs of
sense, or that the slit organs on them are more sensitive than those
on other parts of the body.

That the responses to water are not due to the reduced tempera-
ture due to evaporation was demonstrated by bringing near normal
spiders a glass rod cooled to freezing temperature (o° C.). The
animals either fled from this or attempted to climb it; in no case
was a typical feeding reaction given.

The experiments with beef extract were also tried on a female
Attid and a female Lycosid (species not determined). The Attid
gave a response similar to those of Miranda , but the Lycosid fled.

From the results of these experiments I have concluded that:
(i) starved specimens of Miranda aurantia are very sensitive to
water, which they perceive chiefly, if not entirely, by contact; (2)
the palpi certainly, and the legs probably, are capable of detecting
distance chemical stimuli, and (3) the palpi are also sensitive to
chemical substances on contact.

In view of the fact that the palpi of insects are probably the
physiological homologues of the pedipalpi of spiders, it is interest-
ing to note that the latter appear to function as a kind of olfacto-
gustatory organ.

Literature Consulted.

Kaston, B. J. 1935. The slit sense organs of spiders. Jour.
Morphol., 58, pp. 189-206.

Kaston, B. J. 1936. The senses involved in the courtship of
some vagabond spiders. Entom. Amer., 16, pp. 97_I53-

Dec., 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 215

METHODS AND TECHNIQUE.

A Dry Killing Bottle.

For the past ten years I have successfully used for killing insect
specimens a cyanide jar which possesses advantage over most types
of killing bottles in ordinary use. Inasmuch as its construction is
simple and inexpensive I am offering the following description.

The killing agent used is Cyanogas Calcium Cyanide of which
the G-fumigant brand with particles of the texture of sea sand is
easiest to handle although any brand may be used.

A bottle or jar with a broad neck should be chosen. Into the
bottom is placed a layer of Cyanogas. This is levelled by light
shaking. A layer of cotton is then crowded down over the cyanide.
Over this is pressed a circular piece of corrugated cardboard which
had been previously cut to a size slightly larger than the inside
diameter of the jar. After this cardboard has been placed evenly
and firmly over the cotton it should be stuck to the walls of the
jar. A liquid cement such as Duco household Cement, Le Page’s
Liquid Cement or other satisfactory type of acetate cement may be
used, making a complete and even ring of cement over the border
of the cardboard and the adjoining portions of the glass. Allow
the cement to harden and the jar is ready for use.

Advantages as compared with other killing bottles:

1. Much cheaper than Potassium Cyanide.

2. Makes a dry bottle, which is important in the case of delicate
Diptera and other insects. Does not deliquesce as does sodium
cyanide.

3. It can be easily emptied and recharged, which is not true of a
plaster of Paris bottle. To empty, simply pour in hot water; when
this has softened the cardboard, the latter and the cotton may be
easily removed. The cyanide dissolves in the water and may then
be poured out. After washing and drying, the jar is ready to be
recharged.

As is the case with most Cyanide bottles, it has one drawback;
i.e., certain insects having a yellow or light green integument are
likely to become discolored if allowed to remain in the killing jar
too long. This is probably due to the ammonia which develops in
an old bottle particularly. For this reason it is advisable to remove
such insects from the killing jars as soon as possible after their
death. — Stanley W. Bromley, Stamford, Conn.

216 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society V oh XXXI

BOOK NOTES.

Procedure in Taxonomy, Including a Reprint of the Interna-
tional Rules of Zoological Nomenclature with Summaries
of the Opinions Rendered to the Present Date, by Edward
T. Schenk and John H. McMasters. (Pp. i-vii, 1-72; Stanford
University Press, Stanford University, Calif. $2.)

This is a work to stand beside Ferris’s “Principles of Systematic
Entomology” on the accessible shelf of every working entomolo-
gist who purposes to do descriptive work. In eight chapters, this
little book discusses such topics as systematic categories, description
of new species, specific names, synonymy, storage of type material,
Latin terms and abbreviations; and in the Appendix it gives the
International Rules and a summary of opinions rendered. It might
seem almost needless to say that much rubbish is brought out from
its hiding places and discarded.

While the examples cited are from palaeontology, they illustrate
general principles of universal application, even in entomology.
One of the valuable features of this work lies in the references to
extensive discussions of the various principles set forth.

This note in no way attempts to be an extensive discussion of
this work. To do so adequately and critically would produce an
article nearly as long as the original. The extensive and minute
Index — topical, name and subject — makes the work very fit for
ready reference.

And we here repeat the recommendation that every descriptive
entomologist secure a copy and master it. This will help greatly
to clarify our entomological literature and make it the more readily
usable. We have long needed to ask ourselves what we are aiming
at and how best to get there.

Recommended Reading: We have received from two of our
advertisers their most recent catalogues. One is “Turtox Biology
Catalogue and Teachers’ Manual,” of the Biological Supply House;
and the other Ward’s catalogue of supplies titled “Entomology.”
Both of these will be found useful and helpful, the first being the
more extensive. Both are full of information of interest to ento-
mologists in general. If you have not received your copy, you
should hasten to get it. While this note is written from the point
of view of the interests of our guild, it seems it should end with
the classic term (Adv.).

J. R. T.-B.

Dec., 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 217

PROCEEDINGS OF THE SOCIETY.

Meeting of February 13, 1936.

A regular meeting of the Brooklyn Entomological Society was
held at the Brooklyn Museum on Thursday, February 13, 1936.

Mr. Rowland R. McElvare presided, and four other members
present, namely, Dr. Roland F. Hussey, and Messrs. Dietz, Engel-
hardt and Siepmann; also, Miss Dietz and Messrs. Noah A.
Bower, Peter Crowe, James T. Farrelly, Jr., Richard Fisco, Hans
L. Stecher and Lester Weiss.

The minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved.
The secretary also read a copy of the letter sent to Mr. Bather.

Mr. Engelhardt presented a treasurer’s report, and read a short
informal report from the editor, Mr. Torre-Bueno, which were
ordered placed on file.

The paper for the evening, “Arizona Collecting Localities” by
Mr. J. R. de la Torre-Bueno, was read by Mr. Engelhardt, who
prefaced it with a few general remarks on Arizona, and an
account of some of his own experiences in that state.

In area, Arizona is the sixth largest state in the union ; it is two
and one-half times the size of New York. Its population, on
the other hand, is very sparse, about persons per square mile,
compared with 380 per square mile in New York State. The
maximum altitude in the state is San Francisci Peak, 12,600 feet
above sea-level. The lowest point is the Colorado River at Yuma,
200 feet. Few mountain ranges exceed 10,000 feet in elevation,
the average being 5,000 feet in Northern Arizona and 1,500 feet
in southern Arizona.

Signs of tremendous volcanic action, and alternating upheavals
and subsidences are evident in the physical features of the state.
The predominating rocks, such as sandstone, limestone, shale, etc.,
are subject to rapid erosion by water and wind. The Grand Canyon,
Painted Desert and the Petrified Forest are examples of this erosion.
Crystalline rocks, such as granite, usually underlie sedimentary for-
mations at considerable depth. The volcanic rocks, such as lava and
basalt, are harder and resist the erosion, resulting in the flat topped
mesa formations and serrated mountain contours.

The climate of Arizona is dry, with very low rainfall, hot sum-
mers and strong winds. Arizona has the reputation of having the
largest number of clear days of any state in the union.

The history of collecting in this state dates far back ; occasional
insects were brought back by some of the early government expedi-
tions. During the 1880’s, Jacob Doll, Morrison and Neumoegen
collected there.

218 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society V 61. XXXI

The greater part of the evening was devoted to the reading of
Mr. Torre-Bueno’s paper, of which no resume is given in the
minutes as it will be published separately in the Bulletin at a
later date. About sixty collecting localities are described, and Mr.
Engelhardt pointed out their location on a map as he went over the
paper. Photographs and post card views of the region were shown.

Mr. Bower asked Mr. Engelhardt whether he had ever seen male
Mutillas come to light, as he had never seen a record of their
having been attracted to light. Mr. Engelhardt replied that he
thought he had seen specimens at light.

The meeting adjourned at 9:50 P. M.

Carl Geo. Siepmann,

Secretary.

Meeting of March 12, 1936.

A regular meeting of the Brooklyn Entomological Society was
held at the Brooklyn Museum on Thursday, March, 12, 1936 at
8: 15 p. m.

President William T. Davis in the chair and eight other mem-
bers present, namely, Dr. Joseph Bequaert and Messrs. Bower,
Dietz, Engelhardt, McElvare, Rau, Sheridan and Siepmann, and
Messers. Peter Crowe, Henry Dietrich, Richard Fisco, James T.
Farrelly, Jr., Hans L. Steelier, and Miss Mary Carmvath, Mrs.
Dietrich and Miss Dietz.

The minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved.
The treasurer presented a brief report stating that all the society’s
bills for 1935 have been paid. Mr. Engelhardt read an informal
report of the Publication Committee, sent in by Mr. Torre-Bueno,
reporting that the glossary was in progress and again stressing the
need of short entomological notes for the Bulletin.

Mr. Engelhardt proposed for membership, Mr. Noah Bower,
121 Seaman Avenue, New York, New York.

Mr. Bower being present, it was moved that the by-laws be sus-
pended, and that Mr. Bower be elected a member, which was
accordingly done.

Mr. Engelhardt reported the death, on March 1st, of Andrew N.
Caudell, for many years Custodian of the Collections of Orthoptera
at the United States National Museum, Washington, D. C.

It was moved and unanimously voted that the following resolu-
tion be spread upon the minutes of the Society :

“Resolved: The Brooklyn Entomological Society records with
deepest regret the death of Andrew N. Caudell, one of the foremost
students of the Order Orthoptera, and distinguished for his achieve-
ments in a life-long service in the cause of entomology.”

Bee., 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 219

Dr. Bequaert, of the School of Tropical Medicine, Harvard Uni-
versity Medical School, said that owing to his absence from New
York, he was attending a meeting of the Brooklyn Entomological
Society for the first time in twelve years, and was pleased to see
that the Society still kept up its traditions. Most entomological
societies, he said, had a formal presentation of papers, but the
Brooklyn Entomological Society differed from them in that papers
were presented informally, specimens were always shown, and
everybody joined in on the discussion. Other societies sometimes
try to get away from the formal meeting, but they are only partially
successful in doing so.

Dr. Bequaert said he was writing a paper on Polistes wasps and
was interested in obtaining specimens of Polistes from Northern
Mexico (Chihuahua, Sonora, etc.). The species of Polistes which
occur in Arizona probably also occur in Northern Mexico as well,
but there are no records. The species occurring in the vicinity
of Mexico City are different. In regard to the question of whether
male mutillas are attracted to light or not, Dr. Bequaert said that
he had found that they were.

Mr. William T. Davis stated that the incorporation of the
Brooklyn Entomological Society had been completed, and he
showed the copy of the new charter dated February io, 1936. A
discussion followed as to what disposition should be made of the
new charter, as no one knows what happened to the original charter
of fifty years ago, and it is desired that a like fate will not befall the
new one. The 1886 charter was published in the Bulletin, and
the 1936 Articles of Incorporation will be likewise published. Mr.
McElvare volunteered to obtain a couple of photostatic copies of
the charter, which will be retained by officers of the Society. A
motion was made by Mr. McElvare that Mr. Davis be authorized
to decide in what manner the charter shall be preserved, which
motion was seconded and carried.

Dr. Bequaert said that all entomological societies pass through
periods in which great interest is shown, followed by periods of
stagnation. During these latter periods the minutes and other
papers of the society frequently are lost or lost sight of. The
method adopted by the Cambridge Entomological Club is to deposit
the minutes, whenever a volume is completed, in the library of the
Boston Society of Natural History. Dr. Bequaert suggested that
the Brooklyn Entomological Society could adopt a similar pro-
cedure, depositing such items in a public institution where they
would be preserved, and at the same time be available to interested
parties who wished to see them.

220 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

Mr. Engelhardt proposed that the society give a vote of thanks
to Mr. Davis for his trouble and expense incurred in connection
with the incorporation of the society, and for his kindness, interest
and benevolence shown thereby, which motion was seconded and
carried.

Mr. Davis exhibited specimens of Tibicen cultriformis received
from Mr. D. K. Duncan. This species occurs in Arizona, in the
neighborhood of the White Mountains, and in part of New Mexico,
over a very small area. This cicada has markings similar to the
Hebrew letter resh on the mesonotum, and on the pronotum, a
mark resembling a spiked helmet.

Mr. McElvare presented the paper of the evening on The Gaspe
Peninsula. He made his trip there in September, 1935, and was
very well pleased with it. He said that September and October
are about the ideal time to make a trip through this region, as there
is much fog in the spring, and there are tourists in July and Au-
gust. The expenses are low, gasoline, however, being compara-
tively expensive, around 35 cents a gallon.

Inaccessible until about ten years ago except by trails and an
occasional boat, a motor road built in 1928 opened up the country
within easy access. This road, which goes around the outer rim
of the peninsula, is for many miles wide enough for four cars, but
later narrows to two-car width. The country is French, wild and
unspoiled. Mountains rise up to 4450 feet, picturesque because
precipitous, and in many cases, flat-topped. The quaint customs
of the people also add to the attractiveness of the trip.

The chief occupation of the people during the summer is fishing
for cod, for which the fishermen go from five to fifteen miles into
the St. Lawrence. In the winter and spring, logging is engaged in,
chiefly pulpwood. In the interior there is said to be considerable
game, the peninsula being 170 miles long and 75 miles across, with
no other road except the highway along the rim.

The Gaspe Peninsula starts about 200 miles northeast of Quebec,
and one enters the real Gaspe country at St. Flavie, where the
mountains become more rugged, and the road becomes a series of
ups and downs. The rivers are short and sharp, opening up into
wide estuaries, which are crossed by long bridges, covered in their
main parts.

At Perce Mr. McElvare saw what he believed to be the most
remarkable sight on the Atlantic Coast, the Pierced Rock. It is a
sandstone rock, much eroded, 1500 feet long, 285 feet high and 300
feet wide at its widest part. It lies a short distance offshore, and
its sides are almost perpendicular. The rock is divided into two

Bee., 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 221

parts by a sharp cut, and there is an arch at the outer edge which
pierces the rock. A picture taken in 1845 shows that there were
formerly two such arches.

Mr. Engelhardt showed some pictures he had taken thirty years
ago on a trip to the Saguenay River, which is just across the St.
Lawrence River from the Gaspe Peninsula.

Mr. Engelhardt showed two specimens, male and female, of the
Satyrid butterfly, Cissia mitchelli , received from W. S. McAlpine,
of Wilmington, Mich. Mr. McAlpine, who has collected this but-
terfly in numbers and has worked out its life history, desires more
definite information about its occurrence in the east. The New
Jersey List of Insects records it from Dover, N. J., collected by
C. W. Johnson, and Holland’s Butterfly Book states that it has been
collected near Lake Hopatcong. Both these records are old, 30 or
more years. It is possible that they refer to one and the same
capture. The butterfly, as far as we know, has not been taken in
New Jersey again, nor is it recorded in the list for New York
State. A record by C. W. Johnson is hardly to be doubted, yet it
is surprising that no additional specimens have been collected.

Mr. McAlpine writes: “This insect in Cass County, Mich., is
found along very narrow grassy strips bordering small water
courses in the middle of a dense tamarack swamp. This almost
inaccessible habitat undoubtedly has considerable bearing on its
scarcity in collections.” More information regarding eastern
records is wanted.

Mr. Engelhardt exhibited examples of all the species listed by
Barnes & McDunnough under the genera Cissia and Neonympha.
He also showed a pair each of Samia Columbia, Chrysophanus
dorcas, and Calephilis borealis, all species bred by Mr. McAlpine.

The meeting adjourned at 10.00 p. m.

Carl Geo. Siepmann,

Secretary.

Meeting of April 16, 1936.

A regular meeting of the Brooklyn Entomological Society was
held at the Brooklyn Museum on Thursday, April 16, 1936, at
8.15 p. m.

President William T. Davis in the chair and seven other mem-
bers present, namely, Messrs. Dietz, Engelhardt, McElvare, Moen-
nich, Sheridan, Siepmann, and Wilford, and Messrs. Henry Diet-
rich, L. L. Pechuman, Hans L. Stecher and Miss Dietz.

The minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved.
Mr. Engelhardt, reporting briefly as Treasurer, said that the society
was in good financial condition.

222 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society VoI.XXXI

Mr. Davis showed photostatic copies of the Certificate of Incor-
poration which were obtained by Mr. McElvare. Mr. Sheridan
made a motion that the Society extend a vote of thanks to Mr.
McElvare for his services in getting the photostats, which motion
was seconded and carried. Mr. Davis said that he was considering
what provision should be made for the safe-keeping of the original
Certificate of Incorporation, and thought the library of the New
York Historical Society might be a good place for it. One of the
photostatic copies will be filed in the minute book.

Mr. Davis exhibited specimens of galls of the gouty oak gall,
Andricus punctatus, which were numerous on the scarlet oak, east
of Whiting, N. J., and photographs of affected trees. He also ex-
hibited a paper on the “Histopathology of Nerve Lesions of Cicada
after Paralysis by the Killer Wasp,” by Albert Hartzell, published
in Contributions from the Boyce Thompson Institute, vol. 7, no. 4.

Mr. Wilford exhibited specimens of 46 of the 48 species of
skippers (Hesperoidea) found in the vicinity of New York City,
the two species not represented being Atrytone logan and A. arogus.

Mr. William T. Davis exhibited specimens of the larvae and
adults of a 33-year-old colony of the Dermestid Beetle, Thylodrias
( Thelydrias ) contractus , Mots., which he reared from some speci-
mens which were derived, through Joutel, from Mrs. Annie Trum-
bull Slosson’s original specimens. This insect was first discovered
in America by Mrs. Slosson in 1903 infesting some of her insect
collections. The adults were so different from any other known
American insect that entomologists did not know what they were,
and hesitated about assigning them to any known family. The
larvae are similar to those of other Dermestid Beetles, and were
present in Mrs. Slosson’s collection, but she had thought they were
the larvae of one of the commoner Dermestidae that infest collec-
tions. This new discovery aroused considerable interest at the time,
and for a whole year a picture of the beetle appeared on the cover
of “Entomological News” as the most interesting insect of the year.
Mrs. Slosson facetiously called the beetle ((Ignotus aenigmaticus”
in one of her articles in the Canadian Entomologist , which name
was accepted as the scientific name until the identity of this
beetle with Thylodrias contractus Mots., described from Asia 64
years previously, was established. In connection with his talk, Mr.
Davis read the articles by Mrs. Slosson which appeared in the
Canadian Entomologist.

The meeting adjourned at 9.50 p. m.

Carl Geo. Siepmann,

Secretary.

TABLE OF CONTENTS TO VOL. XXXI.

(Arranged Alphabetically throughout.)
Plates I-X.

COLEOPTERA.

Additional Data on the Biology
and Ecology of Strigoderma
arboricola Fab., Clarence H.
Hoffmann, 108

An Interesting Pterostichus and
a New C dp odes from Ari-
zona, P. J. Darlington, 150

A Note on the Genus Trigo-
nurus Muls., Ralph Hopping,
6S

A Rare Aphodius, Hugh B.
Leech, 56

A Review of the Subgenus No-
maretus LeConte of the Genus
Scaphinotus Dejean, Edwin
C. VanDyke, 3 7

On the Olfactory Powers of a
Necrophilus Beetle, Cyril E.
Abbott, 73

Synopsis of Lepidophorus, L.
L. Buchanan, 1

The Clerid Beetle, Cymatodera
calif or nica , Bred from Mistle-
toe in Arizona, Geo, P. Engel-
hardt, 98

Diptera.

A New Ecitophilus North Amer-
ican Phorid Fly, Charles T.
Brues, 68

A Population Study of Cacoecia
cerasivorana Fitch with Spe-
cial Reference to Its Insect
Parasites, Clarence H. Hoff-
mann, 209

A Preliminary Report of the
Mycetophilidae of North and
South Carolina, F. R. Shaw
and H. K. Townes, Jr., 204
New Ommatius with a Key to
the Species, J. Wilcox, 172
Local Irritation and Olfactory
Response, Cyril E. Abbott,
203

Notes on Certain Males of
North American Horseflies
(Tabanidae), Cornelius B.
Philip, 189

Notes on Nemotelus, Maurice
T. James, 86

Suggestions for a New Interpre-
tation of the Postabdomen in
Male Cyclorrhaphous Diptera,
G. C. Crampton, 141

The Maximum Number of An-
tennal Segments in the Order
Diptera, with the Description
of a New Genus of Cecido-
myiidae, Charles P. Alex-
ander, 12

General Subject.

Book Notes, J. R. (de la)
T.(orre)-B.(ueno), 76, 130,
181, 216

Editorial: Nationalistic Science,
J. R. T.-B., 78

Publication and Its Diffi-
culties, J. R. T.-B., 180
We Weep, 132

Heavy, Heavy Science, N. Y.
Sun, 132

223

224 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

Methods and Technique: A

Dry Killing Bottle, Stanley
W. Bromley, 213
On the Chemical Senses of
Spiders, C. E. Abbott, 212
Proceedings of the Society, C.

G. Siepmann, 79, 133, 217
The Desert in Bloom, George P.
Engelhardt, 49

The Permanent Preservation of
Insects, Walter S. Wormser
and Wm. P. Hayes, 111

Heteroptera.

A Biological Study of Lygaeus
kalmii, William A. Simanton
and Floyd Andre, 99
Alydus on Carrion, J. R. de la
Torre-Bueno, 208
A New Potamobates from Peru,
S. A., H. B. Hungerford, 178
Effects of the Protective Vapors
of the Coreid Bug Thasus
gig as on a Tarantula ( Eury -
pelma sp.), Richard T. de la

Torre-Bueno and Wilfred G.
Ambrose, 184

Local Irritation and Olfactory
Response, Cyril E. Abbott,
203

Some Food Plants of Bugs, J.

R. de la Torre-Bueno, 208
Swimming Plume and Claws of
the Broad-shouldered Water
Strider Rhagovelia flavicincta
Bueno, R. E. Coker, Vera
Millsaps and Ruby Rice, 81

Homoptera.

A New Membracid from Illi- the Genus Exitianus, E. D.

nois, W. D. Funkhouser, 21 Ball, 71
Brood 10, The New Yorker, 200 Four New Arizona Leaf hoppers
Food Plants of Leaf hoppers of Related to Thamnotettix, E.

D. Ball, 57

Hymenoptera.

A New Coleocentrus from Ver-
mont, Harry D. Pratt, 11
A Population Study of Cacoecia
cerasivorana Fitch with Spe-
cial Reference to Its Insect
Parasites, Clarence H. Hoff-
mann, 209

Microbembex and Chrysopa,
Cyril E. Abbott, 197
On Some Western Anthophori-
dae, Charles D. Michener, 92
Studies on the Nyssonine
Wasps: II. The Subgenera of
Sphecius , V. S. L. Pate, 198
A Population Study of Cacoecia
cerasivorana Fitch with Spe-
cial Reference to Its Insect

Parasites, Clarence H. Hoff-
mann, 209

Cissia mitchelli in New Jersey,
Geo. P. Engelhardt, no
Collecting Lepidoptera in the
Heart of New York City,
Henry J. Dietz, 129
Description of a New Species
and a New Form of Cat ocala,
A. E. Brower, 96
Some Unusual Butterfly Rec-
ords Taken in Scott County,
Kansas, Virgil F. Calkins, 66
The Interrelationships of the
Species of the Genus Lycaena
Fabricius, A. B. Klots, 154

Dec., 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 225

The Smaller Orders.

A Fungus Infesting Onion
Thrips, A. I. Bourne and F.
R. Shaw, 15

A New Perl odes from the White
Mountains, New Hampshire,
Charles P. Alexander, 24
Microbembex and Chrysopa,
Cyril E. Abbott, 197
New North American Thysan-
optera, Dudley Moulton, 61

Note on Climaciella brunnea
var. occidentals, Clarence H.
Hoffman, 202

Termites and the Drought, Phil
Rau, 153

The Probable Distribution of
Termites through Greenhouse
Plants, Gordon M. Kutchka,
45

226 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

INDEX TO GENERA AND SPECIES OF INSECTS,
OTHER ANIMALS AND PLANTS.

New forms in bold face; valid genera and species in Roman;
synonyms in italics; * indicates plants ; f indicates other animals ;
$ Long Island records. The following are not included in this
index: List of Catocalae, pp. 1 33-1 34; systematic account of species
of Lycaena , pp. 1 54-1 71; extensive list of Mycetophilidae of N.
and S. C., pp. 204-208.

* Acer sp., 208

* Achillea lanulosa, 8

* millefolium, 108
Aegialia, 56
Agapema, 51

* Agave manfreda, 49
Agonus, 152

Alcathoe verrugo r. calif ornicus,
54. 186
corvinus, 54
Alydus conspersus, 208
eurinus, 208
Allygianus, 59
guttorosus, 60
Allygus, 59, 60
Alygia, 60

Amblyscirtes nysa, 68

* Amorpha canescens, 108
Amplicephalus atascanus, 20

lassus, 20
osborni, 20
Anaea morrisoni, 68
Anartia jatrophae, 66
Anasa, 183

Anchomenus marginatus, 153
Andricus punctatus, 222
Antaeos clorinde, 67
Anthophora chlorops, 92
curta, 94

erythrothorax, 93, 94, 95
gohrmannae, 92, 93

coloradensis, 92, 93
ignava, 92
nigritula, 93
pacifica, 92
rhodothorax, 94
Anthrenus, 28

Aphodius decipiens, 56
Aphrissa statira jada butleri, 67,
68

Apodemia mormo virgulti, 55
Argyra, 141

* Artemisia mexicana, 19
Arundanus, 59, 60

Ascia maryllis josephae, 67

* Asclepias syriaca, 100, 101

* verticillata, 100, 101
Aspidiotus secretus, 80

* Aster sp., 95

* ascendens, 93

Athanassa texana seminole, 67,

68

Athena petreus, 66
Atrytone arogus, 222
logan, 222

Bassus agilis, 21 1
Blissus, 183

Cacoecia cerasivorana, 209 et
seqq.

Callibaetis fluctuans, 130
Calliphora, 146
Catocala, 80

arnica form curvifascia, 97,

98

androphila, 98
basalis, 129
cerogama, 129
clintoni, 96
crataegi, 96
dejecta, 96
grisatra, 96
helene, 96

Dec., 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 227

ilia, 129
insolabilis, 96
palaeograma, 129
relicta, 129
ulalume, 96
unyuga, 129
vidua, 129
Catocha, 14
Catopsilia eubule, 129

* Ceanothus, 55
Cecropia, 79

* Celtis pallida, 71
Cerataphis lataniae, 80
Chiomara asychis, 66
Chionaspis elongatus, 80
Chlosyne lacinia adjutrix, 67
Chrysopa sp., 197

Cissia mitchelli, 22, no
f Citellus columbianus columbi-
anus, 56

* Clematis ligusticifolia, 54
Cleris lineata, 53
Climaciella brunnea var. occi-

dentalis, 202
Colias eurytheme, 133
philodice, 133
Colladonus, 57, 58, 60
belli, 58
clitellarius, 58
collaris, 57
Colpodes falli, 152
longiceps, 153
rufiventris, 153
Coleocentrus pettiti, n
rufocoxatus, n
Conodonus, 58
aureolus, 58
juanata, 58
flavocapitatus, 58
Copaeodes aurantiaca, 68

* Corylus avellana, 208
Cremastus epagoges, 21 1
Creophilus villosus, 73-75
Cychrus, see Nomaretus, 37

bilobus, 37

Cymatodera calif ornica, 98

Danais plexippus, 67
Dermestes, 28

* Dianthera americana, 108
Diaphnidia capitata, 208

pellucida, 208
provancheri, 208
Dibrachys cavus, 21 1
Dichaetoneura leucoptera, 210

* Digitaria sanguinalis, 71
Dilophus, 141
Dirotognathus, 1
Doleranus, 58

longula, 59
perspicillatus, 59

Ecitocantha, 68
Eciton opacithorax, 68
schmitti, 68, 70
Emphoropis birkmanni, 95
interspersa, 95
pascoensis, 95
salviae, 95

* Empusa sphaerosperma, 1 5
Enodia portlandia, 79

* Entomophthora spherosperma,

15

Ephermerella, 130

* Epilobium angusti folium, 55

* Erigeron, 108

* Erigonum, 53, 55, 93
Esenbeckia delta, 196
Euproserpinus phaeton, 53
f Eurypelma sp., 184
Eustictus necopinus, 208
Eutermes tenuis, 46
Eutettix, 59

Exitianus armus, 71, 72
kinoanus, 71
miniaturatus , 71
obscurinervis, 71, 72
picatus, 71

Exochus albifrons, 210

Feltomyia, 12

polymera, 13, 14
Ficiomyia perarticulata, 12

228 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxxi

Lepidophorus, i-io
alternatus, 4
angulatus, 3, 4, 6, 7
bakeri, 4, 8, 10
utensis, 4, 10
inquinatus, 1, 2
lineaticollis, 1, 3
plumosus, 3, 6
pumilus, 4, 7
rainieri, 2
setiger, 3, 4
Leptoferonia, 151
Leptotes theonus floridensis, 66
Lerodes eufala, 68
Leucostoma sp., 106
Limonia, 13
Liophloeus, 1
Lophalophus, 1
P u" Lucilia sericata, 203

Lygaeus kalmii, 99 et seqq., 203
angustomarginatus, 103
turcicus, 100
Lygus fagi, 208

Frankliniella andrei, 63
exigua, 62
fulvus, 61, 64
gilmorei, 63
grandis, 63
inornatus, 62
obscurus, 63
occidentalis, 63, 64
spinosus, 61
tritici, 61
Friscananus, 60
intricatus, 61

Gastrellarius, 151
Gloridonus, 58
gloriosus, 58
* Gordonia alatamaha, 79
Grais stygmaticus, 68
Gynoplista (Cerozodia)
mosa, 12

Halticus citri, 208
Heliconius charithonius, 67
FEeliosa pictipenis, 53
Heliphana modicella, 53
Hexatoma, 13
Hogardia rufescens, 198
Hylemyia, 143, 144
antiqua, 143

Idiodonus, 57
kennicotti, 57
kirkaldyi, 57

Ignotus aenigmaticus , 222
Irachroa ridingsi, 39
Isochaetothrips, 61
davidsoni, 64
unicolor, 65
Ithytolus, see Pterostichus, 150,
I5I

Itoplectis conquisitor, 21 1

Johnsonomyia, 13
Junonia coenia, 133

Kricogonia lyside, 67, 68

Labronchus sp., 210
Lasioptera howardii, 12

Macronoctua onusta, 80
Malacosoma disstria, 136

* Mangifera indica, 63
Mantispa, see Climaciella, 202
Maronetus, 37, 38, 39

imperfectus, 38
Megathymus, 49
Mestra amymone, 68
Micranthophora, 93
Microbembex sp., 197
f Miranda aurantia, 186, 212 et
seqq.

* Monarda punctata, 108
Murgantia, 183

Nemorilla maculosa, 21 1
Nemotelus, 86 et seqq.

(Nematotelus), 86, 87

albimarginatus, 86
arator, 86
flavicornis, 87
fulvicornis, 87

lambda, 86, 87

Dec., 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 229

(Nemotelus), 87

abdominalis, 88, 89
acutirostris, 89
albirostris, 88
bellulus, 88
bonnarius, 88, 91
bruesi, 88, 91
immaculatus, 88
kansensis, 89, 90, 91
knowltoni, 88, 89, 90
montanus, 88, 90
notatus, 90
pantherinus, 90
plesius, 89

quadrinotatus, 88, 91
rufoabdominalis, 88,
89, 90

trinotatus, 89
wheeleri, 89

Neoleria, 143

crassipes, 142

Neurocolpus nubilus, 208

Nomaretus, 37 et seqq.

bilobus, 37, 38, 39, 41, 80
cavicollis, 37, 39, 41
debilis, 37

fissicollis, 37, 39, 40, 41, 443
hubbardi, 37
imperfectus, 37
incompletus, 37
liebecki, 39, 40, 42, 43
schwarzi, 37
serus, 38
tenuis, 37

Nothosphecius grandidieri, 199

Oeneis katahdin, 137
semidea, 137

Ollarianus, 59

balli, 59

Ommatius, 172 et seqq.
baboquivari, 173, 174
beameri, 172, 174, 176
bromleyi, 173
gemma, 173
maculatus, 173

parvulus, 173
pretiosus, 173
tibialis, 172, 173

* Opuntia, 50

* humifusa, 108
Osbornellus auronitens, 18
ignavus, 18
jucundus, 18

Papilio anchisiades idaeus, 66
brucei, 67
cresphontes, 129
daunus, 67
hollandi, 67
indaeus, 66
pandion, 66
pandonius , 66
thoas nealces, 66
Paragus bicolor, 142
tibialis, 142

Paranthrene robiniae, 55
Paratenodera angustipennis, 32
Pardalophora phoenicoptera, 32
Pelidnota, 109
Perla languida, 24
Perlodes americana, 24
bradleyi, 24
dolobrata, 24
ignota, 24
inornata, 25
irregularis, 25
lineata, 25
margarita, 25
minor, 25
signata, 25
slossonae, 24, 25
Phlepsius, 59

* Phleum pratense, 108
Phoebis argante, 66

philea, 67

* Phoradendron villosum, 98
Phormia, 146

regina, 144

Phorocera tortricis, 21 1
Phyciodes vestris, 67, 68
Pieris monuste, 66

230 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXXl

Pimpla conquisitor, 210

* Pinus ponderosa, 8

* Plantago, 108
Poeciloderes abactor, 192

* Poinsettia, 45, 46
Polistes, 219

* Populus alba, 129
Potamobates peruvianus, 178

tridentatus, 179, 180
williamsi, 179, 180

* Potentilla, 54

Proctacanthus nigriventris, 186

* Prosopis, 51

* velutina, 184
Pseudococcus comstocki, 80
Pseudonomaretus, 38, 39
Psylla mali, 1 5

Pterostichus (Ithytolus) anoma-
lus, 152
arizonicus, 150

Recilia, 59
Rehnia speciosa, 186
Reticulitermes flavipes, 45, 46,
153

lucifugus, 45
Reuteria irrorata, 208
Rhagovelia flavicincta, 81
obesa, 81

* Salvia mellifera, 95

* Sambucus, 208

* Saponaria, 108
Scaphinotus, 37 et seqq.
Schizocerophaga leibyi, 21 1
Schmittia, see Xanionotum

* Sequoia sempervirens, 65
Sericomyia chrysotoxoides, 142

* Sphaeralcea incana, 52
Sphaeroderus, 37

canadensis, 39
Sphecienus, 198

nigricornis, 198
Sphecius hogardii, 198
nigricornis, 198
speciosus, 198

Sphex speciosus, 186, 198
Stictolobus lateralis, 21
trilineatus, 21
Stizus, 198

grandidieri, 199
hogardii, 198

Strigoderma arboricola, 108 et
seqq.

Silvius sayi, 196
Synanthedon bibionipennis, 51
prosopis, 51

Tabanus abactor, 192
aegrotus, 190
captonis, 189
comastes, 189
cymatophorus, 190
dorsifer, 191
erythraeus, 191, 192
fratellus, 192
gladiator, 192
hyalinipennis, 19 1
melanocerus, 193
milleri, 195
nigrotuberculatus, 196
proximus, 193
pumilus, 194, 195
pygmaeus, 194
reinwardtii, 191
ruhescens, 192
sexvittatus, 191
sparus, 194, 195
stygius, 1 91
sulci frons, 193
trijunctus, 195
turbidus, 195
zonalis, 196
* Tephrosia, 108
Texanus decorus, 19
sonorus, 19
Thamnotettix, 57
Thanaos funeralis, 68
Thasus gigas, 184
Thecla liparops, 80
Thylodrias (Thelydrias) con-
tractus, 222

Dec., 1936 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 231

Tibicen cultriformis, 220
lyricen, 33
Trichiotinus, 109
Triclistus curvator, 21 1
Trigonurus dilaticollis, 65
Twiningia blanda, 18, 19
malvastra, 18
solitaria, 18

Vanessa cardut, 56

* Verbena stricta, 108
Victoria steneles, 68

Xanionotum hystrix, 68, 70
smithii, 69, 70
spiniceps, 68
wasmanni, 68, 70

* Yucca brevifolia, 19
Zenodoxus palmi, 52

Number of New Genera in this Index, 6.

Number of New Species and forms in this Index, 35.

TURTOX NEWS

is a monthly bulletin, established in 1923 and devoted to notes
and articles on Laboratory Methods, Field Work, Microtechnic,
New Teaching Developments, and announcements of new Turtox
Biological items. It is mailed gratis to teachers in all parts of
the world.

If you are not receiving Turtox News regularly ask us to
place your name on the mailing list.

TURTifmofuCTS

The Sign of the Turtox Pledges Absolute Satisfaction

General Biological Supply House

(Incorporated)

761-763 EAST SIXTY-NINTH PLACE CHICAGO

Read Ward’s Entomological Bulletin

More than 3500 Entomologists throughout North America read
Ward’s Entomological Bulletin, the most widely circulated periodic
publication in the Entomological world. Its features include articles
and hints on technique, news in Entomology, suggestions for equip-
ment, a listing for Taxonomists, and descriptions of Ward’s Ento-
mological supplies, equipment and material.

Ward’s Bulletin is mailed without charge every month to active
Entomologists who request it. Would you like to be on our mailing
list?

READ WARD S ENTOMOLOGICAL
BULLETIN . . . issued monthly

The Frank A. Ward Foundation of IXatu rat
Science of the University of Rochester

k.

308 NORTH GOODMAN STREET

I

I

I

j

;)

3 9088 01262 6685